Kabale Bidding Document Issued 15TH July 2021

The Republic of Uganda
Bidding Document
for
Procurement of Civil Works for Upgrading of the
Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and Kisoro-Mgahinga Roads
(33.2km) from Gravel to Paved (Bituminous)
Standard
Employer: Uganda National Roads Authority
Project: Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and Kisoro-

Mgahinga Roads Upgrading Project
Contract title: Civil Works for the Upgrading of

the Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and
Kisoro-Mgahinga Roads (33.2km)
from Gravel to Paved
(Bituminous) Standard
Country: Uganda
Loan No: 2100150042497
OCBI No: UNRA/WRKS/2020-21/00069
Issued on: 15 JULY 2021
Page | 1
Table of Contents
Part 1: Bidding Procedures.........................................................................................................3

SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.................................................................................4
SECTION II: BID DATA SHEET (BDS)...................................................................................32
SECTION III: EVALUATION AND QUALIFICATION CRITERIA.................................................40
SECTION IV: BIDDING FORMS..............................................................................................58
SECTION V: ELIGIBLE COUNTRIES......................................................................................145
SECTION VI: FRAUD AND CORRUPTION..............................................................................147
Part 2: Works’ Requirements.................................................................................................149
SECTION VII: WORKS’ REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................150
Part 3: Conditions of Contract & Contract Forms.................................................................419
SECTION VIII: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GC)..............................................420
SECTION IX: PARTICULAR CONDITIONS.............................................................................421
SECTION X: CONTRACT FORMS..........................................................................................478
Page | 2
Part 1: Bidding Procedures
Page | 3
Section 1: Instructions to Bidders
Table of Contents
A. General...........................................................................................................................................6
1. Scope of Bid......................................................................................................................6
2. Source of Funds.................................................................................................................7
3. Fraud and Corruption.........................................................................................................7
4. Eligible Bidders.................................................................................................................7
5. Eligible Materials, Equipment, and Services......................................................................10
B. Contents of Bidding Document..................................................................................................10
6. Sections of Bidding Document..........................................................................................10
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting..........................................11
8. Amendment of Bidding Document....................................................................................12
C. Preparation of Bids.....................................................................................................................12
9. Cost of Bidding................................................................................................................12
10. Language of Bid...............................................................................................................12
11. Documents Comprising the Bid.........................................................................................12
12. Letter of Bid and Schedules..............................................................................................13
13. Alternative Bids...............................................................................................................13
14. Bid Prices and Discounts..................................................................................................14
15. Currencies of Bid and Payment.........................................................................................15
16. Documents Comprising the Technical Bid.........................................................................15
17. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder..............................15
18. Period of Validity of Bids.................................................................................................16
19. Bid Security.....................................................................................................................16
20. Format and Signing of Bid................................................................................................18
D. Submission and Opening of Bids................................................................................................19
21. Sealing and Marking of Bids.............................................................................................19
22. Deadline for Submission of Bids.......................................................................................19
23. Late Bids.........................................................................................................................19
24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids............................................................20
25. Bid Opening....................................................................................................................20
E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids..........................................................................................22
26. Confidentiality.................................................................................................................22
27. Preliminary Examination & Clarification of Bids...............................................................22
28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions...........................................................................23
29. Determination of Responsiveness......................................................................................23
30. Nonmaterial Nonconformities...........................................................................................24
31. Correction of Arithmetical Errors......................................................................................24
32. Conversion to Single Currency..........................................................................................24
33. Margin of Preference........................................................................................................24
34. Subcontractors.................................................................................................................25
35. Evaluation of Bids............................................................................................................25
36. Comparison of Bids..........................................................................................................26
37. Abnormally Low Bids......................................................................................................26
38. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids.....................................................................................27
Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 4

39. Qualifications of the Bidder..............................................................................................27
40. Successful Bid or Bids......................................................................................................28
41. Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids...................................28
42. Standstill Period...............................................................................................................28
43. Notification of Intention to Award.....................................................................................28
F. Award of Contract......................................................................................................................29
44. Award Criteria.................................................................................................................29
45. Notification of Award.......................................................................................................29
46. Debriefing by the Employer..............................................................................................29
47. Signing of Contract..........................................................................................................30
48. Performance Security.......................................................................................................30
49. Procurement Related Complaint........................................................................................31

Section I: Instructions to Bidders
A. General
1. Scope of Bid
1.1 In connection with the Specific Procurement Notice – Invitation for Bids (IFB),
specified in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues
this Bidding document for the provision of Works as specified in Section VII, Works’
Requirements. The name, identification, and number of “whole of the works”,
hereafter called ‘Works’ invited under one or more lots (Contracts) or Packages each
lot containing one or more ‘Works’ or each package containing one or more lots of this
IFB are specified in the BDS.
1.2 Throughout this bidding document:
(a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form (e.g. by mail, e-mail,
fax, including, if specified in the BDS, distributed or received through
electronic-procurement system used by the Employer) with proof of receipt;
(b) if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural’ and vice versa;
(c) “Day” means calendar day, unless otherwise specified as a “Business Day.” A
Business Day is any day that is a working day of the Borrower. It excludes the
Borrower’s official public holidays; and
(d) “ES” means environmental and social (including Sexual Exploitation, and
Abuse (SEA) and Sexual Harassment (SH));
(e) “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:
“Sexual Exploitation” is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position
of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but
not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual
exploitation of another;
“Sexual Abuse” is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a
sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;
(f) “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances,
requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s or Employer’s
Personnel;
(g) “Contractor’s Personnel” is as defined in Sub- Clause 1.1.17 of the General
Conditions of Contract; and
(h) “Employer’s personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1.1.31 of the General
Conditions of Contract.
A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors
which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV.

2. Source of Funds
2.1 The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) specified in the BDS has
received or has applied for financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the Specific
Financing Institution named in the BDS (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an amount
specified in the BDS, toward the project named in the BDS. The Borrower intends to
apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this
Bidding document is issued.
2.2 Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon
approval by the Bank, and will be subject, in all respects, to the terms and conditions
of the Loan (or other financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement
prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of any payment to
persons or entities, or for any import of goods, equipment, plant, or materials, if such
payment or import is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council
taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the
Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have
any claim to the proceeds of the Loan (or other financing).
3. Fraud and Corruption

3.1 The Bank requires compliance with its Integrity Framework comprising the African
Development Bank Group’s Sanctions Procedures, the Bank’s Whistle-blowing and
Complaints Policy, the Bank’s Procurement Policy under the Procurement Framework
and any other applicable Policies and Procedures including their updates in regard to
corrupt and fraudulent practices, as set forth in Section VI.
3.2 In further pursuance of this policy, bidders shall permit and shall cause their agents
(where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers,
and their personnel, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other
documents relating to any prequalification process, bid submission, and contract
performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by
the Bank.
4. Eligible Bidders
4.1 A Bidder may be a firm that is a private entity, a state-owned enterprise or institution
subject to ITB 4.6 or any combination of such entities in the form of a joint venture,
consortium, or association (JVCA) hereinafter called JV, under an existing agreement
or with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a letter of intent. In the
case of a joint venture, consortium, or association (JV): a) Unless otherwise specified
in the BDS, all members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the
entire Contract in accordance with the Contract terms; b) The JV shall nominate a
Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf
of any and all the members of the JV during the Bidding process and, in the event the
JV is awarded the Contract, during contract execution; c) The maximum number of
members proposed in a JV shall not exceed the number specified in the BDS, or the
number derived from the percentage specified under ITB 4.1 (d), whichever is smaller
unless both are equal, in which case anyone shall apply; and d) Participation by value
of the contract as share of each of the JV partner (member) shall not be less than the

percentage specified in the BDS. In case of any inconsistency between ITB 4.1 c) and
ITB 4.1 d) such that both cannot be applied simultaneously, the latter shall prevail.
4.2 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. Any Bidder found to have a conflict of
interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest
for the purpose of this Bidding process, if the Bidder:
(a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with

another Bidder; or
(b) receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or
(c) has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or
(d) has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties,
that puts it in a position to influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the
decisions of the Employer regarding this Bidding process; or
(e) or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design
or technical specifications of the works that are the subject of the Bid; or
(f) or any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer
or Borrower as Engineer for the Contract implementation; or
(g) would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or
directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of the
project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any
affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with that firm; or
(h) has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the
Borrower (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the
loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the Bidding
document or specifications of the Contract, and/or the Bid evaluation process of
such Contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of
such Contract unless the conflict stemming from such relationship has been
resolved in a manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the Bidding process and
execution of the Contract.
4.3 A firm that is a Bidder (either individually or as a JV member) shall not participate in
more than one Bid, except for permitted alternative Bids. This includes participation as
a subcontractor in other Bids. Such participation shall result in the disqualification of
all Bids in which the firm is involved. A firm that is not a Bidder or a JV member may
participate as a subcontractor in more than one Bid.
4.4 A Bidder and all parties constituting the Bidder including any subcontractors or
suppliers shall have the nationality of an eligible country of the Bank in accordance
with the Bank’s Procurement Policy for the Bank Group Funded Operations described
under the Bank’s Procurement Framework, and as listed in Section V, Eligible
Countries, subject to the restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.8. A Bidder shall be deemed to
have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted, incorporated or registered
in and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as
evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or
association) and its registration documents, as the case may be. This criterion shall also
apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or
subconsultants for any part of the Contract including related Services.

4.5 A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank, pursuant to the Bank’s Integrity
Framework, and in accordance with its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as
set forth in the Bank’s Integrity Framework, as described in Section VI paragraph 2.2
d. shall be ineligible to be prequalified for, bid for, or be awarded a Bank-financed
contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or otherwise, during
such period of time as the Bank shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and
individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS.
4.6 Bidders that are state-owned enterprises or institutions in the Employer’s Country may
be eligible to compete and be awarded a Contract(s) only if they can establish, in a
manner acceptable to the Bank, that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous (ii)
operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not under supervision of the Employer.
4.7 A Bidder shall not be under suspension from Bidding by the Employer as the result of
the operation of a Bid-Securing Declaration.
4.8 Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section V and (a) as a matter
of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations
with that country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion does not
preclude effective competition for the supply of goods or the contracting of works or
services required; or (b) by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations
Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the
Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services
from that country, or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country.
When the Works are implemented across jurisdictional boundaries (and more than one
country is a Borrower, and is involved in the procurement), then exclusion of a firm or
individual on the basis of ITB 4.8 (a) above by any country may be applied to that
procurement across other countries involved, if the Bank and the Borrowers involved
in the procurement agree.
4.9 A Bidder shall provide such documentary evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the
Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.
4.10 A firm that is under a sanction of debarment by the Borrower from being awarded a
contract is eligible to participate in this procurement, unless the Bank, at the
Borrower’s request, is satisfied that the debarment; (a) relates to fraud or corruption,
and (b) followed a judicial or administrative proceeding that afforded the firm
adequate due process.

5. Eligible Materials, Equipment, and Services
5.1 The materials, equipment and services to be supplied under the Contract and financed
by the Bank shall have their origin in an eligible country of the Bank in accordance
with the Bank’s Procurement Policy for Bank Group Funded Operations described
under the Bank’s Procurement Framework, and as listed in Section V, Eligible
Countries, subject to the restrictions specified therein, Eligible Countries, and all
expenditures under the Contract will not contravene such restrictions. At the
Employer’s request, Bidders may be required to provide evidence of the origin of
materials, equipment and services.
5.2 The nationality of the firm that produces, assembles, distributes, or sells the materials
and equipment shall not determine their origin.
B. Contents of Bidding Document

6. Sections of Bidding Document
6.1 The Bidding document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which includes all the sections
specified below, and which should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in
accordance with ITB 8.
PART 1 Bidding Procedures

• Section I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
• Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
• Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
• Section IV - Bidding Forms
• Section V - Eligible Countries
• Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
PART 2 Works Requirements
• Section VII - Works’ Requirements
PART 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
• Section VIII - General Conditions (GC)
• Section IX - Particular Conditions (PC)
• Section X - Contract Forms
6.2 The Specific Procurement Notice - Invitation for Bids (IFB) issued by the Employer is
not part of the Bidding document.
6.3 Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the
completeness of the Bidding document, responses to requests for clarification, the
minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the Bidding document in

accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from
the Employer shall prevail.
6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in
the Bidding document and to furnish with its Bid all information and documentation as
is required by the Bidding document.
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting

7.1 A Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding document shall contact the
Employer in writing at the Employer’s address specified in the BDS or raise its
enquiries during the pre-Bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The
Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such
request is received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the deadline for submission
of Bids. The Employer shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have
acquired the Bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of
the inquiry but without identifying its source. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer
shall also promptly publish its response at the web page identified in the BDS. Should
the clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the Bidding document,
the Employer shall amend the Bidding document following the procedure under ITB 8
and ITB 22.2.
7.2 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and
obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for
preparing the Bid and entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs
of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
7.3 The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the
Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only
upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and
indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in
respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage
to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the
inspection.
7.4 If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a
pre-Bid meeting and/or a Site of Works visit. The purpose of the meeting will be to
clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
7.5 The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the Employer not
later than one week before the meeting.
7.6 Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting, if applicable, including the text of the questions asked
by Bidders, without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any
responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who
have acquired the Bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3. If so specified in the
BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting at
the web page identified in the BDS. Any modification to the Bidding document that
may become necessary as a result of the pre-Bid meeting shall be made by the
Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not

through the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting. Nonattendance at the pre-Bid meeting will
not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.
8. Amendment of Bidding Document

8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Employer may amend the
Bidding document by issuing addenda.
8.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding document and shall be
communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding document from the
Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3. The Employer shall also promptly publish the
addendum on the Employer’s web page in accordance with ITB 7.1.
8.3 To give Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in
preparing their Bids, the Employer should extend the deadline for the submission of
Bids, pursuant to ITB 22.2.
C. Preparation of Bids
9. Cost of Bidding
9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its
Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of
the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.
10. Language of Bid

10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by
the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS.
Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another
language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant
passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of
interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.
11. Documents Comprising the Bid

11.1 The Bid shall comprise the following:
(a) Letter of Bid prepared in accordance with ITB 12;
(b) Schedules including priced Bill of Quantities, completed in accordance
with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
(c) Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB 19.1;
(d) Technical Bid - of Base Bid;
(e) Commercial Terms and Conditions;
(f) Alternative Technical Bid, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13;
(g) Authorization: written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to
commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 20.3;

(h) Eligibility and Qualifications: documentary evidence in accordance with
ITB 17 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications to perform the
Contract if its Bid is accepted;
(i) Conformity: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 16 and ITB 30,
and in support of above sub-paragraphs (d) and (e) of ITB 11.1, as necessary, to
establish that the offered Works and Services, and Terms and Conditions of the Bid
conform to the requirements and provisions of the bidding document; and
(j) any other document required in the BDS.
11.2 In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.1, Bids submitted by a JV shall include a
copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a
letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid
shall be signed by all members and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy of the
proposed Agreement.
11.3 The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid information on commissions and
gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid.
11.4 The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid the names of three potential Dispute
Avoidance/Adjudication Board (DAAB) members and attach their curriculum vitae.
The list of potential DAAB members proposed by the Employer (Contract Data 21.1)
and by the Bidder (Letter of Bid) shall be subject to the Bank’s No-objection.
12. Letter of Bid and Schedules

12.1 The Letter of Bid and Schedules, including the Bill of Quantities, shall be prepared
using the relevant forms furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms. The forms must be
completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted
except as provided under ITB 20.3. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the
information requested.
13. Alternative Bids

13.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered. If
Alternative Bids are permitted, the BDS shall specify which of the following ITB (s)
namely, ITB 13.2, ITB 13.3 and ITB 13.4 shall be considered.
13.2 When alternative times for completion are explicitly invited, a statement to that effect
will be included in the BDS, and the method of evaluating different alternative times
for completion will be described in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
13.3 Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical
alternatives to the requirements of the Bidding document must first price the
Employer’s design as described in the Bidding document and shall further provide all
information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternative by the Employer,
including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices,
and proposed construction methodology and other relevant details. Only the technical
alternatives, if any, of the Bidder with the Lowest Evaluated Bid conforming to the
basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.

13.4 When specified in the BDS, Bidders are permitted to submit alternative technical
solutions for specified parts of the Works. Such parts will be identified in the BDS and
described in Section VII, Works’ Requirements. The method for their evaluation will
be stipulated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
14. Bid Prices and Discounts

14.1 The prices and discounts (including any price reduction) quoted by the Bidder in the
Letter of Bid and in the Bill of Quantities shall conform to the requirements specified
below.
14.2 The Bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the Bill
of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price is entered by the Bidder shall be
deemed covered by the rates for other items in the Bill of Quantities and will not be
paid for separately by the Employer. An item not listed in the priced Bill of Quantities
shall be assumed to be not included in the Bid, and provided that the Bid is determined
substantially responsive notwithstanding this omission, the average or the highest price
of the item as specified in the BDS quoted by substantially responsive Bidders will be
added to the Bid price and the equivalent total cost of the Bid so determined will be
used for price comparison.
14.3 The price to be quoted in the Letter of Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1, shall be the
total price of the Bid, excluding any discounts offered.
14.4 The Bidder shall quote any discounts and the methodology for their application in the
Letter of Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1, ITB 14.6 and ITB 14.7.
14.5 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS and the Conditions of Contract, the rates and
prices quoted by the Bidder are subject to adjustment during the performance of the
Contract in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract. In such a
case, the Bidder shall furnish the indices and weightings for the price adjustment
formulae in the Schedule of Adjustment Data and the Employer may require the
Bidder to justify its proposed indices and weightings. A Bid submitted with a fixed
price basis shall not be rejected unless otherwise specified in the BDS and in the latter
case, a Bid submitted with fixed price shall be rejected.
14.6 As specified in the BDS, bids are being invited for “Works” as a single contract (or as
one lot); or for individual lots (contracts) each lot containing one or more ‘Works’; or
for any combination of lots (packages). Bidders wishing to offer discounts for the
award of more than one Contract (lot) shall specify in their Bid the price reductions
applicable to each contract (lot) and package as the case may be. Bidders shall fully
explain the methodology and calculations for applying such discounts, showing how
the reductions are derived and the net amounts of each contract after the application of
the offered discounts to individual items. Discounts can be offered only for those items
for which the Bidder is required to bid and not for any item where the Employer has
included its estimated cost as a fixed sum or a percentage in the Bills of Quantities.
Discounts shall be submitted in accordance with ITB 14.4, and ITB 14.6 provided that
the Bids for all lots (contracts) are opened at the same time.

14.7 Discounts offered shall be clear and without any vagueness or ambiguity to avoid
rejection of the bid as no clarification shall be requested or permitted on this account
after bid submission. The Employer’s decision on a bid’s discount will be based on the
contents of the bid itself, without recourse to any extrinsic evidence. If in the
Employer’s opinion, which will be final, a discount offered in the bid: I) is unclear,
ambiguous or vaguely presented to the extent that it cannot be either interpreted or
applied with reasonable accuracy, the Bid shall be rejected; II) relates to any item of
cost for which the Bidder is not required to submit a bid price or the Employer may
have indicated the estimated cost e.g. for a provisional sum or contingencies as per the
bidding document, then the bid will be evaluated without the application of the
discount offered for such item of cost; and III) has minor discrepancy or unclarity
which could be interpreted reasonably, the Employer in this case may decide not to
reject the bid and apply the discount as it deems reasonable and appropriate resulting
in the lowest evaluated cost to the Employer. If the Bidder does not accept the
Employer’s decision based on any of the above, the bid shall be rejected.
14.8 All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the Contract, or for
any other cause, as of the date 28 days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids,
shall be included in the rates and prices and the total Bid Price submitted by the
Bidder.
15. Currencies of Bid and Payment

15.1 The currency (ies) of the Bid and the currency (ies) of payments shall be as specified
in the BDS.
15.2 Bidders may be required by the Employer to justify, to the Employer’s satisfaction,
their local and foreign currency requirements, and to substantiate that the amounts
included in the unit rates and prices and shown in the Schedule of Adjustment Data in
the Appendix to Bid are reasonable, in which case a detailed breakdown of the foreign
currency requirements shall be provided by Bidders.
16. Documents Comprising the Technical Bid

16.1 The Bidder shall furnish details of technical specifications proposed in the Technical
Bid including a statement of work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule and any
other information as stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or elsewhere in the
bidding document, and if applicable, a statement of deviations and exceptions to any of
the provisions of the bidding document, in sufficient detail to demonstrate the
adequacy of the Bidder’s proposal to meet the Employer’s work’s requirements and
the completion time, and to demonstrate substantial responsiveness to the technical
specifications required as per the provisions of the Section VII, Work’s Requirements.
17. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder

17.1 To establish Bidder’s eligibility in accordance with ITB 4, Bidders shall complete the
Letter of Bid, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
17.2 In accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, to establish its
qualifications to perform the Contract the Bidder shall provide the information
requested in the corresponding forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

17.3 If a margin of preference applies as specified in accordance with ITB 33.1, domestic
Bidders, individually or in joint ventures, applying for eligibility for domestic
preference or regional preference shall supply all information required to satisfy the
criteria for eligibility specified in accordance with ITB 33.1.
18. Period of Validity of Bids

18.1. Bids shall remain valid for the Bid Validity period specified in the BDS or any
extended period if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8. The Bid
Validity period starts from the date fixed for the Bid submission deadline (as
prescribed by the Employer in accordance with ITB 22). A Bid valid for a shorter
period shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
18.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the Bid validity period, the
Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The
request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in
accordance with ITB 19, it shall also be extended for twenty-eight (28) days beyond
the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without
forfeiting its Bid security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or
permitted to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 18.3.
18.3 If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of
the initial Bid validity period, the Contract price shall be determined as follows:
(a) in the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall be the Bid
price adjusted by the factor specified in the BDS to reflect any increase in
the cost of inputs over the period of extension, which for the purpose of
this adjustment, shall be the period elapsed between the date arrived
immediately after expiry of the fifty-six (56) days beyond the initial Bid
validity period and the date of notification of award;
(b) in the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment shall be made;
and
(c) in any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid price without taking
into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above.
19. Bid Security
19.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a Bid
Security amount as specified in the BDS, in original form and, in the case of a Bid
Security amount, in the amount and currency specified in the BDS.
19.2 A Bid-Securing Declaration shall use the form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
19.3 If a Bid Security amount is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the Bid Security shall be a
demand guarantee in any of the following forms at the Bidder’s option:
(a) an unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or non-bank financial

institution (such as an insurance, bonding or surety company);

(b) an irrevocable letter of credit;
(c) a cashier’s or certified check; or
(d) another security specified in the BDS,
The Bidders shall obtain the Bid Security from a reputable source from an eligible
country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution
located outside the Employer’s Country, the issuing non-bank financial institution shall
have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it
enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a
correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the
Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section
IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the
Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight
(28) days beyond the original validity period of the Bid, or beyond any period of
extension if requested under ITB 18.2.
19.4 If a Bid Security in amount or Bid-Securing Declaration is specified pursuant to ITB
19.1, any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security in amount or
Bid-Securing Declaration whichever is required, shall be rejected by the Employer as
non-responsive.
19.5 If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the Bid Security of unsuccessful
Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s signing
the Contract and furnishing the Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security pursuant to ITB 48.
19.6 The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible
once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required
Performance Security, and if required in the BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES)
Performance Security.
19.7 The Bid Security amount may be forfeited:
(a) if a Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid validity specified by
the Bidder on the Letter of Bid, or any extension thereto provided by the
Bidder; or
(b) if the successful Bidder fails to:
(i) sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 47; or
(ii) furnish a Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security in accordance
with ITB 48.
19.8 The Bid Security amount or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a JV shall be in the name
of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted into a legally
enforceable JV at the time of Bidding, the Bid Security amount or the Bid-Securing
Declaration shall be in the names of all future members as named in the letter of intent
referred to in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.2.

19.9 If a Bid Securing Declaration is required in the BDS, pursuant to ITB 19.1, and:
(a) if a Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid validity specified by
the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extension thereto provided by the Bidder;
or
(b) if the successful Bidder fails to:
(i) sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 47; or
(ii) furnish a Performance Security and, if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security in accordance
with ITB 48,
the Borrower may execute the Bid Securing Declaration, as provided for in the BDS,
declare the Bidder ineligible to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of
time stated in the BDS.
20. Format and Signing of Bid
20.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original of the documents comprising the Bid as
described in ITB 11 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL.” Alternative Bids, if permitted
in accordance with ITB 13, shall be clearly marked “ALTERNATIVE.” In addition,
the Bidder shall submit copies of the Bid, in the number specified in the BDS and
clearly mark them “COPY.” In the event of any discrepancy between the original and
the copies, the original shall prevail.
20.2 Bidders shall mark as “CONFIDENTIAL” all information in their Bids which is
confidential to their business. This may include proprietary information, trade secrets,
or commercial or financially sensitive information.
20.3 The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and
shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. This
authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall
be attached to the Bid. The name and position held by each person signing the
authorization must be typed or printed below the signature. All pages of the Bid where
entries or amendments have been made shall be signed or initialed by the person
signing the Bid.
20.4 In case the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an authorized representative of
the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as to be legally binding on all the members as
evidenced by a power of attorney signed by their legally authorized representatives.
20.5 Any inter-lineation, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or
initialed by the person signing the Bid.

D. Submission and Opening of Bids
21. Sealing and Marking of Bids
21.1 The Bidder shall deliver the Bid in a single, sealed envelope (one-envelope Bidding
process). Within the single envelope the Bidder shall place the following separate,
sealed envelopes:
(a) in an envelope marked “ORIGINAL”, all documents comprising the Bid,

as described in ITB 11; and
(b) in an envelope marked “COPIES”, all required copies of the Bid; and
(c) if alternative Bids are permitted in accordance with ITB 13, and if relevant:
(i) in an envelope marked “ORIGINAL - ALTERNATIVE BID”, the
alternative Bid; and
(ii) in the envelope marked “COPIES - ALTERNATIVE BID”, all
required copies of the alternative Bid.
21.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall:
(a) bear the name and address of the Bidder;

(b) be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB 22.1;
(c) bear the specific identification of this Bidding process specified in
accordance with BDS 1.1; and
(d) bear a warning not to open before the time and date for Bid opening.
21.3 If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will assume no
responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.
22. Deadline for Submission of Bids
22.1 Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later than the date and
time specified in the BDS. When so specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the
option of submitting their Bids electronically. Bidders submitting Bids electronically
shall follow the electronic Bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.
22.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids by
amending the Bidding document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and
obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall
thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.
23. Late Bids

23.1 The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission
of Bids, in accordance with ITB 22. Any Bid received by the Employer after the
deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened
to the Bidder.

24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids
24.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has been submitted by
sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include
a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 20.3, (except that withdrawal
notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the
Bid must accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be:
(a) prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 20 and ITB 21 (except that
withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective
envelopes shall be clearly marked “WITHDRAWAL,” “SUBSTITUTION,”
“MODIFICATION;” and
(b) received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids,
in accordance with ITB 22.
24.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall be returned
unopened to the Bidders.
24.3 No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the
deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration of the period of Bid validity
specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extension thereof.
25. Bid Opening

25.1 Except in the cases specified in ITB 23 and ITB 24.2, the Employer shall publicly open
and read out in accordance with this ITB all Bids received by the deadline, at the date,
time and place specified in the BDS, in the presence of Bidders` designated
representatives and anyone who chooses to attend. Any specific electronic Bid opening
procedures required if electronic Bidding is permitted in accordance with ITB 22.1,
shall be as specified in the BDS.
25.2 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out and the
envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened but returned to the Bidder.
No Bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice
contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at Bid opening.
25.3 Next, envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened and read out and
exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid shall
not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be permitted unless
the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the
substitution and is read out at Bid opening.
25.4 Next, envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened and read out with the
corresponding Bid. No Bid modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding
modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is
read out at Bid opening.
25.5 Next, all remaining envelopes shall be opened one at a time, reading out: the name of
the Bidder and whether there is a modification; the total Bid Price, per lot (contract) if
applicable, including any discounts and alternative Bids; the presence or absence of a

Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if required; and any other details as the
Employer may consider appropriate.
25.6 Only Bids, alternative Bids and discounts that are opened and read out at Bid opening
shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid and the Bill of Quantities
are to be initialed by representatives of the Employer attending Bid opening in the
manner specified in the BDS.
25.7 The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any Bid (except for
late Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.1).
25.8 The Employer shall prepare a record of the Bid opening that shall include, as a
minimum:
(a) the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or
modification;
(b) the Bid Price, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts;
(c) any alternative Bids;
(d) the presence or absence of a Bid Security, if one was required.
25.9 The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The
omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and
effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids
26. Confidentiality
26.1 Information relating to the evaluation of Bids and recommendation of contract award
shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the
Bidding process until information on Intention to Award the Contract is transmitted to
all Bidders in accordance with ITB 43.
26.2 Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids or
Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.
26.3 Notwithstanding ITB 26.2, from the time of Bid opening to the time of Contract award,
if a Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the Bidding
process, it shall do so in writing.
27. Preliminary Examination & Clarification of Bids

27.1 Prior to the detailed evaluation, pursuant to ITB 35, the Employer will conduct
preliminary examination of all bids that have been received by the deadline for bid
submission and opened at the public bid opening as the first step towards
determination of their substantial responsiveness to the bidding document. The
Employer’s determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of
the bid itself, as defined in ITB 11 without recourse to extrinsic evidence. The
Employer will verify and examine bids to determine whether they are complete,
properly signed to bind the bidder, meet eligibility requirements of bidders, materials,
equipment, and services, bidders have no conflict of interest and have provided
required Bid validity, Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, as required and other
essential documents to complete the evaluation, and whether the bids are generally in
order. Subject to ITB 27.2 and 27.3, Bids failing to meet the above requirements shall
be rejected and not retained for further review.
27.2 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Bids, and qualification
of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of
its Bid, given a reasonable time for a response. Any clarification submitted by a Bidder
that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered. The
Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change,
including any voluntary increase or decrease, in the prices or substance of the Bid shall
be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors
discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids, in accordance with ITB 31.
27.3 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time set in the
Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.

28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions
28.1 During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Bidding

document;
(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete
acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding document; and
(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation
required in the Bidding document.
29. Determination of Responsiveness
29.1 Following the rejection of Bids if any, pursuant to ITB 27, as the next step, the
remaining Bids will be further reviewed to determine their substantial responsiveness.
The Employer’s determination of a Bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents
of the Bid itself, as defined in ITB 11.
29.2 A substantially responsive Bid is one that meets the requirements of the Bidding
document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation,
reservation, or omission is one that,
(a) if accepted, would:

(i) affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works
specified in the Contract; or
(ii) limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding document, the
Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the proposed Contract; or
(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders
presenting substantially responsive Bids.
29.3 The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid in accordance with ITB
16, ITB 17, ITB 29, ITB 30, BDS if applicable, and Section III Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria in particular, to confirm that all requirements of Section VII,
Works’ Requirements have been met without any material deviation, reservation or
omission. To this end, in consideration of the materiality of any deviations,
reservations or omissions, Bids failing to meet the mandatory technical requirements
or minimum pass-fail technical criteria or failing to substantially meet any other
technical requirements of the biding document will risk their rejection.
29.4 The Employer shall similarly examine the commercial aspects of the bids including
any deviations, other than technical specifications, submitted in response to the
provisions of the bidding document, to determine if they conform to the terms and
conditions of the draft contract and other documents included in the bidding document
without any material deviation, reservation or omission, and establishment of
materiality in such aspects will similarly risk rejection of the Bids.
29.5 If a Bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding document, it
shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by

correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission. All other bids
determined substantially responsive will be retained for further evaluation.
30. Nonmaterial Nonconformities

30.1 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any
nonconformities in the Bid.
30.2 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the
Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period
of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid related to documentation
requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall
not be related to any aspect of the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply
with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.
30.3 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable
nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price
shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or
non-conforming item or component and costs associated, if any, with non-material
deviations, reservations and omissions to the requirements of the bidding documents in
the manner specified in the BDS.
31. Correction of Arithmetical Errors

31.1 Provided that the Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall correct
arithmetical errors on the following basis:
(a) if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained
by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total
price shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the Employer there is an obvious
misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price
as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected;
(b) if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of
subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and
(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall
prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in
which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.
31.2 Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical errors. Failure to accept
the correction in accordance with ITB 31.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid.
32. Conversion to Single Currency

32.1 For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the Bid shall be
converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
33. Margin of Preference

33.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS no margin of domestic or regional preference
shall apply. If a margin of preference is applicable, the application methodology shall

be as specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in accordance
with the provisions stipulated in the Bank’s Procurement Framework.
34. Subcontractors
34.1 Unless otherwise stated in the BDS, the Employer does not intend to execute any
specific elements of the Works by subcontractors selected in advance by the Employer.
34.2 Bidders may propose subcontracting up to the percentage of total value of contracts or
the volume of works as specified in the BDS. Subcontractors proposed by the Bidder
shall be fully qualified for their parts of the Works.
34.3 The subcontractor’s qualifications shall not be used by the Bidder to qualify for the
Works unless their specialized parts of the Works were previously designated by the
Employer in the BDS as can be met by subcontractors referred to hereafter as
‘Specialized Subcontractors’, in which case, the qualifications with respect to only the
specific work experience of the Specialized Subcontractors proposed by the Bidder
may be added to the qualifications of the Bidder.
35. Evaluation of Bids

35.1 The Employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed in this ITB and Section
III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. No other evaluation criteria or
methodologies shall be permitted. By applying the criteria and methodologies the
Employer shall determine the successful Bid or Bids in accordance with ITB 40.
35.2 To evaluate Bids, the Employer shall consider the following factors, in accordance
with the evaluation and award criteria as applicable for single contract (one lot), lots
(contracts) or packages (combination of lots) and as specified under Section III-
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:
a) the Bid price, excluding Provisional Sums and the provision, if any, for
contingencies in the Summary Bill of Quantities, but including Daywork items,
where priced competitively;
b) price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance with ITB 31.1;
c) price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 12.1, ITB 14.4,
ITB 14.6 and ITB 14.7;
d) converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a
single currency in accordance with ITB 32;
e) price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance
with ITB 30.3;
f) the additional evaluation factors specified in the BDS and Section III, Evaluation
and Qualification Criteria; and
g) price adjustment due to application of Margin of Preference, if applicable, as per
BDS of ITB 33.1, and Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

35.3 The estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract,
applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken into account in
Bid evaluation.
35.4 If this Bidding document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots
(contracts), the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated cost of the lot
(contract) combinations, including any discounts offered in the Letter of Bid, is
specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
36. Comparison of Bids

36.1 The Employer shall compare the evaluated costs of all substantially responsive Bids
established in accordance with ITB 35.2 to determine the Bid that has the lowest
evaluated cost.
37. Abnormally Low Bids

37.1 An Abnormally Low Bid is one where the Bid price, in combination with other
elements of the Bid, appears so low that it raises material concerns as to the capability
of the Bidder in regards to the Bidder’s ability to perform the Contract for the offered
Bid Price.
37.2 In the event of identification of a potentially Abnormally Low Bid, the Employer shall
seek written clarifications from the Bidder, including detailed price analyses of its Bid
price in relation to the subject matter of the contract, scope, proposed methodology,
schedule, allocation of risks and responsibilities and any other requirements of the
Bidding document.
37.3 After evaluation of the price analyses, in the event that the Employer determines that the Bidder
has failed to demonstrate its capability to perform the Contract for the offered Bid Price, the
Employer may reject the Bid.

38. Unbalanced or Front-Loaded Bids
38.1 If the Bid that is evaluated as the lowest evaluated cost is, in the Employer’s opinion,
seriously unbalanced or front loaded, the Employer may require the Bidder to provide
written clarifications. Clarifications may include detailed price analyses to demonstrate
the consistency of the Bid prices with the scope of works, proposed methodology,
schedule and any other requirements of the Bidding document.
38.2 After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analysis presented by the
Bidder, the Employer may as appropriate:
(a) accept the Bid; or

(b) require that the total amount of the Performance Security be increased at the
expense of the Bidder to a level not exceeding 20% of the Contract Price; or
(c) reject the Bid.
39. Qualifications of the Bidder
39.1 The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the eligible Bidder or Bidders
that is/are selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated cost and substantially
responsive Bid(s), substantially meet the qualifying criteria specified in Section III,
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. To this end, the Employer will determine for
which Lots and Packages, and/or their combinations, as the case may be, for which
Bidder submitted bid, it substantially meets the respective minimum qualification
criteria.
39.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of
the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 17. The
determination shall not take into consideration the qualifications of other firms such as
the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates, subcontractors (other than
Specialized Subcontractors if permitted in the Bidding document), or any other firm(s)
different from the Bidder.
39.3 An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for award of the Contract to the
Bidder. A negative determination shall result in disqualification of the Bid, in which
event the Employer shall proceed to the Bidder or Bidders who offered substantially
responsive Bid or Bids with the next lowest evaluated cost to make a similar
determination of such Bidders’ qualifications to perform satisfactorily.
39.4 The Employer reserves the right to waive minor deviations from the qualification
criteria if they do not materially affect the technical capability and financial resources
of the Bidder to perform the Contract or combination of Contracts.

40. Successful Bid or Bids
40.1 Having compared the evaluated costs of Bids, the Employer shall determine the
successful Bid or combination of Bids as the case may be, in accordance with the
additional Bid Evaluation Criteria as further described in Section III. Such Bid or Bids
would be those which has/have been determined to:
(a) be substantially responsive to the Bidding document;

(b) offer the lowest evaluated cost to the Employer for all works to be procured based
on either a single Contract or all multiple Contracts combined, as the case may be,
in accordance with the ITB 14.6 inviting bid prices and discounts, and provisions
made in the Bidding Document for evaluation of bids and award of contract (s);
and
(c) be offered by Bidder or Bidders that substantially meet the qualification criteria
applicable for Contract or combination of Contracts for which they are selected.
41. Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids
41.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid and to annul the Bidding
process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract Award, without thereby
incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and
specifically, Bid securities, shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.
42. Standstill Period

42.1 The Contract shall not be awarded earlier than the expiry of the Standstill Period. The
Standstill Period shall be ten (10) Business Days unless extended in accordance with
ITB 46. The Standstill Period commences the day after the date the Employer has
transmitted to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract. Where
only one Bid is submitted, or if this contract is in response to an emergency situation
recognized by the Bank, the Standstill Period shall not apply.
43. Notification of Intention to Award

43.1 The Employer shall send to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the
Contract to the successful Bidder. The Notification of Intention to Award shall contain,
at a minimum, the following information:
(a) the name and address of the Bidder submitting the successful Bid;
(b) the Contract price of the successful Bid;
(c) the names of all Bidders who submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as readout, and
as evaluated;
(d) a statement of the reason(s) the Bid (of the unsuccessful Bidder to whom the
notification is addressed) was unsuccessful, unless the price information in c)
above already reveals the reason;
(e) the expiry date of the Standstill Period; and

(f) instructions on how to request a debriefing and/or submit a complaint during the
standstill period;
F. Award of Contract
44. Award Criteria
44.1 Subject to ITB 41, and unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Employer shall award
the Contract or Contracts to the Bidder or Bidders whose Bid or Bids has/have been
determined successful in accordance with ITB 40.
45. Notification of Award

45.1 Prior to the expiry of the Bid Validity Period and upon expiry of the Standstill Period
specified in ITB 42.1 or any extension thereof, and, upon satisfactorily addressing any
complaint that has been filed within the Standstill Period, the Employer shall notify the
successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted. The notification of award
(hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called the “Letter of
Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in
consideration of the execution of the Contract (hereinafter and in the Conditions of
Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
45.2 Within ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of the Letter of Acceptance,
the Employer shall publish the Contract Award Notice which shall contain, at a
minimum, the following information:
(a) name and address of the Employer;

(b) name and reference number of the contract being awarded, and the selection
method used;
(c) names of all Bidders that submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as read out at Bid
opening, and as evaluated;
(d) names of all Bidders whose Bids were rejected either as nonresponsive or as not
meeting qualification criteria, or were not evaluated, with the reasons therefor;
(e) the name of the successful Bidder, the final total contract price, the contract
duration and a summary of its scope; and
(f) successful Bidder’s Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, if specified in BDS
ITB 47.1
45.3 The Contract Award Notice shall be published on the Employer’s website with free
access if available, or in at least one newspaper of national circulation in the
Employer’s Country, or in the official gazette. The Employer shall also publish the
contract award notice in UNDB online.
45.4 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed, the Letter of Acceptance shall
constitute a binding Contract.
46. Debriefing by the Employer

46.1 On receipt of the Employer’s Notification of Intention to Award referred to in ITB
43.1, an unsuccessful Bidder has three (3) Business Days to make a written request to
the Employer for a debriefing. The Employer shall provide a debriefing to all
unsuccessful Bidders whose request is received within this deadline.
46.2 Where a request for debriefing is received within the deadline, the Employer shall
provide a debriefing within five (5) Business Days, unless the Employer decides, for
justifiable reasons, to provide the debriefing outside this timeframe. In that case, the
standstill period shall automatically be extended until five (5) Business Days after such
debriefing is provided. If more than one debriefing is so delayed, the standstill period
shall not end earlier than five (5) Business Days after the last debriefing takes place.
The Employer shall promptly inform, by the quickest means available, all Bidders of
the extended standstill period.
46.3 Where a request for debriefing is received by the Employer later than the three (3)
Business Days deadline, the Employer should provide the debriefing as soon as
practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of
publication of Public Notice of Award of contract. Requests for debriefing received
outside the three (3) days deadline shall not lead to extension of the standstill period.
46.4 Debriefings of unsuccessful Bidders may be done in writing or verbally. The Bidder
shall bear its own costs of attending such a debriefing meeting.
47. Signing of Contract

47.1 The Employer shall send to the successful Bidder the Letter of Acceptance including
the Contract Agreement, and, if specified in the BDS, a request to submit the
Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form providing additional information on its
beneficial ownership. The Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, if so requested,
shall be submitted within eight (8) Business Days of receiving this request.
47.2 The successful Bidder shall sign, date and return to the Employer, the Contract
Agreement within twenty-eight (28) days of its receipt.
48. Performance Security

48.1 Within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the
Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security and, if
required in the BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security in
accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, subject to ITB 38.2 (b), using for
that purpose the Performance Security and ES Performance Security Forms included in
Section X, Contract Forms, or another form acceptable to the Employer. If the
Performance Security furnished by the successful Bidder is in the form of a bond, it
shall be issued by a bonding or insurance company that has been determined by the
successful Bidder to be acceptable to the Employer. A foreign institution providing a
bond shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s
Country, unless the Employer has agreed in writing that a correspondent financial
institution is not required.
48.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security
and, if required in the BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security,

or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award
and forfeiture of the Bid Security. In that event the Employer may award the Contract
to the Bidder or Bidders offering the next Lowest Evaluated Cost to the Employer as
per the bid evaluation and award criteria.
49. Procurement Related Complaint

49.1 The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are as specified in the
BDS.

Section II: Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
The following specific data for the Works to be procured shall complement, supplement, or
amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the
provisions herein shall prevail over those in the ITB.
A. General
ITB 1.1 The reference number of the Invitation for Bids (IFB) is:
UNRA/WRKS/2020-21/00069
The Employer is: Uganda National Roads Authority

Name of Works: Civil Works for the Upgrading of the Kabale-Lake
Bunyonyi and Kisoro-Mgahinga Roads (33.2km) from Gravel to Paved
(Bituminous) Standard
The name of the IFB is: Open Competitive Bidding (International)

(OCBI)
The number and identification of works under single or multiple lots
(contracts) comprising this IFB is: One contract, bids are invited for
‘Works’ as one contract
ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: Government of the Republic of Uganda represented by
Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development
Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$ 68.785 million
The Specific Bank financing institution is: ADF
The name of the Project is: Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and Kisoro-Mgahinga
Roads Upgrading Project
ITB 4.1 (a) The firms in a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association (JV) shall be
jointly and severally liable.
ITB 4.1 (c) Maximum number of members in the Joint Venture, Consortium or Associa-
tion (JV) shall be: Two (02)
ITB 4.1 (d) Minimum share of a member of Joint Venture, Consortium or Association
(JV) in the contract shall not be less than 30% percent of the total value of
the contract
ITB 4.5 A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external
website: https://www.afdb.org/en/projects-operations/ debarment-and-sanc-
tions-procedures
B. Contents of Bidding Document
Section II: Bid Data Sheet _____________ Page | 32

ITB 7.1 For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is:
Attention: Director Procurement/Head PDU
Address: Uganda National Roads Authority
Plot 3-5, New Port bell Road, Nakawa UAP
Business Park
Floor/ Room number: First Floor, Block D, PDU Registry
City: Kampala
Country: Uganda
Telephone: +256 414 318 207 / +256 414 318 420
Electronic mail procurement@unra.go.ug
address:
Web page: www.unra.go.ug
ITB 7.4 A Pre-Bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place:
Date: 05 August 2021
Time: 11:00 a.m. Local Time
Place: An Online Virtual Meeting using Microsoft Teams – A link will
be shared with all registered Bidders prior to the date of the
meeting. The Bidders who wish to attend the meeting shall
register and submit their official email addresses not later than 3
days to the date of the meeting to procurement@unra.go.ug
A site visit conducted by the Employer shall be organized
A pre-bid Site Visit shall be conducted on:
Date: 29 July 2021
Time: 9:00 a.m. Local Time
Place: Kabale Station (starting point of the road)
Note: Only the designated representative will be required to attend. The
Bidders shall meet their own costs for attending the site visit.
ITB 7.6 Web page: Not Applicable
C. Preparation of Bids
ITB 10.1 The language of the Bid is: English

All correspondence exchange shall be in English language.
Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is
English.
ITB 11.1 (j) The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in its Bid:
a) For contracts cited as specific experience, the Bidder shall include in its
bid the contact information including telephone number, fax number,
email address and physical location of previous employers as well as the

address of the location of the works. All the contact details provided
must be reachable. Failure to reach any previous employer will result in
disqualification of the bid.
b) For bidders who are non-Ugandan or not registered in Uganda, at least
one similar contract cited as previous experience should be outside the
Bidder’s country.
c) Eligibility documentation
(i) A copy of the bidder's Trading license for 2021 or its equivalent
(ii) A copy of the bidder's Certificate of Incorporation/Registration or
equivalent
(iii) A Notarized or Registered Power of Attorney authorizing the
signatory of the bid to submit the bid
(iv)A copy of the bidder's income tax clearance for at least the financial
year 2019-20 or equivalent
(v) A statement that the bidder has no conflict of interest in the subject
of the procurement
(vi)For Joint ventures, the above documentation is required from each
member of the joint venture
d) Code of Conduct (CoC) for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)
The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to
Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub- Clause 1 (ii) of the General
Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s
Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The
Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in
Section IV. No substantial modifications shall be made to this form,
except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including
as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks.
e) Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the

(ESHS) risks
The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation
Plans (MSIP) to manage key Environmental, Social, Health and Safety
(ESHS) risks.
(i) Traffic Management Plan to ensure safety of local communities
from construction traffic.
(ii) Water Resource Protection Plan to prevent contamination of
drinking water.
(iii) Management plan to prevent unauthorized access to the sites.
(iv) Management plan for deep excavations, e.g. warning tape.
(v) Management plan for working offshore, e.g. Access Bridge.
(vi) Strategy for obtaining Consents/Permits prior to the start of
relevant works such as opening a quarry or borrow pit.
(vii) Gender based violence and sexual exploitation and abuse
(GBV/SEA) prevention and response action plan.
(viii)Labour Force Management Plan to mitigate effects of labour influx,
such as spread of communicable diseases including HIV/AIDS, and

other Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Tuberculosis, illicit behavior
and crime, sexual harassment
(ix) Transportation management plan for the construction materials and
associated risks of accidents, contamination of environment, noise
and dust emissions, traffic congestion, etc.
(x) Waste Management Plan for management of hazardous and non-
hazardous waste streams, noise, dust, soil erosion, runoffs, storm
water during construction, outbreak of diseases, esthetic impact,
and potential contamination of surface and groundwater sources,
etc.
(xi) Environmental Protection Plan. Risks related to the impact on the
project affected environment, particularly any impact on natural
habitats identified in the ESIA. The Code of Conduct shall ensure
to avoid actions that may affect the environmental conditions of the
project area unless specified in the ESIA/ESMPs, especially any
human-wildlife contact/encounter, impact on wetlands,
forests/trees, and waterbodies.
(xii) Emergency Prepared Plan: to guide management of any emergency
situations during implementation of project construction activities
and this will include but not limited to, response to
incidents/accidents, accident log, etc: and Grievance Redress
Mechanisms.
(xiii)Health and Safety Management Plan: to enforce the use of Personal
Protection Equipment (PPE), place safety signs to avoid accidents
to community and workers, and protect workers’ health, among
others.
The Contractor and its workers shall be required to submit for approval
before commencement of works, and subsequently implement, the
Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP), in
accordance with the Part B of the Particular Conditions of Contract Sub-
Clause 4.1, that includes the agreed Management Strategies and
Implementation Plans described here.
ITB 13.1 Alternative Bids shall not be considered
ITB 13.2 Alternative times for completion shall not be permitted.
ITB 13.3 Technical Alternative as per ITB 13.3 shall not be permitted.
ITB 13.4 Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted
ITB 14.2 The adjustment shall be based on the highest price of the item as quoted in
other substantially responsive Bids.
ITB 14.5 The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be: subject to adjustment during the
performance of the Contract and the Bidder shall furnish the indices
and weightings for the price adjustment formulae in the Schedule of
Adjustment Data and the Employer may require the Bidder to justify
its proposed indices and weightings.

A bid submitted with fixed price shall not be rejected.
ITB 14.6 Bids are invited, and Bidders shall bid for ‘Works’.
ITB 15.1 The currency(ies) of the Bid and the payment currency(ies) shall be as
described below:
(a) The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the Bidder in the Bill of
Quantities, entirely in Uganda Shillings, and further referred to as “the
local currency”. A Bidder expecting to incur expenditures in other
currencies for inputs to the Works supplied from outside the Employer’s
Country (referred to as “the foreign currency requirements”) shall
indicate in the Appendix to Bid - Table C, the percentage(s) of the Bid
Price (excluding Provisional Sums), needed by the Bidder for the
payment of such foreign currency requirements, limited to no more than
three foreign currencies.
(b) The rates of exchange to be used by the Bidder in arriving at the local
currency equivalent and the percentage(s) mentioned in (a) above shall
be specified by the Bidder in the Appendix to Bid - Table C, and shall
apply for all payments under the Contract so that no exchange risk will
be borne by the successful Bidder.
ITB 18.1 The Bid validity period shall be 120 working days.
ITB 19.1 A Bid Security amount shall be required. The amount and currency of the
Bid Security shall be US$ 1,500,000
The only acceptable form of Bid Security shall be: An Unconditional On-
demand BANK GUARANTEE in the format provided in this Bidding
Document and from a Bank acceptable to the Employer.
Bidders who use Banks domiciled outside the Employers country must
secure along with the Bid Security, a declaration from a correspondent
Commercial Bank in Uganda that it will honor the Bid Security on behalf of
the issuing Bank categorically stating that the Ugandan domiciled
Commercial Bank “shall unconditionally and on first demand in writing
from the Employer, accompanied by a written statement stating that the
Bidder is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions stated in the
Bid Security, honor the Bid Security on behalf of the issuing Bank.
The bid security shall be valid for twenty-eight days (28) beyond the
original validity period of the bid, or beyond any period of extension if
requested under ITB 18.2
ITB 19.3 (d) Other types of acceptable securities: None
ITB 20.1 In addition to the original of the Bid, the number of copies is: Four (04)
ITB 20.3 The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder
shall be inform of:

(a) Notarized or Registered Power of Attorney with a sample signature of
the signatory to the Bid, which must be specific to this bidding process
for which the bidder is bidding; and
(b) In the case of Bids submitted by an existing or intended JVCA an
undertaking signed by all parties (i) stating that all parties shall be
jointly and severally liable, if so required in accordance with ITB 4.1(b)
nominating a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all
business for and on behalf of any and all the parties of the JVCA during
the bidding process and, in the event the JVCA is awarded the Contract,
during contract execution.”
(c) The Powers of Attorney should indicate the designations of both the
Donor and the Donee in the respective bidding Company.
D. Submission and Opening of Bids
ITB 22.1 For Bid submission purposes only, the Employer’s address is:
Uganda National Roads Authority
Procurement and Disposal Unit Registry
UAP Nakawa Business Park,
Plot 3-5 New Port Bell Road, Block D First Floor.
P.O Box 28487, Kampala
The deadline for Bid submission is:
Date:23 September 2021
Time: 11:00 a.m. (Local Time)
Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically.
ITB 25.1 The Bid opening shall take place at:

Street Address: Uganda National Roads Authority
Kyambogo Offices
Plot 2, Gloucester Avenue
Floor/ Room number: N/A
City: Kampala
Country: Uganda
Date: ………… 2021
Time: 12:00 a.m. (Local Time)
ITB 25.6 The Letter of Bid and priced Bill of Quantities shall be initialed by Two
(02) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.
E. Evaluation, and Comparison of Bids
ITB 30.3 The adjustment with respect to a missing or non-conforming item or

component, and costs associated, if any, with non-material deviations,

reservations or omissions to the requirements of the bidding document shall
be based on the highest consistent with highest selected under ITB 14.2
price of the item or component and cost, if any, of non-material deviations,
reservations or omissions as quoted in or derived from other substantially
responsive Bids unless any other specific evaluation criteria has been
provided elsewhere in the bidding document for such adjustments in which
case the latter shall be applied. If the price or cost of any of the above cannot
be derived from the price of other substantially responsive Bids, the
Employer shall use its best estimate based on its own judgment, past
experience or market search, as considered appropriate.
ITB 32.1 The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes
to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various
currencies into a single currency is: Uganda Shillings (UGX)
The source of exchange rate shall be: Bank of Uganda
(https://www.bou.or.ug/bou/bouwebsite/BOU-HOME)
The date for the exchange rate shall be: 28 days prior to the deadline for
submission of the Bids
The currency(ies) of the Bid shall be converted into a single currency in
accordance with the procedure under ITB 15.1 as follows:
For comparison of Bids, the Bid Price, corrected pursuant to ITB 31, shall
first be broken down into the respective amounts payable in various
currencies by using the selling exchange rates specified by the Bidder in
accordance with ITB 15.1.
In the second step, the Employer will convert the amounts in various
currencies in which the Bid Price is payable (excluding Provisional Sums but
including Daywork where priced competitively) to the single currency
identified above at the selling rates established for similar transactions by the
authority specified and, on the date, stipulated above.
ITB 33.1 A margin of domestic preference shall not apply.

A margin of regional preference shall not apply
ITB 34.1 At this time the Employer does not intend to execute certain specific parts of
the Works by subcontractors selected in advance.
ITB 34.2 Contractor’s proposed subcontracting: Maximum percentage of subcontracting

permitted is: not more than 30% of the volume of the work
Bidders planning to subcontract more than 10% of total volume of work shall
specify, in the Letter of Bid, the activity (ies) or parts of the Works to be
subcontracted along with complete details of the subcontractors and their
qualification and experience.
F. Award of Contract
ITB 47.1 The successful Bidder shall submit the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure

Form.
ITB 48.1 The successful Bidder shall be required to submit an Environmental and
and 48.2 Social (ES) Performance Security.
ITB 49.1 The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the
Part B of the Operations Procurement Manual under the Procurement
Framework of the African Development Bank. If a Bidder wishes to make a
Procurement-related Complaint, the Bidder shall submit its complaint following
these procedures to the employer, in writing (by the quickest means available,
such as by email in accordance with the following:
Attention: Executive Director
Address: Uganda National Roads Authority
Plot 3-5, New Port Bell Road, Nakawa UAP
Business Park
Floor/ Room number: Third Floor, Block D, PDU Registry
City: Kampala
Country: Uganda
Electronic mail procurement@unra.go.ug
address:
In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the

following:
1. the terms of the Bidding Documents;
2. the Employer’s decision to exclude a bidder from the procurement process
prior to the award of contract; and
3. the Employer’s decision to award the contract.
The Bank’s Procurement Framework stipulates that bidders may send copies of
their communications with the Borrowers to the Bank or write to the Bank
directly when, Borrowers do not respond promptly, any questions on any issues
regarding the implementation of Bank funded projects, or when the
communication is a complaint against the Borrower. In this regard, if a bidder
wishes to protest against a decision made by a Borrower or the Bank with
regards to the procurement process or wishes to inform the Bank that the
Bank’s procurement rules and/or provisions of the bidding documents have not
been complied with, an email can be sent to the following address:
Email: procurementcomplaints@afdb.org

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify
Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding
document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section
IV, Bidding Forms. Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should
indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:
 For construction turnover or financial data required for each year - Exchange rate
prevailing on the last day of the respective calendar year (in which the amounts for that
year is to be converted) was originally established.
 Value of single contract - Exchange rate prevailing on the date of the contract.
Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 32.1.
Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.
Table of Criteria
2. Successful Bid or Bids & Evaluation..............................................................................42

2.1 Evaluation (ITB 35)........................................................................................................42
3. Qualification.........................................................................................................................44
4. Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel.............................................................54
5. Equipment.......................................................................................................................55
Section III: Evaluation & Qualification Criteria _____________ Page | 41

1. Successful Bid or Bids & Evaluation
In continuation and accordance with ITB 40, the Employer shall use the criteria and
methodologies listed in this Section to evaluate Bids. By applying these criteria and
methodologies the Employer shall determine the Successful Bid or Bids which has/have been
determined to:
(a) be substantially responsive to the Bidding document;
(b) offer the lowest evaluated cost to the Employer for all works to be procured based on
either a single Contract or all multiple Contracts combined, as the case may be, in
accordance with the ITB 14.6 inviting bid prices and discounts, and provisions made
of the Bidding Document for evaluation of bids and award of contract (s); and
(c) be offered by Bidder or Bidders that substantially meet the qualification criteria
applicable for Contract or combined Contracts for which they are selected.
1.1 Evaluation (ITB 35)
In addition to the criteria listed in ITB 35.2 and BDS, the following criteria shall apply:
(i) Assessment of adequacy of Technical Proposal with Requirements (Reference ITB 16
and ITB 29.3): The Employer will determine whether the Bids are substantially
responsive to the Technical Requirements.
Evaluation of the Bidder's Technical Proposal will include an assessment of the

Bidder's technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract
consistent with its proposal regarding work methods, scheduling, and material
sourcing in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated
in Section VII, Works’ Requirements.
Technical Responsiveness - to determine the technical responsiveness of the bidder

with respect to:
(a) Site Organization
(b) Method Statement
(c) Mobilization Schedule
(d) Construction Schedule
(e) Contractor’s Equipment
(f) Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan
(g) Personnel and
(h) In accordance with the provisions stipulated in Section VI Employer
Requirements
The Technical proposal including the Management Strategies and Implementation

Plans (MSIP) submitted by the Bidder shall be evaluated to determine whether it is
substantially responsive (i.e. without material deviation, reservation or omission) to
the requirements specified in Section VII, Works Requirements - ESHS
Specifications.

A Bid not comprising an MSIP Methodology or a Bid for which the ESHS
Methodology is not substantially responsive (i.e. with material deviation, reservation
or omission) shall be rejected.
In addition, the bidder shall clearly outline his approach to adequately address ESHS
matters for this specific project. The proposed approaches must be specific to the
work outlined in the technical methodology and address the mobilization and works
implementation phase.
(ii) Assessment of adequacy of Commercial Terms and Conditions of the Bid (Reference
ITB 29.4): The Employer will determine whether the Bids are substantially responsive
to the Commercial and Contractual Terms and Conditions.
The assessment of responsiveness will consider the following criteria:
(a) Examination of the bid to confirm that all the terms, conditions, and requirements
of the bidding document have been accepted by the Bidder without any material
deviation, reservation, or omission;
(b) Acceptance of the conditions of the proposed contract;
(c) Acceptable completion schedule;
(d) Acceptability of the proposed program (work method and schedule), including
relevant drawings and charts.
1.2 Single and Multiple Contracts

Pursuant to ITB 14.6, and ITB 35.4 and in accordance with how bids are invited either
for “Works” or Works are grouped in lots (contracts) or packages (one or more lots)
and bids are invited for mulpiple lots or packages, evaluation and award will be as
follows:
Evaluation and Award Criteria for Single and Multiple Contracts [ITB 35.4]:
‘Works’
Evaluation and Award Criteria for ‘Works’ as One (Single) Contract: The bids will
be evaluated for ‘Works’ and the contract will be awarded to the Bidder offering the
lowest evaluated cost to the Employer for ‘Works’, subject to the selected Bidder
substantially meeting the required qualification criteria for the contract, and
determination of substantial responsiveness of the Bid.
Failure of a bid at any stage of the evaluation shall prevent further consideration of
that bid at the next stage of evaluation. Substantial responsiveness shall be considered
a pass
Qualification Criteria
Pursuant to ITB 39, the Employer shall assess each Bid against the following
Qualification Criteria. Requirements not included in the text below shall not be used
in the evaluation of the Bidder’s qualifications.

3. Qualification
Eligibility and Qualification Criteria Compliance Requirements Documentation
Joint Venture (existing or intended)
No. Submission
Subject Requirement Single Entity All Members Each
One Member Requirements
Combined Member
1. Eligibility
1.1.1 Nationality Nationality in accordance Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Letter of Bid &
with ITB 4.4 requirement requirement requirement Forms ELI – 1.1
and 1.2, with
attachments
1.1.2 Eligibility of Country of Origin in Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Letter of Bid &
Materials, accordance with ITB 5 requirement requirement requirement Form ELI-1.3
Equipment
and Services
1.2 Conflict of No conflicts of interest in Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Letter of Bid
Interest accordance with ITB 4.2 requirement requirement requirement
1.3 Bank Not having been declared Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Letter of Bid
Eligibility ineligible by the Bank, as requirement requirement requirement
described in ITB 4.5.
1.4 State- owned Meets conditions of ITB 4.6 Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Forms ELI – 1.1
Enterprise or requirement requirement requirement and 1.2, with
Institution of attachments
the Borrower
country
1.5 United Nations Not having been excluded as Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Forms ELI – 1.1
resolution or a result of prohibition in the requirement requirement requirement and 1.2, with
Borrower’s Borrower’s country laws or attachments
country law official regulations against
commercial relations with
the Bidder’s country, or by
No. Submission
Combined Member
an act of compliance with
UN Security Council
resolution, both in
accordance with ITB 4.8 and
Section V.
2. Historical Contract Non-Performance
2.1 History of Non-performance of a Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Form CON-2
Non- contract that1 did not occur requirement requirements requirement2
Performing as a result of contractor
Contracts default since 1st January
2015.
2.2 Suspension Not under suspension based Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Letter of Bid
Based on on-execution of a Bid requirement requirement requirement
Execution of Securing Declaration or
Bid Securing other failures pursuant to
Declaration by ITB 4.7 and ITB 19.9
the Employer
or withdrawal of
the Bid within
Bid validity
period or other
failures
2.3 Pending Bid’s financial position and Must meet N/A Must meet N/A Form CON – 2
prospective long-term
1
Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution
mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision
was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e. dispute or litigation that has been resolved in
accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
2
This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.

No. Submission
Combined Member
Litigation profitability still sound requirement requirement
according to criteria
established in 3.1 below and
assuming that all pending
litigation will be resolved
against the Bidder
2.4 Litigation No consistent history of Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Form CON – 2
History court/arbitral award requirement requirement requirement
decisions against the Bidder3
since 1st January 2015
3
The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Bid Form about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over
the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.

No. Submission
Combined Member
2.5 Declaration: Declare any civil work
Environmental contracts that have been
and Social suspended or terminated
(ES) past and/or performance security
Each must
performance called by an employer for
make the
reasons related to the non- Must make the
declaration.
compliance of any declaration.
Where there
environmental, or social Where there
are
(including sexual are Specialized
Specialized
exploitation and abuse Sub-
Sub- Form CON-3 ES
(SEA) and gender-based contractor/s,
N/A contractor/s, N/A Performance
violence (GBV)), or health the Specialized
the Declaration
or safety requirements or Sub-
Specialized
safeguard in the past five contractor/s
Sub-
years.4 must also
contractor/s
make the
must also
declaration.
make the
declaration.
3. Financial Situation and Performance

3.1 Financial (i) The Bidder shall Must meet Must meet N/A N/A Form FIN – 3.1,
Capabilities demonstrate that it has requirement requirement 3.3 and 3.4 with
access to, or has available, attachments
liquid assets, unencumbered
real assets, lines of credit,
4
The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence.

No. Submission
Combined Member
and other financial means
(independent of any
contractual advance
payment) sufficient to meet
the construction cash flow
requirements estimated as
USD $ Four Million, Five
Hundred Thousand (US$
4.5 Million) for the subject
contract(s) net of the Must meet Must meet N/A N/A
Bidder’s other commitments requirement requirement
(ii) The Bidders shall also
demonstrate, to the
satisfaction of the Employer,
that it has adequate sources
of finance to meet the cash
flow requirements on works
Must meet N/A Must meet N/A
currently in progress and for
requirement requirement
future contract
commitments.
(iii) The audited balance
sheets or, if not required by
the laws of the Bidder’s
country, other financial
statements acceptable to the
Employer, for the last Five
(05) years ( 2014-15 , 2015-
16, 2016-17,2017-18,2018-
19,) shall be submitted and

No. Submission
Combined Member
must demonstrate the current
soundness of the Bidder’s
financial position and
indicate its prospective long-
term profitability.
3.2 Average Minimum average annual Must meet Must meet Must meet 25 Must meet 40%, Form FIN – 3.2
Annual construction turnover of US$ requirement requirement %, (Twenty- (Forty percent)
Construction Thirty-Six Million (US$ 36 five percent) of the
Turnover Million) calculated as total of the requirement
certified payments received requirement
for contracts in progress
and/or completed within the
last Five (05) years (2015-
2019), divided by Five (05)
years
4. Experience
4.1 (a) General Experience under Must meet N/A Must meet N/A Form EXP – 4.1
Construction construction contracts of requirement requirement
Experience road projects in the role of
prime contractor, JV
member, sub-contractor, or
management contractor for
at least the last Eight (08)
years, starting 1st January
2012

No. Submission
Combined Member
4.2 (a) Specific (i) A minimum number of Must meet Must meet N/A N/A Form EXP
Construction two (02) similar contracts requirement requirement7 4.2(a)
& Contract specified below that have
Management been satisfactorily and
Experience substantially5 completed as a
prime contractor, joint
venture member6,
management contractor or
sub-contractor between 1st
January 2015 and bid
submission deadline:
(i) Three (3) road works
contracts, each of minimum
value US$ 43 Million;
The similarity of the
contracts shall be based on
the following: Road works
(Asphalt Concrete surfacing)
of at least 30km length
including earthworks,
drainage works, bridge
works, ancillary facilities
such as traffic signs and road
markings, guardrails,
kerbing or other
5
Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more works completed under the contract.
6
For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
7
In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met.
Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total
number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

No. Submission
Combined Member
4.2 (b) Construction For the above and any other Must meet Must meet N/A N/A Form EXP – 4.2
Experience in contracts [substantially requirements requirements (b)
Key Activities completed and under
implementation] as prime
contractor, joint venture
member, or sub-contractor
between 1st January 2015
and Bid submission
deadline, a minimum
construction experience in
the following key activities
successfully completed8:
 10,000 m3/yr of Asphalt

Concrete wearing
course;
 5,000 m3/yr of
Reinforced Concrete
Works;
 500,000 m3/yr of
Earthworks;
 30,000 m3/yr of Crushed
Stone Base/Sub-Base.
4.2 (c) Specific For the contracts in 4.2 (a) Must meet Must meet N/A N/A Form EXP – 4.2
Experience in above and/or any other requirements requirement (c)
contracts [substantially
8
Volume, number or rate of production of any key activity can be demonstrated in one or more contracts combined if executed during same time period.

No. Submission
Combined Member
managing ES completed and under
aspects implementation] as prime
contractor, joint venture
member, or Subcontractor
between 1st January 2015
and Bid submission
deadline, experience in
managing ES risks and
impacts in the following
aspects:
(a) Surface water source
pollution/contamination
(b) Air, Sound and soil
pollution
(c) Gender Based Violence
(d) HIV/AIDS
(e) Occupational health and
safety
(f) Endangered plant animal
species
(g) Water Resource
Protection Plan to prevent
contamination of drinking
water];
(h) Community Engagement
Plan to prevent child
labour, child sexual
abuse, community health
and safety, etc.
(i) Health and Safety
Management Plan to

No. Submission
Combined Member
ensure the occupational
and community health
and safety.
(j) Waste management plan
for management of
hazardous and non-
hazardous waste streams,
effluent generated during
work activities, solid
waste, oil spillage, etc.
(k) Grievance redress
mechanisms to manage
complaints raised during
works implementation.
(l) Management of Noise
pollution, Dust, Solid
wastes (Hazardous and
none Hazardous), and
Soil erosion/runoffs/
storm water during
construction.

4. Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
The Contractor should demonstrate that they will have a suitably qualified Contractor’s
Representative and suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) Key Personnel, that meet the
following requirements. But failure to shall not constitute a ground for disqualification
Experience in
Key Position on Site Minimum Academic Total Works
Similar
No. Qualifications and Experience
(Full time positions) Works
professional registration (Years)
(Years)
(where applicable)
1 Project Manager Bachelor’s degree in Civil

(Contractor’s Engineering or equivalent and
15 10
Representative) professional registration with a
recognized engineering body
2 Site Agent/ Highway Bachelor’s degree in Civil
Engineer Engineering or equivalent and
10 8
professional registration with a
3 Quantity Surveyor/ Bachelor’s degree in Quantity
Measurement Engineer Surveying / Civil Engineering 10 8
or equivalent
4 Materials/Pavement Bachelor’s degree in Civil
10 8
5 Bridge/Structural Bachelor’s degree in Civil
10 8
6 Geotechnical Engineer Bachelor’s degree in Civil
Engineering or equivalent and
10 8
7 General Construction Diploma in Civil Engineering 10
8
Supervisor or equivalent
8 Plant/Equipment Diploma in Mechanical 10
8
Manager Engineering or equivalent
9 Pavement Foreman Diploma in Civil Engineering 10
8
or equivalent
10 Land Surveyor Degree in Land Surveying and 10
8
Geomatics
11 Environmental Manager Bachelor’s degree in
Environmental Management or 10 6
equivalent
12 Social Safeguards Bachelor’s degree in Social
10 6
Manager Sciences or equivalent
13 Asphalt Specialist Diploma in Civil Engineering
15 8
or equivalent

Experience in
Key Position on Site Minimum Academic Total Works
Similar
No. Qualifications and Experience
(Full time positions) Works
professional registration (Years)
(Years)
(where applicable)
14 Health and Safety Diploma in Occupational

Manager Health and Safety or 10 8
equivalent
15 Programmer/ Schedule Diploma in Civil Engineering
10 8
Engineer or equivalent
16 Human Resource Diploma in Human Resource
Manager Management or Relevant 10 5
Discipline
The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel and
such other Key Personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate to perform the Contract,
together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete
the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bidding Forms. Curriculum Vitae (CV) signed by the
personnel designated to execute the works MUST be attached. For each of the proposed
personnel, demonstrate proficiency in written and spoken English by confirming the language
of study of the relevant academic qualifications was English or providing a certificate
confirming proficiency in both written and spoken English from a recognized institution.
Foreign Key Experts proposed for the key positions above where professional registration is
required shall be required to register with the Uganda Engineer’s Registration Board (ERB)
within three (3) months of taking up the assignment.
Apart from the proposed key staff, the Contractor may bring foreign personnel into the
country to take up positions under the contract only for which local staff are not readily
available having provided evidence to the Engineer.
5. Equipment
The Bidder must demonstrate that they have access to the key equipment listed hereafter
(either by ownership, lease or hire): The owned equipment shall be evidenced by copies of
the Registration Log books. Leased/hired equipment will be evidenced by Lease/hire
Agreements detailing the terms and conditions for availing the equipment; detailing
equipment details such as Number plates and supported by log books in the Names of the
Leaser/Hirer.
Minimum Number
# Equipment Type and Characteristics required
1. Crawler Dozer + Ripper D8, 285HP 4
2. Crawler Dozer D6, 165HP 2
3. Low Loader 2

Minimum Number
4. Wheel Front End Loader 170HP 6
5. Hydraulic Hammer, minimum operating pressure, 2

16,500KPa
6. Rock drill, Minimum 15.5kW/21hp 2
7. Excavators 1.0 cu.m 140 HP 6
8. Wheel excavator and loader, minimum bucket capacity 2

4.7-13m3, 541HP
9. Tipper Truck 10 Tonne 10
10. Dump Truck (Tipper Truck) 20 Tonne 30
11. Water Tanker 10,000 litres 8
12. Fuel Tanker 10,000 litres 2
13. Motor Grader 150 HP 8
14. Smooth Wheeled Roller 10-12 tons 4
15. Vibrating Roller 12-14 tons 8
16. Pedestrian vibrating roller, minimum drum width 700mm, 2

6KW
17. Sheep Foot Compactors, 185KW, 35tonnes 2
18. Pneumatic Tyred Roller up to 14 tons 8
19. 1
Concrete batching plant, min. 45m3/h
20. Mechanical broom, 215 HP @ 2200 RPM 2
21. Air Compressor (100-200Kw) 2
Hot Mix Plant (batch type only with electronic & 1

22.
computer controls and vibratory screens, 120 tonne/hour
capacity)
23. Concrete mixer (5-20m3) 2
24. Concrete Pump - 60m2/hr 2
25. Concrete Transit Mixer - 60m3/hr 2
26. Water Pump (5-10m3/s) 8

Minimum Number
27. Mobile Crane 20 tons 2
28. Bitumen sprayer 10,000 litres 4
29. Bitumen Distributor 10,000 litres 2
30. Asphalt Paver fitted with electronic sensors for automatic 2

level control, paving width up to 4000mm
Paver fitted with electronic sensors for automatic level 1
31.
control (for crushed stone base), paving width up to
4000mmm
32. Stone crusher with screening unit minimum of 200 tonne 2
hour capacity
33. Generator 250 KVA 4
34. Coasters/van for transportation of workers 2
35. Medical Ambulance 1
The equipment shall be in good mechanical and working condition, and the age of the
Equipment, calculated from the date of manufacture, shall not be more than 15 years from the
date of bid submission.
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using Form EQU in
Section IV, Bidding Forms.

Section IV - Bidding Forms
Table of Forms
Letter of Bid................................................................................................................................................ 59
Appendix to Bid: Schedule of Adjustment Data................................................................................62
(Applicable only if Prices are subject to adjustment as per ITB 18.3 (a) and Sub-Criteria 13.7
of Part A-Contract Data under PC)........................................................................................................62
Technical Bid........................................................................................................................................... 101
Technical Bid-Base Bid.........................................................................................................................102
Site Organization..................................................................................................................................... 103
Method Statement................................................................................................................................... 104
Mobilization Schedule............................................................................................................................106
Construction Schedule............................................................................................................................107
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans..................................................................108
Form EQU: Equipment..........................................................................................................................113
Bidders Qualification without prequalification................................................................................119
Form CON – 2..........................................................................................................................................124
Form CON – 3..........................................................................................................................................127
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Declaration............................................................127
Form FIN – 3.1: Financial Situation and Performance..................................................................129
Form FIN – 3.2: Average Annual Construction Turnover............................................................131
Form FIN – 3.3: Financial Resources.................................................................................................132
Form FIN – 3.4: Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress......................................133
Form EXP - 4.1: General Construction Experience........................................................................135
Form EXP - 4.2(a): Specific Construction and Contract Management Experience................136
Form EXP - 4.2(a) (cont.): Specific Construction and Contract Management Experience
(cont.)......................................................................................................................................................... 138
Form EXP - 4.2(b): Construction Experience in Key Activities..................................................139
Form EXP - 4.2(c)...................................................................................................................................141
Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects...................................................................................141
Form of Bid Security - Demand Guarantee......................................................................................142
Letter of Bid
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED
THE DOCUMENT
The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing
the Bidder’s complete name and business address.
Note: All italicized text in is to help Bidders in preparing this form.
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
OCBI/LCB No..: [insert number of bidding process as per procurement plan]
Invitation for Bid No.: [insert same IFB number as advertised]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
We, the undersigned, declare that:
(a) No reservations: We have examined and have no reservations to the bidding document,
including Addenda issued in accordance to ITB 8;
(b) Eligibility of Bidder: We, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the
Contract, have nationalities from eligible countries and meet the eligibility requirements and
have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;
(c) Eligibility of Materials, Equipment and Services: We meet the eligibility requirements for
Materials, Equipment and Services in accordance with ITB 5;
(d) Bid-Securing Declaration: We have not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the
Employer based on execution of a Bid-Securing Declaration in the Employer’s country in
accordance with ITB 4.7;
(e) Conformity: We offer to execute in conformity with the bidding document and in accordance
with the construction schedule the following Works: [insert a brief description of the Works];
(f) Bid Price: The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (g) below is:
[Insert one of the options below as appropriate]
Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various
amounts and the respective currencies];
(g) Discounts: The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:
(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered.]
(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price of each item and ‘Works’, and
in case of multiple lots or multiple packages, net price of each item, each lot and each package
after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used
to apply the discounts and ensure clarity, unambiguity, etc. in accordance with ITB 14.7];
(h) Bid Validity Period: Our Bid shall be valid for a period specified in BDS 18.1 (or as amended
if applicable) from the date fixed for the Bid submission deadline specified in BDS 22.1 (or as
amended if applicable), and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time
before the expiration of that period;
(i) Performance Security: If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security
[and an Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security, Delete if not applicable] in the
forms in accordance with the bidding document;
(j) One Bid Per Bidder: We are not submitting any other Bid(s) as an individual Bidder, and we
are not participating in any other Bid(s) as a Joint Venture member or as a subcontractor, and
meet the requirements of ITB 4.3, other than alternative Bids submitted in accordance with
ITB 13;
(k) Suspension and Debarment: We, along with any of our subcontractors, suppliers, consultants,
manufacturers, or service providers for any part of the contract, are not subject to, and not
controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment
imposed by the Bank or a debarment imposed by the Bank in accordance with the Agreement
for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions between the Bank and other development
banks. Further, we are not ineligible under the Employer’s country laws or official regulations
or pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
(l) State-owned enterprise or institution: [select the appropriate option and delete the other]
[We are not a state-owned enterprise or institution] / [We are a state-owned enterprise or
institution but meet the requirements of ITB 4.6];
(m) Commissions, gratuities, fees: We have paid, or will pay the following commissions,
gratuities, or fees with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert
complete name of each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or
gratuity was paid and the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity]
Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”);
(n) Binding Contract: We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof
included in your Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a
formal contract is prepared and executed;
(o) Not Bound to Accept: We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated
cost Bid, or any other Bid that you may receive;
(p) Fraud and Corruption: We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person
acting for us or on our behalf engages in any type of Fraud and Corruption.
Section IV: Bidding Forms _____________ Page | 60

(q) Potential DAAB Members: We hereby propose the following three persons, whose
curriculum vitae are attached, as potential DAAB members:
Name Address
1. ……......
2. ………..
3. ………
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of person signing the Bid]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete
name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are
shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
Date signed ________________________________ day of _______________________, _____
* In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
or names of all members (partners) of JV and sign on behalf of the JV and not on behalf of only
one member that has been given power of attorney.
** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with
the Bid. If the Bidder is a JV, the power of attorney shall be given by the JV or by all members of
the JV.

Appendix to Bid: Schedule of Adjustment Data
(Applicable only if Prices are subject to adjustment as per ITB 18.3 (a) and Sub-
Criteria 13.7 of Part A-Contract Data under PC)
In Tables A, B, and C, below, the Bidder shall (a) indicate its amount of local currency payment, (b)
indicate its proposed source and base values of indices for the different foreign currency elements of
cost, (c) derive its proposed weightings for local and foreign currency payment, and (d) list the
exchange rates used in the currency conversion.
Table A. Local Currency

Proposed weighting for Series 2000: Bill No.2 Drainage
Index Index description* Source of Base value Bidder’s related Bidder’s proposed
code* index* and date* currency amount weighting
A Non adjustable - - - a: 0.2

LL Labour I b: _______
E Equipment V c: _______
C Cement I d: _______
S Steel II e: _______
F Fuel & Lubricant III f: _______
M Metal Products IV g: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 3000: Bill No. 3 Earthworks and Pavement Layers of Gravel or
Crushed Stone
code index* and date* currency amount weighting
a Non adjustable — — — a: 0.2

F Fuel III g: _______

Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 4000: Bill No. 4 Asphalt Pavements and Seals
Non adjustable — — — a: 0.2
B Bitumen I f: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 5000: Bill No. 5 Ancillary Road Works
Index Index Source of Base value Bidder’s related Bidder’s proposed

code description* index* and date* currency amount weighting
M Metal Products IV h: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 6000: BILL No. 6 Structures

M Metal Products IV h: _______
Total 1.00
[* To be entered by the Employer. Whereas “a” should be a fixed percentage, b, c, d, e, f, g, h should

specify values and the Bidder will be required to specify a value within such that the total weighting =
1.00].
Note:
The Bidder shall indicate the source of each index Correction factor
I Source of Index, Uganda Bureau of Statistics.
II Source of Index, Uganda Bureau of Statistics, “Reinforcing Steel”.
III Source of Index, Uganda Bureau of Statistics, “Diesel.”
IV Source of Index, Uganda Bureau of Statistics, “Other Iron and Steel”.
V Source of Index, Uganda Bureau of Statistics
VI The Base Date = 28 days prior to the Bid Submission Date

Table B. Foreign Currency (FC)
Name of Currency: …………………………….
Proposed weighting for Series 2000: Bill No.2 Drainage
code* index* and date* currency amount weighting
a Non adjustable - - - a: 0.2

LL Labour VI b: _______
E Equipment VII c: _______
C Cement VII d: _______
S Steel VII e: _______
F Fuel & Lubricant VII f: _______
M Metal Products VII g: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 3000: Bill No. 3 Earthworks and Pavement Layers of Gravel or
Crushed Stone

F Fuel VII g: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 4000: Bill No. 4 Asphalt Pavements and Seals

B Bitumen VII f: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 5000: Bill No. 5 Ancillary Road Works
Index Index Source of Base value Bidder’s related Bidder’s proposed

code description* index* and date* currency amount weighting
M Metal Products VII h: _______
Total 1.00
Proposed weighting for Series 6000: BILL No. 6 Structures
M Metal Products VII h: _______
Total 1.00
[* To be entered by the Employer. Whereas “a” should be a fixed percentage, b, c, d, e, f, g, h should

specify values and the Bidder will be required to specify a value within such that the total weighting =
1.00].
Note:
I Official Index from home country of the majority of the bidder’s expatriate workforce;

II Source of Index to be specified by the Bidder. Indices must be Official Indices from the source
country of the input. Currency Conversion Factro Zo/Zc shall be applied since the currency of
payment shall be different from the currency of the index in accordance with Particular
Conditions of Contract Clause 13.7
III The Base Date = 28 days prior to the Bid Submission Date
Bidder’s proposed weighting shall be within permissible range as provided in Table below.
Table 1: Permissible Weighting Range for each Bill Group
Index Index description Bill 2 Bill 3 Bill 4 Bill 5 Bill 6

code
A Non adjustable 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Labour
LL/EL 0.10 - 0.30 0.05 - 0.15 0.05 - 0.15 0.05 - 0.30 0.05 - 0.15
Component
E Equipment 0.05 - 0.15 0.25 - 0.35 0.20-0.30 __ 0.10 - 0.20
C Cement 0.10 - 0.20 0.05-0.20 __ 0.05 - 0.15 0.10 - 0.30

R Steel 0.10 - 0.20 __ __ 0.10 - 0.20 0.15 - 0.35
F Fuel 0.05 - 0.15 0.20 - 0.35 0.15 - 0.25 0.10 - 0.20 0.10 - 0.20
B Bitumen __ __ 0.25 - 0.35 __ __
M Metal Products 0.10 __ __ 0.15 - 0.25 0.15 - 0.25
X Explosives __ 0.10 - 0.20 0.00 - 0.10 __ __
TOTAL 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Table C. Summary of Payment Currencies
Table: Alternative A
For: Whole of the Works
A B C D
Name of Amount of Rate of exchange Local currency Percentage of
payment currency equivalent Total Bid Price
(local currency
currency (TBP)
per unit of C=AxB
foreign) 100xC
TBP
Local currency 1.00
Foreign currency
#1
Foreign currency
#2
Foreign currency
#3
Total Bid Price 100.00
Provisional sums
expressed in local
currency [To be [To be entered
entered by by the Employer]
1.00
the
Employer]
TOTAL BID
PRICE
(including
provisional sum)

Breakdown of Rates
Table D. Breakdown of the basic prices for labour (UGX/hour)
Social security
Monthly pay Hourly pay Overtime Travel time Hourly total
No. Qualification contributions
(1) (2) (3) (5) (6)
(4)
A1 Labourer, Cat 1
A2 Skilled worker, Cat. 3
A3 Skilled worker, Cat. 5
A4 Foreman, Cat. 7
A5 Site manager
A6 HGV driver
A7 Heavy plant driver
A8 Clerk of works
A9 Mechanic, Cat. 7
A9 Land surveyor
A10 Planning draughtsman
A11 …
The above list is given by way of example and is not exhaustive.
(1) Salary if the employee is paid monthly.
(2) Hourly pay if the employee is paid hourly, otherwise monthly salary divided by the legal working hours (… hours/month).
(3) Average cost of overtime, i.e. hourly pay times the overtime coefficient.
Average coefficient to be applied to the salary to take account of overtime......... (= total gross salary/gross salary without overtime).
(4) Percentage of the social security contributions (including social welfare, leave, etc.) times the gross salary (this percentage may vary according to
the category of employee).
(5) Average monthly or daily travel time divided by the number of daily or monthly legal working hours. = (2) + (3) + (4) + (5).
Table E: Breakdown of basic supply prices for materials and consumables (UGX/unit)
Unit price Transport to Tax, duties and other Losses
Origin Total
No. Description Unit origin site charges
(1) % Value (5) (6)
(2) (3) (4)
C1 Gasoil L
C2 Aggregates for concrete m3
C3 Sand for concrete 2/4 m3
C4 Cement T
C5 Steel for reinforced concrete Kg
C6 Annealed wire Kg
C7 Timber formwork m2
C8 Plywood m2
C9 Plasticisers Kg
C10 Concrete coating Kg
C11 Asphalt concrete T
C13 Inspection ladders U
C14 Fencing ml
C15 Traffic signs U
C16 …
The above list is given by way of example and is not exhaustive.
(1) Geographical location of the supplier or quarry.
(2) Supply or cost price at the quarry or on delivery in the country.
(3) Cost price of transport from the quarry or delivery in the country to the site.
(4) To be borne by the firm.
(5) Any losses or breakages to be determined by the tenderer.
(6) Basic prices for supply of materials: (6) = (2) + (3) + (4) + (5).

Table F: Breakdown of basic hourly prices for equipment (UGX/hour)
Depreciation /day
Useful life (days)
Labour cost/ day

Purchase date of
Spare parts (SP)
Lubricant & SP
Lubricant cost/
value (RV) (1)
Average daily
Fuel cost/ day
taxes/ day (9)
working time
Duties Taxes
Replacement
cost/ day (8)

Description
RV + taxes
Total/ hour
Total / day
equipment
day (7)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(10)
No
(2)
(4)
(3)
(5)
(6)
B1 D8N bulldozer
B2 14G grader
B3 CAT-type crawler excavator
B4 CAT wheeled excavator
B5 Trencher type …
B5 Pump
B6 Concrete vibrating poker
B7 …
(1) Estimated purchase price (excl. tax) of a piece of equipment of same kind, but new, purchased in the country’s capital at the end of machine life
span.
(2) Duties and taxes charged to the contractor at the purchase date.
(3) = (1)+(2)
(4) Number of depreciation years by number of days worked per year.
(5) Daily depreciation = (3)/(4).
(6) Average daily fuel consumption; the cost of the fuel is given with tax.
(7) Daily cost of lubricants (excl. tax).
(8) Daily cost of spare parts (excl. tax).
(9) Duties and taxes charged to the contractor on lubricants and spare parts.
(10) Manpower price (man/day).
(11) Daily basic prices of piece of equipment = (5)+(6)+(7)+(8)+(9)+(10)..
(12) Hours of operations (average).
(13) Hourly operational price of piece of equipment = (11)/(12)

Table G: Breakdown of unit prices in the price schedule (UGX)
No of the unit price: Output per day: m³/day
Designation of the unit price:
Estimated quantities:
Total Ugx/
Day
Equipment Labour
Components Of
Quantity
The Price
Or Time
Equipment,
Depreciation Ugx/
Maintenance Ugx/
Using U
Fuel-Lubricants
Total Ugx/ Day

Total Ugx/ day
Supplies And
H/Day
Qx(1+2+3)
Ugx/H (3)
Unit Price
Subcontracted
(Q)
H (1)
H (2)
Works
Equipment H
Materials H
Labour H
Total Ugx /Day
Net Cost Ugx/ m³
The above table shall be prepared for each of the bill items under the following clauses:
2200, 2500, 2600, 3100, 3600, 3700, 3800, 3900, 4100, 4500, 6300, 6400 and 6600.
Table H: Detailed breakdown of site costs (UGX)
Number Basic price Total net cost
Means deployed
(1) (2) (3) = (1) +(2)
Labour
A1 Site supervisor
A2 Engineer
A3 Clerk of works
A4 Secretary
A5 Drivers
A6 Orderlies
A7
Subtotal labour
Equipment
B1 4x4 vehicle
B2 Saloon car
B3 Van-type people carrier
B4…
Subtotal equipment
Materials
C1 Gasoil
C2…
Subtotal materials
Other
D1 Rentals
D2 Telephone
D3…
Subtotal other
GENERAL TOTAL

Table I: Detailed breakdown of the general costs (general overheads and profits)
No % of the bid
1 Financial charges
2 Insurance premiums
3 Guarantee costs
4 Price revision
5 Direct taxes
6 Other expenses
7 Penalties
8 Contingencies
9 Office and agency expenses
10 Net profits
11 Corporation taxes
GENERAL TOTAL
1. Financial charges are expenses incurred outside the production process (project start-up,
overdrafts, etc.).
2. Insurance is the insurance described in Clause 18 of the FIDIC general conditions for
works contracts.
3. Guarantee costs are the bank charges for issuing the guarantee (advance, performance,
retention guarantee, etc.).
4. Firms may or may not make provision under this heading, depending on their judgment
concerning the quality of the price revision formula.
5. This involves VAT in the country of works, customs duties on the imported materials, etc.
7. If firms think there may be a delay in the works, they can take out cover against it.
8. Contingencies here are related to uncertainties concerning tender documents, lack of
knowledge of the country, etc.
9. General and administrative expenses are made up of firms’ fixed overheads such as
accounts and quality control, management, various departments and office buildings and
are common to all the firm’s works contracts. Agency expenses are expenses common to
all the works in the agency’s area of responsibility.
10.These are taxes paid in the country of the works or in the country where the firm has its
place of business (for international companies).

Bill of Quantities
A. Preamble
1. The Bill of Quantities shall be read in conjunction with the Instruction to Bidders,
General Conditions of Contract, Technical Specifications and Drawings, Schedules,
Annexure and Addenda.
2. The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated to provide a common basis
for bidding. The basis of payments will be the actual quantities of work ordered and
valued at the rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities, where
applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices as the Engineer may fix within the
terms of the Contract.
3. The rates and prices Bid in the priced Bill of Quantities except in so far as it is
otherwise, provided under the Contract, include all construction plant, labour,
supervision, materials, the combination and processing of materials, sampling, testing
and trial lengths, including trial lengths of the pavement and checking information
given by the Engineer, damage caused to works under construction equipment,
materials and consumables stores by weather conditions, all temporary works and
false works, erection, maintenance, insurance, establishment and overhead charges,
profit, taxes and duties together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations set
out or implied in the Contract and including remedy or any defect during the Defect
Liabilities Period.
4. The rates and prices shall be quoted entirely in Uganda Shilling.
5. The rate or price shall be entered in indelible ink both in figures and words against
those items in the Bill of Quantities, for which the quantities are given. The cost of
items against which the Contractor has failed to enter a rate or price shall be deemed
to have been covered by other rates and prices entered in the Bill of Quantities.
However, rates are not to be quoted against those items for which quantities are not
given.
6. The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be deemed to
have included in the items provided in the priced Bill of Quantities
7. General directions and descriptions of work and material are not necessarily repeated
or summarized in the Bill of Quantities. References to the relevant sections of the
contract documentation shall be made before entering rates or prices against each item
in the priced Bill of Quantities.
8. The method of measurement of completed work for payment shall be in accordance
with the requirements as stated in the individual sections of the Technical
Specifications.
9. Errors will be corrected by the Employer for any arithmetic errors pursuant to ITB
Clause 35.2 of the instructions to Bidders.
10. Unless otherwise stated all measurement shall be measured net from the drawings,
any work performed in excess of the requirement of the plans and specification, such
as over depth excavation, extra thickness of sub-base, base or surface course etc. will
not be paid for, unless instructed by the Engineer.
11. Except where otherwise provided, no additional payment, over and above payment for
the various items of work included in the Contract, shall be made for construction
operations carried out in confined or restricted or awkward circumstances, including
widening an existing road on one or both sides as directed by the Engineer to suit site
conditions, on existing cut faces, on curves, tapers, bell mouths, traffic islands,
accesses and other miscellaneous works in connection with the proper completion of
the works.
12. The Bidder shall before the Contract is signed, submit detailed supplementary
schedules, breaking down the rates for composite units of work in the Bill of
Quantities into their component elements in such detail as may be required by the
Engineer.
13. The Contractor’s attention is particularly drawn to the need to familiarize himself with
customs procedures of the Republic of Uganda in connection with importation, and to
allow sufficient time in its programme for these to be completed.
14. Provisional Items (identified with the words “Provisional Item” in brackets) shall be
priced at a rate no greater than the rate for the equivalent non-provisional item.
15. The Bidder shall submit a soft copy of the priced BOQ spreadsheet and breakdown of
the rates and prices in Microsoft Excel.

B. Units of Measurement
The units of measurement used herein and their abbreviations are as follows
Unit Abbreviation
Millimetre mm
Metre m
Kilometre km
Square Millimetre sq.mm or mm2
Square Metre sqm or m2
Hectare ha
Cubic Metre cum or m3
Gramme g
Kilogramme kg
Tonne (1000 kg) tonne T
Litres litre l
Number No. or nr
Hour hr
Vehicle Month veh. month
Percentage %
Provisional Sum PS
Lump Sum LS

C. Work Items
The Bill of Quantities usually contains the following part Bills, which have been grouped
according to the nature or timing of the work.
 Bill No. 1 : General
 Bill No. 2 : Drainage
 Bill No. 3 : Earthwork and Pavement Layers of Gravel or Crushed Stone
 Bill No. 4 : Bituminous Layers and Seals
 Bill No. 5 : Ancillary Road Works
 Bill No. 6 : Structures
 Bill No. 7 : Tolerance, Testing and Quality Control
 Bill No. 8 : Dayworks

Bill of Quantities
CIVIL WORKS FOR THE UPGRADING OF KABALE-LAKE

BUNYONYI & KISORO-MGAHINGA ROADS (33.2KM)

GENERAL SUMMARY
AMOUNT
SERIES
(UGX)
1000 GENERAL
2000 DRAINAGE
EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS OF GRAVEL OR

3000
CRUSHED STONE
4000 BITUMINOUS LAYERS AND SEALS
5000 ANCILLARY ROADWORKS
6000 STRUCTURES
7000 TOLERANCES, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL
8000 DAYWORKS (ALL PROVISIONAL)
A SUB-TOTAL
B ALLOW 10% OF (A) AS WORKS CONTINGENCIES
C ALLOW 7.5% OF (A) AS REVISION OF PRICE CONTINGENCIES
D SPECIFIED PROVISIONAL SUMS (SERIES 9000)
TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD TO FORM OF TENDER (A+B+C+D)

CIVIL WORKS FOR THE UPGRADING OF KABALE-LAKE BUNYONYI-KABEHO ROAD (15.1KM) & KISORO-MGAHINGA (18.1KM)
SERIES 1000: GENERAL
Unit Quantity Rate (UGX) Amount (UGX)
SECTION 1200: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS

12.02 Relocation of services:
(a) Arrange and pay for removal and/or alteration to services provided by provisional sum
agencies for electricity supply, water supply or telecommunication 1 750,000,000
services.
(b) Contractor’s overheads and profits as a percentage of sub-Item 12.02(a) percent (%) 750,000,000
12.03 Maintenance of existing road

(a) Contractor to maintain existing road (Forward Maintenance) Month 18
(b) Additional grading of existing road as instructed by the Engineer km 5
12.04 Disputes Review Board
(a) Payment for Employer’s share of the cost of the Disputes Review Board provisional sum 1 200,000,000
(b) Contractor's overheads and profit fixed at 15 percent of sub-Item 12.04(a) percent (%) 200,000,000
SECTION 1300: CONTRACTOR’S ESTABLISHMENT ON SITE AND GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
13.01 Contractor’s general obligations

(a) Fixed obligations lump sum 1
SECTION 1400: ENGINEER’S ACCOMMODATION AND ATTENDANCE UPON ENGINEER AND HIS/HER SITE PERSONNEL
14.01 Houses for the Engineer:

(e)(i) Provide and maintain fully furnished temporary accommodation for the man month 21
Engineer
(e)(ii) Provide and maintain temporary office for the Engineer month 3
(f) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for Type I house month 36
(g) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for Type II house month 36
(h) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for Type III house month 36
(i) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for multiple month 36
accommodation unit
14.02 Office for the Engineer
(b) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for office month 36
14.04 Site cabin/office for the Engineer:

(a) Provide fully furnished and equipped site cabin/office for the Engineer number (no) 2
(b) Maintain and pay all rents and municipal services for site office/cabin month 33
14.05 Four- w h e e l drive station wagons for the Engineer
(a) Provide vehicle for the Engineer number (no) 1
(b) Operate and Maintain Vehicles
(b)(i) Time related operating and maintenance costs including provision of a driver month 36
(b)(ii) Travel related operating and maintenance costs kilometre (km) 144,000
14.05A Four- w h e e l drive station wagons for the Employer
(a) Provide vehicle for the Employer, including Planning Cordinator of the Social number (no) 2
infrastructure projects
(b) Operate and maintain vehicles including provision of driver(s) provisional sum 1 240,000,000
(c) Contractor’s overheads and profit as a percentage of sub-Item 14.05A(b) percent (%) 240,000,000
14.06 Four wheel drive Double Cabin Pick-up for the Engineer
(a) Provide vehicle for the Engineer (min 3000cc) number (no) 5
(b) Operate and Maintain Vehicles
(b)(ii) Travel related operating and maintenance costs kilometre (km) 144,000
14.07 Survey equipment for the Engineer
(a) Provide specified survey equipment for the Engineer lump sum 1
(b) Maintain specified survey equipment for the Engineer month 36
(c) Provide labourers for survey man month 216

14.08 Laboratory for the Engineer

(a) Provide laboratory fully furnished for the Engineer lump sum 1
(b) Maintain laboratory fully furnished for the Engineer month 36
14.09 Laboratory equipment for the Engineer
(a) Provide specified laboratory equipment for the Engineer lump sum 1
(b) Maintain specified laboratory equipment for the Engineer month 36
(e) Provide labourers for laboratory man month 216
14.11 Four wheel drive single cab pick-ups for the Engineer
(a) Provide vehicle for the Engineer (min 3000cc) number (no) 2
(b) Operate and maintain vehicles
(b)(ii) Travel related operating and maintenance costs kilometres (km) 125,280
14.13 Communication facilities for the Engineer

(a) Provide internet access lump sum 1
(b) Monthly subscriptions for internet access month 36
(c) Airtime for mobile phones provisional sum 1 20,000,000
(d) Provide mobile telephones provisional sum 1 10,000,000

(e) Contractor’s overheads and profit as a percentage of sub-Items 14.13(c) and percent (%) 30,000,000
(d)
14.14 Skills development and knowledge transfer
(a) Payment for graduate trainee engineers provisional sum 1 250,000,000

(b) Contractor’s overheads and profit as a percentage of sub-Item 14.14(a) percent (%) 250,000,000

SECTION 1500: ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC

15.01 Accommodating traffic and maintaining diversions and detours month 36
15.02 Temporary traffic control facilities: Provision of full set of signs and traffic
control for:
(a) Type 1 control – half width working number (no) 2
(b) Type 2 control – temporary road surface number (no) 2
(c) Type 3 control – 2 lane diversion number (no) 2
(d) Type 4 control – 2 single lane diversions number (no) 2
(e) Type 5 control – detours number (no) 2
15.03 Provision of barricades and delineational devices
(a) New jersey barriers number (no) 200
(b) Drums number (no) 200
(c) Delineators number (no) 1,000
(d) Cones number (no) 200
SECTION 1700: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND WASTE DISPOSAL
17.01 Environmental and Social Management Plan, Safety and Health
Management Plan, Decommissioning Plans, Final Environmental lump sum 1
Mitigation Reports and other reports
17.03 (a) Sensitization of communities and local authorities on land use

provisional sum 1 100,000,000
and catchment management.
(b) Contractor’s overheads and profits as a percentage of sub-Item provisional sum 100,000,000
18.02A(a)
SECTION 1800: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY, HIV/AIDS AND GENDER
18.01 Provide qualified Safety Officer month 36
18.02A Employers Nominated Service Provider
(a) Employers Nominated Service Provider for provision of HIV/AIDS
provisional sum 1 350,000,000
programme and gender sensitisation awareness and monitoring

(b) Contractor’s overheads and profits as a percentage of sub-Item 18.02A(a) percent (%) 350,000,000
18.02B Sexual health and First Aid Clinic

(a) Provide sexual health and first aid clinic on the main site compound fully
lump sum 1
furnished and equipped
(b) Maintenance of sexual health and first aid clinic month 36
18.02C Provision of safety clothing and equipment for the workforce month 36
Total for Bill 1000 Carried to Summary

SERIES 2000: DRAINAGE
SECTION 2100: DRAINS
21.01 Excavation for open drains:
(a) Excavating soft material situated within the following depth ranges below the surface
3
(a)(i) 0.0 m up to 1.5 m cubic metre (m ) 30,382
21.03 Excavation for subsoil drainage systems
(a) Excavating soft material situated within the following depth ranges below the surface
3
(i) 0.5m up to 1.5m (Provisional Item) m 5,000
(b) Extra over sub item 21.03 (a) for excavation in rock as defined in clause 3
m 50,000
3603, irrespective of depth (Provisional Item)
21.04 Impermeable backfilling to subsoil drainage systems (Provisional Item) 3 500
m
21.06 Natural permeable material in subsoil drainage system
3
(a) Crushed stone obtained from approved sources on the site, grade d85 (Provisional m 500
21.08 Item)
Pipes in subsoil drainage system
(b) Unplasticised PVC pipes and fittings, normal duty, complete with couplings, 100mm m 2,000
21.10 Synthetic-fibre filter fabric as defined in clause 2700 (Provisional Item) m² 4,000
SECTION 2200: PREFABRICATED CULVERTS
22.01 Excavation:
Excavating soft material situated within the following depth ranges below the surface
(a) level:
3
(a)(i) Up to 1.5 m cubic metre (m ) 5,810
3
(a)(ii) Exceeding 1.5 m and up to 3.0 m cubic metre (m ) 1,124
Extra over sub-Item 22.01(a) for excavation in rock as defined in Clause 3
(b) 1,000
3603, irrespective of depth:
22.02 Backfilling:
3
(a) Using excavated material cubic metre (m ) 2,739
22.03 Concrete pipe culverts:
(a) On Class A bedding (type and diameter indicated)
(ii) 900 mm diameter, 60kN/m proof load metre (m) 1,883
(b) On Class B bedding (type and diameter indicated)
(i) 600mm dia, 60kN/m proof load metre (m) 792

22.07 Cast in-situ concrete and formwork:
Class 15/20 concrete in Class A culvert bedding, screeds, haunching and 3
(a) 1,310
encasing for pipes, including formwork
(b) Class 25/20 concrete in floor slabs for portal or rectangular culverts and in
3
concrete linings to the inverts of metal culverts, including formwork and class U2 cubic metre (m ) 5,617
surface finish [For under-sidewalk concrete channel]
(c) Class 25/20 concrete in floor slabs for portal or rectangular culverts and in
3
concrete linings to the inverts of metal culverts, including formwork and class U2 cubic metre (m ) 767
surface finish [For Box Culverts]
(d) Class 25/20 concrete in inlet and outlet structures, catchpits, manholes, thrust and
3
anchor blocks, including formwork and Class U2 surface finish [For culvert inlets cubic metre (m ) 743
and outlets]
22.10 Steel reinforcement:
(b) High-tensile steel bars tonne (t) 1,083
(c) Welded steel fabric kilogramme (kg) 1,400
22.23 Service ducts:
(a) Ordinary pipes (type and diameter indicated)
(a)(i) Nominal 200mm diameter uPVC pipe metre (m) 1,530
22.26 Reinstating trenches crossing roads:
2
(a) Improved subgrade layers square metre (m ) 459
SECTION 2300: CONCRETE KERBING, CONCRETE CHANNELLING, OPEN CONCRETE CHUTES AND CONCRETE LININGS FOR OPEN
DRAINS
23.01 Concrete kerbing
Precast concrete Class 30 barrier kerb including 100mm Class 15 concrete bedding
(a)
and backing
(i) Precast barrier concrete kerbs 200mm x 380mm metre (m) 92,166
(ii) Precast semi-mountable concrete kerbs 200mm x 300mm metre (m) 2,450
(ii) Precast mountable kerbs 250mm x 200mm metre (m) 800
(iv) Flush kerb [250mm x 125mm] metre (m) 2,400
23.05 Inlet, outlet, transition and similar structures (typical designs):
(a) Culvert inlet dropbox with silt traps as per typical drawing number (no) 76

Unit Quantity Rate Amount (UGX)
SECTION 2500: PITCHING, STONEWORK AND PROTECTION AGAINST EROSION (UGX)
25.01 Stone pitching:
(b) Grouted stone pitching
2
(b)(iii) 250mm [Side ditch lining] square metre (m ) 79,522
2
(b)(iv) 250mm [Culvert inlet and outlet protection] square metre (m ) 17,566
2
250mm [Head wall slope protection] square metre (m ) 330
2
(b)(v) 300mm [Lake shores protection] square metre (m ) 600
25.02 Riprap:
3
(b) Dumped riprap (critical mass of stone indicated in schedule of culvert) cubic metre (m ) 959
25.04 Concrete pitching and block paving:
(d) Prefabricated concrete paving blocks (Enter thickness)
2
(d)(i) 50mm square metre (m ) 92,405
2
(d)(ii) 80mm square metre (m ) 715
SECTION 2600: GABIONS
26.01 Foundation trench excavation and backfilling:
3
(b) In all other material than rock as defined in Clause 3603 cubic metre (m ) 1,697
2
26.02 Surface preparation for bedding the gabions square metre (m ) 3,184
26.03 Gabions:
3
(a) Galvanised gabion boxes 1.00x2.00m, mesh 80x100mm, ø2.7mm wire cubic metre (m ) 8,900
(c) Galvanised gabion mattresses, 4.0 x 2.0 x 0.3 m, 5mm dia wire mesh stainless steel cubic metre (m3) 72

SERIES 3000: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS OF GRAVEL AND CRUSHED STONE
SECTION 3100: CLEARING, GRUBBING AND REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL
31.01 Clearing, grubbing and removal of topsoil:
(a) Clearing and grubbing hectare (ha) 7
(b) Removal of topsoil 7
3
(b)(i) Removal of topsoil and stockpiling for re-use cubic metre (m ) 34,650
3
(b)(ii) Disposal of surplus stockpiled topsoil (Provisional) cubic metre (m ) 80,850
31.02 Removal and grubbing of large trees and tree stumps:
(a) Girth exceeding 1.0 m up to and including 2.0 m number (no) 6
(b) Girth exceeding 2.0 m up to and including 3.0 m number (no) 0
4
(c) Girth exceeding 3.0 m number (no) 8
2
31.03 Applying approved pesticides to ant and termite nests litres (l) 3
5
SECTION 3200: REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 0
32.01 Removal of existing structures:
(a) Removal of existing pipe culverts of any size number (no) 7
SECTION 3300: BREAKING UP EXISTING PAVEMENT LAYERS 1
33.01 Excavating or milling of material from an existing pavement:
33.04 Scarification and recompaction of existing pavement layers [state scarification depth
and density of compaction]
3
(a) Scarify 150mm depth and compact to 95% MDD cubic metre (m ) 38,220
3
(b) Scarify 150mm depth and compact to 97% MDD cubic metre (m ) 15,000
SECTION 3600: EARTHWORKS
36.01 Excavations:
3
(a) Common excavation to spoil cubic metre (m ) 596,570
3
(b) Excavation in swamps or wetlands to spoil cubic metre (m ) 20,000
3
(c) Rock excavation cubic metre (m ) 30,178
36.02 Fill and improved subgrade layers
3
(a) Minimum G15 quality material in upper improved subgrade layer cubic metre (m ) 69,720
3
(b) Minimum G7 quality material in lower improved subgrade layer cubic metre (m ) 74,700
3
(c) Minimum G7 quality material in fill cubic metre (m ) 265,254
3
(d) Fill using rock cubic metre (m ) 60,000
(j) Crusher run in upper 0.3m tonne (t) 14,400
2
(l) Geogrid (Biaxial Polypropylene or similar, Tensile strength ≥30kN/m 2) square metre (m ) 40,000

SERIES 3000: EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS OF GRAVEL AND CRUSHED STONE
36.03 Roadbed preparation and compaction of material:
3
(a) Compaction to 97% of BS-Heavy density cubic metre (m ) 9,855
3
(b) Compaction to 95% of BS-Heavy density cubic metre (m ) 36,784
SECTION 3700: PAVEMENT LAYERS OF NATURAL GRAVEL MATERIALS
37.02 Natural material for subbase:
3
(c) Natural gravel class G30 for chemical stabilisation or mechanical modification cubic metre (m ) 46,018
SECTION 3800: STABILISATION
38.04 Mechanical modification to produce material Class G45 by mixing a binder (state
sub- Item) with a natural material (state sub-Item).
3
(a) Extra over sub-Items 38.05(a) and 37.02(c) cubic metre (m ) 65,740
38.05 Binder materials used for mechanical stabilisation
3
(a) Crushed aggregate Class CRS (Coarse type) cubic metre (m ) 21,370
SECTION 3900: CRUSHED AGGREGATE ROAD BASE
39.01 Crushed aggregate for road base
(b) Crushed aggregate Class CRR Fine cubic metre (m3) 54,500

SERIES 4000: BITUMINOUS LAYERS AND SURFACE SEALS
SECTION 4100: PRIME AND CURING MEMBRANES
41.01 Prime coat:
(a) MC-30 cut-back bitumen litre (l) 399,300
3
41.03 Aggregate for blinding: cubic metre (m ) 2,961
SECTION 4200: BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACING
42.01 Asphalt concrete surfacing:
(a) Asphalt concrete surfacing AC14 - 50mm thick (50/70 pen grade) 3
cubic metre (m ) 18,150
(b) 50/70 Penetration grade Bitumen for Asphalt Concrete Surfacing tonne (t) 945
42.03 Tack Coat of 30% stable grade bitumen emulsion - 0.55l/m2 litre (l) 179,685
SECTION 4500: DOUBLE SURFACE DRESSINGS
45.01 Double surface dressing using:
(d) 7 mm and 7 mm aggregate in 1st and 2nd layer respectively. K1-60 water-
square metre (m2) 19,404
based bituminous emulsion as binder

SERIES 5000: ANCILLARY RODWORKS
SECTION 5100: MARKER AND KILOMETRE POSTS
51.01 Marker posts
(a) New marker posts
(i) Guide Posts number (no) 390
(c) Road reserve marker posts number (no) 330
51.02 Kilometre posts
(a) New kilometre posts number (no) 20
SECTION 5200: GUARDRAILS
52.01 Guardrails on steel posts:
(c) Wood and steel barrier - H1 Level of containment, as per drawings metre (m) 6,116
52.02 Extra over Items 52.01 and 52.10 for horizontally curved guard-rails factory bent
number (no) 10
to a radius of less than 45 m
52.03 End units:
(b) End sections including foundation in the ground number (no) 39
52.04 Additional guardrail steel posts:
52.05 Reflective plates number (no) 6,200
52.11 Drilling and blasting holes for guardrail posts, erection and backfilling number (no) 3,058
SECTION 5400: ROAD SIGNS
54.01 All types of road signs
(a) Road signs on single post, plate area "A"
2
(a)(i) A <= 0.5m number (no) 780
2
(a)(ii) A > 0.5m number (no) 780
(b) Road signs on multiple posts, plate area "A"
2
(b)(i) A <= 1.5m number (no) 195
2 2
(b)(ii) 1.5m < A <= 2.5m tonne (t) 100
2
(b)(iii) A > 2.5m number (no) 50
54.02 Additional road sign plate number (no) 20
2
54.03 Guidance signs square metre (m ) 180
54.05 Removal of obsolete road signs (Provisional) number (no) 203
54.06 Overhead "Welcome" cantilever board in Kachwekano. number (no) 1

SECTION 5500: ROAD MARKINGS
55.03 Road marking using Thermo-plastic road-marking material:
(a) White lines (broken or unbroken) 100mm width metre (m) 72,600
(b) Yellow lines (broken or unbroken) 100mm width metre (m) 36,080
2
(f) Traffic-island markings (any colour) square metre (m ) 1,800
55.05 Roadstuds (type stated) number (no) 16,500
Setting out and pre-marking the lines (excluding traffic-island markings, lettering
55.06 metre (m) 108,680
and symbols)
55.09 Rumble strips and speed humps
(a) Rumble strip (specify type/size)
(a)(i) 3.5m wide x 30mm high metre (m) 1,080
(b) Speed hump (specify type/size)
(b)(i) Circular 9.5m wide x 100mm high metre (m) 180
SECTION 5600: LANDSCAPING AND GRASSING
56.03 Preparing the areas for grassing:
(c) Topsoiling within the road reserve, where the following materials are used:
3
(c)(i) Topsoil stockpiled under sub-Item 31.01(b)(i) cubic metre (m ) 34,650
3
(c)(ii) Topsoil obtained from other sources by the Contractor cubic metre (m ) 10,000
56.04 Grassing:
(a) Planting of grass cuttings (type of grass as indicated) hectare (ha) 13
56.05 Watering the grass when established by topsoiling only: kilolitre (kl) 10
56.06 Watering the already planted grass, trees and shrubs in periods of drought during
kilolitre (kl) 10
the defects liability period:
56.09 Trees and shrubs:
(b)(i) Trees for urban areas landscaping number (no) 2,428
(b)(ii) Shrubs for urban areas landscaping number (no) 2,428
56.1 Extra work for landscaping
(a) Provisional sum for tree planting along the edge of the road reserve by a provisional sum 1 200,000,00
Greening Right of Way (GROW) team nominated by UNRA) 0

Contractors mark-up/overheads and profit as a percentage of that part of sub-
(b) percent (%) 200,000,000
item 56.10 (a) used for payment for landscaping work done by a GROW team
nominated by UNRA
SECTION 5800: STREET LIGHTING
Stand-alone solar-powered street lighting system for urban areas, as per drawings
DDAPP24, composed by:
- Photovoltaic solar panel 92W
- 8m high, Hot Dip Galvanized Steel Street light Pole with Base plate, & Anchor
Bolts.
58.01 - LED luminaries 1x41W with luminous flux 4906 lm at 8m & 1x14W with luminous
flux
1565 lm at 5m
- Lithium iron phosphate Accumulator 26650*56PCS 12.8V 42AH
- Complete with all accessories, cables and looping, drivers
- Die Cast Aluminium Cable Connection Box etc
(a) Two arms at different heights: 1.7m long arm at 8m and 1.5m arm at 5m, as per number (no) 324
drawing
(b) Single arm: 1.7m long arm at 8m, as per drawing number (no) 23

SERIES 6000: STRUCTURES
Box Culvert 5 x3 at 3+550 of road to Muhabura Unit Quantity Rate (UGX) Amount (UGX)
SECTION 6100: FOUNDATIONS FOR STRUCTURES
61.01 Additional foundation investigations: provisional sum 1 50,000,000
61.02 Excavation:
(a) Common excavation in soft material situated within the following successive
depth ranges:
3
(a)(i) 0 m up to 2 m cubic metre (m ) 2,017
3
(a)(ii) 2 m up to 4 m cubic metre (m ) 502
3
(b) Extra-over sub-Item 61.02(a) for excavation in rock irrespective of depth cubic metre (m ) 17
61.03 Access and drainage:
(a) Access lump sum 1
61.04 Backfill to excavations utilising:
3
(a) Material from the excavations cubic metre (m ) 195
3
(b) Imported material cubic metre (m ) 383
61.05 Foundation fill consisting of:
3
(a) Rock fill cubic metre (m ) 589
3
(b) Crushed stone fill cubic metre (m ) 120
3
(c) Compacted granular material cubic metre (m ) 180
3
(e) Concrete blinding (thickness and class of concrete indicated) cubic metre (m ) 75
SECTION 6200: FALSEWORK, FORMWORK AND CONCRETE FINISH
62.01 Formwork to provide surface finish:
2
(a) Class F1 to concealed surfaces square metre (m ) 809
2
(b)(i) Class F2 to exposed surfaces square metre (m ) 2,179
SECTION 6300: STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR STRUCTURES
63.01 Steel reinforcement for:
(a) (Description of portion of structure to which applicable):
(a)(ii) High-yield-stress-steel bars tonne (t) 115
SECTION 6400: CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES
64.01 Cast in situ concrete
3
(a) Class 15/40 in blinding and other unreinforced concrete cubic metre (m ) 130
3
(b) Class 25/20 in reinforced concrete [Concrete safety barriers] cubic metre (m ) 127
3
(c) Class 30/20 in reinforced Box Culvert walls, slabs, headwalls and wingwalls cubic metre (m ) 777
2
64.04 Epoxy bonding of new concrete surfaces to old square metre (m ) 89
64.06 Demolishing existing concrete:

SERIES 6000: STRUCTURES
Box Culvert 5 x3 at 3+550 of road to Muhabura Unit Quantity Rate (UGX) Amount (UGX)
3
(a) Plain concrete (member indicated) cubic metre (m ) 77
Construction of retaining structures, if directed by the Engineer, according to
64.07 provisional sum 1
change of site conditions. It includes formworks, concrete and reinforcement
SECTION 6600: NO-FINES CONCRETE; JOINTS; BEARINGS; PARAPETS AND DRAINAGE FOR
STRUCTURES
(b) Weep holes:
(b)(i) Weep holes 100mm diameter x 500mm long metre (m) 56,500
66.22 Synthetic-fibre filter fabric (Geotextile fabric Type A AS Clause 2703)
2
(a) Geotextile fabric Type A AS Clause 2703 square metre (m ) 28,750
2
(b) Approved filter element secured to wall square metre (m ) 39,250
3
66.23 Crushed stone in drainage strips cubic metre (m ) 18,000
SECTION 6900: PAINTING
69.01 Painting:
2
(a) Concrete surfaces with two coats of bituminous paint to concealed side walls square metre (m ) 111,200

SERIES 7000: TOLERANCES, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL

SECTION 7100:TESTING OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
71.01 Special tests requested by the Engineer
(a) Tests provisional sum 1 150,000,000
(b) Contractor’s overhead and profit as a percentage of sub-item 71.01(a) percent (%) 150,000,000
71.02 Investigation by Dynamic Cone Penetrometer number (no) 20
71.03 Investigation by trial pit: Depth 1.5m number (no) 5
71.04 Investigation by hand auger
(a) In swamps to depth 'D'
(a)(i) 0.0m < D <= 3.0m number (no) 2
71.05 Investigation by excavator
(b) At deep cuts to depth 'D'
(b)(i) 0.0m < D <= 2.5m metre (m) 5
(b)(ii) 2.5m < D <= 5.0m metre (m) 5
71.07 Investigation by rotary or shell and auger borehole drilling
(b) At deep cuts to depth 'D'
(b)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m metre (m) 5
(b)(iii) 10.0m < D <= 15.0m metre (m) 5
(b)(iv) 15.0m < D <= 20.0m metre (m) 5
(c) At swamps to depth 'D'
(c)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m metre (m) 5
(d) At quarries to depth 'D'
(d)(iv) 15.0m < D <= 20.0m metre (m) 5
(e) Extra over sub-Items (a) to (d) for rotary drilling in rock metre (m) 5
71.08 Laboratory testing and reporting
(b)
Set of laboratory tests on trial pit and deep cut samples as per sub-Clause 7124(b) number (no) 25
(c) Set of laboratory tests on swamp samples as per sub-Clause 7124(c) number (no) 10
(d) Set of laboratory tests on quarry samples as per sub-Clause 7124(d) number (no) 10
(e) Set of laboratory tests on water samples as per sub-Clause 7124(e) number (no) 10

SERIES 8000: DAYWORKS (ALL PROVISIONAL)
SECTION 8100 : LABOUR
81.01 Unskilled labour hour (hr) 7,000
81.02 Skilled labour hour (hr) 2,000
81.03 Headman hour (hr) 300
81.04 Foreman hour (hr) 300
81.05 Engineer hour (hr) 300
81.06 Site Manager hour (hr) 300
81.07 Driver heavy hour (hr) 400
81.08 Driver Light hour (hr) 400
81.09 Plant Operator H/D hour (hr) 200
81.10 Plant operator LH/D hour (hr) 200
81.11 Land surveyor hour (hr) 300
81.12 Draftman hour (hr) 200
81.13 Mason hour (hr) 200
81.14 Carpenter hour (hr) 200
Sub-Total
SECTION 8200 : MATERIALS
82.01 Diesel (gas oil) litre (l) 300
82.02 Petrol litre (l) 200
82.03 Coarse crushed aggregate tonne (t) 20
82.04 Fine aggregate (sand) tonne (t) 10
82.05 Ordinary Portland Cement tonne (t) 5
82.06 Mild steel reinforcement tonne (t) 0.5
82.07 High yield stress steel bars tonne (t) 1.0
2
82.08 Timbering for trenches square metre (m ) 200
2
82.09 Formwork square metre (m ) 200
82.10 Road Paint litre (l) 30
3
82.11 Granular material for Subabse cubic metre (m ) 200
82.12 Bitumen, 80/100 tonne (t) 1.0
82.13 Cutback bitumen MC-30 litre (l) 100
82.14 30% bitumen emulsion litre (l) 10
82.15 Lubricant kilogramme (kg) 5
82.16 Lime tonne (t) 2
Sub-Total
SECTION 8300 : EQUIPMENT
83.01 D4 Dozer or equivalent with blade and ripper hour (hr) 100
83.02 D8 Dozer or equivalent with blade and ripper hour (hr) 100
SERIES 8000: DAYWORKS (ALL PROVISIONAL)
3
83.03 Wheeled excavator, bucket capacity under 1 m hour (hr) 100
3
83.04 Track Loader, 3-4 m bucket capacity, (Cat 973C or equivalent) hour (hr) 100
3
83.05 Wheeled excavator, bucket capacity 1-2 m hour (hr) 100
83.06 Backhoe loader hour (hr) 100
83.07 5t tipper lorry hour (hr) 300
83.08 9t tipper lorry hour (hr) 300
83.09 Dump Truck hour (hr) 300
83.10 Motorgrader, complete with scarifier (Cat. 14 or equivalent) hour (hr) 300
83.11 5-6t drawn vibrating roller and tractor hour (hr) 200
83.12 10-12t smooth wheeled roller hour (hr) 200
83.13 16-18t smooth wheeled roller hour (hr) 200
83.14 Pneumatic roller, 5,000 kg per tyre when fully ballasted hour (hr) 100
83.15 Vibrating plate compactor hour (hr) 200
83.16 Self-propelled water tanker min. 14,000 ltr. with pick-up pump hour (hr) 500
83.17 Compressor 120 l/m complete with all tools hour (hr) 100
83.18 Generator 15 kW hour (hr) 200
83.19 Generator 150 kW hour (hr) 100
83.20 Rock drill hour (hr) 50
83.21 Concrete mixer up to 400 litres hour (hr) 100
3
83.22 Concrete mixing plant, complete 1.0m or above hour (hr) 200
83.24 Concrete vibrator hour (hr) 100
83.25 Pick-up truck hour (hr) 100
Sub-Total

SERIES 9000: SPECIFIED PROVISIONAL SUMS

SECTION 9100: UPGRADING OF TOWN ROADS
Provisional Sum for miscellaneous works to be carried out on town roads at the
20.01 provisional sum 1 15,000,000,000
direction of the Engineer (6km)
SECTION 9200: FERRY LANDING PLATFORMS
Provisional Sum for Construction of Ferry landing platforms at the direction of the
60.01 provisional sum 1 4,440,000,000
Engineer (4No.)

Section IV - Bidding Forms
Technical Bid
- Technical Bid-Base Bid
- Site Organization
- Method Statement
- Mobilization Schedule
- Construction Schedule
- ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans
- Code of Conduct (ES)
- Equipment
- Key Personnel Schedule
- Others
Technical Bid-Base Bid
[Note for information of Bidder: Bidders shall demonstrate compliance with the Employer’s
requirements and Technical Specifications as described in Section VII of the Bidding Documents.
Any departures or deviations from the required Technical Specifications shall be highlighted and if
there are none, full compliance shall be confirmed.
The Bidder shall provide the Technical Bid for the Base-Bid complete in all respect including
Technical information and standards, codes, designs and specifications, of Works offered along with
all documentation mentioned in ITB 16 and Section VII of the Bidding Document. This will include
relevant literatures, data or drawings, test results and other supporting documents, including all
information requested in the Bidding Document and as may be necessary to establish conformity with
the Employer’s Specifications and requirements.
Any deviations in the technical standards, codes, designs or specifications or other requirements from
those stated in the Bidding Documents shall be explained indicating their impact on the performance
requirements, characteristics or parameters of the works. To this end, for any such deviations to be
acceptable, Bid shall establish to the satisfaction of the Employer substantial responsiveness to the
required technical specifications by explaining and documenting for the offered works, equivalency
with or improvement to the required technical standards, codes, designs and Specifications.
Any Major deviation from the Employer’s requirements shall be the cause for rejection of the Bid.
Any deviation which in the Bidder’s opinion is considered minor, the Bidder shall provide evidence to
this effect including evidence of any monetary implications caused by such deviation. The
Employer’s evaluation shall be independent of Bidder’s opinion on such matters and shall be final]

Site Organization
[Provide a detailed description/illustration of the proposed site organization in terms of personnel,
offices, materials storage, workshops etc.]
Bidders shall provide the following:
1. An organization chart for Head Office showing clearly staff who will be directly concerned
with the Contract.
2. An organization chart for Site management showing clear linkage with Head Office and Key
Technical Supervisory Staff.
3. A schedule of all proposed Site management and key technical supervisory staff,
corresponding to item 2 above, in the format below:
Proposed Years of Years of Directly

Name and Qualifications Position & Experience at Relevant
Nationality (See note 1) Responsibility this Position/ Experience
Level (See note 2)
4. A clear statement of the contractual decisions delegated to Site Management and those
reserved for the Head Office.
Note 1: The ability including evidence to speak the Contract language English should be stated, as
well as academic and technical qualifications.
Note 2: This must clearly state periods, giving month, year and country, during which the nominee
has been involved in works which directly fit them for the position proposed. (e.g. for an Asphalt
/Pavement Engineer relevant work should directly involve construction of asphaltic mixtures.)

Method Statement
[Provide a detailed description of the proposed method statement to execute the works.]
The Bidder shall submit a narrative outlining his intended methods for undertaking the
Works. This narrative should include, but not be limited to, details of the following:
i) the methods to be used in procuring the necessary resources, their transportation to the
Site and their installation;
ii) methods to be employed in constructing the Works, including specific details of the
Contractor’s and Engineer’s establishments, earthworks and drainage the production
and construction of: gravel sub-base, crushed aggregate base, surface dressing and
concrete, the construction of new concrete structures and clearance of the Site after
completion of construction;
iii) for each major element of work and production of materials (e.g. stone quarry and
aggregates), prepare a separate table showing number of labour by craft and all items
of plant to form one “gang (labour and plant)” and the assumed production rates for
one gang including how haulage will be managed.
iv) the methods to be employed in meeting the Contractor’s obligations for providing for
the safety and passage of public traffic during construction operations;
v) proposals for sources of construction materials, including bitumen, and detailed
proposals for the sourcing, winning and processing of naturally occurring materials
(e.g. borrows and quarries);
vi) traffic management covering:
a. management of traffic
b. maintenance of road surface
c. dust management
vii) Preliminary Environmental; Social; and, Health and Safety Management Systems, that
address project related risks; which are in line with ISO 14001, ISO 26000 and
OHSAS 18001 or ISO 45001
viii) Environmental and Social Safeguard Plan; it should cover among other things
provision of adequate gender sensitive sanitary facilities at the camp and mobile toilets
at the construction sites, employee welfare (medical care for the personnel, provision
of accommodation and lunch for employees), protection of girls and women from
sexual harassment by workers, compensation of victims affected by the action or
inaction by the contractor, HIV/AIDS and Gender sensitisation
ix) Health and Safety Management Plan covering:
a. Public safety
b. Labour and staff safety

c. Equipment safety
d. Health, water and food safety of labour force
e. Quarry safety and Safety of auxillary sites
f. Measure to prevent spread of COVID-19
(Refer to the UNRA Special Specification for additional requirements to be undertaken during
Contract)

Mobilization Schedule
[Provide a detailed description/illustration of the proposed mobilization schedule for
materials, equipment, labour etc. including sources.]
The Bidder shall provide a schedule of mobilization including the staff and resources he
proposes during the initial mobilization period and the work he proposes during the
mobilization period.
Using a Gantt chart, the Bidder must clearly demonstrate how he will complete mobilisation
activities within three months. Activities must be properly sequenced and assigned realistic
completion timelines. Bids that fail to demonstrate completion of mobilisation activities
within three months after commencement shall be rejected. The mobilisation schedule must
show among others timelines for mobilisation of personnel, equipment, establishment of
contractor’s camp and engineer’s facilities etc. It should also cover preparation of Quality
Assurance Plan, Traffic Management Plan, environmental, social, health and safety
management system; environmental and social implementation plan; safety risk assessment
and acquisition of equipment for environmental monitoring.
In accordance with the Particular Conditions, Sub-Clause 4.1, the Contractor shall not carry
out mobilization to Site unless the Engineer gives consent that appropriate measures are in
place to address environmental and social risks and impacts, which as a minimum shall
include applying the Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) and Code of
Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel, submitted as part of the Bid and agreed as part of the
Contract.

Construction Schedule
[Provide a detailed description/illustration of the proposed construction schedule.]
The Bidder is required to complete the Works within the Time for Completion date stated in
the Contract. The Bidder shall provide a schedule, showing the sequence of all major work
items, and identifying the critical path and float periods. The use of standard finish-start,
start-start, and finish-finish logic links with appropriate lags are to be used. The use of finish-
start logic links with negative lags are not to be used. The schedule shall show the resources
associated with each construction operation (temporary and permanent) and, in particular,
shall include the requirement for all labour and major items of Contractor’s Equipment
together with relevant histograms. The schedule should make allowance for the effect of
rainy season and prevailing weather conditions.
The following shall specifically be shown:
1. Date of Commencement (for purpose of the Bid assume Month zero (0))
2. Time for Completion.
3. Completion of the Contractor’s and the Engineer’s camps and other establishment
items, including transport for the Engineer.
4. Provision of temporary facilities for the Engineer until the long-term ones are
complete
5. Requirements for Possession of Site.
6. Sourcing and approval of materials
7. On site production of materials e.g. at each borrow area, stone quarry and asphalt
plant
8. For major work items the quantities, production rates for one “gang” as described
in your method statement, the number of “gangs” and duration
9. If the Bidder plans to subcontract of part of the works, he must provide the
following details:
Value of subcontract as Experience in

Work intended to be Name and details
No. percentage of the total similar work (details
subcontracted of subcontractors
cost of the project to be specified)
1
2
3
The construction schedule shall include the following key milestones:

 No-objection to the Contractor’s MSIPs, which collectively form the C-ESMP, in
accordance with the Particular Conditions – Special provisions Sub-Clause 4.1.
 Constitution of the DAAB

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans
(ES-MSIP)
The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social (ES)
Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of
the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials,
equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its
subcontractors.
In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of
the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Works Requirements in
Section VII.

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form
Note to the Bidder:

The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be
substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to
take into account Contract-specific issues/risks.
The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.
CODE OF CONDUCT FOR CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL

We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor]. We have signed a contract with [enter
name of Employer] for [enter description of the Works]. These Works will be carried out at
[enter the Site and other locations where the Works will be carried out]. Our contract requires
us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks related to the Works,
including the risks of sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment.
This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks
related to the Works. It applies to all our staff, labourers and other employees at the Works
Site or other places where the Works are being carried out. It also applies to the personnel of
each subcontractor and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Works. All
such persons are referred to as “Contractor’s Personnel” and are subject to this Code of
Conduct.
This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from all Contractor’s Personnel.
Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will
not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns
without fear of retaliation.

REQUIRED CONDUCT
Contractor’s Personnel shall:
1. Carry out his/her duties competently and diligently;
2. Comply with this Code of Conduct and all applicable laws, regulations and other
requirements, including requirements to protect the health, safety and well-being of
other Contractor’s Personnel and any other person;
3. Maintain a safe working environment including by:
a. ensuring that workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under each
person’s control are safe and without risk to health;
b. wearing required personal protective equipment;
c. using appropriate measures relating to chemical, physical and biological
substances and agents; and
d. following applicable emergency operating procedures.
4. Report work situations that he/she believes are not safe or healthy and remove
himself/herself from a work situation which he/she reasonably believes presents an
imminent and serious danger to his/her life or health;
5. Treat other people with respect, and not discriminate against specific groups such as
women, people with disabilities, migrant workers or children;
6. Not engage in Sexual Harassment, which means unwelcome sexual advances,
requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature
with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel;
7. Not engage in Sexual Exploitation, which means any actual or attempted abuse of
position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including,
but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual
exploitation of another;
8. Not engage in Sexual Abuse, which means the actual or threatened physical intrusion
of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;
9. Not engage in any form of sexual activity with individuals under the age of 18, except
in case of pre-existing marriage;
10. Complete relevant training courses that will be provided related to the environmental
and social aspects of the Contract, including on health and safety matters, Sexual
Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH);
11. Report violations of this Code of Conduct; and
12. Not retaliate against any person who reports violations of this Code of Conduct,
whether to us or the Employer, or who makes use of the grievance mechanism for
Contractor’s Personnel or the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism.

RAISING CONCERNS
If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of
Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can
be done in either of the following ways:
1. Contact [enter name of the Contractor’s Social Expert with relevant experience in
handling sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases, or if such
person is not required under the Contract, another individual designated by the
Contractor to handle these matters] in writing at this address [ ] or by telephone at [ ]
or in person at [ ]; or
2. Call [ ] to reach the Contractor’s hotline (if any) and leave a message.
The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by
the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be
given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible
misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals
to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident,
as appropriate.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any
behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this
Code of Conduct.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any
behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this
Code of Conduct.
CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of this Code of Conduct by Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious
consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.
FOR CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL:
I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend. I
understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name
of Contractor’s contact person with relevant experience] requesting an explanation.
Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name]
Signature: __________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and

behaviors constituting Sexual Harassment (SH)

ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM
BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE

(SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)
The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.
(1) Examples of sexual exploitation and abuse include, but are not limited to:
 A Contractor’s Personnel tells a member of the community that he/she can get them
jobs related to the work site (e.g. cooking and cleaning) in exchange for sex.
 A Contractor’s Personnel that is connecting electricity input to households says that
he can connect women headed households to the grid in exchange for sex.
 A Contractor’s Personnel rapes, or otherwise sexually assaults a member of the
community.
 A Contractor’s Personnel denies a person access to the Site unless he/she performs a
sexual favor.
 A Contractor’s Personnel tells a person applying for employment under the Contract
that he/she will only hire him/her if he/she has sex with him/her.
(2) Examples of sexual harassment in a work context

 Contractor’s Personnel comment on the appearance of another Contractor’s Personnel
(either positive or negative) and sexual desirability.
 When a Contractor’s Personnel complains about comments made by another
Contractor’s Personnel on his/her appearance, the other Contractor’s Personnel
comment that he/she is “asking for it” because of how he/she dresses.
 Unwelcome touching of a Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel by another
Contractor’s Personnel.
 A Contractor’s Personnel tells another Contractor’s Personnel that he/she will get
him/her a salary raise, or promotion if he/she sends him/her naked photographs of
himself/herself.

Form EQU: Equipment
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability
to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or
for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide all the information
requested below, to the extent possible.
Item of equipment
Equipment Name of manufacturer Model and power rating

information
Capacity Year of manufacture
Current Current location

status
Details of current commitments
Source Indicate source of the equipment

oo Ownedoo Rented oo Leased oo Specially manufactured
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.
Owner Name of owner

Address of owner
Telephone Contact name and title

Fax Telex
Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
(Attach evidence of lease or hire in the form of registration log books,
agreements or memoranda or purchaser order)

Form PER -1
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

Schedule
Bidders should provide the names and details of the suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and
Key Personnel to meet the specified requirements for each of the positions listed in Section III:
Evaluation & Qualification Criteria to perform the Contract. The data on their experience should be
supplied using the Form PER-2 below for each candidate.
Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel
1. Title of position: Contractor’s Representative
Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be
appointment: engaged]
Time commitment: [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this
for this position: position]
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach high level Gantt
schedule for this chart]
position:
2. Title of position: [Environmental Specialist]
Name of candidate:
position:
3. Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist]
Name of candidate:

position:
4. Title of position: [Social Specialist]
Name of candidate:
position:
5. Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert

[Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, Key Personnel shall include an expert
with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, , sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases]
Name of candidate
position:
6. Title of position: [insert title]
Name of candidate
position:

Form PER-2:
Resume and Declaration
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
Name of Bidder
Position [#1]: [title of position from Form PER-1]
Personnel Name: Date of birth:

information
Address: E-mail:
Professional qualifications:
Academic qualifications:
Language proficiency: [language and levels of speaking, reading and writing skills]
Details
Address of employer:
Telephone: Contact (manager / personnel
officer):
Fax:
Job title: Years with present employer:
Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical

and managerial experience relevant to the project.

Duration of
Project Role Relevant experience
involvement
[main [role and
[describe the experience relevant to this
project responsibilities on the [time in role]
position]
details] project]
Declaration
I, the undersigned [insert either “Contractor’s Representative” or “Key Personnel” as applicable],
certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information contained in this Form PER-2
correctly describes myself, my qualifications and my experience.
I confirm that I am available as certified in the following table and throughout the expected time
schedule for this position as provided in the Bid:
Commitment Details
Commitment to duration of [insert period (start and end dates) for which this
contract: Contractor’s Representative or Key Personnel is available to
work on this contract]
Time commitment: [insert period (start and end dates) for which this
Contractor’s Representative or Key Personnel is available to
work on this contract]
I understand that any misrepresentation or omission in this Form may:

(a) be taken into consideration during Bid evaluation;
(b) result in my disqualification from participating in the Bid;
(c) result in my dismissal from the contract.
Name of Contractor’s Representative or Key Personnel: [insert name]
Signature: __________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Bidder:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________

Commercial Terms and Conditions
[Bidder shall specify any deviations to the provisions of the Bidding Document (other than
Technical Specifications) in particular those specified in Part 3 of the Bidding document
including General and Particular Conditions of Contract. If “None” it shall be confirmed
accordingly]

Bidders Qualification without prequalification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evalu-
ation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the
corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.

Form ELI -1.1
Bidder Information Form

Date: _________________
OCBI/LCB No. and title: _________________
Page __________of _______________pages
Bidder's name
In case of Joint Venture (JV), name of each member:
Bidder's actual or intended country of registration:
[indicate country of Constitution]
Bidder's actual or intended year of incorporation:
Bidder's legal address [in country of registration]:
Bidder's authorized representative information

Name: _____________________________________
Address: ___________________________________
Telephone/Fax numbers: _______________________
E-mail address: ______________________________
1. Attached are copies of original documents of
 Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of
registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4
 In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1
 In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:
 Legal and financial autonomy
 Operation under commercial law
 Establishing that the Bidder is not under the supervision of the Employer
2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. [If
required under BDS ITB 47.1, the successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial
ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.]

Form ELI -1.2
Bidder's JV Information Form

(to be completed for each member of Bidder’s JV)
Bidder’s Name: _____________

Date: _______________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
OCBI/LCB No. and title: __________________
Page _______________ of ____________ pages
Name of the Reporting Firm________

JV Information of the Reporting Firm
Bidder’s JV name:
JV member’s name:
JV member’s country of registration:
JV member’s year of constitution:
JV member’s legal address in country of constitution:
JV member’s authorized representative information

Name: ____________________________________
Address: __________________________________
Telephone/Fax numbers: _____________________
E-mail address: _____________________________
1. Attached are copies of original documents of
 Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration
documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.
 In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy,
operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the
Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6.
2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. [If
required under BDS ITB 47.1, the successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial
ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.]

Form ELI -1.3
Eligible Materials, Equipment and Services Form

(to be completed by the Bidder)
Bidder’s Name: _____________
Date: _______________
OCBI/LCB No. and title: _________________
Page _______of ____________
pages
Eligible Materials, Equipment and Services: In compliance with ITB 5, provide the following
information for all Materials, Equipment and Services included under the Contract. Instead of listing
each and every item, broad categories are listed below. Include all items in these categories unless
any item to be supplied is not covered by any one of them in which case list them separately.
1 2 3 5
S. No. Description of Broad Category of Estimated Estimated Countries of
Materials/Equipment and Services Quantity- Aggregate Origin
[Indicate: “All Value (US
quantity as Dollar
required” or Equivalent)
quantity by
subcategory of
items]
1 All Construction and Testing

Materials including raw materials,
Cement, Steel, Timber, Lime,
Sand, Aggregates, Plastics,
Bitumen, Oils, Lubricants, etc. as
per specification
2 All types of Plants, Equipment

including Laboratory and Testing
Equipment, All types of Vehicles,
Furniture, Fittings and Fixtures,
Pipes, Tools, Steel and Other
Structures, Utensils, Computers
and Other IT Equipment, etc. as
per specification
3 All Types of Services including

Construction, Installation,
Assembly, Inspection,
Supervision, Care of Sites, Labor
(Skilled and Unskilled), Drilling,
Mapping, Transportation and
Insurance, etc. as per specification

Form CON – 2
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation
and Litigation History
[The form shall be filled in by the Bidder, and each member of a Joint Venture, if the Bidder is a JV]
Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
OCBI/LCB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm__________________
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History of the

Reporting Firm
Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation
and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1.
 Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria, requirement 2.1
Year Non- Contract Identification Total Contract
performed Amount (current
portion of value, currency,
contract exchange rate and
US$ equivalent)
[insert [insert amount Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ [insert amount]
year] and percentage] number, and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)]
Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 No pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor
2.3.
 Pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3 as
indicated below.

Year of dispute Amount in dispute Contract Identification Total Contract
(currency) Amount
(currency), USD
Equivalent
(exchange rate)
Contract Identification: _________

Name of Employer: ____________
Address of Employer: __________
Matter in dispute: ______________
Party who initiated the dispute: ____
Status of dispute: ___________
Contract Identification:
Name of Employer:
Address of Employer:
Matter in dispute:
Party who initiated the dispute:
Status of dispute:
Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 No Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-
Factor 2.4.
 Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor
2.4 as indicated below.
Year of award Outcome as Contract Identification Total Contract

percentage of Net Amount
Worth (currency), USD
Equivalent
(exchange rate)
[insert year] [insert percentage] Contract Identification: [indicate complete [insert amount]
contract name, number, and any other
identification]
Address of Employer: [insert
street/city/country]
Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in
dispute]
Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate
“Employer” or “Contractor”]
Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision
[indicate main reason(s)]

Form CON – 3
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, by each member of a Joint Venture and each
Specialized Subcontractor]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]

Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
OCBI/LCB No. and title: [insert IFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
Name of the Reporting Firm_______________
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Declaration of the Reporting Firm
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements
 No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract
and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES)
performance since the date specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements, Sub-Factor
2.5.
 Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have been
suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to
Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria,
and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below:
Year Suspended or Contract Identification Total Contract
terminated Amount (current
portion of value, currency,
contract exchange rate and
US$ equivalent)
Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main
reason(s) e.g. gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or
sexual abuse breaches]
Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main

reason(s)]
… … [list all applicable contracts] …
Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance
Year Contract Identification Total Contract

Amount (current
value, currency,
exchange rate and
US$ equivalent)
[insert Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any [insert amount]
year] other identification]
Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g.
for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches]

Form FIN – 3.1: Financial Situation and Performance
Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm_____________

Financial Situation and Performance of the Reporting Firm
1. Financial data
Type of Financial information in Historic information for previous _________years,

(currency) ______________
(amount in currency, currency, exchange rate*, USD equivalent)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Statement of Financial Position (Information from Balance Sheet)
Total Assets (TA)
Total Liabilities (TL)
Total Equity/Net Worth (NW) =

(TA-TL) = +Ve
Current Assets (CA)
Current Liabilities (CL)
Working Capital (WC) = (CA-CL) =

+Ve
Current Ratio = (CA/CL) ≥1
Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)
Profits Before Taxes (PBT)
Cash Flow Information
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
*Refer to ITB 15 for the exchange rate
2. Sources of Finance
Specify sources of finance to meet the cash flow requirements on works currently in
progress and for future contract commitments.
No. Source of finance Amount (US$ equivalent)
3. Financial documents
The Bidder and its parties shall provide copies of financial statements for Five (05) years pursuant
Section III, Evaluation and Qualifications Criteria, Sub-factor 3.1. The financial statements shall:
(a) reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or in case of JV member, and not an
affiliated entity (such as parent company or group member).
(b) be independently audited or certified in accordance with local legislation by a certified

accountant.
(c) be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.
(d) correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited.
 Attached are copies of financial statements 1 for the Five (05) years required above; and
complying with the requirements
1
If the most recent set of financial statements is for a period earlier than 12 months from the date of Bid, the reason for
this should be justified.
Form FIN – 3.2: Average Annual Construction Turnover
Bidder’s Name: ________________
Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm__________________

Average Annual Construction Turnover of the Reporting Firm
Annual turnover data (construction only)

Year Amount Exchange rate USD equivalent
Currency
[indicate year] [insert amount and indicate
currency]
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Average
Annual
Construction
Turnover *
* See Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 3.2. Average Annual Turnover
calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or complete over the number of
years specified in Sub-Factor 3.2, divided by that same number of years.

Form FIN – 3.3: Financial Resources
Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of Reporting Firm: ______________

Financial Resources of the Reporting Firm
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit,
and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total construction cash
flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as specified in Section III, Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria consistent with information provided under form FIN--3.4
Financial Resources
No. Source of financing Amount (US$ equivalent)

Form FIN – 3.4: Current Contract Commitments / Works
in Progress
Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of Reporting Firm: _________________

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress of the Reporting Firm
Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all
contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or
for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet
to be issued.
Based on value of all outstanding works and average monthly invoicing, the Bidder and each Member
to a JV shall explain how completion by estimated time is proposed to be achieved for each contract
listed.
The Bidder and each Member of a JV shall also demonstrate based on access to, or availability of,
financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial
means, other than any contractual advance payments consistent with information provided by the
Bidder/Each JV Member under Forms FIN--3.1, FIN 3.3 and this Form FIN 3.4 how the overall cash
flow requirements for this Contract and their all other current contract commitments will be met.

Current Contract Commitments and Cash-Flow Requirements
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
S. No. Name of Employer’s Value of Estimated Average Estimated
Contract Contact Outstanding Completion Monthly Cash-Flow
Address, Work Date/Time Invoicing Required
Tel, Fax [Current US$ in Months to Over Last Six for every 4
Equivalent] complete Months months=
[US$/month] [Value
under
column 4
divided by
Months
under
column 5
times 4]
Explanation:

Form EXP - 4.1: General Construction Experience
Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name_________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm_____________

General Construction Experience of the Reporting Firm
Starting Ending Role of

Contract Identification
Year Year Bidder
Contract name: ____________________
Brief Description of the Works performed by the
Bidder: _____________________________
Amount of contract: ___________________
Name of Employer: ____________________
Address: _____________________________
Contract name: _________________________
Bidder: _____________________________
Name of Employer: ___________________
Address: _________________________
Contract name: ________________________
Bidder: __________________________
Name of Employer: ___________________
Address: _________________________

Form EXP - 4.2(a): Specific Construction and Contract
Management Experience
[The form shall be filled in by the Bidder, and each member of a Joint Venture, if the Bidder is a JV and
specialized Sub-Contractors, if applicable]
Bidder’s Name: ________________
Date: ______________________
JV Member’s Name if the Bidder is a JV_____________________
Specialized Subcontractor’s Name [Insert full name if permitted] ___________
Page _______________of ______________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm_______________

Specific Construction and Contract Management Experience of the Reporting Firm
Similar Contract No. Information
Contract Identification [insert contract name and number, if applicable]

Name of the firm that was awarded the contract
identified above
Award date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 15 June 2016]

**
Completion date [insert day, month, year, e.g., 03 May 2018]
Role in Contract identified above

[check the appropriate box. Check box as “Prime
Contractor” if contract was awarded to the
reporting firm as a single construction
contractor. Check Box “Member in JV” if the
contract was awarded to a JV and was a member
of the JV. Check Box “Management Contractor”
if the reporting firm signed the construction
contract and was responsible for its performance Management
Member in Sub-
and completion of works as per terms and Prime Contractor contractor
JV
conditions of the contract. Also see *** below. Contractor  ***
  
Check Box “Sub-Contractor” if the reporting firm
was a sub-contractor appointed by the main
contractor who was awarded the contract]
Total Contract Amount [insert total contract amount US$ [insert

in local currency]
Exchange rate and
total contract amount
in US$
equivalent]*
If reporting firm was a member in a “JV” or “sub- [insert the [insert amount [insert exchange rate and
contractor”, as per box checked above, it can claim percentage the reporting total contract amount in
experience only for its’ own share of works of the total firm received US$ equivalent]*
actually performed under the contract and not the contract or entitled to
entire contract. As such, the reporting firm shall amount for the works
indicate its share as a percentage of the total indicated performed as
Contract amount and also in absolute amount above which its share in the
represents total contract
reporting amount in
firm’s share local
under the currency]
contract
performed]
Roles and Responsibilities [Briefly describe roles and responsibilities of the
Reporting firm under the above contract]
Employer's Name: [Insert Full Name]
Address: [indicate street / number / town or city / country]
Telephone/fax number [insert telephone/fax numbers, including country and
city area codes]
[insert e-mail address, if available]
E-mail:
* Refer Section III for guidance on the date and source of exchange rate.
** If contract is not fully completed but substantially completed then indicate the absolute total value of the
completed part of the contract and also the percentage completion calculated as a percentage of the total
value of the contract upon completion.
*** In claiming experience as a Management Contractor, the Bidder shall furnish copies of the contracts signed
by the Bidder demonstrating scope of construction works performed. It should be noted that a Construction
Manager is not the same as a Management Contractor. Construction Manager is a Consultant for or agent of
the Borrower and mainly responsible for supervision of the construction works and does not take the risks
associated with the performance of the construction contracts as the Management Contractor does. Instead
of performing the works directly, a Management Contractor contracts out and manages the work of other
contractors taking on full responsibility and risk for price, quality and timely performance as per the terms
and conditions of contracts it signs with the Employers.

Form EXP - 4.2(a) (cont.): Specific Construction and
Contract Management Experience (cont.)
Similar Contract No. Information

Description of the similarity in accordance with
Sub-Factor 4.2(a) of Section III:
1. Amount
2. Physical size of required works items
3. Complexity
4. Methods/Technology
5. Construction rate for key activities
6. Other Characteristics

Form EXP - 4.2(b): Construction Experience in Key
Activities
[The form shall be filled in by the Bidder, and each member of a Joint Venture, if the Bidder is a
JVand specialized Sub-Contractors, if applicable]
Bidder's Name: ________________

Date: ___________________
Bidder's JV Member Name: __________________
Sub-contractor's Name2 (as per ITB 34): ________________
OCBI/LCB No. and title: _____________________
Page __________________of ________________pages
Name of the Reporting Firm______________

Construction Experience in Key Activities of the Reporting Firm under each contract
completed or under implementation
Bidder, Members of the JV or proposed Specialized Contractors claiming experience for key
activities must complete the information in this form as per ITB 34 and Section III, Evaluation
and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 4.2. [Provide information for each contract separately
when claiming experience by aggregating quantities of the key activity completed in more than
one contract]
1. Key Activity No One: ________________________
Information
Award date
Completion date as per Contract
Role in Contract Prime Member in Management

Sub-contractor
Contractor JV Contractor

  
Total Contract Amount

US$
Description of the key activities in Information

accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2(b) of
Section III:
2
If applicable
Information
[insert response to Employer’s inquiry indicated in left
column]
Quantity (Volume, number or rate of Total quantity in Percentage Actual

production, as applicable for the Key the contract participation Quantity
activity) performed under the contract per (i) Performed
(ii)
year or part of the year. For each year (i) x (ii)
indicate quantities performed and specify
both start and end months.
[Insert extent of participation indicating
actual quantity of key activity successfully
completed in the role performed]
Year 1 [e.g. 2016 from January to

September]
Year 2 [e.g. 2017 from January to
December]
Year 3
Year 4
In response to the criterion for rates of
production in 12 consecutive months or
less, if performance under more than one
contract spread over more than one year
are considered, the Applicant shall provide
information by months for each such
contract to demonstrate which same 12
consecutive months meet the minimum
rate of production.
Employer’s Name:
Address:
Telephone/fax number
E-mail:
2. Activity No. Two
3. …………………

Form EXP - 4.2(c)
Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects
[The following table shall be filled in for contracts performed by the Bidder, and
each member of a Joint Venture]
Bidder's Name: ________________

Date: ___________________
Bidder's JV Member Name: __________________
RFB No. and title: _____________________
Page __________________of ________________pages
1. Key Requirement no 1 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________
Award date
Completion date
Role in Contract Prime Member in Management
Subcontractor
Contractor JV Contractor

  
Total Contract Amount

US$
Details of relevant experience
2. Key Requirement no 2 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________

3. Key Requirement no 3 in accordance with 4.2 (c): __________

Form of Bid Security - Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: _____________________________[Insert name and address of the

Employer]
Invitation for Bids No: _____ [Insert reference number for the Invitation for Bids]
OCBI/LCB No.: ________ [Employer to insert same OCBI number as in procurement plan]
Date: __________________________ [Insert date of issue]
BID GUARANTEE No.: __________________________ [Insert guarantee reference
number]
Guarantor: ________________ [Insert Guarantor’s name and address of place of issue, unless
indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that __________________________ (hereinafter called "the

Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the
Bid") for the execution of ________________ under Invitation for Bids No. ___________
(“the IFB”) and Open Competitive Bidding (International) No--------------------- (“ the OCBI”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be

supported by a Bid guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant to issue this guarantee, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably
undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of
___________, (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand,
supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed
document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Applicant:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of Bid validity set forth in the Applicant’s
Letter of Bid (“the Bid Validity Period”), or any extension thereto provided by the
Applicant; or
(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary during the Bid
Validity Period or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to
execute the contract agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security
and, if required, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security, in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s Bidding
document.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of
copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security and,
if required, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security, issued to the
Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicant is not the successful
Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the
Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii) twenty-eight days after the end of the
Bid Validity Period.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the
office indicated above on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010
Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.
_____________________________
[signature(s)]
[Note: In case the Applicant is a Joint Venture indicate the name of the Joint Venture or names of all
members of the Joint Venture that submitted or will submit the Bid]

Form of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and/or Sexual Harassment
(SH) Declaration
Date: _______________ RFB No.: _____________________
Alternative No.: ________________
Contract Title: ________________________________
To:
We, the undersigned, declare that:
We understand that Bids must be supported by a SEA and/or SH Declaration.

We accept that, if awarded the Contract, we, including our Subcontractors, are required to
comply with the SEA/SH Prevention and Response Obligations under the Contract, and we
further accept that the Bank may disqualify us from being awarded a Bank-financed contract
for a period of two years, if it is determined by Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication Board
(DAAB) decision that we:
(a) have failed to correct non-compliance with identified SAE/SH Prevention and Response
Obligation; and/or
(b) were non-compliant with such obligations at the time of an alleged incident,
And, in the event of recourse to the Emergency Arbitration provisions under the International
Chamber of Commerce Arbitration Rules, an order to reverse the DAAB Decision is not
issued by the Emergency Arbitrator under the Rules.
Name of the Bidder*
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder** _______
Title of the person signing the Bid ______________________
Signature of the person named above ______________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder attached to the Bid
[Note: In case of a Joint Venture, the SEA and/or SH Declaration must be in the name of all members to the
Joint Venture that submits the Bid.]

Section V - Eligible Countries
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement
A. Provisions under Section 5 “Eligibility” of the Procurement Policy for Bank Group Funded
Operations and Chapter A2 of the Operations Procurement Manual under Procurement
Framework of the African Development Bank
1. The African Development Fund permits firms and individuals from all countries to offer goods,
works and services for ADF funded projects. However, the proceeds of any Financing undertaken
in the operations of the African Development Bank and the Nigeria Trust Fund shall be used for
procurement of goods and works, including the related services, provided by bidders from
Eligible3 Countries.4 Any conditions for participation shall be limited to those that are essential to
ensure the firm’s capability to fulfill the contract in question. In the case of ADB and NTF,
bidders from non-Member Countries offering goods, works and related services (including
transportation and insurance) are not eligible even if they offer these from Eligible Member
Countries. Any waiver to this rule will be in accordance with the Articles 17(1) (d) of the
Agreement Establishing the African Development Bank and 4.1 of the Agreement Establishing
the Nigeria Trust Fund.
B. Rules and Procedures for Procurement of Goods and Works
Overview
1. The eligibility criteria for participation in the supply of goods, works and related services, to be
procured through the ADB and NTF Financing, derive from the requirements of the Agreement
Establishing the African Development Bank, Article 17.1.d, and the Agreement Establishing the
Nigeria Trust Fund, Article 4.1. The foregoing requirements basically prescribe two types of
eligibility criteria:
(a) The eligibility of the bidder;

(b) The eligibility of the goods, works and related services.
Eligibility of the Bidder

2. The eligibility of the bidder shall be based on nationality, in accordance with the following rules:
(a) Natural Persons: A natural person is eligible if he or she is a national of a Member Country
of the Bank, or a State Participant of the Fund. Where a person has more than one
nationality, such a person shall be eligible if the nationality indicated in his or her bid is that
of a Member Country of the Bank, or a State Participant of the Fund.
(b) Corporations: A corporation is eligible if it satisfies the following criteria:
1. it is incorporated in a country that is a Member of the Bank, or State Participant of the
Fund;
2. it is a national of a country that is a Member of the Bank, or State Participant of the Fund,
as determined by the law of its place of incorporation;
3
Refer to Bank Procurement Framework for additional information on Eligibility.
4
“Eligible Countries" shall mean: (a) in the case of the African Development Bank and the Nigeria trust Fund, the
Member Countries of the African Development Bank; and (b) in the case of the African Development Fund, any
country.
Section V: Eligible Countries _____________ Page | 144
3. it has its principal place of business in a country that is a Member of the Bank, or State
Participant of the Fund.
(c) Joint Ventures and Associations: An unincorporated joint venture, partnership, or
association, shall be eligible if more than 50% of the value of its works and/or
services is executed by its members satisfying the eligibility requirements for
individuals or corporations.
Eligibility of the Goods, Works and Related Services
3. In order to be eligible, the goods to be procured must have been mined, grown, or produced, in the
form in which they are purchased, in an Eligible Member Country.
4. For works contracts, which may include civil works, plant construction, or turnkey contracts, the
contractor must satisfy the nationality criteria of eligibility, either as a natural person, or
corporation, or joint venture and association. Labour, equipment, and materials needed for
carrying out the works contract, shall be supplied from Eligible Member Countries.
5. For contracts, which have been awarded on the basis of Cost, Insurance and Freight (CIF), or
Carriage and Insurance Paid (CIP), bidders shall be free to arrange for ocean and other
transportation, and the related insurance, from any Eligible Member Country. On the other hand,
where goods are shipped on FOB basis, and the Bank has agreed to finance transportation and
insurance separately, which are arranged by the purchaser, under a separate contract, the Bank
shall be satisfied that the services are supplied from Eligible Member Countries.
List of Eligible Countries
6. List of Eligible countries can be found in African Development Bank’s website:
https://www.afdb.org/en/about-us/corporate-information/members/
Ineligible Countries in reference to ITB 4.8 and ITB 5.1
7. In reference to ITB 4.8 and ITB 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present
time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this
Bidding process:
Under ITB 4.8(a) and ITB 5.1: none.

Under ITB 4.8(b) and ITB 5.1: none
Section V: Eligible Countries _____________ Page | 145

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
1. Purpose
1.1 The Bank’s Integrity Framework and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank
Investment Project Financing operations.
2. Requirements
2.1 The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders
(applicants), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service
providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe
the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of
Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
2.2 To this end, the Bank:

a. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
i. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of
anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
ii. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly
or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit
or to avoid an obligation;
iii. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve
an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
iv. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or
indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a
party;
v. “obstructive practice” is:
(a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to
the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially
impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or
collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to
prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation
or from pursuing the investigation; or
(b) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit
rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
b. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended
for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service
providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt,
fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in
question;
c. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other
appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time
that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan
engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the
procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question, without the
Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such
Section VI: Fraud & Corruption _____________ Page | 146

practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the
time they knew of the practices;
d. Pursuant to the Banks Integrity Framework and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing
sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for
a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to
be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other
manner;5 (ii) to be a nominated6 sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or
service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and
(iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further
in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
e. Requires that a clause be included in bidding documents and in contracts financed by a Bank
loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants), consultants, contractors, and suppliers: and their sub-
contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank
to inspect7 all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process,
selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the
Bank.
5
For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation,
(i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-
contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of
such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing
contract.
6
A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider
(different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the
bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that
allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
7
Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities
undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits,
such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.
Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and
information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and
information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies
thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and
obtaining third party verification of information.
Section VI: Fraud & Corruption _____________ Page | 147

PART 2: WORKS’ REQUIREMENTS
Section VII: Works’ Requirements _____________ Page | 148

Section VII - Works’ Requirements
Contents
SCOPE OF WORKS..............................................................................................................151
SPECIFICATION..................................................................................................................168
DRAWINGS AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION................................................418

SCOPE OF WORKS
A1. Miscellaneous
The General Specifications that form part of this Contract have been written to
cover all phases of work normally required for road contracts, and may therefore
cover items of work not applicable to this particular Contract.
This Section VI, Work Requirements, form an integral part of the Contract
Documents, supplement the General Specifications, and take precedence in the event
of discrepancies with the General Specifications, the Bill of Quantities or the Drawings.
A2. Limitations on Expenditure
It is a condition of this Contract that the Employer reserves the right to limit the
total expenditure on the Works due to possible budget constraints. Consequently,
the scope of works may be amended during the Contract negotiations, should this
occur the rates and prices shall be fixed and only the amount of work may be
amended.
A3. Description of Project Road (Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi (15.1km))
A3.1 General
Uganda is endowed with various attractions including diverse nature based, faith
based, culture and heritage, eco-tourism and MICE (Meetings, Incentives,
Conferences and Events) attractions. The main potential lies in nature based tourism
where there is variety of flora and fauna and beautiful sceneries.
The main tourism products include: Gorilla tracking, bird watching, eco-
tourism, water sport, mountain climbing, nature guided walks, community
walks, visual arts and white water rafting. Uganda has 50% of world’s mountain
gorillas and 7% of mammals’ species. This presents the country with numerous
tourism opportunities to stimulate economic growth and earning significant revenues
from strengthening primary, secondary and tertiary tourism industries.
The tourism industry is expected therefore to play a major role in the economy and
a major contributor to GDP by 2040. It will provide enormous employment
opportunities directly and in related service industries and earn USD 12bn by 2040.
In addition to the direct benefits, the industry will spur the growth of the associated
secondary and tertiary industries.
The tourism support infrastructures and services will be improved to effectively

facilitate the tourism industry. This will include transport networks and
connectivity by improving and expanding land and air transport infrastructures. In
addition, the multilane standard paved roads and modern water transport system
forming a tourism circuit will be developed.
In this framework, the Government of Uganda has received funds from ADB for the
the upgrading of Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi (15.1km) and Kisoro-Mgahinga (18.1km)
roads from gravel to paved standard to facilitate mobility, trade and tourism within
South Western Uganda.
Bidding will be governed by the ADB’s eligibility rules and procedures.
A3.2 Location (Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi-Kabeho)
The road is currently a gravel road and connects Kabale town to the shores
of Lake Bunyonyi, via Kachwekano village. It joins the Kabale-Kisoro road just
after Kabale town and runs in a south-westerly direction to Lake Bunyonyi for a total
of 7.8km, before coasting the shores of the water body for additional 7.3km. It
traverses mountainous terrain with the first half of the road winding uphill to
Kachwekano and then downhill to Lake Bunyonyi, reaching the “loop” area and
continuing along the shores of the lake.
The location and road alignment layout is shown in the figures 1 and 2 below.
Figure 1: Location Map for Kabale-Bunyonyi Road

Figure 2: Location Map for Kabale-Bunyonyi-Kabeho Road
Table 1 below shows the main componets of the project.

Table 1: Main Components of the Project
# Component Quantity
1. Civil Works construction works 15.1 km
2. Number of lanes 2
3. Number of Main Priority Junctions 3
4. Proposed ferry landing platforms 4
A3.3 Temperature and Rainfall
Rainfall in Kabale district is bimodal. The long and heavy rains are in the first half of the
year starting from around March to May. It is in this season that virtually all crop
varieties are grown. The short rains are experienced from around October to November.
These are usually moderate. During this season mainly short-term crops like beans,
peas, Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes and vegetables are grown. June, July and August
are generally the driest months of the year with July showing a reasonable probability
for getting nil rainfall.
The mean annuals vary from 800mm – 1000mm. Kabale’s annual rainfall seems to be
stable although frequent below average epochs do exist.
According to the data from Kabale metereological station, the district records a mean
annual maximum temperature of 24.4°C. The station records 10.9°C as the mean annual
minimum.
This indicates slightly high temperatures throughout the year. An analysis of

temperature shows a positive trend in both minimum and maximum temperature
covering all the months. The rate of raise of the annual temperature is found to be
0.39°C per decade. This rate of warming is quite high and is very much above the
global average (about 0.3°C per decade). One possible explanation for the micro-
climatic warming in Kabale could be that due to massive land and swamp
reclamation it is possible that the local radiative balance in this region could have
been affected.
Relative humidity in Kabale ranges between 90% and 100% in the mornings and
decreases to between 50-65% in the afternoons during all months. The recordings
show that the relative humidity for both the mornings and afternoons decreases in
the months of July, August, September and October.
A3.4 Economic activities along the Route
The main economic activities identified along this road comprise agricultural
farming - banana, maize, cassava, potatoes, and beans (mainly for subsistence
consumption), and fish farming at lake Bunyonyi. Several sections are also utilized for
cattle, sheep and goat rearing.
On both side of the first half of the road, it is possible to find informal quarries and
aggregate sources. Timber cutting is also an economic activity in the project area.
The main trading centre along the route can be found in the first stretch (Kabale up
to ch. 0+900), at the top of the mountain (Kachwekano). Worth mentioning the
water treatment plant at Ch. 3+200 which collects the water from the lake to feed the
downstream network in Kabale.
A3.5 Soils in Kabale

More than 80% of Kabale district is underlain by the oldest rock system, the
Precambrian age which consists of the basement complex system as the oldest
overlain in some areas by a succession of sedimentary strata which have undergone a
variable degree of dynamo-thermal metamorphism.
The absolute age of the Precambrian formations has not been determined with any
accuracy and their chronological relationship to one another often remains obscure.
The rocks belonging to the Karagwe-ankolean System are much younger and
generally less altered than the Toro Group with the exception of the upper faces of
the Buganda series containing phyllites, slates and mudstones which also occur in
the Karagwe – Ankolean system
The soils of Kabale District are mainly volcanic, ferralitic and peat soils. The ferralitic
soils are the most widespread in the district and are in the advanced stage of
weathering and have little or no mineral reserves to draw on. They largely depend on
bases held in the clay and organic complexes for their fertility.
Productivity of the ferralitic soils depends on favourable, adequate depth and

maintenance of the humid top soil. The peat soils in Kabale district are mainly
papyrus swamps. The peat soils are formed as a result of accumulation of a thick layer
of organic matter below swamp vegetation due to slow decomposition. Peat swamps
produce the rich organic soils for agriculture which dominate the valleys of Kabale
district.
A3.6 Condition of Existing Road

The existing road is gravel with an average width of 6.5m. From 0+000 to 1+100,
the road is in urban area with intersections with local roads and accesses to properties
on both sides. Average distance between the physical boundaries of the properties is
currently 23 meters. From 1+100 to 2+000 the road enters in a more rural area.
The stretch from 2+000 to 3+000 is characterized by a series of informal quarries and
borrow areas on both sides of the road. The soil in this area is quartzite and
sandstone. The road bends frequently left and right with wide radius.
From 3+000 to 4+900 the road starts climbing reaching the highest point at the top
of the mountain, where a 5 way junction hosts the small Kachwekano trade centre.
This stretch is characterized by 2 sharp curves. The road is in cut in the mountain and
there are no safety barriers on the external side. Some locations offer scenic views on
the surrounding valley.
From station 4+900 to 6+700 the road starts going down to the level of the lake
with an elevation difference of around 110m. It keeps a constant average gradient
of 6%. In this stretch, two curves of 80m and 50m radius are at a quick sequence
in a narrow corridor between big trees and steep cuts.
At Ch. 5+920 the road bends in a sharp curve that can be considered a hairpin of a
radius of about 20m.
From Ch. 6+700 the road follows the coast of the lake and the longitudinal gradient
let us define it as rolling. The area is characterized by wetlands which can be a
challenge at Ch.
6+900 where a curve of 20m radius borders a swampy area and makes the
improvement depend on the characteristics of the soil.

In this last stretch, the right of way becomes narrow and several touristic structures
and resorts can be found along the road on both sides.
At Ch. 7+230 the road bifurcates in correspondence of the entrance of the trade centre
and it forms a loop around a small hill and running along the shoreline of the lake.
A3.7 Description of Project Road (Kisoro-Mgahinga (18.1km))

Location
Kisoro is at the lower-western end of the Ugandan road network. It is a

destination for tourists who want to track gorillas and visit the national parks.
The project road starts from Kisoro and links the town to the main entrance of the
Mgahinga Park in Ntebeko. Apart from passing through some villages and trading
centres, the road does not cross main roads. Near Nyarusiza the network of local roads
is denser and the Junction in this trade centre is a focal point for the departure of 2
more roads, leading to the Muhabura entrance of the park and connecting back to the
Kisoro-Cyanika road, from where the main road starts.
We can therefore say that the main scope of this project is to connect the main Kabale-
Kisoro road to the 2 gates of the National Park. Although these links are not part of a
bigger network, it is possible to imagine a development of local roads
interconnecting a good number of villages and trading centres.
The location and road alignment layout is shown in figure 3 below.
Figure 3: Location Map for Kisoro-Mgahinga Road

Table 2 below shows the main componets of the project.
Table 2:Main Components of the Project
# Component Quantity
1. Civil Works Construction 18.1 km
2. Number of lanes 2
3. Number of Main Priority Junctions 5
A3.8 Temperature and Rainfall

Kisoro District like experiences two rain seasons a year with heavy rains (peak rainfall)
from March to May/June in which over 1500 mm rainfall is received and second
rains are in August to October. November to February and June to August are dry
seasons. The mean annual rainfall in the district is 1000-1250mm However, Mgahinga
National Park and Bwindi Impenetrable National Park probably receive more rainfall
than the central part of the district. Kisoro District has a relatively low temperature
where mean annual maximum temperature is 23°-25°C in the dry spell and mean annual
record of 10°-12.5°C.
A3.9 Economic activities along the Route

The rural sections of the road pass some trading centres where farmers have established
their residence in order to farm the very fertile land in the valleys and the
mountain sides. However, the farming is apparently only of the subsistence type with
no large farms noted. Visible crops range from Irish Potatoes, beans, onions, maize,
while tree crops span from Bananas to Matoke, and most of the mountain sides
covered by eucalyptus trees. Several sections are also utilized for cattle, sheep and goat
rearing.
Near Kashenyi Trading center a borrow pit of volcanic rock is used a surced for
construction material.
A3.10 Soils in Kisoro

Four main soil types characterize the district including ferraltic, eutrophic, non-
hydromorphic and papyrus peat soils. The soils are fertile. They can support and
sustain high populations if soil fertility management and soil and water conservation
practices are employed.

Ferraltic soils: these are deep soils very old with poor fertility, as they also have a
weak soil structure and are generally found on hill slopes of Nyabwishenya,
Busanza, Bukimbiri, Kirundo and some parts of Nyarubuye.
Eutrophic soils; these are soils of volcanic origin and have a high potential for
agricultural production when they are not exhausted. Their natural fertility is high
because of the nutrients found in the parent material. This type is commonly found in
the southern part of the districtincluding Chahi, Nyakabande, Muramba, Murora,
Nyarusiza, Nyakinama, and Nyarubuye sub counties.
Non-hydromorphic soils. These are very productive with high humus content when
properly managed. They have a high water holding capacity but are easily affected by
drought. These are predominantly found around Mount Sabyinyo.
Papyrus peat soils; these are wetland soils containing peat derived from humified
residues of swamp plants, mainly papyrus mixed with fairly high proportions of clay
sediments derived from the steep hill slopes bordering the valleys. Papyrus peat
soils are mainly found in Bukimbiri, Busanza, Murora, Kirundo, Nyundo, part
of Nyarubuye, Nyakinama and Nyakabande sub counties.
A3.11 Condition of Existing Road

The road is located in the district of Kisoro and connects the town of Kisoro to the
gates of the National Park of Mgahinga, house of the Mountain Gorillas, through the
trading centre of Nyarusiza. The beginning of the project is in the town centre, on
the main paved road crossing the town. The road is well signalized and the
signboards to the National Park are clear. The first 165m are on the Kisoro – Cyanika
Road which is currently unpaved and then a right turn takes us on the main route to the
gate.
The terrain is flat to rolling and the longitudinal gradient slowly increases heading to the
park gate. The elevation difference is approximately 400m, starting from an elevation
of 1935m a.s.l.
The existing road is a gravel road, approximately 7m wide. From Ch. 0+000 to
0+700, the road is in periurban context and buildings are falls in the right of way in
some sections. Power transmission overhead lines run all along and cross the road.
From Ch. 0+700 the road crosses farms and small rural properties. The
alignment is characterized by quick short changes both horizontally and vertically, to
follow the terrain and avoid artefacts. Vertical alignment becomes steep in several
points. Water distribution points are found often along the road.
At Ch. 2+000, the road bifurcates and the main road bends south. Signboards
indicates that the main road to the park. At the junction there is an active a trading
centre. The secondary road is a narrower but shorter way to reach the gate of the park
and joins the main road after 3.5km.
At Ch. 4+150 the trading center of Nyarusiza is located at a 4-way junction. From this
point a road departs to connect the secondary access of Mgahinga Park, while, to
reach the main gate, visitors must turn right.
The road crosses rural areas of farms and the longitudinal gradient is very variable.
Sharp curves to bypass properties are common and many plots falls in the road right of
way. Soil is volcanic rock and visible rock outcrops are frequent.
At Ch. 7+300 of the way leading to Ntebeko gate, the road bends on the left at the
village of Bufumbira. At this junction, the possible alternative route joins the main
road. From here the average longitudinal gradient of the existing road increases and
remains constant until the gate, while local humps and sags are frequent.
At Ch. 11+500 and Ch. 13+050, signboards indicate 2 road upgrading projects
developed by local councils, connecting near villages.
In the last 500m the road becomes narrow and properties are adjacent to it. In this
area, several resorts allow the tourist to have an early morning access to the park,
otherwise difficult.
The road ends at the gate of the park where currently a reception controls the
accesses.
The road connecting Muhabura gate departs from the village of Nyarusiza and runs
uphill for 5.5km. It is currently in very critical conditions and constant maintainance
is required. It mainly crosses potato fields and farms.
A4. Description of the Works
The objective of the assignment is for the Contractor to undertake the physical
construction of the works on behalf the Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA)
while ensuring that the works are completed on time, within budget and meeting
the required engineering Specifications.
The works consist of upgrading the existing gravel road to a Class III Paved road. The
typical cross section will have lanes of 3.00m, and shoulders of 1.5m. In some sections
walkway and dedicated cycle lanes are provided. There are 3 main priority junctions.
A viewpoint with parking area is in the village of Katchwekano.
The road works in the planned upgrading road project will entail the following
activities:

a) Route survey and mapping to clearly identify the areas of road alignment. This
will even serve to show the properties as well as features that the road project
will impact on;
b) Clearance of the contractor’s camp site for the storage of plant equipment,
medical facilities, workshop, field laboratory, construction materials and
related equipment storage;
c) Construction of the support facilities in the camp site. Such facilities include
access roads to the camp site, sanitary provisions, a perimeter fence and a
generator house;
d) Earthworks including cut and fill in low areas where embankments will be
needed for the formation of proper alignments;
e) The material supply sites will be cleared off the vegetation and the
overburden materials which will all be stock piled for the restoration of
borrow pits after road works;
f) The transportation of the road construction materials. The routes to be used

by the trucks are either existing or are to be constructed. Minimal negative
impact to the environment shall be ensured in either case. During the
transportation of the materials, it is desired that the trucks be covered by
tarpaulins to minimize wind blowing off loose soils from the trucks;
g) Establishment of stone quarries for the processing and the supply of stone
aggregates;
h) Disposal of cut to spoil if in excess or not suitable;
i) Grading and compaction of the road in layers using specified mechanical

procedures and to the specifications
j) Installation of drainage infrastructures such as culverts of varying

capacities depending on the need of the specific points;
k) Asphalt concrete surfacing on carriageway;
l) Roadside drainage including off-shoots to drains;
m) Installation of road furniture;

n) Provision of a traffic management system for safe accommodation of traffic
on the bypasses / detours; and
o) Implementation of H&S and environmental protection plans.
The speed limit varies along the road, being 70km/h in rolling rural areas, 50km/ in
urban environment and 30km/h in the last loop near the lake, given the touristic
relevance and pedestrian/bicyle aboundancy in the area,
Road signs will be erected in accordance with the specified road sign standards.
Wooden- Steel guardrails will also be erected on the edges of mountainous stretches
and in accordance with the standard design guidelines. Side slope protection with
stope pitching tecnique is required where the river is expected to affect the
embankment. Side drains are lined with stone pitching and underground concrete
channel are provided in urban areas.
For guidance, the contractor is to provide and maintain Accommodation, office

facilities and vehicles for use by the Client and Engineer’s team. He is also to
provide survey and laboratory equipment for the Engineer.
Refer to the Bills of Quantities for an indication of the quantities of the main
components of the works.
A5. Construction Period
The period for the construction phase of the works shall not exceed 36 months. This
will be followed by a defects liability period of 12 months.
A6. Access to the Site

The Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi-Kabeho road is located in Western Uganda and can be
accessed from the main Kabale-Kisoro road, right after the town center.
The Kisoro-Mgahinga road is located in Western Uganda and can be accessed from the
main Kabale-Kisoro-Bunagana road. The first 150 meters are the Kisoro-Cyanika road.
A7. Construction Materials
For Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi-Kabeho a total of 2 borrow pits were identified, two

to four kilometres distant from the road. Borrow pits identified have gravels.
Two (2) existing quarry sites of suitable strength characteristics have been identified
in the area. One is on the road, one 13km far from the road. In the proximity of the
project area also 2 Sand sources have been identified.
For Kisoro-Mgahinga a total of 2 borrow pits were identified Two (2) existing quarry
sites of suitable strength characteristics have been identified in the area. In the
proximity of the project area also 2 Sand sources have been identified.
It is the Contractor’s obligation to ensure that enough reserves are available to

supply the project needs.
A8. Water for Construction Purposes
The Contractor must make adequate provision in his bid for all negotiations and
procurement of water for construction activities, and all related costs will be deemed to
be included in his tendered rates.
Water for construction activities can be drawn from the rivers and streams that cross the
road corridor. Water should be used for construction purposes only after testing and
approval. The contractor will be required to identify, in conjunction with the
Regional Water Office, suitable areas for drawing water for the works without
interfering with the existing domestic and agricultural water supplies.
A9. Drawings
The reduced scale drawings issued with the bidding documents are for bidding purposes
only. The Contractor will be supplied with two (2) full size paper prints of each of the
approved Construction Drawings at contract commencement.
Any information in the possession of the Contractor that is required by the Resident
Engineer to complete his as-built drawings must be supplied to the Resident Engineer
before a Taking- Over Certificate will be issued.
Only figured dimensions must be used and Drawings must not be scaled unless
required by the Engineer. The Engineer will supply any figured dimensions that may
have been omitted from the Drawings.
The levels given on the Structural Drawings are subject to confirmation on the Site
and the Contractor shall submit all levels to the Engineer for confirmation before he
commences construction of any structure. The Contractor shall also check all
clearances given on the Drawings and shall inform the Engineer of discrepancies.
A10. Site Facilities

(a) Contractor’s Construction Camp

The Contractor must make his own arrangements for a suitable site for his construction
camp and accommodation for his personnel. The location of the Contractor's site
office and construction camp site will be subject to the approval of the Engineer, as
well as any local authority.
(b) Power and Other Services
The Contractor must make his own arrangements concerning the supply of electrical
power and all other services. No direct payment will be made for the provision of
electrical and other services. The cost of providing these services will be deemed to be
included in the rates and amounts tendered for the various items of work for which these
services are required.
(c) Facilites for the Engineer

In addition to his own requirements the Contractor will be required to provide the
following site facilities for the Engineer’s site personnel, as scheduled in the Bills of
Quantities:
 Separate serviced offices at the Contractor’s construction camp;

 Materials testing laboratory and equipment;
 Rented accommodation
 Communications facilities including high speed internet.
A11. Security
The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of his personnel and Constructional
Plant on and around the Site of the Works and for the security of his camp, and no
claims in this regard will be considered by the Employer.
A12. Survey & Setting out of the Work
The geometric design shown on the drawings is based on a centreline and cross-
section survey carried out during the detailed design stage. No staking or setting-out,
other than the reference beacons, has been carried out. The Contractor shall use these
beacons for execution of the Works.
The Contractor shall be responsible for staking the centreline of the road together with
the PI, BC and EC of all horizontal curves, from the coordinates and level data
provided on the construction drawings. Before commencing earthworks, the
Contractor shall provide the Engineer with verification of existing ground levels,
from cross-sections based on the staked centreline defined in the Drawings, taken at
20m intervals.
A13. Accommodation of Traffic
Accommodation of traffic on this Contract is a delicate matter given that the

proposed road follows the existing one and there is very limited to no space for
diversions.
Traffic shall be accommodated as specified and in a manner approved by the

Engineer. It should be noted that penalties as described in Special Specification
Clause 1515 will be applied for inadequate accommodation of traffic by the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall always be aware of the public’s right of way on public roads
and he shall make use of approved methods to control the movement of his equipment
and vehicles so as not to cause a hazard at the junctions.
The Contractor’s staff shall be fully trained before any road closure is made.
A14. Extension of Time Resulting from Abnormal Rainfall
It must be noted that the extension of time resulting from abnormal rainfall shall
not be regarded as an event for which additional compensation can be claimed. This
means that no additional payments whatsoever will be made, including no additional
payments under time- related obligations, regardless of the length which the contract
period may be extended due to abnormal rainfall.
A15. Submission of Quality Assurance Plan
A quality assurance plan complying with the Employer’s specifications shall be

submitted with the programme.
A16. Features Requiring Special Attention
(a) Co-operation with Others on the Site
All work shall be carried out in such a way as to allow access and
afford all reasonable facilities for other Contractors and their workmen working
for the Utility companies and any other person who may be employed in
the execution and/or operation at or near the site of any work in
connection with the Contractor or otherwise.

The Contractor shall use all his endeavour to co-operate with such persons
without interfering with them and shall observe all the instructions and orders of
the Engineer in that connection.
In the preparation of his programme of Work the Contractor shall at all times take
full account of and co-ordinate with the programming of work of other
Contractors.
(b) Roads and Site to be kept clean
The Contractor shall take great care and all reasonable precautions to ensure
that roads and thoroughfares used by him either for the construction of the
works or for the transport of plant, labour and materials are kept clean of any
dirt as a result of such construction or transport and in the event of their
becoming thus dirtied in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall take all
necessary and immediate steps to clean them.
(c) Programme and Method of Working
The contractor’s programme of work to be submitted to the Engineer in terms

of the General Conditions of Contract, shall be comprehensive and shall
contain, amongst other things, all main tasks, logical links between tasks, critical
path, number of teams and equipment per task, task duration, planned
production rates and non-working days. The programme shall be updated
and submitted to the Engineer at least monthly or at such other intervals as the
Engineer may request.
The method of working to be adopted shall be such as to permit the

satisfactory completion of the Works and to limit disturbance and damage to a
minimum. The standard UNRA environmental guidelines must be strictly
adhered to.
Construction plant used in the execution of the Works shall be of a design and be
used in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may at any time
withdraw his approval and the Contractor shall immediately adopt another
method of working and if such change shall be required to achieve satisfactory
progress or workmanship the Contractor shall have no claim against the
Employer for costs incurred by him in changing the method of working or in
the provision and use of other plant.
(d) First Aid

The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the fact that the work has to be executed
in an area where poisonous snakes, predatory animals and other reptiles may be
present and where malaria is prevalent. It is a requirement of this contract
that the Contractor shall provide and maintain, as part of his establishment on
site, comprehensive first aid facilities which must include complete first aid
kits with snake-bite serum at strategic points on the operational areas of the
works. Used or dated articles and serum must be replaced from time to time as
necessary. Suitable anti-malaria tablets must also be kept on site.
It is a further requirement of this contract that a registered qualified first aid

person must be stationed on the site. He or she should be equipped with the
necessary equipment to provide assistance for any medical emergency that may
occur on site. Apart from supplies like drips, bloodplasma etc., he or she must
have apparatus such as ventilators, afibilators etc. as part of his equipment.
The cost of above (labour and equipment) must be included in the Contractor’s
rates and no additional payment will be made.
(e) Additional Requirements for Construction Activities
i. The Contractor's bid rates for the relevant items in the Bill of
Quantities shall include full compensation for all possible additional
costs which may arise from the above, and no claims for extra payment
due to inconvenience as a result of the modus operandi will be
considered.
ii. The traveling public shall have the right of way on public roads, and
the Contractor shall make use of approved methods to control the
movement of his Constructional Plant, vehicles and labourers so as
not to constitute a hazard on the road.
iii. Failure to maintain road signs, warning signs or amber rotating

flashing lights, etc., in a good condition shall constitute ample
reason for the Engineer to stop the Works until the road signs, etc.,
have been repaired to his satisfaction.
iv. The Contractor may not commence constructional activities before
adequate provision has been made to accommodate traffic in
accordance with the requirements of this document.

A.17 Process & Quality Control
The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all tests for process and quality
control. Further, the Contractor shall, prior to commencing the use of any materials, be
responsible at their own cost, for all testing of materials from the proposed
material sources to prove compliance thereof with the requirements of the respective
Specifications. Results of such tests shall be submitted to the Engineer so that the
work and proposed materials may be evaluated.
The Engineer may require certain tests to be carried out by private laboratories,
or the Government of Uganda’s laboratories, as provided for in the Specifications
and Bills of Quantities. The Contractor shall give adequate notice of their approval
requirements in order to facilitate the implementation of such testing without causing
delay to the execution of the Works.
A18. HIV / AIDS, Child Abuse, Gender Skills, Social Issues, and Local
Participation
These issues are of specific importance in the execution of the project, and are
described, specified and measured separately.
There is an anticipated influx of people into the project area in search of employment
during construction. Impacts on public health are associated with pollution,
occupational health and safety, STD/HIV/AIDS and the disposal of solid, liquid and
sanitary waste. Proposals shall be made to address these impacts. The Contractor’s
/workmen’s camps must use sources of fuel other than fuel wood, and they must ensure
that water supplies are not stressed at the expense of local population. Contractors must
maintain camp hygiene. The location of the workmen’s camps is critical in mitigating
their impacts.

SPECIFICATION
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Due to the fact that the General Specifications were written to suit the use of the FIDIC form
of contract, the word ‘Engineer’ or ‘Engineer’s Representative’ shall be synonymous with
‘Supervisor’ or ‘Supervisor’s Representative’, and the word ‘Employer’ shall be synonymous
with ‘Contracting Authority’.
Any reference to “Clauses of the General Conditions of Contract” in the General
Specifications shall be synonymous with “Article” of the General Conditions of Contract.
The General Technical Specifications referred to in the Contract

Documents are the:
"General Specifications for

Road and Bridge Works, January 2005”
published by
the Ministry of Works, Housing and Communications of the
Republic of Uganda in January 2005.
Work shall be carried out in accordance with the General

Specifications except as supplemented, modified or revised
hereunder.
A copy of the “General Specifications for Road and Bridge Works,

January 2005” may be purchased from the Ministry of Works and
Transport, off Jinja Road/ Old Portbell Rd, P.O. Box 7174,
Kampala, Uganda.

SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERIES 1000 GENERAL.............................................................................................176

SECTION 1200 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS...........................176
1202 SERVICES.........................................................................................................176
1204 PROGRAMME OF WORKS AND TEMPORARY WORKS..............................176
1205 WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY CONTROL.................................................183
1206 THE SETTING OUT OF WORK AND THE PROTECTION OF BEACONS...184
1208 METHODS OF MEASUREMENTS..................................................................185
1209 METHODS OF PAYMENT...............................................................................185
1213 CONTRACTOR’S ACTIVITIES IN RESPECT OF PROPERTY OUTSIDE THE
SITE BOUNDARY AND OF SERVICES MOVED, DAMAGED AND ALTERED........185
1216 PROTECTION OF THE WORKS AND REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET
BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF WORK.......................................................................186
1220 DRAWINGS.......................................................................................................186
1221 USE OF EXPLOSIVES......................................................................................187
1223 HANDING OVER THE SITE............................................................................188
1224 HAUL ROADS...................................................................................................189
1226 ACCESS TO CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS, MONTHLY SITE MEETINGS AND
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS......................................................................................189
1229 EXTENSION OF TIME ARISING FROM ABNORMAL RAINFALL................190
1234 ROADS AND SITE TO BE KEPT TIDY............................................................192
1236 SAFETY.............................................................................................................193
1238 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT...................................................................193
1238 DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD.............................................................................193
SECTION 1300 CONTRACTOR'S ESTABLISHMENT ON SITE AND GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS...........................................................................................................195
1302 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................195
SECTION 1400 ENGINEER'S ACCOMMODATION AND ATTENDANCE UPON
ENGINEER AND HIS/HER SITE PERSONNEL.......................................................198
1402 FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER.................................................................198
1403 HOUSES FOR THE ENGINEER......................................................................198
1404 OFFICE FOR THE ENGINEER.......................................................................199
1407 VEHICLES FOR THE ENGINEER AND EMPLOYER....................................203
1408 ATTENDANCE UPON ENGINEER..................................................................204
1409 PROVISION OF SURVEY EQUIPMENT.........................................................204
1410 LABORATORY FOR THE ENGINEER.............................................................208
1411 ENGINEER’S NORMAL WORKING HOURS..................................................222
SECTION 1500 ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC....................................................228
1502 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................228
1503 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES...........................................228
1504 CONSTRUCTION OF DIVERSIONS................................................................229
1510 RIDING QUALITY AND MAINTENANCE OF DIVERSIONS AND EXISTING
ROADS USED AS DIVERSIONS..................................................................................230
1512 ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC WHERE THE ROAD IS CONSTRUCTED
IN HALF WIDTHS........................................................................................................230
1515 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS..230
SECTION 1600 OVERHAUL..........................................................................................233
SECTION 1700 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND WASTE DISPOSAL.......234
1701 SCOPE...............................................................................................................234
1702 GENERAL.........................................................................................................234
1703 LANDSCAPE PRESERVATION AND REVEGETATION.................................238
1704 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION CONTROL......................................................239
1705 PRESERVATION OF TREES AND SHRUBBERY............................................239
1706 PREVENTION OF WATER POLLUTION........................................................239
1707 ABATEMENT OF AIR POLLUTION................................................................240
1708 DUST ABATEMENT.........................................................................................241
1709 NOISE ABATEMENT........................................................................................241
1711 PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAELOGICAL DATA............242
1711A PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAELOGICAL DATA AND
MANAGEMENT OF PHYSICAL CULTURAL RESOURCES......................................242
1711B PRESERVATION OF SENSITIVE FAUNA...................................................242
1712 PESTICIDES, TOXIC WASTE AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES................242
1713 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS...................................243
SECTION 1800 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY, HIV/AIDS AND
GENDER 247
1803 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY.....................................................247
1804 HIV/AIDS AND STD PREVENTION................................................................250
1804A DEFINITIONS...............................................................................................250
1804B PROMOTION OF AWARENESS, MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT OF
HIV/AIDS AND OTHER SOCIAL SAFEGUARD RISKS..............................................251
SERIES 2000 DRAINAGE...........................................................................................262
SECTION 2100 DRAINS.................................................................................................262
SECTION 2200 PREFABRICATED CULVERTS..........................................................263
2210 LAYING AND BEDDING OF PREFABRICATED CULVERTS.......................263
SECTION 2300 CONCRETE KERBING, CONCRETE CHANNELLING, OPEN
CONCRETE CHUTES AND CONCRETE LININGS FOR OPEN DRAINS............264
SECTION 2500 PITCHING, STONEWORK AND PROTECTION AGAINST EROSION
265

SERIES 3000 EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS OF GRAVEL OR
CRUSHED STONE...............................................................................................................266
SECTION 3100 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL...............266
3102 DESCRIPTION OF WORKS.............................................................................266
SECTION 3200 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES........................................269
SECTION 3300 BREAKING UP EXISTING PAVEMENT LAYERS..........................270
SECTION 3400 BORROW PIT AND QUARRY ACQUISITION AND
EXPLOITATION.........................................................................................................271
3401 SCOPE...............................................................................................................271
3402 NEGOTIATIONS WITH LANDOWNERS, AUTHORITIES AND LEGAL
OCCUPANTS OF LAND...............................................................................................271
3403 ACCESS TO BORROW PITS AND QUARRIES...............................................271
3404 OBTAINING BORROW OR QUARRIED MATERIALS....................................271
3405 OPENING AND WORKING BORROW PITS...................................................273
3406 REINSTATING BORROW AND QUARRY AREAS AND HAUL ROADS.........273
SECTION 3500 SELECTING AND UTILISING MATERIAL FROM BORROW PITS
AND CUTTINGS.........................................................................................................275
3506 COMPACTION OF MATERIAL.......................................................................275
SECTION 3600 EARTHWORKS....................................................................................277
3601 SCOPE...............................................................................................................277
3602 MATERIALS......................................................................................................277
3604 PREPARATION OF THE ROADBED..............................................................278
3605 EMBANKMENTS..............................................................................................278
SECTION 3700 PAVEMENT LAYERS OF NATURAL GRAVEL MATERIALS......284
3702 MATERIALS......................................................................................................284
3706 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE.............................................................284
SECTION 3800 STABILISATION..................................................................................286
SECTION 3800 STABILISATION AND MODIFICATION.......................................286
3801 SCOPE...............................................................................................................286
3802 MATERIALS......................................................................................................287
3803 CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................................290
3804 MECHANICAL MODIFICATION....................................................................294
3805 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES....................................................................295
SECTION 3900 CRUSHED AGGREGATE ROAD BASE............................................298
3902 MATERIALS......................................................................................................298
3903 CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................................298
3904 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE.............................................................298
SERIES 4000 BITUMINOUS LAYERS AND SEALS...............................................299

SECTION 4100 PRIME AND CURING MEMBRANES...............................................299
4102 MATERIALS......................................................................................................299
4106 APPLICATION OF THE PRIME COAT OR CURING MEMBRANE..............299
4107 MAINTENANCE AND OPENING TO TRAFFIC.............................................299
SECTION 4200 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT CONCRETE
SURFACING................................................................................................................300
4203 MIX DESIGN AND PROPERTIES OF MIXED MATERIAL............................300
4204 COMPOSITIONS OF MIXTURES FOR BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE AND
SURFACING.................................................................................................................301
4205 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT......................................................................301
4207 PRODUCING AND TRANSPORTING THE MIXTURE...................................301
4208 SPREADING THE MIXTURE...........................................................................302
4209 JOINTS..............................................................................................................302
4210 COMPACTION.................................................................................................302
4215 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT..................................................................303
SECTION 4500 DOUBLE SURFACE DRESSINGS......................................................303
4501 SCOPE...............................................................................................................303
4502 (b) AGGREGATES.........................................................................................303
4503 CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................................304
SERIES 5000 ANCILLARY ROADWORKS..............................................................306
SECTION 5100 MARKER AND KILOMETRE POSTS................................................306
5102 MATERIALS......................................................................................................306
SECTION 5200 GUARDRAILS......................................................................................307
5502 MATERIALS......................................................................................................307
SECTION 5400 ROAD SIGNS........................................................................................308
5403 MATERIALS......................................................................................................308
5404 CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................................308
SECTION 5500 ROAD MARKINGS..............................................................................310
5502 MATERIALS......................................................................................................310
Delete the sub-clause and replace with the following:.................................................310
5509 ROAD STUDS...................................................................................................310
SECTION 5600 LANDSCAPING AND GRASSING.....................................................312
SECTION 5700 FINISHING THE ROAD AND ROAD RESERVE AND TREATING
OLD ROADS................................................................................................................313
SECTION 5800 ROAD LIGHTING.................................................................................314
5801 SOLAR LED ROAD LIGHTING.......................................................................314
5802 LUMINAIRE AND LED DRIVER.....................................................................314
5803 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES.............................................................316
5804 CHARGE CONTROLLER.................................................................................316
5805 BATTERIES.......................................................................................................317

5806 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS..............................................................................319
SECTION 5900 BUS STOP SHELTERS.........................................................................320
5901 SCOPE...............................................................................................................320
SERIES 6000 STRUCTURES......................................................................................321
SECTION 6100 FOUNDATIONS FOR STRUCTURES................................................321
6107 UTILIZATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL.................................................321
SECTION 6200 FALSEWORK, FORMWORK AND CONCRETE FINISH................322
SECTION 6300: STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR STRUCTURES..................................323
6302 MATERIALS......................................................................................................323
SECTION 6400 CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES........................................................324
6402 MATERIALS.....................................................................................................324
6404 CONCRETE QUALITY....................................................................................324
SECTION 6600 NO-FINES CONCRETE; JOINTS; BEARINGS; PARAPETS AND
DRAINAGE FOR STRUCTURES..............................................................................326
SERIES 7000 TOLERANCES, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL...................327
SECTION 7100 TESTING OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP........................327
7118 INITIAL SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS AT THE START OF
THE PROJECT..............................................................................................................327
7119 SCOPE OF INITIAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS...........................327
7121 PARTICULAR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS..................................................329
7122 PARTICULAR BOREHOLE REQUIREMENTS...............................................329
7123 PARTICULAR SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS.................................................330
7124 PARTICULAR LABORATORY TESTING REQUIREMENTS..........................331
7125 PARTICULAR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS..............................................332
SERIES 8000 DAYWORKS.........................................................................................336
SECTION 8100 LABOUR................................................................................................336
SECTION 8200 MATERIALS.........................................................................................337
SECTION 8300 EQUIPMENT.........................................................................................338

PREAMBLE
These Special Specifications shall be regarded as additions, amendments and modifications
to the General Specifications. Where references appear in the text of these Special
Specifications to specific clauses in the General Specifications, then both clauses must be
read together. In the case of clauses where these Special Specifications are silent, the General
Specifications remain fully applicable where relevant.
In the event of there being a conflict or inconsistency between the General Specifications and
the Special Specifications, the Special Specifications shall take precedence.
Both the General Specifications and these Special Specifications are divided into Series as
follows:
Series 1000: General
Series 2000: Drainage
Series 3000: Earthworks and Pavement Layers of Gravel or Crushed Stone
Series 4000: Bituminous Layers and Seals
Series 5000: Ancillary Roadworks
Series 6000: Structures
Series 7000: Tolerances, Testing and Quality Control
Series 8000: Dayworks
Series 9000: Updating of Selected Town Roads
Each of the Series is divided into Sections comprising a number of Clauses, designated by a
four digit number where the first digit is the Series number; the second digit is the Section
number, while the last two digits is a sequential number followed by the Clause title.
Each Clause may have been divided into sub-Clauses designated (a), (b), (c), etc.
These Special Specifications and the General Specifications may contain cross references to
other Sections and Clauses in the Special Specifications, the General Specifications or to the
Drawings and other parts of the Contract Documents, which shall likewise be construed as
Specifications for the Item of Work involved.
In the Bill of Quantities reference may have been made to certain Section(s) or Clause(s) in
these Special Specifications or the General Specifications corresponding to the main type of
Works involved, but this shall not be construed as limiting the specifications for such item of
work only to the Section(s) or Clause(s) referred to. All relevant requirements of these
Special Specifications and the General Specifications for the Item of Work shall be complied
with.

There are many pay items in the Specifications where a specific description is to be inserted.
If these Items have not been divided into sub-Items, the specific descriptions should be given
in sub-Items (a), (b), (c) etc. If these Items have already been divided into sub-Items (a), (b),
(c) etc., the specific descriptions should be given in sub-Items (i), (ii), (iii) etc.
The apparent silence of these Special Specifications, the Drawings or other Contract
Documents as to any detail or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description
concerning any Works or requirements, shall be regarded as meaning that good engineering
practice shall apply and shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

SERIES 1000 GENERAL
SECTION 1200 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS
1202 SERVICES
(a) Location of Services
Add the following at the end of the 3rd paragraph:
This investigation shall be completed over the full length of the project road within Six (06)
months of the start of the project.
(g) Payment
Add the following 2nd paragraph:
On provision of receipts for the cost of works of relocation of services executed by the
relevant local authority, the Contractor shall be reimbursed these costs. Payments shall be
made under Pay Items 12.02 (a) and 12.02 (b).
(h) Service Ducts
The contract drawings shall contain details of proposed new service ducts which are to be
constructed transversely across the major road at major junctions, within the footpaths of
proposed new bridges and longitudinally at junctions where the minor road is to be paved.
1204 PROGRAMME OF WORKS AND TEMPORARY WORKS

(a) Programme of works
Delete this sub-Clause and replace with the following:
In accordance with relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract and prior to
commencement of permanent works, the Contractor shall plan and submit a fully detailed,
time related and resourced programme showing the order of procedure and method in which
the Contractor proposes to carry out the Works for timely project completion. It is the
Employer’s intention to upgrade roads within trading areas, while these are not designed or
shown on the drawings, provisional sums for town roads and ferry landing sites have been
included in the BoQ and the Contractor should allow for their construction in his programme.
The Programme will be based on the Contractor’s method statement and shall include the
production rates developed and proposed in his method statement.
The master programme shall be so detailed as to show:
i. The order of work
ii. Quantities and planned rate of progress based on the method statement

iii. Amount and type of labour and equipment proposed based on the work gangs
developed in the method statement.
iv. Details of methods to be employed
v. Details of temporary works
vi. Critical path
vii. Approvals required from statutory authorities and agencies
viii. Clearly identified contract milestone dates with an activity code
ix. Off-site activities including, for example, setting up crushing plant in quarries and
production rates of the plant and details of ongoing production (for revised
programmes)
The Contractor shall submit a complementary and detailed narrative description of its plan
for performing the Work which may be separate or part of his method statement. The
narrative description shall summarize equipment and personnel requirements by craft to
complete a resource loaded schedule, productivity rates used to build the schedule, activity
and resource code structure, pictorial presentation of the schedule where needed, critical path
description and other relevant information as agreed with the Engineer.
The project shall be divided into an agreed work breakdown structure (WBS) and developed
in enough detail and submitted to the Engineer for comment. It shall show total float and
free-float times. The master programme shall not be in form of a bar chart only but shall
show clearly the anticipated quantities of work to be performed each month, as well as the
anticipated earnings for the various sections of work. The contractor is to take note of the
style of programmes, schedules and reports used by UNRA and is conform to the UNRA
format for all submissions. No payments, other than the advance payment, will be made to
the Contractor until the Engineer is satisfied that the Programme of Works has been
submitted in enough detail and as outlined in this Clause.
A time-chainage chart showing the directions of progress of works may be useful for the
understanding of the bar chart.
In addition, the Contractor shall submit sub-programmes as required by the Engineer to show
further details at important stages of the project. The first such sub-programme is his
mobilisation, which shall indicate, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
i. Approval and Mobilisation of Contractor’s key staff.
ii. Pre-construction activities in general to include Contractor’s Establishment on Site,
Engineer’s Establishment (housing, offices, crushing installation, asphalt installation,
vehicles, survey equipment, laboratories including lab. equipment).
iii. Sub-contract procurement.

iv. Materials procurement and pre-orders, setting up of quarries and borrow areas.
v. Schedule for the main submittals such as, shop drawings, technical and material
submittals, QA/QC plan to include submission of all materials, laboratory trials and
site trials and time to gain approval, EMP, H&S etc.
vi. Mobilisation on site, plant and labour: a detailed schedule shall be provided.
The Contractor will also submit weekly programmes to include a list of the work to be
undertaken in a week showing the locations, work items, quantities, number of gangs based
on production rates as developed in the Contractor’s method statement and other information
as agreed with the Engineer.
The Works shall be carried out to achieve a continuous and consecutive output of fully
completed road. The Contractor is to fully complete sections of the works in the times as so
stated in the Particular Conditions. The order of execution of the Works shall be subject to
reasonable adjustment as requested by the Engineer.
The Programme shall be revised, if necessary, every ninety (90) calendar days. The revised
schedule and narrative shall, as determined by the Engineer, be sufficient to meet the
requirements for completion of any separable part and all of the Works as set forth in the
Contract. To qualify for an Interim Payment Certificate the Contractor, when requested by
the Engineer, must submit, within a reasonable time, an updated programme.
Should the Contractor fall behind the Programme submitted by him in terms of the relevant
clause of the Conditions of Contract, which Programme has been approved by the Engineer,
or if the sequence of operations is altered, or if the Programme is deviated from in any other
way, the Engineer may, without prejudice to the Employer’s rights in terms of the relevant
clause of the Conditions of Contract, require the Contractor to submit, within seven days of
the date on which he has received a notice to this effect, a revised Programme in terms of this
Clause, which indicates the manner in which the Contractor undertakes to complete the
Works within the required time. Any proposal in the revised Programme to improve the rate
of progress shall include detailed information on the positive steps to increase production by
more and/or better labour and equipment being provided on the Site or by the available
labour and equipment being utilised more effectively or by carrying out activities in parallel.
In addition, the Contractor will update his method statement.
Failure on the part of Contractor to work according to the Programme or revised Programme
shall be sufficient reason for the Employer to take steps as provided for in the Conditions of
Contract and shall be construed, as not executing the Works in accordance with the Contract.
The Contractor shall always keep a copy of his current/latest Programme prominently
displayed in his offices on site for ease of reference by all parties concerned.

The Engineer will not be obliged to consider any claim for an increase in the Contract Sum
or Extension of Time unless the above Programme and reports are properly maintained and
current at the time when the event giving rise to the claim took place.
The acceptance by the Engineer of any Programme shall have no contractual significance
other than that the Engineer would be satisfied if the work is carried out in accordance with
such Programme and that the Contractor undertakes to carry out the work in accordance with
the Programme.
Contractor’s Staffing
The Contractor shall have on the Site adequately qualified full-time staff that have the ability
to develop and maintain a master programme and sub-programmes as required to plan and
manage the works.
Software
The Contractor’s Works programmes shall be written on the latest versions of Microsoft
Project or Primavera or Tilos software. The Contractor is to provide the Engineer with a copy
of the software he chooses to use.
Pavement Layers
The Contractor shall plan and execute the work to complete sections of the pavement as work
proceeds. In this context, the pavement shall include sub-grade, improved sub-grade, sub-
base, base, surface seal or asphalt materials or any other layer that forms a part of the
pavement structure. As such, the Contractor must plan all pavement construction works in
sequence and in compliance with the details contained in the approved construction
programme. Failure to meet this requirement may result in the suspension of work on layers
that are inadequately protected or are undertaken out of sequence, until the issue has been
rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
In order to reduce dust, the Contractor is to cover up crushed stone layers with either another
layer of stone or prime the stone within 48 hours of laying the stone.
Reporting Requirements
Weekly and Bi-Weekly Reports

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer at the end of every week (or second week if so
directed by the Engineer) a report on the general progress of the Works including details as
specified in the template provided by the Engineer.
Monthly Progress Reports
Each month, within 3 working days of the last day of the period to which the report relates,
the Contractor shall submit a Monthly Progress Report in a format and media agreed with the
Engineer. The Contractor shall submit four hard copies, one editable soft copy and one

closed format soft copy, of the Monthly Progress Report. The Report shall indicate the
progress and financial status of the Works of the previous month. The report shall accurately
estimate the work completed on each activity shown on the accepted Programme. The
Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report shall include relevant progress photographs in a
format to be agreed with the Engineer. The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer and shall
implement progress control procedures. The Contractor’s progress report shall as a minimum
identify:
1. Detailed Monthly Progress Report
i. Executive summary of the month’s events.
ii. Total work progress at the end of the month with progress chart showing progress
achieved as a percentage against planned progress, also demonstrated as S-curves,
presenting early and late curves.
iii. Activities re-scheduled or re-estimated since the previous report.
iv. Activities completed since the previous report including dates of completion.
v. Activities added or deleted since the previous report.
vi. Major activities undertaken in the previous month with photographs attached.
vii. Major activities to be carried out in the next reporting period, and the effect on the
programme of the latest information available.
viii. Level of compliance with safety, environment and social requirements
ix. Problem areas and proposed corrective measures.
x. Request for Information (RFI) Summary/Status.
xi. Key decisions required from the Engineer.
xii. Submittals Summary/Status.
xiii. Instructions Summary/Status.
xiv. Defects Summary/Status.
2. Resources
i. Contractor’s Organisation Chart.
ii. Staff returns for Design, Procurement and Construction.
iii. Labour returns including Sub-contractors.
iv. Plant returns.
v. Materials delivered to Site.

vi. Schedule of source(s) of approved materials including those materials approved
during the Reporting Period and any materials whose source approval has been
cancelled during the Reporting Period.
3. Commercial
i. Variation Summary/Status inclusive of costs.
ii. Materials on Site.
4. Financial
i. Value of Work completed during the reporting period and in aggregate to date,
also demonstrated as ‘S-Curves’ presenting earned value against earnings as
anticipated at contract commencement (earnings/cash flow submitted with
Programme of Works).
ii. Anticipated cash flow and estimated final cost at completion to be presented
monthly, although updated quarterly. The estimated cost at completion shall
include all variations (ordered and anticipated) and all significant changes in
quantities from the original BoQ contained in the signed Contract. Agreed or
anticipated claims for any additional costs shall be included in the cost at
completion report.
iii. Schedule of Warranties/Guarantees.
iv. Schedule of Insurance.
v. Suppliers and Sub-contractors.
vi. Particulars of Suppliers/Sub-contractors.
vii. Sub-Contracts awarded in the previous month.
Progress meetings
Within 4 weeks of the Commencement Date of the Works the Contractor and the Engineer
will agree a schedule for weekly progress meetings covering the first 6 months of the Works.
The Contractor shall make himself available for any other meetings called for by the
Engineer outside the schedule.
Electronic Storage of Information
The Contractor shall establish a system of electronic storage of all communication, drawings
and other documentation for the project including laboratory results documenting the quality
of the works. Only documents not prepared by the Contractor, or handwritten notes and
drawings, shall be scanned using suitable software for digital storage. Electronic copy of
laboratory results and other documentation shall be issued by the Contractor to the

Supervisors alongside the hard copy version, the latter being considered as the official issue.
The electronic laboratory results shall be presented in a system approved by the Supervisors.
The Supervisors shall not be expected to consider evaluating the laboratory results before the
electronic copy has been submitted.
All electronic documentation shall be forwarded on CD / DVD on a monthly basis for central
storage with the Supervisors as pdf-files as well as Word-files and Excel-files (with formulas
readable) for documents and AutoCad (.dwg) files for drawings. At the end of the project, a
complete electronic project file shall be compiled on DVD by the Contractor and issued to
the Supervisor.

1205 WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY CONTROL
(a) General
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph of this sub-Clause:
“No construction works will be allowed to start before a complete Quality Assurance System
(Plan) meeting the ISO 9000 rules has been submitted and agreed by the Engineer.
This document will include:
 The name of the Quality Officer (different from the Materials Engineer)
 The complete set of method statements
 The complete procedures for quality assurance (checks, resources, hold points,
etc…)
 The forms to be used
The Contractor shall erect and maintain on site a suitably equipped and staffed laboratory for
undertaking all regular material and workmanship tests throughout the contract
period.
The Contractor’s laboratory personnel must be suitably qualified to perform their duties
professionally. The laboratory manager must be a qualified materials technician/technologist
with at least 10 years applicable experience.
The rest of the laboratory personnel shall consist of at least the following:
Laboratory technicians 3
Laboratory assistants 10
Laboratory labourers 6
All costs of materials testing and process control testing, other than that specified in the
Special Specifications or BoQ, shall be included in the rates.
The in-situ densities may be performed with nuclear gauges (Troxler). No person, company
nor organization will be permitted to determine in-situ density by means of a nuclear type
density measuring device without complying with the following requirements.
I. Before importation of the Nuclear density gauges, clearance must be obtained from
the Atomic Energy Council.
II. Permission to possess, operate and store the gauges shall be granted if Atomic Energy
Council is satisfied that the identified storage location of the device is, suitable and
safe, and that an approved radiation officer has been appointed by the Contractor.
III. The nuclear devices shall be calibrated by the Uganda National Bureau of Standards
(UNBS). The Validity of any calibration certificate shall not exceed six months.

IV. General and Detailed storage location plan is to be provided by the pertinent bodies in
Uganda for each device. A letter of undertaking from the organization stating that for
each device should there be a need for it to be stored elsewhere at any time overnight
the Ministry of works and Transport will be notified in advance to ensure compliance
of storage requirements.
V. Only persons holding a valid user certificate issued by the relevant body shall be
permitted to operate these devices. Such certificates shall only be issued after the
applicant has demonstrated competence in operating the device both technically and
safely. The validity of any certificate shall not exceed six months.
1206 THE SETTING OUT OF WORK AND THE PROTECTION OF BEACONS

Delete the 1st sentence in the 10th paragraph beginning “The Contractor shall check....” and
replace with the following:
The Contractor and Engineer shall jointly check and verify the coordinates and levels of all
reference and level beacons and shall be confident that they have not been displaced and are
true in regard to position and level. These data shall be compared with the data provided on
the drawings or in schedules.
Add the following at the end of the 12th paragraph ending “.... satisfactorily checked.”:
After confirmation of the accuracy of beacons, the Contractor shall stake the road and, jointly
with the Engineer, verify the accuracy of ground levels shown on the drawings by taking
cross sections at 100m intervals. The Contractor shall also at the same time identify any
obstacles to constructing the works (buildings, utilities), record the same and inform the
Engineer. Construction work may only commence once the Engineer’s approval to the
staked line and verified levels has been obtained for the proposed sections of work. The
process of staking the roads and verification of all levels and identification of all obstacles
for the full road length shall be completed within four (04) months of the Commencement
Date. Failure to complete this work within the specified time may lead to a 3,000,000
UGX per day penalty being imposed which shall be deducted from monies due in the
next interim payment certificate.
Add the following to the final paragraph of this Clause:
Similarly no additional payment will be made for costs associated with the provision of
additional staff and equipment (which may require renting the equipment at the contractor's
expense in the first instance) for himself and for the Engineer to ensure completion and
agreement is reached for all survey work for the full length of the project within 6 months of
the Commencement Date; or additional reference beacons, staking of the road and
verification of levels, the taking of cross-sections or for other survey work necessary to
complete the Works as specified. The Contractor’s rates shall also include full compensation

for the provision of all survey equipment and assistants for himself to undertake and the
Engineer to take control measurements during the construction of the Works.
1208 METHODS OF MEASUREMENTS

(c) Measurement of completed Works
Delete the 2nd paragraph and replace with the following:
Measurement in the vehicle shall only be allowed if specifically, so described hereinafter.
1209 METHODS OF PAYMENT

(c) The meaning of certain phrases in payment Clauses
(i) Procuring and furnishing (material)
In the 6th line of this sub-Clause, insert the words “and duties,” after the words “all tax,.”
1213 CONTRACTOR’S ACTIVITIES IN RESPECT OF PROPERTY OUTSIDE

THE SITE BOUNDARY AND OF SERVICES MOVED, DAMAGED AND
ALTERED
(b) Agreements with Owners or Legal Users of Property
Add the following at the end of this sub-Clause:
The Site comprises those places where the permanent works are to be carried out, being areas
within the designated site boundary. The Contractor shall not be liable to pay compensation
for the occupation and/or use of the land comprising the Site.
Any references elsewhere in the General Specifications to ‘road reserve’ shall be understood
as references to ‘the Site’.

1216 PROTECTION OF THE WORKS AND REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET
BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF WORK
(c) Drainage
(c) Drainage and dealing with water
The Contractor shall be responsible for dealing with water, whether from existing drainage
systems, watercourses, underground springs, precipitation, the new drainage system, or any
other source or causes. In discharging and diverting water he shall avoid flooding or
damaging other works, services, or existing properties causing erosion and/or polluting
watercourses.
The Contractor shall keep the whole of the Works free from water and shall provide all dams,
cofferdams, pumps, piles, shoring, temporary drains, sumps etc. necessary for this purpose.
The Contractor shall not block existing drainage and where his works affects existing
drainage, he provides temporary drainage.
Well in advance of commencing the permanent Works, the Contractor shall at his own
expense, cut drains and ditches and carry out any other measures necessary to effectively
drain the original ground and/or shall programme his Works such that the necessity of
temporarily draining the original ground is partially or totally obviated by working in the dry
season.
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, take all necessary precautions to prevent damage
due to erosion and siltation during construction. Precautions will include temporary drainage
berms, scour checks, riprap and the like. Spoil material or stockpile material shall be
dumped, so as not to interfere with streams, watercourses or any of the drainage works
detailed by the Engineer.
On cessation of the works each day, the surface of each completed layer shall be trimmed, so
that ponding and concentration of surface run-off does not occur. Should any water
accumulate on any part of the Works either during construction or after construction until the
end of the Defects Notification Period, giving rise to soaking or eroding conditions, the
Engineer may order the Contractor to remove and replace, at the Contractor’s expense, any
material or Works that have been so affected.
Any damage to the Works or to adjacent land and properties resulting from the Contractor’s
failure to take the necessary precaution shall be made good at the Contractor’s expense.
1220 DRAWINGS
Delete the 2nd paragraph and replace by the following:

All drawings and charts to be supplied by the Contractor will be in native format (dwg, plan,
mpp, xls) along with a copy in pdf.
1221 USE OF EXPLOSIVES

Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph:
The Contractor shall appoint a responsible person or persons to order and receive explosives
and to be responsible for all blasting activities.
The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and pay all necessary fees for the
acquisition, storage and use of explosives and explosive devices. He shall submit full details
in writing to the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of blasting and obtain approval in
writing for each occasion when he intends to use explosives, such details to include without
limitation the date and time of the blast, the size of charge, method of firing, and protective
measures to be adopted.
Notwithstanding the above such approval shall not relieve the Contractor from any of his
liabilities or responsibilities to ensure that blasting operations are carried out in safe manner
and in full compliance with all relevant statutory obligations.
In the 3rd paragraph replace “SECTION 3300” with “SECTION 3400”.
Add the following at the end of this Clause:
The Contractor shall store explosives and detonators in separate secure locations and in
accordance with statutory requirements and to the approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a properly equipped secure vehicle, which shall be maintained
in good condition, for the transportation of explosives. Explosives and detonators shall not
be transported at the same time in the same vehicle.
The Contractor shall provide an approved system of warning the public (including road
traffic) and all site personnel of an impending blast by both audible and visible means and
shall ensure that the blasting area at risk to personnel is cleared of all personnel immediately
prior to blasting.
Warning blank detonations shall be used to scare away any wildlife. These shall consist of
two warning detonations. The first shall be given five minutes prior to the blast; the second
shall be given 20 seconds prior to the blast.
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to protect personnel and property and to
prevent any fragments due to blasts from being projected in a dangerous manner. The
Contractor shall not commence blasting before:
a) Accurately determining the bounds of the blast area,
b) Providing effective access controls to risk areas
c) Providing adequate blasting shelters and;
d) Putting in place an efficient communications mechanism.
If blasting is to be carried out in the vicinity of overhead electrical power cables the
Contractor shall check for stray electric currents at the blasting site prior to commencing
charging. If blasting is to be carried out at locations which are likely to cause damage to
structures/properties in the vicinity, controlled blasting measures as approved by the
Engineer shall be adopted.
The Contractor shall keep a current inventory of all explosives and explosive devices
obtained and used and shall submit a monthly report to the Engineer, detailing the usage and
current holding of all explosives and explosive devices by date and location.
Records must be kept by the Contractor of all drilling and blasting operations showing whole
diameters, drilling pattern, explosive charge and type per hole, detonator delay times and
total charge per blast. These records must be submitted to the Engineer on completion of
charging. Care shall be taken that no unexploded cartridges remain in the excavation.
Careless or indiscriminate use of explosives will result in the Engineer withdrawing
permission for their use and under such circumstances the Contractor shall resort to other
methods of excavation.
When forming final cut faces, pre-splitting blasting techniques shall be carried out to ensure
that blasting damage to the cut face is minimized. Details of the pre-splitting techniques to
be used shall be notified to and approved by the Engineer in advance of the blasting
operation.
Care shall be taken during all blasting operations to ensure that stability of adjacent cutting
slopes and natural hillsides is not in any way impaired. Particular care in this respect shall be
taken if blasting operations take place during the rainy season.
1223 HANDING OVER THE SITE

Delete this Clause and replace with the following:
The width of road reserve is generally 30 metres, 15 metres either side of the road centerline
except in built-up areas where this width may be reduced. In very deep cuts or fills the road
reserve width may be increased to accommodate the works. The handing over of the Site
will in general include the land within these right-of-way limits, subject to the requirements
of the ’Survey and Valuation Maps‘. However, any property or crops found within the road
reserve shall be preserved by the Contractor unless affected by the permanent works, in
which case the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at the earliest possible time. Any work
affecting such property or crops may only be commenced after obtaining the Engineer's
authorisation.
The whole of the site may not be available for handing over upon commencement of the
works due to unforeseen delays in the acquisition of buildings and parts of the land within the
Right of Way and the requirement to allow owners a period of six months to vacate buildings
on premises that have been acquired.

All land that has been acquired shall be made available to the contractor as soon as possible
in reasonable portions to enable the contractor to operate economically.
Where individual or groups of properties or land remain occupied after commencement of
the project, the contractor may seek the approval of the Engineer and opt to work around
these properties in order to improve the efficiency of the programme but such work around
occupied properties must not create unnecessary disturbance to the occupiers or be construed
as aggressive or threatening behaviour or conduct.
The Contractor is to note that additional land acquisition may prove necessary during the
project. The Contractor shall assist the Engineer identify the locations to enable the Engineer
to notify the Employer to survey and prepare all documentation to evaluate the property and
obtain approval for the acquisition from the Chief Government Valuer. Compensation
payments shall be effected by UNRA.
1224 HAUL ROADS

Where the Contractor constructs bypasses, haul and/or construction roads at his own
initiative for accommodating construction traffic, he shall construct and maintain them at his
own cost and in accordance with details previously agreed with the Engineer, in writing.
Such roads shall be obliterated and their surfaces properly reinstated when no longer
required, all at the Contractor’s own cost.
The Contractor shall have the right to use public roads, including bypasses open to public
traffic, but where his own traffic causes damage or wear to such roads or constitutes a
condition hazardous to public traffic, the Engineer shall have the right to regulate the
Contractor’s traffic over such public roads and bypasses and require the Contractor to
provide, at his own cost, such maintenance, including wearing-course gravel and watering, as
in the Engineer’s opinion will be necessary in addition to that which would be required to
maintain the bypasses properly when not used by the Contractor’s construction traffic.
Where regulation of the Contractor’s traffic does not alleviate the traffic hazard satisfactorily
or the maintenance of the bypasses cannot be or is not properly executed, the Contractor
shall, where conditions permit, divert his traffic over construction roads provided and
maintained at his own cost.
Where community roads are used as haul roads, the Contractor, in addition to maintaining the
roads, shall ensure control of dust including by watering/wetting and observing speed limits
recommended by the Engineer.
1226 ACCESS TO CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS, MONTHLY SITE

MEETINGS AND PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
Delete the last sentence of the 2nd paragraph and replace with the following:

Such meetings will be held for evaluating the progress of the Contract and for discussing
matters pertaining to the Contract which any of the parties represented may wish to raise.
Such meetings are not intended for discussing matters concerning the normal day-to-day
running of the contract. Additional to the meetings mentioned above, the Contractor or his
Authorised Representative shall attend monthly meetings, on the site, with the representative
of the Engineer, at the dates and times to be determined by the Engineer. Such meetings will
be held to discuss matters of a more technical nature, or any such matter which any of the
parties may wish to raise.
Delete the 3rd and 4th paragraphs and replace with the following;
The Contractor and Engineer shall jointly make photographic and other records of the
surfaces and condition of the Site as agreed by the Engineer immediately prior to entering the
Site for the purpose of constructing the Works. The records must include all work sites
including borrow pits, quarries, campsites, water sources etc. The Contractor shall send a
signed hard colour copy of these records to the Engineer under their letterhead along with a
digital copy of the records on compact disc or similar.
After Commencement of the Works the Contractor shall take monthly progress photographs
for the duration of the Contract as agreed with the Engineer. These shall be in an approved
digital format and shall be forwarded to the Engineer on compact disc or similar.
All photographs provided by the Contractor shall be labelled in a manner approved by the
Engineer with the following data:
 Project name and reference number
 Date of exposure (automatically recorded on the photograph)
 Photograph identification number, brief description, chainage, location and direction
of view.
The Contractor shall also provide and maintain digital cameras, complete with charging
facilities approved software for labelling/cataloguing record photographs and compact disc
for preparing back-up records, for the use of the Engineer for the duration of the contract.
The progress photographs referred to shall be taken by digital camera with minimum 10
million pixels and a minimum of 300 dpi for printing. The Employer shall hold the copyright
of all these photographs which shall not be used for any other purpose without the approval
of the Employer.
No separate measurement or payment shall be made in respect of compliance with the
provisions of this Section of the Specification. The Contractor shall be deemed to have made
allowance for such compliance with these provisions in the preparation of his prices for items
of work included in the Bills of Quantities and full compensation for such compliance will be
deemed to be covered by them.
1229 EXTENSION OF TIME ARISING FROM ABNORMAL RAINFALL
Delete the definition of Nw and replace with the following:
Nw = Actual number of days during the calendar months which a rainfall of y mm or above
has been recorded by the Meteorological Department of the Ministry of Water, Lands and
Environment, at the station closest to the Site, or from a source agreed to in writing by the
Engineer.
Delete the 11th paragraph beginning with "The total extension of time …." and replace with
the following:
The total delay that will be taken into account for the determination of the extension of time
for the contract shall be the algebraic sum of the monthly totals for the period under
consideration. But if the grand total is negative, the time for completion shall not be reduced.
Extensions of time for part of a month shall be calculated using pro rata values of N n and Rn.
The total extension of time for any calendar month shall not exceed (N c - Nn) calendar days,
where Nc = number of days in the month under consideration on which work may be
executed in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract and/or
Specifications.
Delete the 14th paragraph beginning with "Information regarding existing rainfall…" and
replace with the following:
Data for Nn and Rn for each calendar month is given in Table 1229/1 below. The Contractor shall
allow in his Programme for the number of Rain days above 10 mm (N n) for each calendar month.
TABLE 1229/1 AVERAGE VALUES OF Nn AND Rn AT KABALE STATION
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
1 1 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 4 4 1
Nn
1.6 1.6 4.4 4.8 2.9 1.5 1.7 3.4 4.3 5.8 5.1 2.4
Rn (mm)
The Contractor shall erect rain gauges, one at each principal area of the road where work is in
progress. Rain gauges shall be jointly read, and rainfall data recorded, by representatives of
the Contractor and the Engineer, at 08:00hrs each morning. Extension of time shall be based
on rainfall recorded by the gauge nearest the area where work is in progress. Where work is
being undertaken adjacent to more than one weather station/rain gauge, the extension of time
due to rainfall shall be the average of the extensions calculated from records for each rain
gauge station.
In determining extension of time, the Engineer may, at his discretion, take into consideration
rainfall data supplied by the Department of Meteorological Services from the weather station
nearest to the site.

It must be noted that the extension of time resulting from abnormal rainfall shall not be
regarded as an event for which additional compensation can be claimed. This means that no
additional payments whatsoever will be made, including no additional payments under time-
related obligations, regardless of the length which the contract period may be extended due to
abnormal rainfall.
1234 ROADS AND SITE TO BE KEPT TIDY

Add the following to this Clause:
The project road is defined as the road included in the Contract Documents and the
contractor is responsible for maintenance of this road from the Commencement of the
Contract whether the section of the site has been handed over to the Contractor or not.
In particular the Contractor shall maintain the whole length of the project road, including all
drainage, to at least the same level of service as existed at the commencement of the contract
but as a minimum to allow the safe passage of all vehicles at a minimum speed of 40 km/h.
This applies to those areas of the existing road where the Contractor has not completed
permanent works and are to be maintained by the contractor and/or as instructed by the
Engineer and kept to the standard specified throughout the duration of the contract.
The Engineer shall, at the commencement of the contract take pertinent photos and a video of
the whole road which will be used as a reference for the condition of the road and drainage
on contract award. The Contractor will be given the opportunity of accompanying the
Engineer when he takes the photos/video and he will receive a copy of the photographic
records from the Engineer.
A pay item has been included in the Bills of Quantities for maintenance of the existing road
and the Bidders shall enter a price for this obligation which will cover these maintenance
operations.
In addition, the Engineer may order that the Contractor carries out a grading operation on the
existing carriageway to bring back the shape of the road or to effect necessary repairs to
allow safe passage of all vehicles at a minimum speed of 40 km/h. A pay item has also been
included for such eventuality.
The Contractor shall comply strictly with all specifications for maintenance of existing road
in this clause, the Employer shall deduct UGX 500,000 per day for each kilometre of
non-compliance which shall be deducted from monies due in the next interim payment
certificate until the non-compliance(s) is corrected.
The continued failure or refusal by the Contractor to maintain the existing road at the proper
time, or to take the necessary precautions for the safety and convenience of public traffic as
required by statutory authorities or as instructed by the Engineer, shall be sufficient cause for

the suspension of a portion of the Works as determined by the Engineer until all provisions
prescribed have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The imposition of the above penalty will not preclude the Engineer from stopping the works
until the matter is rectified should the Contractor continuously disregard his instructions, or
should he feel the situation warrants this measure for safety reasons. Should the Engineer
stop the works for any reason related to non-compliance with the Specifications on
accommodation of traffic or maintenance of the existing project road, there will be no
compensation for any costs incurred by the Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will
there be any extension of time granted as a result.
1236 SAFETY
Photographs of each accident shall also be included in the report. The Engineer has the right
to conduct any or all enquiries, either on Site or elsewhere, as to the causes and consequences
of any such accident.
The Contractor shall maintain a register of all accidents and injuries on the works site (road,
offices, yard, workshop, borrow pits, quarries. etc.). A general summary of all records shall
be attached to his monthly report.
A Safety Officer shall be provided by the Contractor as per the requirements of Clause 1502
of these specifications.
1238 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Re-number this Clause as Clause 1239
Add new Clause 1238:
1238 DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD

In accordance with Clause 20 of the General Conditions of Contract, the Conditions of
Particular Application and any such related sub-Clauses, and/or any Annexure concerning the
Disputes Review Board's rules and procedures contained in the contract, the Contractor shall
make all payments to Disputes Board Members within 30 calendar days of receipt of the
Members' invoices.
The Contractor shall thereafter submit such invoices to the Engineer and include one-half of
the amounts of such invoices in his monthly statement submitted in accordance with sub-
Clause 14.3 of the General Conditions of Contract. The Employer shall pay such
Contractor's invoices within the time stipulated in the contract for other payments to the
Contractor by the Employer.

Delete Item 12.02 and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
12.02 RELOCATION OF SERVICES
(a) ARRANGE AND PAY FOR REMOVAL AND/OR PROVISIONAL SUM
ALTERATION TO SERVICES PROVIDED BY
AGENCIES FOR ELECTRICITY SUPPLY, WATER
SUPPLY OR TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICES
(b) CONTRACTOR’S OVERHEADS AND PROFIT AS A PERCENT (%)
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 12.02(a)
The percentage inserted by the Contractor under sub-Item 12.02 (b) shall include full
compensation for all the Contractor’s responsibilities in respect of services (including the
Contractor’s costs and overheads in making the arrangement and for co-ordinating the work
and effecting payment) as specified in Clause 1202.
Add new Items 12.03 and 12.04 as follows:
ITEM UNIT
12.03 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING ROAD
(a) CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ROAD MONTH
(b) ADDITIONAL GRADING OF EXISTING ROAD AS KILOMETRE (km)
INSTRUCTED BY THE ENGINEER
The monthly payment shall be for the Contractor to maintain the existing road and all
drainage in accordance with the Engineer's instructions in order to retain the road in a
condition that existed prior to contract commencement or as improved by the additional
grading at the commencement of Contract as described below.
Should the Engineer instruct that additional grading is necessary to achieve an acceptable
road condition at the commencement of the Contract, the Contractor will be paid per
kilometre as item 12.03 (b) above.
Additional grading includes shaping the existing gravel road, bringing loose material back to
the road from the slopes and ditches if instructed by the Engineer; shaping by motor grader or
equivalent equipment approved by the Engineer, watering and compacting the material.
There shall be no potholes and the surface shall be such as to allow light vehicles to travel at
a nominal speed of 40kph, geometry permitting.
ITEM UNIT
12.04 DISPUTES REVIEW BOARD

(a) PAYMENT FOR EMPLOYER’S SHARE OF THE COST PROVISIONAL SUM
OF THE DISPUTES REVUE BOARD

SECTION 1300 CONTRACTOR'S ESTABLISHMENT ON SITE AND
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
1302 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Camps, constructional equipment and testing facilities
Add the following after the 1st paragraph of this sub-Clause:
Adequate potable water supplies must be guaranteed by the Contractor to all personnel
working on the Works and to the local people if their access to water is hindered by the
Works.
Add the following as the last paragraph of this sub-Clause:
In addition to the construction equipment required by the Contractor to carry out the Works,
he shall provide a weighbridge at each quarry site prior to stone being transported from that
quarry for inclusion in the Works. Each weighbridge shall be capable of weighing trucks to
an accuracy of +2% and it shall provide a printed output with lorry number and weight, the
printouts being handed to the Engineer at the end of each day. Printouts for rock being
dumped in pioneer layers and swamps shall be handed to the Engineer’s staff on site at the
time of dumping.
(e) Legal and contractual requirements and responsibility to the public
Add the following at the beginning of this sub-Clause:
The Contractor shall supply both the Engineer and the Employer with an authorised copy of the
Conditions of Contract for Construction (Multilateral Development Bank Harmonised
Edition, Version 3: June 2010).

Delete Clause 1304 and replace with following:
ITEM UNIT
13.01 CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
(a) FIXED OBLIGATIONS LUMP SUM
Payment of the sum tendered for item 13.01(a) shall include full compensation for all the
Contractor’s charges in respect of the following items, collectively termed the ‘Contractor’s
General Obligations’:
(i) Setting up and maintaining his/her organisation, camps, accommodation and equipment
on the site and their removal on completion of the Contract.

(ii) All general site and office overheads, profit, financing costs, risks, legal and contractual
responsibilities and other costs and obligations of a preliminary or general nature, the
costs of which are not included in payment under other items.
(iii)All costs connected with sureties, insurance of works, insurance of constructional

equipment and third party insurance.
(iv)Complying with the requirements of the General Conditions of Contract and Section
1200 of the Specifications, including the effecting of insurance and providing the
sureties required.
(v) Setting up and maintaining his organisation, camps, accommodation and construction
plant on the site and their removal on completion of the Contract.
The lump sum tendered under Sub-item 13.01(a) above shall represent full compensation for
fixed part of the Contractor’s general obligations (i.e. that part which is substantially fixed and
is not a function of the time required for the completion of the Contract). This lump sum shall
not be subject to variation.
Payment of the lump sum will be made in three instalments, as follows:
(i) The first instalment, 50% of the lump sum, will be paid in the first payment certificate
after the Contractor has met all his obligations under this Section and has made a
substantial start on construction in accordance with the approved Programme.
(ii) The second instalment, 35% of the lump sum, will be paid when the value of the work
done reaches one half of the tendered amount, excluding contingencies and price
adjustments in terms of the General Conditions of Contract.
(iii)The third and final instalment, 15% of the lump sum, will be paid when the Works have
been completed and the Contractor has fulfilled all the requirements of this Section
1300.
Before any payment is made under this sub-Item, the Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that
he has provided camps and constructional plant of good quality on the site, the value of which
exceeds that of the first instalment.
The Contractor may also be required to furnish documentary proof that he owns the camps
and construction plant on the site, the value of which shall exceed that of the first instalment.
In the event of the Contractor not being able to satisfy the Engineer as to the ownership of the
camps and constructional plant, the Engineer shall have the right to withhold parts of any
payments to be made.

SECTION 1400 ENGINEER'S ACCOMMODATION AND ATTENDANCE
UPON ENGINEER AND HIS/HER SITE PERSONNEL
1402 FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) General
Add “telephone lines” between “electricity” and “sanitary installations” in the 3rd paragraph
of this sub-Clause.
(e) Services
Add the following at the end of item (iii) of this sub-Clause:
The Contractor is also required to provide an uninterrupted power supply to the Engineer’s
offices, laboratories and housing. For this purpose, at least one 25 Kva (minimum), 3-phase
diesel-driven generator with a 12-hour fuel capacity will be required fitted with an automatic
start up, changeover switches and wiring connection to the offices and laboratory. The
motor-alternator shall be suitable to maintain the voltage so that it will not deviate by more
than plus or minus 5% from the normal voltage, and will maintain the frequency so that it
will not deviate from the nominal frequency by more than plus or minus 2 Hz over the entire
load range from 0% to 100% of full load.
The Contractor shall bear the costs of supply of all fuel, lubricants, spare parts and
maintenance for this generator during the full contract period.
The generator will revert to the Contractor upon completion of the contract.

(vii) The Contractor shall pay all charges associated with installation, subscription and
consumption of public utilities (water, electricity and telephone).
1403 HOUSES FOR THE ENGINEER

(a) General
Delete this paragraph and replace with the following new paragraphs:
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary fully furnished accommodation
in the form of suitable rental or hotel accommodation for the Engineer and his/her staff and
the HIV/AIDS Nominated Service Provider(s) from the date of Notice to Commence the
Works until the houses specified in the contract are completed and available for habitation.
This temporary accommodation shall be of a standard at least equal to that to be provided in
the permanent housing.
If the temporary accommodation provided be in a hotel then the Contractor will be
responsible for payment of subsistence costs such as food and laundry. If the temporary

accommodation provided be rental accommodation, then the Contractor will not pay
subsistence costs for food and laundry but will pay housekeeper/service costs for each rental
property.
The rate for providing, maintaining and paying all rents and services for temporary
accommodation paid to the Contractor in Pay Item 14.01(e)(i) shall be deemed to cover all
the Contractor’s costs of such alternative accommodation prior to completion of the specified
housing. Temporary accommodation shall be provided for the Engineer and support staff
until the housing specified in the contract is completed but reimbursement to the Contractor
will only be made for the first 3 months after the Notice to Commence the Works.
Should the Engineer have to appoint additional staff to monitor the work of the Contractor in
terms of Clause 1412 of the Special Specifications, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed
under Pay Item 14.01 (e)(i) for accommodation or other costs (or additional vehicle costs) for
such staff.
(b) Siteworks for “Engineers Compound”
In the 2nd sentence of the 1st paragraph, add “and multiple accommodation units” after “The
Type I, II and III houses”.
1404 OFFICE FOR THE ENGINEER

(a) General
Delete the 4th paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with following:
Adequate electric lighting shall be provided in each room of the office building together with
sufficient power points to supply all of the office equipment.
The office building shall be provided with dedicated internet access fitted into the office
building for the sole use of the Engineer along with multiple internet connections in all
offices. The reliability and band width provided must be such as to allow efficient
uninterrupted use of the various management systems the Engineer uses over the web to
manage the contract on site. Dedicated telephone lines shall be provided, and the Contractor
shall supply mobile telephones as requested by the Engineer for his staff and pay all costs
associated with the use of these mobile telephones.
The Contractor shall pay all charges associated with connecting and establishing telephone
and internet access, the supply of electricity and, if necessary, an incoming power line, and
shall further pay all electricity and telephone consumption by the Engineer for the duration of
the Contract.
In the 5th paragraph of beginning with "The Contractor shall provide.....", delete "parking
area" and replace with "shaded parking area".

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary serviced office facilities for the
Engineer and his/her staff and the HIV/AIDS Nominated Service Provider(s) from the date of
Notice to Commence the Works until the office specified in the contract is completed and
available for use.
Acceptable temporary office facilities might be the lounge area of a large house or
conference room of a hotel. There should be room to accommodate 10 chairs and desks to be
supplied by the Contractor if not already available in the temporary facility and there shall be
mains electricity and flush toilets. All shall be to the approval of the Engineer.
The rate for providing, maintaining and paying all rents and services for the temporary office
entered in Pay Item 14.01(e)(ii) shall be deemed to cover all the Contractor’s costs of such
temporary office prior to completion of the specified office. The temporary office shall be
provided for the Engineer and support staff until the office specified in the contract is
completed but reimbursement to the Contractor will only be made for the first 3 months after
the Notice to Commence the Works.
(b) Construction
Delete the 1st paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall provide and erect for the duration of the Contract a site office for the
exclusive use of the Engineer’s staff.
The office building shall comprise an area of approximately 180 m 2 with internal access to
the following rooms:
• 1 single person office of minimum 15 m2
• 1 reception office of 12 m2
• 5 single person offices of minimum 10 m2 each
• 4 double/triple person offices of minimum 15 m2 each
• 1 meeting room of minimum 20 m2
• 2 storerooms of minimum 5 m2 each
The office building shall in addition be equipped with flush toilets and kitchen facilities. The
kitchen area shall be provided with a fixed table for hot plates, sockets for hot plates and
refrigerator and a steel sink with running water.
The building shall be constructed with a minimum of 2.8m internal headroom, and be
complete with ceiling, linoleum tiled or wooden floor, and a covered veranda around the
entrance to the office. The rooms shall be adequately ventilated and lighted.
The layout of the office building shall be as shown on the drawings unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
(c) Furniture and Equipment
The Contractor shall supply new furniture and equipment for the offices of the Engineer and
his staff as detailed in Table C1404/1. All furniture and equipment shall be of a make and
quality approved by the Engineer.
TABLE C1404/1: OFFICE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT
No. Description Quantity
1 Meeting table, minimum 3.6 m x 1.5 m, with 8 chairs 1
2 Desk, minimum 1.8 m x 0.9 m, with lockable double chest of drawers 8
3 Desk, minimum 1.5 m x 0.75 m, with lockable single chest of drawers 10
4 Tables with smooth flat top, minimum 1.8 m x 0.9 m 4
5 Table for printers and scanner, minimum 1.2 m x 0.6 m 3
6 Swivel type sturdy and comfortable desk chairs 18
7 Visitors chairs 10
8 Table lamps 20
9 Wastepaper baskets 18
10 White board with accessories 6
11 Wall boards 2.4 m x 1.2 m 12
12 Steel filing cabinets, 1300 mm high, 460 mm wide and 600 mm deep, each 10
fitted with four lockable drawers on runners.
13 Steel general purpose lockable cabinets with shelves with at least 1.5 sq.m. 10
shelf area
14 Steel drawing cabinets suitable for storing all contract drawings 2
15 Drawing board for A1 drawings including draftsman's stool 1
16 Filing trays 18
17 Desktop with Core 2 Duo, 3.0 GHz processor or higher, multiscan 21” SVGA 12
colour monitor (low radiation), random access memory of min 8GB, a
CD/DVD reader/writer (min 52xspeed), Network Card 10/100/1000 and a hard
disk with a capacity of 320 Giga bytes. The computer shall have two serial
ports, one parallel port, and four USB ports and be supplied with a mouse. A
voltage regulator and emergency power interrupt unit (UPS) with 30 minutes
duration shall also be supplied. All of the above is to be supplied to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The tendered amount shall include for the
maintenance of the computers throughout the Contract period.

18 Desktop with a Core 2 Duo 3.0 GHz processor or higher, multiscan 24” SVGA 2
colour monitor (low radiation), random access memory of min 8GB, a
CD/DVD reader/writer (min 52xspeed), Network Card 10/100/1000 and a hard
disk with a capacity of 320 Giga bytes. The computer shall have two serial
ports, one parallel port, and four USB ports and be supplied with a mouse. A
voltage regulator and emergency power interrupt unit (UPS) with 30 minutes
duration shall also be supplied. All of the above is to be supplied to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The tendered amount shall include for the
maintenance of the computers throughout the Contract period.
19 Laptop computer with a 17” XTFT colour screen, an i7 Core 3.0 GHz 4
processor or higher, EISA Bus, IDE controller, random access memory of min
8GB, a CD/DVD reader/writer and a hard disk with a capacity of 500 Giga
bytes minimum. The computer shall have one parallel port, four USB ports and
be supplied with a mouse. A separate multiscan 24” SVGA colour monitor
1024 x 768 resolution, 70 Hz refresh rate, ET 400 graphics card and a 201
keyboard shall also be provided with necessary adaptor cable. The tendered
amount shall include for the maintenance of the computers throughout the
Contract period.
All desktop and laptop computers shall be supplied with the latest version of
the following fully licensed software:
Windows 10 Professional or later version
MS Office 2019 or later version
Approved virus detection software with update support
Latest version of MS Project for Windows
AutoCAD 2020 for Windows or Microstation for Windows
Road design software compatible with the design or as approved by the
Engineer (2 licences only with disc(s) and dongles)
Software package for downloading and processing of survey data compatible
with the surveying instruments used.
20 Laser printer with speed of 15 pages per minute and a resolution of 1200x1200 2
DPI having carriage for up to A3 paper, plus stationery for the duration of the
Contract.
21 Desk top hard drive for data storage with capacity up to 500 Gb, including 10
USB connections
22 Photocopier and scanner with copy size up to A3, capable of reducing or 1

enlarging between A3 and A4, plus paper and other supplies for the duration of
the Contract.

23 A4 size laser colour printer 1
24 Electronic calculators 12
25 Handheld GPS (Garmin GPSMAP 76C) or equivalent 3
26 Binding machine 1
27 Paper punches 12
28 Paper staplers 12
29 Rain gauges 2
30 Thermometer (max/min) 2
31 First aid and snake bit kit 2
32 Fire extinguishers (dry type) 8
33 Ceiling fans or portable fans as agreed with the Engineer 9
34 Air conditioners, 12,000 BTU/hr 9
35 Safe, min. size approx. 0.8 m x 0.5 m x 0.4 m, to be concreted in place (either 1
wall or floor mounted) complete with lock and keys.
36 Refrigerator (minimum 120 litres) 1
37 Twin hot plates 1
38 Electric kettle 2
39 Water filters 2
40 Thermos jugs, 4.5 litres capacity 18
41 Set of plates, cups and glasses for 36 persons plus cutlery 1
The site office shall have connections to potable water and electricity supplies, with both
providing constant sources of water and power. The Contractor shall be responsible for
cleaning and maintaining the offices and toilets and shall provide soap, towels and all
necessary fittings and cleaning materials.
The site office will be connected on a 24 hours basis to the internet facility to be provided by
the Contractor through its VSAT system.
1407 VEHICLES FOR THE ENGINEER AND EMPLOYER

The Contractor shall supply a qualified driver to the Engineer’s approval for each of the
vehicles supplied to the Engineer. A driver will also be required for each station wagon

supplied for use by the Employer, but drivers are not required for double cab pick-ups for the
Employer.
Add the following vehicle type to be supplied in the 2nd paragraph list:
(iii) 4 Wheel Drive Pickup with double cabin with a minimum engine capacity of 2.8
litres.
1408 ATTENDANCE UPON ENGINEER

(b) Stationery
Add the following to this sub-Clause:
All equipment provided shall be kept fully serviceable by the Contractor at all times. The
Contractor shall repair/replace any defective equipment within 3 (three) days of notification
by the Engineer or his staff. The Contractor shall also provide all paper (including special
quality photo paper), photocopier toner, laser printer toner cartridges, colour and black ink
cartridges, re-writable CDs and DVDs, CD/DVD sleeves and storage containers required by
the Engineer. Supplies for toner, ink, etc. are to be from the original manufacturer.
(d) Payment
However, where the Engineer instructs the Contractor to make payment to or to reimburse
the Engineer for his support staff referred to in sub-Clause (a), such payments will be
reimbursed to the Contractor through pay item 14.14.
1409 PROVISION OF SURVEY EQUIPMENT

Delete Table 1409/1 and replace with the following:
TABLE C1409/1: SURVEY EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED TO THE ENGINEER

Item Number to be
Equipment Remarks and accessories
No. Supplied
1 1 Set A set of GPS receivers (1 Base and 1 Rover) plus
Leica CS35 Controller with a clamp. Set includes
GPS Receivers all Accessories and software, RTK facilities and
(Base and Rover - accessories. On-board software, downloading and
Leica GS18 T or processing Software with perpetual licence.
better) Battery and charger with download and
connection cables among other. Plus, Hard cover
carrier cases
2 GLS13, Telescopic 1 No. Aluminium GNSS pole with 5/8" screw.
aluminium GNSS Snap locks at 1.80m and 2.00m. Includes circular
pole bubble.
3 1 No. Includes all accessories, on-board software,
Total Station - downloading and with perpetual licence. Battery
Leica TS09 (or and charger with downloading and connection
better) cables among others. Hard cover carrier case for
the Total Station
4 6 No. GPR121 Circular Prism
Reflector Prisms
Compatible Tilting Super Prisms and carrier bags
5 4 No.
Telescopic Pole GLS11, Telescopic pole (for prism)
6 Handheld GPS with 1 No. Unit with battery and charger unit, including
digital Camera downloading software and cables.
7 External battery 1 No.
For the Total Station supplied.
with Charger
8 1 Set GKL341, Charging station, Charger with slots for
Leica Battery up to 4 batteries.
Charge plus spare 4No. Spare batteries for GPS receivers, 2No.
batteries Spare batteries for Total Station and 4No. Spare
batteries for Digital Levels
9 Digital Level 2 No.
Plus, all accessories including tripods (GST103,
Instrument - Leica
Aluminium tripod), internal battery and charger,
Sprinter 150 Digital
downloading cables, hard cover carrier case.
Level
10 2 No. GSR111, Dual strut support. To hold Prism in
Bipods
place when capturing details
11 Traverse Kit 1 Set With the following accessories:
Item Number to be
No. Supplied
2No.x GST103 Aluminium Tripod
2No.x GDF111-1 Tribrach without Optical
Plummet
2No.x GZR103 Carrier with Optical Plummet
2No.x GPR121 Circular Prism
1x Hard Container
12 UHF FM 2-way 2 pairs
Portable Radios Plus, accessories including batteries and charger
(short range)
13 GDF312, Tribrach 2 No.
With optical plumb, circular level bubble and
with optical
rotating adaptors
plummet
14 4 No. 3.6m telescopic detail pole with attached bubble
Prism Poles
and carrier cases
15 4 No. GTL4C, Telescopic aluminium staff. Four-section
Metal Levelling
telescopic staff. Dual measuring faces with bar
Staves - 4m long
code and mm graduations
16 2 No. Ground plates for stable positioning of the
Ground plate
levelling staves during measurements
17 4 No. Compatible adjustable Tripods - GST20-9,
Tripods
Wooden tripod
18 6 No.
Vertical Bubbles Universal levelling bubble for staffs
19 2 No. Precision measuring wheel with folding grip for

Precision distance measuring in the field. Shockproof
Measuring Wheel counting mechanism fitted over the measuring
wheel.
20 2 No.
Steel Tape 50m Nylon Clad steel open-reel tapes
21 4 No.
Steel Tape 30m Nylon Clad steel open-reel tapes
22 Metal Pocket steel 10 No.

tapes (5m)
23 SD memory card 1 No. MSD08, Industrial grade SD memory card 8GB
8GB with holder
24 Ranging Rods 2.0m 10 No. 0.5m Red and White coloured point- jointed rods.
Item Number to be
No. Supplied
long Metallic and joinable. Plus, carrier bags
25 Pole and staff stand 2 No. Tripod like stand capable of holding poles and
(holder) staves vertically
26 Collapsible Safety 10 No.
For road safety
Traffic Cones
27 Steel Hammers 3 No. 2 No. Sledgehammers 2kg weight and 1No. 4kg
(4kg and 2kg) sledgehammer
28 Reflective Road 12 No.
For the Survey Staff, various sizes - to be advised
Safety Vests
29 Vehicle mountable 1 No. With adapters and power cable for safety of
Flashing road light survey team during field work
30 Scientific 4 No.
For the Survey Staff
Calculator
31 1 No. With first aid stuffs. To be supplied as required
First Aid Kit
during the project
32 2 Doz White spray paint in cans (inverted marking paint)
Marking Paint
To be supplied as required during the project
33 50 No.
Survey Field Books With Hard Cover
34 1 No. Umbrella for protecting of the Total Station from

Surveying
obstructing light. Large diameter with carrying
Umbrella
bag, dismountable poles and guy ropes.
35 6 No. Normal garden pangas or Machete. To be supplied
Pangas
as required during the project
36 10 pairs
Gum Boots For the Survey Staff, various sizes - to be advised
37 12" Triangular 2 No.

Architects’ Scale, Scale to be determined by the Engineer
Plastic
38 Permanent Markers
Red and Blue Markers. To be supplied when
Pens and Colour
required
Roll Flagging tape.
39 Safety Hard Hat 10 No. For the Survey Staff
40 3 metre straight 1 No used to determine lateral surface regularity of a
edge and metric
Item Number to be
No. Supplied
wedge road
41 Safety boots 10 No For the Survey Staff, various sizes - to be advised
42 Raincoats 10 No For the Survey Staff
In addition to the above, the following Item No. 43 shall also be supplied.
Equipment Specification
Rapid static (phase) Not more than
A set of Dual Frequency
Static mode after initialization Horizontal: 5mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
GPS receivers (1 Base
Vertical: 10mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
and 2 Rovers) with
accessories and software, Kinematic (phase) Not more than
and Moving mode after initialization Horizontal: 10mm + 1 ppm (rms)
RTK facilities
Vertical: 20mm + 1 ppm (rms)
accessories. Onboard,
downloading and Not more than
processing Software, Static (phase) with long Horizontal: 5mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
internal and external observations Vertical: 10mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
battery and chargers with Static and rapid static (phase) Not more than
connection cables. Hard Horizontal: 5mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
cover carrier cases Vertical: 10mm + 0.5 ppm (rms)
Kinematic (phase) Not more than
Horizontal: 10mm + 1 ppm (rms)
Vertical: 20mm + 1 ppm (rms)
All the above survey equipment shall be of a make and quality approved by the Engineer and
shall be supplied to the Engineer within one month of the Notice to Commence the Works. If
not supplied on time, the Contractor shall hire equipment at his own expense for use by the
Engineer as a temporary measure so that the joint survey specified in Clause 1206 is not
delayed.
1410 LABORATORY FOR THE ENGINEER

a) General
Delete this sub-Clause and replace with the following
The Contractor is to provide a mobile laboratory for the sole use of the Engineer. Four
number 20 ft (approx 6m) container are to be provided and fitted out as noted below to hold
the listed laboratory equipment. The Contractor is to submit drawings for the layout of the
four 6m containers for the approval of the Engineer, two number containers for the testing
equipment, one number container is to be provided for storage and one number container is
to be provided for office space.

All containers are to be rust free, newly painted inside and outside with an appropriate heavy-
duty paint (colour to be agreed with Employer, in good working order with a new heavy duty
fitted floor and to be fitted out as specified below. The layout is to cater for all bitumen and
soils testing as agreed with Employer prior to fitting. The design of all external fittings to be
such they can be dismantled for ease of transport.
Each of the three containers, unless noted otherwise, is to include: -
i. 4 watertight windows with steel security grill
ii. 1 additional watertight steel door fitted with locks
iii. For 2 containers only, steel workbench made from 6 mm steel plate with welded
supporting ribs as necessary on steel support frame suitable for heavy working
conditions 1200mm wide and up to 6m long in total (may be more than one section).
Bolted to one side of the container with 2 wooden shelves fitted on adjustable
supports above workbench. All steel edges to be ground and free from sharp edges or
corners with timber pieces fitted to provide protection to staff using the workbench. 2
additional work benches are to be provided and bolted to the outside of the container.
iv. Eyelets to be fitted to hold down all equipment in transit
v. 2 No. 0.5 cu m heavy duty steel containers with steel locked cover on wheels for
storage of equipment
vi. 6 No. double electric power points, 2 number power plugs suitable for electric ovens,
fluorescent strip lighting full length of container on three switched circuits, suitable
electric power board fitted with earth leak detection plus connections for main
electricity and a generator. All electrics to be fitted in accordance with Ugandan
regulations.
vii. 1 No. power generator suitable to run all electrics housed in a sound absorbing
housing
viii. 1 No. split air conditioners suitable to cool each container
ix. 1 No. electric extractor fans minimum 300mm
x. 2 No. rotating electric fans minimum 300mm
xi. 2 No. stools
The office container is to include:
i. 2 No. steel desks 1200mm long fitted with three drawers and 2 swivel chairs on
wheels
ii. 2 No. steel lockable 4 drawer filing cabinets

iii. 1 No. steel lockable cupboard at least 1200mm wide and 1800mm high fitted with
shelves
The storage container is to include:
i. Heavy duty shelving full height and length both sides for storage of samples each
weighing in the order of 25 kg
Hard standing areas
The four containers are to be lined up parallel with 4 metres space between each container
and 3m at each end creating a concrete walkway across one end of the row and 5 concrete
areas 3m wide over the full length of the containers.
Container and hard standing are to be raised up so as to avoid flooding from rain with
suitable drainage provided for rain and for washing of soil etc.
Provide also:
i. 2 No. 1000 litre water tanks on steel frame fixed to the top of a container to provide
suitable head of water. Frame to be bolted to allow ease of erection and dismantling.
ii. 1 No. heavy duty wash tank/basin with taps and wastewater pipes
iii. Water pipes to be provided to hard standing areas
iv. Galvanised steel sheeting supported by steel frame on steel posts to be provided to
extend between the containers and beyond the ends of the two end container in order
to provide suitable shade both to the container and an area of hard standing 3m wide
full length of two containers. Welded steel support frame and posts to have bolted
connections for ease of erection and dismantling. All steel parts to be suitably
painted in same colour and paint as the container.
Provide hard standing as appropriate for project work at each location as above.
Set up and Demobilisation
The Contractor is to locate the mobile container in an approved safe and secure location. The
Contractor is to pay all rentals, security costs, insure the equipment and container against loss
and damage.
The equipment is to be calibrated by the appropriate Ugandan Standards Bureau and to be
maintained in good condition. All broken equipment is to be replaced.
When the mobile laboratory and equipment is to revert to the Employer on completion of the
Works (see Table 1412/1), then the Contractor shall pack all sensitive and breakable
equipment into appropriate shock resistant boxes and stored in the container. All equipment
is to be tied down. The mobile laboratory to then be moved to a location agreed with the
Employer, which may be anywhere in Uganda. The container to be placed on supports but
no erection of equipment is required.
(b) Testing equipment, materials and testing standards
Delete the last paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the following:
The equipment and apparatus shall permit the execution of the AASHTO, ASTM, SABS and
BS standard tests mentioned in these Special Specifications. Such tests include, but are not
necessarily limited to, those summarised in Table C1410/2, Table C1410/3 and Table
C1410/4 below. However, testing equipment shall not be provided for specialised tests
indicated with an asterisk in the tables. Such specialised tests may be performed at
authorised testing institutes approved by the Engineer.
TABLE C1410/2: APPLICABLE STANDARD TESTS FOR SOILS, GRAVEL AND

CEMENT TREATED MATERIALS
CML
No. Name of Test Test Method
1.1 Moisture Content BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.2 Liquid Limit (Cone Penetrometer) BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.3 Plastic Limit & Plasticity Index BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.4 Linear Shrinkage BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.5 Particle Density Determination - Pyknometer BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.6 Bulk Density for undisturbed samples BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.7 Particle Size Distribution - Wet sieving BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.8 Particle Size Distribution - Hydrometer Method BS1377:Part 2:1990
1.9 Compaction Test - BS Light and BS Heavy BS1377:Part 4:1990
1.10 CBR Test - One-point method BS1377:Part 4:1990
1.11 CBR Test - Three-point method BS1377:Pt 4 & TMH1 method A8
1.12 Compaction Test - Stabilised Materials Ditto above
1.13 UCS of Stabilised Materials Ditto above

1.14 Initial Consumption of Lime - ICL BS1924: Part 2:1990
1.15 Density of Soil In-place by Sand Cone Method AASHTO T 191
1.16 Density of Soil In-place by Nuclear Method AASHTO T 238
TABLE C1410/3: APPLICABLE STANDARD TESTS FOR AGGREGATES AND

CONCRETE

CML Name of Test Test Method
No.
2.1 Moisture Content of Aggregates BS812: Part 109:1990
2.2 Relative Density and Water Absorption BS812: Part 2:1975
2.3 Sieve Tests on Aggregates BS812: Part 103.1:1985
2.4 Flakiness Index (FI), Average Least Dimension (ALD) BS812: Sect. 105.1:1989
2.5 Elongation Index BS812: Sect. 105.2:1990
2.7 Ten Percent Fines Value (TFV) BS812: Part 111:1990
2.9 Los Angeles Abrasion Test (LAA) ASTM C535-89
2.10 Sodium Soundness Test (SSS) * ASTM C88-90
2.11 Slump Test BS1881: Part 102:1983
2.12 Making of Concrete Test Cubes BS1881: Part 108:1983
2.13 Concrete Cube Strength BS1881: Part 116:1983
2.14 Quality of Water to be used in Concrete * BS3148
2.15 Polished Stone Value * BS812: Part 114
2.16 Soluble Chloride Content * BS812: Part 117
2.17 Organic Impurities in Sands for Aggregate AASHTO T 21
2.18 Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates AASHTO T 112
2.19 Sand Equivalent AASHTO T 176
2.20 Cement Content AASHTO T211
2.21 Washable Particles ASTM C 117
TABLE C1410/4: APPLICABLE STANDARD TESTS FOR BITUMINOUS MATERIALS

No.

3.1 Preconditioning of Bitumen Samples Prior to Mixing NPRA 014 test 14.511
or Testing
3.2 Density of Bituminous Binders ASTM D70-97
3.3 Flash and Fire Point by Cleveland Open Cup ASTM D92-90
3.4 Rotating Thin-Film Oven Test (RTFOT) AASHTO T 240

No.

3.5 Guide for the laboratory Evaluation of Modified AASHTO PP 5
Asphalt Systems
3.6 Guide for Grading or verifying the Performance Grade AASHTO PP 6
of an Asphalt Binder
3.7 Selection of Asphalt Binders AASHTO PPX
3.8 Specification for Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement AASHTO M20
3.9 Specification for Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement AASHTO M226
3.10 Practice for Accelerated Aging of Asphalt Binder AASHTO PP1
Using a Pressurized Aging Vessel (PAV)
3.11 Practice for Sampling Bituminous Material AASHTO T40
3.12 Solubility of Bituminous Materials in Organic AASHTO T44
Solvents
3.13 Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open AASHTO T48
Cup
3.14 Method for Water in Petroleum Products and AASHTO T55
Bituminous Materials
3.15 Test Method for Effect of Heat and Air on Asphalt AASHTO T179
Materials (Thin-Film Oven Test)
3.16 Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts AASHTO T201
3.17 Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary AASHTO T202
Viscometer
3.18 Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep AASHTO TP1
Stiffness of Asphalt Binder Using the Bending Beam
Rheometer (BBR) *
3.19 Test Method for Determining the Fracture Properties AASHTO TP3
of Asphalt Binder in Direct Tension (DT) *
3.20 Test Method for Determining Rheological Properties
of Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer
(DSR) *
3.21 Penetration of Bituminous Materials ASTM D5-86
3.22 Softening Point Test ASTM D36-70
3.23 Ductility ASTM D113-86

No.

3.24 Viscosity Determination using Brookfield Thermosel ASTM D4402-91
Apparatus
3.25 Density and Water Absorption of Aggregates ASTM C127-88
Retrieved on a 4.75 mm Sieve
3.26 Density and Water Absorption of Aggregates Passing ASTM C128-88
the 4.75 mm Sieve
3.27 Calibration of Glass Pycnometers (0.5-1 litre) NPRA 014 test 14.5922
3.37 Sand Equivalent AASHTO T 176
3.38 Short Term Ageing PP2-94
3.40 Distillation of Cut-back Asphaltic Products AASHTO T 78 and ASTM D
402
3.41 Moisture and Volatile Distillates AASHTO T 110 and ASTM D
1461
3.44 Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts AASHTO T 201 and ASTM D
2170
3.45 Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary AASHTO T 202 and ASTM D
Viscometer 2171
Note: Tests marked by asterisk may be carried out at authorised testing lab/institute approved
by Engineer, who may also accept manufacturer’s specifications and/or certificates of test
results
Construction of the Permanent Works shall not be commenced before the Contractor has
established the independent laboratory for the Engineer as well as his own laboratory to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, including the relevant test equipment.
Engineer’s Laboratory Equipment
As stated above the equipment and apparatus shall permit the execution of the AASHTO,
ASTM, SABS and BS standard tests mentioned in these Special Specifications. Such tests
include, but are not necessarily limited to, those summarised in Table C1410/2, Table
C1410/3 and Table C1410/4
As a minimum the Contractor shall provide and maintain in an excellent state of repair the
laboratory equipment listed below in Table C1410/5. All equipment shall be a well-known
brand as used and available in Western Europe.
However, this list may not be exhaustive and does not preclude the need for the Contractor to
provide such further equipment as is necessary for the Engineer to undertake any and all
testing procedures he so requires. Such equipment shall be of approved manufacture and
shall be for the Engineer’s exclusive use. All equipment shall be ready to use and complete
to perform the tests. The laboratory equipment shall be purpose-made for use in soils testing
laboratories and shall comply with the relevant British (BS) or American (AASHTO/ASTM)
Standards. The equipment supplied, less consumable items used during the Works, shall be
retained by the Employer upon completion of the Contract.
Any delays to the Contractor or the Contractor’s activities caused by the Engineer being
unable to perform survey work or field and laboratory tests due to the Contractor’s failure to
supply the scheduled equipment in timely fashion and/or to keep it adequately maintained
shall be deemed to have been caused entirely by the Contractor’s own actions, and any
consequence of such delays shall be interpreted accordingly. The Contractor shall also make
provision for the occasional use by the Engineer, as and when required, of any of the
scheduled equipment during the Defects Liability Period.
TABLE C1410/5: EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE

ENGINEER’S MOBILE LABORATORY
Mixing and Preparation Equipment
10 Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl, 300 mm x 250 10 Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl, 220mm x 110
mm mm
1 Metal Thermometer, 0-100°C 10 Glass Marking Pencil
6 Metal Thermometer, 0-240°C 5 Round Aluminium Pan, 300mm x 50 mm
2 Magnet Holder for Dial Indicator 15 Square Tin Pan, 500 mm x 350 mm
1 Battery Filler 1 Straight Edge, 300 mm
10 Rectangular Mixing Pans, 600 mm square 3 Ounce Tin Sample Boxes, dozen
2 Riffle Box with 15 mm slot width with 3 2 Riffle Box with 25 mm slot width with 3
metal containers metal containers
2 Wheelbarrows
Ovens and Hot Plates

2 Stainless Steel Laboratory Oven, 100 litres 2 Stainless Steel Laboratory Oven, 240 litres
3 Hot Plate, 6” Square 1 Burner Gas
Scales and Balances
2 Heavy Duty Solution Balance, 20 Kg 2 Heavy Duty Solution Balance, 20 Kg
Capacity ± 1g Capacity ± 1 g
1 8-12 Kg Capacity Electronic Balance, ± 0.1 1 5-8 Kg Capacity Electronic Balance, ± 0.1 g
g

1 200-300 g Capacity Electronic Balance, ± 2 Buoyancy Balance, 6 Kg x 0.1g
0.01 g
Sample Preparation Equipment
1 Hydraulic Sample Ejector 1 Sealing Paraffin (50 lbs.)
1 Soil Mortar 1 Cone Mould and Tamping Rod, set
1 Soil Pestle 1 Density Basket
1 Paraffin Warmer (2 qts.)
Classification Equipment (BS1377)
2 Complete Liquid Limit Set (Casagrande) 1 Shrinkage Troughs
2 Plastic Limit Set Complete 2 Shrinkage Limit Device Complete (with
adequate quantity of mercury)
1 Pocket Penetrometer
Aggregates (BS 812-Complete set)
2 Flakiness Gauge 1 Aggregate Crushing Value complete set
30 Sodium/Magnesium Sulphate salt, Kg 1 Aggregate Impact Value Device complete
10 Aluminium trays (0.45 x 0.2 x 0.03m) 1 Los Angeles Abrasion Machine complete
with all accessories
1 Organic Impurities Test Complete Set
Specific Gravity Equipment (BS 1377) (Coarse and Fine, also see Concrete Test Set)
1 Pycnometer Top and Jar 3 Specific Gravity Bottles, 220-250 ml
4 Specific Gravity Bottles, 100ml.
Field Density Test
4 25mm Steel Chisel 4 Sampling Spoon
4 Large Sand Scoop 10 Pegs
4 Sand Density Apparatus, complete with 4 Plastic Jugs and one-gallon field cans
plastic jugs, set
4 Density Pack 4 Steel Hammer, 1 Kg
4 Mixing Trowel 1 Cylindrical Container for Sand Calibration,
H = 152, dia = 152
4 Rubber Mallet
2 Troxler or similar nuclear density testing 4 Field Density Plate
apparatus complete with safety equipment
Compaction Equipment (as per BS 1377)
3 Procter Rammer (2.5 Kg) 6 12” Ruler Knife
6 Procter Mould (1 Litre) 2 Vacuum air cleaner
5 Heavy Rammer (4.5Kg) 36 Complete set of CBR Moulds
30 Ounce Moisture Content Cans, 50 ml 12 Swell Gauges
2 Dozen Straight Edge, 12”
Concrete Testing
1 Concrete Measure ½ (cu. ft). 1 Guard for above tester, Set
4 Slump Cone, Set 1 Cubic Specimen Capping Set
4 Tamping Rod 6 Concrete Curing bottle, with Thermometer
4 Straight Edge
2 Folding Rule, 3 m 2 Cyclap Concrete Capping Compound - 100
lbs
36 Cubic Moulds, 150x150x150
1 Concrete Test Hammer (Schmidt Hammer or 1 2000 Kn. Capacity Testing Machine
equivalent)
Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils for Sand
1 Complete Relative Density Set 220/50/1 ph 1 Hoist, minimum lifting capacity, 125 kg.
A.C. (0.1 and 0.5 cu. ft.).
1 Straight Edge
1 Mixing Pan, 24 x 24 x 3” Deep 1 Portable Platform Scale
Water
1 Quality of Water Test, complete Set
Sand Equivalent Test
1 Sand Equivalent Test Set 10 Sand Equivalent Stock Solution 1kg Bottle
Sampling Bituminous Materials
24 1Qt. Sample Can 6 Hubbard - Carmick Specific Gravity testing
Bottles
24 1 Qt. Small Mouth Can
Mechanical Analysis of Soils
1 Hydrometer, ASTM 151 H 6 Graduated Cylinder, 100 ml
4 Stopwatch 30 min., 1/5 sec. 1 High Speed Stirrer
1 Beaker Glass, 250 ml. 3 Dispersing Agent, Kg
Moisture Density Test (BS 1377)
1 CBR Loading Machine, electrical 4 Plastic Graduated Cylinder, 1000 ml
5 Heavy Compaction Rammer (4.5 Kg) 10 Wash Bottle
5 CBR Mould with all accessories 4 Small Sand Scoop

2 Slotted Surcharge Weight 4 Flexible Spatula 6”. Blade 1” wide
24 Surcharge Weights 2 Sample Extruder
2 Filter Screens 3 Collar, Detachable
2 Trimming Knife, 6” Blades 9 Tripods
4 Plastic Graduated Cylinder, 100 ml. 6 Spacer Discs
4 Plastic Graduated Cylinder, 200 ml. 9 Swell plates
Penetration of Bituminous Materials
Bitumen Penetrometer (Automatic and Hand Water Bath
Operated)
Transfer dish for container
12 Needles-Stainless steel or brass Grade 440c Thermometers for water bath
Stopwatch or electric timer
Containers-Metal or glass cylindrical flat Heater-oven or hot plate
bottom (tin boxes) 90ml capacity
Viscosity of Bituminous Materials
1 Kinematic Viscometer (Complete) 1 Water Bath (Thermostatic)
2 Thermometers 1 Timer
Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement
Scales Glass Graduate – 200ml or 250ml capacity
1 Weights, Set 1 Vicat Apparatus
Aggregate Testing
1 Flakiness Sieves
Sampling and Testing Bituminous Materials
12 0.5 ltr. Small Mouth Can 12 0.5 ltr. Sample Can
1 Penetrometer with 5 needles 1 Softening point devices including heating
Marshall Test
1 Bench Mixer, 15 lt. capacity 1 Sample ejecting device
2 Stirring Rod 1 Stability mould
1 Automatic Marshall compaction machine 1 Thermostatically controlled Standard Water
with hammer and pedestal Bath to 60 deg. C
12 Marshall compaction moulds complete 1 Refusal compaction equipment BS 594
As required filter paper for moulds (Vibratory hammer)

1 Automatic Compression Machine with flow 1 Gyratory compaction equipment full set
and stability gauges including spares
Asphalt Concrete Testing
1 Bitumen extraction machine (SMM type) 2 Bi-metal thermometer (0 – 300 0c) 100 and
300mm
6 Beakers for above as required solvent 2 Electrical thermometer (0 – 300 0c)
2 Extractors 1 0.10m core drilling machine with 12 core
drills
100 Cartridges for extractors
Miscellaneous
1 Dynamic Cone Penetrometer (DCP) 1 Electric or petrol engine powered light duty
penetrometer on mobile platform capable of
1 Spare DCP Set - Penetrometer Shaft and
penetration to 15 m depth, to include toolkit,
Hammer
spare set of rods, sampling tubes to collect
1 Heavy Duty DCP set (capable of 5m depth) undisturbed samples, spares for engine, and
40 spare cones (additional cones and rods to
40 Spare cones (additional cones to be supplied be supplied as required)
as required)
1 Piezometer
5 Settlement gauges 1 Cictran DCP 3.0 software package for DCP
2 Timing Device
1 2” Sample Splitter 2 Sieve, 1.18 mm, 200 mm diam.
20 Laboratory Thermometer 2 Sieve, 1 mm, 200 mm diam.
6 Armoured Thermometer 2 Sieve, 0.600 mm, 200 mm diam.
10 Pair - Asbestos Gloves 2 Sieve, 0.425 mm, 200 mm diam.
10 Pair - Rubber Gloves 2 Sieve, 0.300 mm, 200 mm diam.
Sample Bags (number of bags to be supplied 2 Sieve 0.212mm, 200 mm diam
as required)
2 Sieve, 0.150 mm, 200 mm diam.
1 Trowel, Triangular blade 2 Sieve, 0.075 mm, 200 mm diam.
2 Deep Cement Pans, 18” X 18” X 3” 2 Sieve 0.063 mm, 200mm diam
1 Concrete Test Hammer 1 Mechanical Sieve Shaker
1 Chloride, Alkalinity and Water Hardness, 2 English Ruler
Set
2 Metric Ruler
1 Extra 200,000 lb 12” Capacity Gauge 2 Large Logbook
1 Gas or Kerosene - 3 Burner Stove 2 Pencil Sharpener

3 Pocket Calculators, Scientific 2 6” Protractor
12 Pocket Type Thermometers 25-125F Set 2 Claw Hammer
2 200mm lid 2 Hammer for Pull up Nails
2 200mm receiver 3 Dish Glass
2 300mm lid 3 6” X 6” Ground Plate Glass
2 300mm receiver 2 Assorted Screwdrivers (Set)
2 Sieve, 75 mm, 300 mm diam. 6 Fire Extinguisher (Dry Type)
2 Sieve, 63 mm, 300 mm diam 6 Flashlight and Battery (Good Quality)
2 Sieve, 50 mm, 300 mm diam. 6 15” Clip Board
2 Sieve, 37.5 mm, 300 mm diam. 6 Cross Section Paper Pad
2 Sieve, 28 mm, 300 mm diam. 6 Table Brush
2 Sieve, 20 mm, 300 mm diam. 1 10cm Coring Machine with set of extra bits
2 Sieve, 14 mm, 300 mm diam. 2 Vacuum Pump
2 Sieve, 10 mm, 300 mm diam. 12 Vacuum Pycnometers
2 Sieve, 6.3 mm, 300 mm diam. Plastic Tubing for Vacuum Line, meter
2 Sieve, 5 mm, 300 mm diam. 3 Laboratory Tongs
2 Sieve, 4 mm, 300 mm diam. 2 Vernier Caliper
2 Sieve, 3.35 mm, 300 mm diam. 3 Brass or Copper Brush
2 Sieve, 2.36 mm, 300 mm diam. 3 Nailbrush (hard bristle)
2 Sieve, 2.0 mm, 200 mm diam. 3 Point Brush 20-50 mm
1 Rain Gauge 1 Point Brush 5-10 mm
3 Shovel 1 Trolley
3 Spade 3 Steel hammer, 2 Kg
3 Refuse Bin
1 Rapid Moisture Apparatus, Set
1 Water Still
Consumables
100 Cooking gas in 15 kg cylinders 150 Filter paper 150 mm dia Whatman No. 5
(packs of 100).
400 Gunny sacks
2500 Plastic bag 300 x 450 mm 1000 gauge 20 Filter paper 100 mm dia. Whatman No. 5
(packs of 100)
100 Cotton waste (or drying cloths) kg.
2500 Plastic bag 900 x 450 mm 1000 gauge Additional consumables to be provided as required
Copies of the latest edition of the following Standard Specifications and publications
1 BS.812, complete set
1 ASTM’s consolidation of soils, testing and evaluation, complete set.
1 BS.882, complete set.
1 AASHTO Guide for designing of pavement structures, Vol. 1 & 2
1 BS. 1881, complete set
1 BS594, complete set
1 BS5835, Part 1, complete set.
1 BS598, complete set
1 Standard Specification for Transportation Material and Methods of Sampling and Testing
(AASHTO) Parts I and II
1 ASTM Volumes 04.01, 04.02 and 04.03
1 Additional standard as requested
Time for Erection of the Engineer’s Laboratory

The Engineer’s laboratory, laboratory office and kitchen complete with furniture and
equipment shall be provided within 3 months of the Notice to Commence the Works.
Suitable temporary facilities shall be provided by the Contractor for the Engineer’s
laboratory staff until the permanent facilities become available for use. However, the
construction of any permanent works will not be permitted until the Engineer’s mobile
laboratory has been accepted by the Engineer as complete and laboratory staff are able to
function effectively regarding the proposed works to be undertaken.
Should the Contractor fail to hand over the offices and laboratories within the period
specified, the Engineer may make such alternative arrangements as he considers necessary.
These arrangements may include the use of rented accommodation and/or the hire or
purchase of caravans, portacabins, etc. and laboratory equipment to allow testing of the
works. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs of such temporary arrangements
made by the Engineer, including that of additional transport if required. While the
Engineer’s Laboratory remains incomplete:
(a) No payment will be made under Item 14.09(b), and
(b) 3% of Item 14.09(a) will be permanently deducted for each month or part thereof
after the first three months following the Notice to Commence the Works.
Re-number this Clause as Clause 1412. All references to “CLAUSE 1411” in this
SECTION 1400 should be changed to “CLAUSE 1412”.
Add new Clause 1411:
1411 ENGINEER’S NORMAL WORKING HOURS

The Engineer’s normal working hours are from 08:00 hours to 17:00 hours on Monday to
Friday and from 08:00 to 13:00 on Saturdays. Should the Contractor wish to execute work
which is part of the Permanent Works outside of the Engineer’s normal working hours he
shall gain approval from the Engineer before doing so. The work forming the Permanent
Works shall be supervised by the Engineer and hence should the Engineer approve that the
Contractor should continue his operations outside the Engineer’s normal working hours, the
Contractor shall make available and pay overtime for all staff provided by the Contractor to
the Engineer as well as reimburse the Engineer for overtime payments to his staff within 30
days of receiving a request for payment from the Engineer. This request from the Engineer
for reimbursement shall include an additional 15% for administrative overheads.
Should the Contractor wish to execute work on a regular basis outside the Engineer’s normal
working hours or over an extended period, or on additional unprogrammed work fronts, the
Engineer, if he deems it to be necessary shall employ additional supervisory staff. The
Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer for the salaries, accommodation and any extra
vehicle or other costs incurred by the Engineer for such additional supervisory personnel
within 30 days of receiving a request for payment from the Engineer. Administrative
overheads shall be included in this request for reimbursement.

The following Table 1412/1 lists provisions to the Engineer and to whom it reverts to on
completion of the Works. Payment is made under the ‘Provide’ sub-Item in all cases. The
following should therefore be deleted:
Clause 1403 Delete sub-Clause (a) General
Clause 1404 Delete 1st paragraph of sub-Clause (a) General
Clause 1405 Delete final paragraph
Clause 1409 Delete 2nd paragraph
TABLE 1412/1: PROVISIONS TO THE ENGINEER (All movable units)
ITEM DESCRIPTION REVERTS TO
14.01 HOUSES INCLUDING FURNITURE CONTRACTOR
14.02 OFFICES INCLUDING FURNITURE CONTRACTOR
AND EQUIPMENT
14.05 4 WD STATION WAGON FOR THE EMPLOYER
ENGINEER
14.05A 4 WD STATION WAGON FOR THE EMPLOYER
EMPLOYER
14.06 DOUBLE CAB PICK-UP FOR THE EMPLOYER
ENGINEER
14.06A DOUBLE CAB PICK-UP FOR THE EMPLOYER
EMPLOYER
14.07 SURVEY EQUIPMENT EMPLOYER
14.08 LABORATORY CONTRACTOR
14.09 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT EMPLOYER
14.11 SINGLE CAB PICK-UP FOR THE EMPLOYER
ENGINEER
14.12 MOTORCYCLES FOR THE ENGINEER NOT APPLICABLE
14.13(d) MOBILE PHONES CONTRACTOR
ITEM UNIT
14.01 HOUSES FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED TYPE NUMBER (no)
I HOUSE FOR THE ENGINEER
(b) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED TYPE NUMBER (no)
II HOUSE FOR THE ENGINEER
(c) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED TYPE NUMBER (no)
III HOUSE FOR THE ENGINEER
(d) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED NUMBER (no)
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION UNIT FOR THE
ENGINEER
(e)(i) PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN FULLY FURNISHED MAN MONTH
TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION FOR THE
ENGINEER
(e)(ii) PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY OFFICE FOR MONTH
THE ENGINEER
(f) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL HOUSE UNIT X
SERVICES FOR TYPE I HOUSE MONTH
(g) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL HOUSE UNIT X
SERVICES FOR TYPE II HOUSE HOUSE UNIT X
MONTH
(h) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL HOUSE UNIT X
SERVICES FOR TYPE III HOUSE MONTH
(i) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL HOUSE UNIT X
SERVICES FOR MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION UNIT MONTH
ITEM UNIT
14.02 OFFICE FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED NUMBER (no)
OFFICE FOR THE ENGINEER
(b) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL MONTH
SERVICES FOR OFFICE
ITEM UNIT
14.03 WASH HOUSE FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE FULLY FURNISHED AND EQUIPPED WASH NUMBER (no)
HOUSE FOR THE ENGINEER
(b) MAINTAIN AND PAY ALL RENTS AND MUNICIPAL MONTH
SERVICES FOR WASH HOUSE
ITEM UNIT
14.05 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE STATION WAGONS FOR THE
ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE VEHICLE FOR THE ENGINEER NUMBER (no)
(b) OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VEHICLES
(b)(i) TIME RELATED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE no X MONTH
COSTS INCLUDING PROVISION OF A DRIVER
(b)(ii) TRAVEL RELATED OPERATING AND KILOMETRE (km)
MAINTENANCE COSTS FOR VEHICLE FOR THE
ENGINEER
ITEM UNIT
14.05A FOUR WHEEL DRIVE STATION WAGONS FOR THE
EMPLOYER
(a) PROVIDE VEHICLE FOR THE EMPLOYER NUMBER (no)
(b) OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VEHICLES PROVISIONAL SUM
(c) CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT AND OVERHEADS AS A PERCENT (%)
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 14.05A(b)
ITEM UNIT
14.06 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE DOUBLE CAB PICK-UPS FOR
THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE VEHICLE FOR THE ENGINEER NUMBER (no)
(b) OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VEHICLES
(b)(i) TIME RELATED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE no X MONTH
COSTS INCLUDING PROVISION OF A DRIVER
(b)(ii) TRAVEL RELATED OPERATING AND KILOMETRE (km)
MAINTENANCE COSTS FOR VEHICLE FOR THE
ENGINEER
ITEM UNIT
14.06A FOUR WHEEL DRIVE DOUBLE CAB PICK-UPS FOR
THE EMPLOYER
(a) PROVIDE VEHICLE FOR THE EMPLOYER NUMBER (no)
(b) OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VEHICLES PROVISIONAL SUM
(c) CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT AND OVERHEADS AS A PERCENT (%)
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 14.06A(b)
ITEM UNIT
14.07 SURVEY EQUIPMENT FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE SPECIFIED SURVEY EQUIPMENT FOR THE LUMP SUM
ENGINEER
(b) MAINTAIN SPECIFIED SURVEY EQUIPMENT FOR MONTH
THE ENGINEER
(c) PROVIDE LABOURERS FOR SURVEY no X MONTH
ITEM UNIT
14.08 MOBILE LABORATORY FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE LABORATORY FULLY FURNISHED FOR LUMP SUM
THE ENGINEER
(b) MAINTAIN LABORATORY FULLY FURNISHED FOR MONTH

THE ENGINEER
ITEM UNIT
14.09 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE SPECIFIED LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LUMP SUM
FOR THE ENGINEER
(b) MAINTAIN SPECIFIED LABORATORY EQUIPMENT MONTH
FOR THE ENGINEER
(c) PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS UNSPECIFIED PROVISIONAL SUM
LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
(d) CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT AND OVERHEADS AS A PERCENT (%)
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 14.09(c)
(e) PROVIDE LABOURERS FOR LABORATORY MONTH
ITEM UNIT
14.10 HOTEL ACCOMODATION FOR THE ENGINEER AND
HIS/HER STAFF
(a) COST OF HOTEL ACCOMODATION FOR THE PROVISIONAL SUM
ENGINEER AND APPROPRIATE STAFF WHILST ON
OFFICIAL BUSINESS OUT OF STATION
(b) CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT AND OVERHEADS AS A PERCENT (%)
ITEM UNIT
14.13 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER
(a) PROVIDE INTERNET ACCESS LUMP SUM
(b) MONTHLY SUBSCRIPTIONS FORINTERNET ACCESS MONTH
(c) AIRTIME FOR MOBILE TELEPHONES PROVISIONAL SUM
(d) PROVIDE MOBILE TELEPHONES PROVISIONAL SUM
(e) CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT AND OVERHEADS AS A PERCENT (%)
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEMS 14.13(c) AND (d)
ITEM UNIT
14.14 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT AND KNOWLEDGE
TRANSFER
(a) PAYMENT FOR SKILLS DEVELOPMENT AND
KNOWLEDGE TRANSFER
(i) GRADUATE TRAINEES PROVISIONAL SUM
(ii) CONTRACT MANAGEMENT TEAM PROVISIONAL SUM
Payment for providing houses, offices, wash houses, site cabins, survey equipment, mobile
laboratories, laboratory equipment and internet access for the Engineer will be made on the
following basis:
(i) 80% when the respective facilities are completed and accepted by the Engineer,
fully furnished and equipped.
(ii) 20% will be paid on completion of the works.
The rates entered for labourers under sub-Items 14.07(c) and 14.09(e) shall include for all
overtime as required by the Engineer.
Payment for vehicles, including motorcycles, will be made on the following basis:
(i) Payment for provision of vehicles will be made when the vehicle is received by
the Engineer fully equipped as specified in Clause 1407.
(ii) Operation and maintenance will be reimbursed both on a time related cost (e.g.
tax, insurance) and a travel related cost (e.g. fuel, lubricants, spares, servicing).
The bid rates for vehicles shall include for provision of the vehicle, all licensing, insurance,
fuel, lubricants, maintenance and repairs, drivers’ salaries overtime and allowances, and
replacement of the vehicles should this be considered necessary by the Engineer.
The station wagon(s) and double cab pick-up(s) for the Employer will be based in Kampala
and will be serviced there rather than on site. The Contractor shall arrange an account with
the main dealer for the make of vehicle supplied for servicing, repairs and maintenance of the
vehicle. The Contractor shall also arrange an account with a filling station in Kampala for
the supply of fuel for the vehicle. Reimbursement will be made under sub-Items 14.05A(b)
and 14.06A(b).
The Contractor shall reimburse the Employer for the cost of graduate trainee engineers
within 14 days of receipt of invoice. The Contractor shall be reimbursed under Item 14.14.

SECTION 1500 ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC
1502 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(i) Public Services
However, the Contractor’s attention is drawn to sub-Clause 1202(d) of the Specifications as
regards to relocation of existing services that, in certain instances, may only be relocated
after the Contractor has advanced sufficiently. The Contractor's Programme of Works must
allow enough time for relocation of such existing services.
Add the following new sub-Clause:

(j) Safety Officer
The requirement for a safety officer is specified in sub-Clause 1803(d). The Contractor shall
provide the safety officer with the necessary resources to enable him to carry out his duties
efficiently. The safety officer shall liaise directly with the Engineer regarding matters related
to the control of traffic.
The safety officer shall, inter alia, control and co-ordinate the movement of construction
vehicles, be responsible for training the Contractor's staff in terms of road safety, ensure that
reflective clothing is worn by all employees working on or near public roads, be responsible
for implementing actions requested by the traffic authorities with regard to the work to be
carried out, be responsible for the erection and maintenance of all traffic signs necessary for
the accommodation of traffic, ensure that all obstructions related to the Contractor's activities
are removed before nightfall every day, and ensure that the roads are safe for night traffic.
He shall also be available after hours if required to rectify problems or deal with
emergencies.
The safety officer shall have specific responsibility in ensuring that temporary traffic
accommodation requirements comply with the Specifications
The safety officer shall ensure that the Contractor’s staff are fully trained regarding traffic
mobility and safety issues and informed of the requirements of this clause before any road
closure is made.
No payment will be made for the site safety officer. The rates tendered for Section 1500
shall be deemed to include full compensation for all costs pertaining to the site safety officer
and his duties.
1503 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES

(a) Programme for control of traffic
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph of this sub-Clause:

In developing this Traffic Control Plan, the Contractor shall liaise with the police and the
competent national and local authorities to obtain information and data. The Engineer will
seek the consent of the Employer and other Authorities prior to giving his approval and the
Contractor shall not commence any operations that might interfere with the free movement of
traffic until such approval is granted.
Add the following bullet points at the end of this sub-Clause:
 Traffic-control signs shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of the Traffic
Police and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accordance with the “Ministry of
Works and Transport Traffic Signs Manual (2010)” supplemented by the “Traffic Signs
Manual Chapter 8, Road works and temporary situations”, Department for Transport
(UK), Dec 2019.
 Provide improved refuges and arrangements for pedestrians, including appropriate
designed crossings.
 Provide safe visible area for road-side stalls, parking and pick-up areas for semi-
collective transport services.
 Limit speed to a maximum of 40 km/h within all working areas or as contained in the
Traffic Control Plan.
1504 CONSTRUCTION OF DIVERSIONS

(a) General
The Contractor shall ensure that the legal axle load limit for Ugandan roads, or any other
limit(s) established for the project road(s), is not exceeded by his construction plant.
The Contractor shall give at least one month’s notice in writing of his intention to commence
construction of any detour/deviation along any section of the Works and such notice shall
include details of locations of any deviation, cross-overs, one-way traffic operations,
restricted widths, culverts, drainage, drifts, bridges, gradients in excess of 6%, earthworks,
signs, barriers, lights, traffic lights and methods of operation of the entire system. Upon
approval of such notice in writing from the Engineer, the Contractor shall become
responsible for the passage of traffic, including maintenance of the detour/deviation and the
project road in that section. The Contractor should note that failure to submit full details to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and obtain approval from the Engineer in reasonable time
will not provide cause for an Extension of Time.
(b) Widths, gradient, camber


If diversions for certain sections of the project road are proposed by the Contractor, the
cleared width of the diversion accommodating two-way traffic shall be not less than 9 m and
they shall be constructed to a formation width of 10 m. Where diversions consist of two
separate one-way lanes, the minimum cleared width and formation width of each lane shall
be 6 m and 3.7 m respectively.
The temporary traffic diversions shall have a minimum horizontal radius of 30 metres and a
maximum gradient of 8 percent unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer in exceptional
cases.
Diversions shall be constructed to ensure the uninterrupted flow of public traffic and where
the installation of temporary drainage structures are required the flow area shall be at least
equal to the existing structure being replaced at the location.
Diversions shall be restricted to 2 km in length, and subject to the Engineer's approval, with
intervals of no less than 2 km between diversions.
1510 RIDING QUALITY AND MAINTENANCE OF DIVERSIONS AND

EXISTING ROADS USED AS DIVERSIONS
Add the following at the end of the 1st sentence in the 4th paragraph:
Regular watering, at least twice a day or more often if necessary, shall be carried out to
minimise the nuisance of dust.
Delete the last paragraph of this Clause and replace with the following:
Diversions shall be maintained to the satisfaction of the Engineer and to a standard that
allows a comfortable travelling speed of at least 40 km/h for all vehicular groups.
1512 ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC WHERE THE ROAD IS

CONSTRUCTED IN HALF WIDTHS
Add the following to the end of the 1st sentence of the 2nd paragraph:
“........and the distance between such sections shall not be less than 2 km.”
Add the following to the end of the 2nd paragraph:
Unless clear vision can always be maintained between the staff operating the traffic control,
communication shall be established through radio systems (walkie-talkies). Where flagmen
are controlling traffic, the Contractor shall supply a movable, identifiable, raised plinth
painted with stripes and having a sunshade for the operator, from which the Stop-Go sign
will be operated.
1515 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE

SPECIFICATIONS
Add the following as a 1st paragraph:

The Contractor shall comply strictly with all accommodation of traffic specifications and
instructions from the Engineer.
In addition, should the Contractor fail to comply with the provisions of Clause 1500 of the
Special and General Specifications, the Employer shall deduct USh 1,000,000 per day for
each location of non-compliance which shall be deducted from monies due in the next
interim payment certificate until the non-compliance is corrected.
The imposition of the above penalty will not preclude the Engineer from stopping the works
stop the works for any reason related to non-compliance with the Specifications on
accommodation of traffic, there will be no compensation for any costs incurred by the
Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will there be any extension of time granted as a
result.

Provisional quantities for signs and some equipment for diversion and/or lane closures have
been included in the Bill of Quantities. The Contractor is to provide, at his own expense,
additional traffic control equipment he may need to allow him to operate at any one time the
number of diversions or lane closures as required by his Programme.
In addition all other equipment such as traffic cones, stop/go signs, traffic lights, plastic
marker tape, reflectors, traffic barricades, pedestrian barricades etc, are to be provided by the
Contractor in order to ensure all traffic control is safe and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
These are to be used and moved as and when appropriate throughout the period of road and
drainage construction to maintain safe driving and working conditions for the public, and the
Contractor, on all parts of the Site.
Add new Items 15.01, 15.02 and 15.03 as follows:
ITEM UNIT
15.01 ACCOMODATING TRAFFIC AND MAINTAINING MONTH
DIVERSIONS AND DETOURS
ITEM UNIT
15.02 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES:
PROVISION OF FULL SET OF SIGNS AND TRAFFIC
CONTROL FOR:
(a) TYPE 1 CONTROL – HALF WIDTH WORKING NUMBER (no)
(b) TYPE 2 CONTROL – TEMPORARY ROAD SURFACE NUMBER (no)
(c) TYPE 3 CONTROL – 2 LANE DIVERSION NUMBER (no)
(d) TYPE 4 CONTROL – 2 SINGLE LANE DIVERSION NUMBER (no)
(e) TYPE 5 CONTROL – DETOURS NUMBER (no)
ITEM UNIT
15.03 PROVISION OF BARRICADES AND DELINEATIONAL
DEVICES:
(a) NEW JERSEY BARRIERS NUMBER (no)
(b) DRUMS NUMBER (no)
(c) DELINEATORS NUMBER (no)
(d) CONES NUMBER (no)
The bid rate for Item 15.01 is to include full compensation for accommodating traffic and
maintaining diversions, for moving the signs and barricades and delineation devices plus the
replacement of additional signs, barricades and delineation devices that are lost plus
provision of additional devices and /or equipment required by the contractor so he may
undertake works as planned. The rate includes roads constructed in half widths and existing
roads used as detours during construction and maintenance periods but excluding
maintenance and repair work for which payment is specifically made under other pay items
such as Item 12.03. The bid rate shall include full compensation for the provision of
communications equipment required for regulating the traffic, arranging for the removal or
relocation of services, solving traffic problems, complying with the legal requirements of all
Authorities concerned, for providing temporary access to private property and for the
provision and maintenance of temporary drainage.
Payment will be made per month from month 7 of the construction period for
accommodating traffic to the satisfaction of the Engineer during the construction period, for
providing and maintaining diversions and detours and for working on half road widths.
Where the Contractor uses roads, diversions or detours which are used by public traffic as his
haul roads, the Engineer shall have the right to regulate the Contractor’s traffic over such
diversions should his vehicles or equipment cause excessive damage or wear to such roads,
or reduce the monthly payment for accommodating traffic until such time as the Contractor
complies with the Engineer’s instructions.
Payment for the first 6 month’s instalments of Item 15.01 shall become due when traffic can
be accommodated on the new road, all diversions have been obliterated and re-instated and
the general obligations of the Contractor have been complied with to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

SECTION 1600 OVERHAUL
Delete Section 1600 and replace with the following:
Overhaul will not be measured and paid for separately. All tendered rates for items involving
haulage shall be deemed to include the full cost of all haulage requirements, including those
costs associated with loading and unloading of materials.

SECTION 1700 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND WASTE
DISPOSAL
1701 SCOPE
Replace the paragraph with the following:
This Section covers the environmental and social safeguards and waste management by the
Contractor on the contract. The obligations herein do not prejudice any other Clauses in this
Specification.
1702 GENERAL
Add the following after the 1st paragraph:
The Contractor shall have Environmental, Social, Health and Safety Management Systems,
including policies and procedures that address project related risks, training programmes,
monitoring and evaluation programmes, and the necessary organisation and human resources
to maintain the systems; which are in line with ISO 14001, ISO 26000 and OHSAS 18001;
and approved by the Engineer and the Employer, before commencement of works.
Add the following after the 2nd paragraph:
The Contractor shall not undertake the exploitation of a quarry or borrow pit without
previous approval of NEMA and the Engineer. Copies of the permits and licences from
NEMA and other relevant lead agencies shall be forwarded to the Engineer prior to seeking
his approval for use of a quarry or borrow pit, which approval will be obtained in writing
before exploitation commences.
Prior to entering into an agreement with environmental and Social Practitioners for Impact
Assessment, Environmental and Social Audits and Final Mitigation Plans for all Auxiliary
facilities (such as proposes camp sites, asphalt plants, batching plants, fuel storage and
dispensing facilities, and borrow areas; including sand quarries, stone quarries and gravel
sources), the Contractor through the Engineer, shall submit to the Employer the list of
consultants and their curriculum Vitae (CVs) for review and approval. Upon completion of
the Scoping exercise, and detailed studies for Environmental and Social Impact Assessments,
Environmental and Social Audits and Final Mitigations, the Contractor shall submit the
scoping reports, the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Statements (ESIS), the
Audit Reports or Mitigation Reports to the employer for a “No objection" to the report(s)
before submission to NEMA.
The Contractor shall not commence operation of any dumpsites or borrow pits, e.g. for sand,
rock or gravel, without compensating the affected persons, in line with the compensation
guidelines as provided for by the Chief Government Valuer.
The Contractor shall prepare and implement an abbreviated Resettlement Action Plan (RAP)
before commencing operating a quarry or any facility that is likely to result in displacement
of persons. The asset inventory for the abbreviated RAP shall be prepared by a Registered
Valuer, and the abbreviated RAP shall be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure that Quarry sites have or are connected to reliable water source,
adequate to supply water for among other uses, wet crushing.
The contractor shall prepare site layout plans for all operational sites such as the quarry,
camp, asphalt plant, and batching plant.
All quarries borrow pits and temporary dumpsites shall be fenced off to restrict access by
people and animals.
Add the following at the end of the 3rd paragraph:
This Environmental Action Plan/Management Plan shall be prepared in line with the UNRA
Environmental and Social Implementation Plan Guidelines and shall be called the
Environmental and Social Implementation plan (ESIP). The plan must be approved by the
Engineer and the Employer; and in addition to the management of environmental and social
aspects of the Contract work, it should include an environmental management incident plan.
Add the following after the 3rd paragraph:
Suitably qualified environmental and social managers must form part of the Contractors
team. Their primary responsibility will be the preparation of the Contractors Environmental
and Social Implementation plan and providing guidance and instruction to the Contractor on
the implementation of this plan and the management of instructions which may be issued
from time to time by the Engineer or the Engineers Environmental Specialist and Sociologist.
At the end of the project, the Environmental and Social Managers will be responsible, on the
behalf of the Contractor, for producing an approved Final Environmental and Social
Mitigation Report.
Both the Environmental and Social Managers shall be full time members of the Contractor’s
staff and are expected to be available at all reasonable times for meetings, discussions and
site inspections with both the Engineer and representatives of any relevant Government of
Uganda Agency, including District Environmental Inspectors/Officers. Other general
responsibilities of the Environmental and Social Managers include:
 Monitoring and ensuring compliance of all the Contractors workers to the requirements
of this specification and the suite of documents which comprise this contract;
 Monitoring and ensuring compliance to all Government of Uganda orders, rules, laws and
regulations with respect to environmental and social matters;
 Day to day monitoring of environmental and social matters – this will include wider
environmental aspects including matters not directly concerned with the actual
construction such as Contractors camps, off-site temporary storage and temporary works
areas;

 Working with the Contractors Health and Safety Officer to manage community liaison
issues and oversee the effective management of the project grievance mechanism as
defined in Section 1800 of this special specification;
 Working with the Contractors Health and Safety Officer and the Clients nominated Sub-
contractor to facilitate the successful delivery of the project HIV/AIDS Programme as
defined in Section 1800 of this special specification.
 Working closely with the Engineer's Environmental and Social Safeguards Specialist and
in consultation with the UNRA Environmental Specialist to ensure full compliance with
all environmental and social aspects of Environmental and Social Implementation plan,
the contract documents, UNRA Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy, relevant
UNRA Environmental and Social guidelines and any other Government of Uganda rules,
regulations, orders or community requests as necessary and as required.
 Awareness raising and training of Contractor staff with respect to environmental issues;
this will include notification of the severe penalties for non-compliance.
 Preparation of a monthly environmental and social monitoring report in a format to be
agreed with the Engineer and UNRA Environmental Specialist and Sociologist. This
monthly report will be submitted to the Engineer, who will forward to the UNRA
Environmental Specialist and Sociologist for approval and will provide the basis for
payment against pay item 17.01. Monthly monitoring and reporting shall commence as
soon as the construction contract is signed with the submission of an environmental and
social inception report. This report will be also be forwarded to the Employers
Environmental Specialist and Sociologist for review.
 The Environmental and Social Managers will attend all monthly site meetings and will be
expected to report on their findings – problems, issues and corrective action taken – all of
which will be included in the monthly report format.
 Any other matters or issues relating to environmental and social aspects of the works as
defined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall, before commencement of works, present to the Engineer the
equipment, with their calibration certificates, for determining environmental monitoring
parameters, which at a minimum shall include air quality meter, noise meter, vibration meter
and meters for measuring field testing of water quality (Turbidity, EC, pH, DO). The
Contractor shall also provide adequate facilitation to safety, environment and social
personnel including dedicated transport and laptops.
Delete the 5th paragraph and replace with the following:

The Contractor shall submit a detailed monthly environmental and social monitoring report
with supporting drawings and maps to the Engineer. This report shall be discussed at the

monthly site meeting and in line with the provisions of this specification shall form the basis
for monthly payment against environmental and social performance.
The Contractor will be wholly responsible for the conduct of his workforce in relation to
environmental and protection matters. This will specifically include the prohibition of
trapping or killing of any wildlife (except vermin), unnecessary felling of trees, the pollution
of land and water resources, entry to any protected areas etc and to require disciplinary action
for offenders.
Before the start of any field activity, a plan for emergency situations will be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for his approval. It will be elaborated according to
the best practices used for this sector. Individual plans for emergency situations will be
designed for various operational aspects for example accidents and spills of chemicals. The
approach with respect to notification and response to emergence will be based on the
Constructor’s Environmental and Social Management Systems in line with ISO 14001, ISO
26000 and OHSAS 18001.
Add the following before the second last paragraph:

The Contractor shall prepare and implement a human resource policy and manual in line with
national human resource laws, and be approved by the Engineer and UNRA; which defines
terms of employment or engagement for all categories of workers, whether casual, temporary
or permanent; whether non-skilled, semi-skilled or skilled.
The Contractor shall provide to every worker; whether casual, temporary or permanent;
whether non-skilled, semi-skilled or skilled with a contract; which spells out terms of
employment including duties, work hours, salary or wage, method of calculation of overtime,
rest breaks and days, annual leave, maternity leave, compensation terms when injured during
activities connected to performing duties, right to copy of pay slip or paid timesheet, rewards
and sanctions, and shall attach workers’ code of conduct. The workers’ contract shall be
prepared in consultations with the District Labour Officer, in line with UNRA guidelines,
and approved by the Engineer.
Wages paid to workers shall be based on a rate determined by conducting a salary and wages
survey using a method approved by the Engineer in consultations with UNRA. In addition,
the determined wages shall factor in the cost of living in the project area and shall be
reviewed annually.
The contractor shall provide adequate safe drinking water; facilitate access to safe food and
movement to and between sites by providing transport from suitable locations designated
with the approval of the Engineer, and accommodation. Where food, accommodation and
transport from designated locations are not provided by the Contractor, salaries or wages paid
to workers shall include a breakdown of monies paid to the workers for these requirements.
Add the following after the second last paragraph:

The Contractor shall conduct joint inspections with officials of the districts traversed by the
project, at least on a bi-annual basis. At a minimum, the district environmental officer, labour
officer, and district community development officer or the delegated representatives shall
participate in the joint inspections.

The contractor’s performance in Health, Safety, Environmental and Social Management shall
be rated by the Engineer and the Employer during joint compliance monitoring and
assessments, with the Contractor, in line with UNRA procedures and guidelines. The rating
shall take into consideration the contractor’s compliance with requirements at mobilization,
execution of works, restorations and compensation of affected persons, works completion
and fulfilment of the Engineer’s notices for corrective actions. The Contractor’s overall
performance in the management of Environmental and Social Safeguards, averaged over the
contract period, shall be included on the Final Acceptance Certificate for the contract.
In accordance with Government of Uganda legal requirements, the National Environment
Management Agency (NEMA) will be informed of any significant environmental incident as
The Contractor shall comply strictly with all environmental protection and waste disposal
specifications and instructions from the Engineer. It shall be solely the Engineer’s decision
as to whether or not a matter affects the environment. In the case of non-compliance on
matters relating to environmental protection, the Contractor shall immediately rectify any
problems identified by the Engineer. Failure to comply will result in the imposition of
penalties detailed in Clause 1714.
The imposition of financial penalties will not preclude the Engineer from stopping the works
stop the works for any reason related to non-compliance with the specifications on
environmental protection, there will be no compensation for any costs incurred by the
Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will there be any extension of time granted as a
result.
1703 LANDSCAPE PRESERVATION AND REVEGETATION

(e) Quarries, borrow pits and storage areas etc.
Add the following at the beginning of this sub-Clause:
The Contractor shall ascertain that the owner of the quarry or borrow pit from which
construction materials will be extracted has been granted the necessary permit or license of
exploitation by the corresponding municipal, departmental or national authority.

In line with the provisions of Section 3400, the topsoil/organic layer removed to uncover the
quarry or borrow pit or as general overburden shall be stored at an approved and convenient
location in an environmentally sound manner, so that when exploitation is complete, it can be
reinstated in its original position and as near as possible to its original condition. In storing
the topsoil, it must be laid in an un-compacted layer no greater than one meter in thickness
and sown with approved grasses within one week of being moved to storage in addition to
approved soil erosion prevention measures.
1704 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION CONTROL

(b) Construction
Add the following at the end of the 4th paragraph:
After each heavy rainfall, and daily when intermittent rainfall occurs, the Contractor shall
inspect the state of all erosion and siltation control works, in order to ascertain any
deficiency, and take the corrective action as deemed suitable.
1705 PRESERVATION OF TREES AND SHRUBBERY

(a) Preservation
The felling of trees for firewood by the workforce is strictly prohibited. In accordance with
the provisions of Section 1702, any member of the workforce found to have breached this
provision will be disciplined. This provision will be communicated to the workforce before
the commencement of each individual employment. The use of wood as a fuel for bitumen
heating will not be permitted, unless derived from a certified renewable source.
1706 PREVENTION OF WATER POLLUTION

(a) General
Under no circumstances shall discharges into water or on land take place without prior
treatment an appropriate anti-pollution device such that any discharges comply with the
National Environment (Standards for Discharge of Effluent into Water or on Land
Regulations 1999). There must be no change to the natural environment, particularly with
respect to natural watercourse and the habitats of indigenous flora and fauna species.
Licences and permits from authorities responsible for a watercourse, together with written
approval from the Engineer, must be obtained prior to discharging wastewater either directly
or indirectly into a watercourse or on land. Wastewater or any other liquid or obnoxious
material shall never be dumped on wetlands or breeding areas of aquatic birds.
If by accident the Contractor dumps, discharges or spills any fuel or chemical product likely
to contaminate any watercourse or the aquifer, he shall immediately advise the jurisdictional
authority (ies), and shall take immediate action to arrest and eliminate the pollution caused
by such obnoxious material. In the case of a watercourse all downstream users shall be
notified.
The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to prevent siltation or obstructions of
waterways and drainage channels within the site. In the event of siltation or erosion of a
channel or drain occurring as a result of the Contractor's operations, he shall clean, de-silt,
rebuild as necessary and generally maintain in a clear unobstructed condition to the
satisfaction of the Engineer for the duration of the project.
The Engineer may direct the Contractor to maintain drains or waterways periodically if in the
opinion of the Engineer it is required to ensure adequate surface drainage.
Add the following after the 3rd paragraph:

In the demolition of existing bridges and construction of new ones, the Contractor shall
ensure that neither rubble nor surplus construction material is dumped onto existing
watercourses; the Contractor shall make every effort to ensure that water quality (and
concentrations of undisolved solids) do not affect water quality downstream.
Construction activities on rivers and water courses shall be confined to the areas shown in the
final design drawings, and where the erection of temporary and/or permanent structures have
been so designated. Scaffolding of false works erected for the undertaking of construction
works, shall be removed opportunely from rivers or watercourse beds, upon termination of
the construction activities.
Add the following after the 4th paragraph:

The Contractor shall not extract river stone, gravel, sand or any other construction material
from watercourse beds. In exceptional cases, where this is to be permitted, previous
authorisation from the Engineer must be obtained in writing, together with all necessary
permits and/or licenses issued by the relevant lead agency.
The Contractor shall not excavate borrow ditches or pits on flat lands subject to water
stagnation and/or with slow runoff drainage or in proximity of homesteads, villages or urban
settlements. Whenever such exploitation becomes necessary, in addition to the pertinent
permits, the Contractor must prepare, and present for written approval of the Engineer, a
drainage plan based on a topographic survey drawn up at a convenient scale. Such a written
proposal shall also detail safety measures including hoarding.
1707 ABATEMENT OF AIR POLLUTION

Add the following after the 4th paragraph:

The Contractor shall pay attention to ensuring that all equipment and vehicular emissions
comply with applicable Ugandan laws and regulations concerning exhaust emissions and the
prevention and control of air pollution. This includes but is not restricted to emissions of
Carbon Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), Nitrogen Oxides
(NOx), Particulate Matter (PM) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2).
1708 DUST ABATEMENT

When transporting any materials that may be susceptible to spillage or being dropped on the
highway, adjacent land or any public area, trucks, lorries and other equipment shall be
supplied with tarpaulins or similar sheeting to cover the material and prevent loss or spillage.
The protective sheeting shall have fixing eyes or tie downs so that it can be securely fitted to
the body of the truck or lorry, etc. The Engineer will ban from the project any transport
equipment to be used on public roads that is not so equipped.
The Contactors sealing works programmes shall be formulated to minimise delays (and
minimise the environmental and human health impacts) between the laying of pavement sub-
base and base reconstruction and final surfacing. The time exposure of crushed stone shall
be minimised as agreed with the Engineer.
1709 NOISE ABATEMENT

In line with these laws, orders and regulations, construction equipment operation shall be
conducted in such a manner that, the level of noise produced at any point accessible to the
public will not be higher than 75 decibels during the operation activity. In case such
circumstances are unavoidable all persons affected will be issued with appropriate personal
protective equipment, for example ear plugs, should they be required in the opinion of the
Engineer and shall be instructed in their use.
Special precautions shall be taken when the construction is in the proximity of hospitals,
residential premises, geriatric homes, churches, schools, parks and recreational areas.
In the case of exceeding the above-mentioned level of noise during construction operations,
the Contractor shall undertake the necessary measures to bring it down to an acceptable level.
The Contractor shall be responsible for defraying the costs of noise level reduction of the
construction equipment, as well as any cost associated with delays in execution of the works
for non-temporary fulfilment of the above requirement.
The Engineer will undertake to monitor the level of noise, as he deems appropriate.
In areas frequented by the public during normal hours, but deserted and well away from
critical areas overnight, the Engineer may, at his discretion and within the law, authorize the

conducting of construction activities in these areas during the period between 10 p.m. to 6
a.m., particularly those operations that may produce an objectionable level of noise.
In areas away from dwellings, trading centres, etc. the Engineer shall authorize, at his
discretion, the conducting of construction activities during the period between 10.00p.m. to
6.00a.m., especially those that may produce objectionable levels of noise.
Construction equipment shall be maintained in such a condition that, at all times, the level of
noise produced while in operation, will be substantially similar to ‘out of factory’ condition
and in compliance with national standards.
1711 PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAELOGICAL DATA

Delete this Clause heading and replace with Clause headings 1711A and 1711B as follows
1711A PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAELOGICAL DATA

AND MANAGEMENT OF PHYSICAL CULTURAL RESOURCES
Physical cultural resources are defined as movable or immovable objects, sites, structures,
groups of structures, and natural features and landscapes that have archaeological,
paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance.
Physical cultural resources may be located in urban or rural settings, and may be above or
below ground, or under water. Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial or
national level, or within the international community. In addition to the provisions of this
specification relating to chance finds and items of historical and archaeological interest, the
Contractor shall ensure that he is full acquainted with all Physical Cultural Resources (in the
widest sense of the word as defined above) within 500 metres each side of the project road
right of way, and that any related issues are fully integrated into the Contractors
Environmental Management Plan and Programme of Works, with suitable mitigation
measures and ways of working identified and undertaken.
1711B PRESERVATION OF SENSITIVE FAUNA

The trapping or killing of any wildlife (except vermin) by the workforce is strictly prohibited.
No armed weapons, spears, hunting knifes or similar will be permitted on site or work camps,
unless they have been approved by the Engineer for use on the works. In accordance with
the provisions of Section 1702, any member of the workforce found to have breached this
provision will be disciplined with instant dismissal. This provision will be conveyed to the
workforce before the commencement of each individual employment.
1712 PESTICIDES, TOXIC WASTE AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

Insert a sub-Clause heading at the beginning of this Clause as follows.
(a) General

Delete the 3rd paragraph and replace with the following:
Materials that are hazardous to health and the environment, such as explosives, asphalt, fuels,
lubricants, etc., shall be stored in protected areas and in compliance with existing legal
requirements, procedures, rules and guidelines. Berms shall be provided to prevent leakage
of asphalt and fuels to surrounding land or watercourses and storage areas shall be lined with
leak proof membranes in sensitive areas. Toxic materials shall be, stored, transported and
disposed of in accordance with regulations and norms as prescribed in local, national and
international laws.
The equipment yards must be designed and fitted with safety devices to avoid and minimise
the effects of the spill over of hydrocarbon products or any other obnoxious material that
may cause pollution to the surrounding area.
Add new sub-Clause as follows:

(b) Asphalt Plant and Asphaltic Materials
The Contractor shall install his asphalt mix production plant on flat land, cleaned of vegetal
topsoil, with suitable access for all types of vehicles, and far from urban settlements. The
plant installation shall provide adequate storage space, bonded and protected as necessary,
for raw and surplus materials, and ample space for traffic circulation, thus to prevent
hindrance to loading and unloading operations. Installation of asphalt mixing plants in
private land shall not be authorised, unless with written authorization from the owner or his
legal representative and with the approval of the lead agencies responsible for environmental
management.
The asphalt mix production plant shall be adjusted to operate in such a manner that, to the
extent possible, the dust discharge to the surrounding area must be kept minimal.
When transporting mixed asphalt, dump trucks shall be fitted with adequate devices to
prevent material spillage. In addition, the existing local regulations for transportation of
hazardous materials shall be observed.
1713 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS

(b) Disposal of waste material
(i) General
Replace the 1st paragraph with the following:
Waste materials including, but not restricted to, refuse, garbage, sanitary wastes, industrial
wastes, and oil and other petroleum products, shall be disposed of by the Contractor, using
services of licensed service providers.

The Contractor shall not deposit unsuitable, demolished, rejected or surplus excavated
material on public land, private land or borrow areas except; (i) with the consent in writing of
the Local Authorities or of the owner of such land and only then in those places and under
such conditions as the Local Authorities or the owner or responsible representative may
prescribe, (ii) after the consents and conditions are received the Contractor has obtained the
written approval of the Engineer before using such sites.
(iv) Disposal of material by removal

The Contractor shall not deposit surplus construction material in watercourses or on open
spaces but shall dispose of it in approved dump areas in accordance with Clause 1713(b)(i).
Notwithstanding the above, such materials shall, as far as possible, be used in embankment
construction if the quality so warrants or in the backfilling of temporary quarries if such areas
are available, otherwise the Contractor shall dispose of surplus material in the places so
designated in the final designs, and/or so authorised by the Engineer.

ITEM UNIT
17.01 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL LUMP SUM
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN, SAFETY AND
HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN,
DECOMMISSIONING PLANS, FINAL
ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION REPORTS AND
OTHER REPORTS
Delete paragraphs numbered (i) and (ii) in item coverage and replace with the following:
(i) 10% of the lump sum will be paid upon approval of the Contractor’s Environmental
Management Plan;
(ii) 20% of the lump sum will be paid upon completion of the construction and equipping
of all site facilities, including workers site accommodation and toilet facilities in line
with the provisions of this specification and to the satisfaction of the engineer.
(iii) 20% of the lump sum will be paid upon decommissioning of all site facilities in line
with an approved decommissioning plan and a mitigation report to the satisfaction of
the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) the Engineer and the
Employer.
(iv) The balance of the lump sum (50%) will be paid in monthly instalments over the
duration of the contract as part of the Interim Payment Certificate. The instalments

will only be paid following the approval of monthly environmental and social
compliance reports by the UNRA Environmental Specialist and Sociologist.
(v) Failure to comply with the environmental and social conditions of contract and
the provisions contained in the Approved Contractor’s Environmental and
Social Implementation Plan will result in the Employer deducting UGX
1,000,000 per day for each non-compliance event which shall be deducted from
monies due in the next interim payment certificate until the non-compliance(s) is
corrected.
(vi) In the case of non-compliance on matters other than environmental and social
protection (e.g. dust control, blasting precautions, likely breach of the law etc.) the
Contractor shall rectify any problems identified by the Engineer within a maximum of
24 hours of receiving the instruction, or other such time period as the Engineer shall
reasonably require. Should the Contractor not comply with the instructions of the
Engineer, a penalty as specified in paragraph (v) above for payment item 17.01 will
apply.
(vii) Notwithstanding the aforementioned penalties, failure or refusal by the Contractor to
comply with any safety, environmental and social conditions of this contract,
requirements of statutory authorities, or the instructions of the Engineer to rectify
non-compliance, shall be sufficient cause for the suspension of a portion of the Works
associated with the breach or as determined by the Engineer, until all provisions
prescribed have been complied with, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Should the
Engineer stop the works for any reason related to non-compliance with the
specifications on environmental and social protection, there will be no compensation
for any costs incurred by the Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will there be
any extension of time granted as a result.
Add new Item 17.02 as follows:
ITEM UNIT
17.02 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL AUDITS
(a) EMPLOYER’S SERVICE PROVIDER FOR ANNUAL PROVISIONAL SUM
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL AUDITS
The Employer will engage a Service Provider (SP) to carry out annual environmental and
social audits. The SP’s invoices will be submitted to the Employer who will forward them to
the Contractor via the Engineer. The Contractor shall make payment direct to the SP within

14 days of receiving the invoice. The NSP will issue a receipt direct to the Contractor who
will give a copy to the Engineer as evidence of payment.
The Contractor will be reimbursed under sub-Item 17.02(a) while the rate entered under sub-
Item 17.02(b) shall cover all costs in liaising with the SP and complying with the above.

SECTION 1800 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY, HIV/AIDS
AND GENDER
1803 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
Delete the 1st paragraph and replace with the following:
Due precautions must be taken by the Contractor at his/her own cost for the health, safety
and welfare at work of his/her labour, personnel and Sub-contractors and in collaboration
with, and to the requirements of the local health authorities, to ensure that medical staff, first
aid equipment and stores, sick bay and suitable ambulance service are available at the camps
or housing and on the Site at all times throughout the period of the Contract and that suitable
arrangements are made for anti-malaria precautions and for prevention of epidemics and for
all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements. First aid facilities at the main campsite may
include the shared use of the HIV/AIDS clinical facility described in sub-Clause 1804(b) of
this Specification. However, as described in this paragraph, the Contractor will have full
responsibility for financing and organising patient transfer and treatment at local clinics and
hospitals. In the event that the Contractor utilises the services of the clinical nurse provided
on site by the HIV/AIDS service provider for first aid and basic medical services, the
Contractor must accept that the medical opinion of that nurse is final and the Contractor will
follow all advice given by that nurse with respect to medical matters.
The Contractor shall undertake a robust safety risk assessment and analysis on all worksites,
project installations, subcontractor’s facilities and all operations prior to commencement of
works and control measures put in place. The risk assessment shall be updated at least every
six months.
(a) Safe constructional plant, equipment and methods of work

The Contractor’s equipment shall be maintained and serviced as per the manufacturers’
specifications and national regulations. All modifications and downgraded equipment shall
be logged by the Health and Safety Officer.
(b) Safe handling, storage, transport and disposal

Add the following after the first paragraph of this sub-Clause:
The contractor shall prepare and implement a hazardous substances management plan and
procedures and shall maintain material safety data sheet (MSDS) for all hazardous substances
used in project.
(d) Safety Officer

Add the following at the end of the final paragraph of this sub-Clause:

and ensure access to clinical services for workers and staff for the duration of the contract.
The Safety Officer shall also ensure that safety services are provided and utilized, including
PPEs to workers, and should work with the NSP specified in sub-Clause 1804B(iii) in the
sensitization of workers and communities about road safety issues.
(h) Latrines and other sanitary arrangements

The Contractor shall provide appropriate sanitary/ablution facilities for the use of base-camp
personnel, with separate facilities for males and females. The numbers of male and female
toilets and male and female wash basins shall be appropriate to the peak numbers of staff of
each sex working at the base camp.
The toilet facilities shall be provided at all times with adequate supplies of toilet paper.
Wash basins shall be provided at all times with adequate supplies of water, soap and paper
towels. The toilets/ablution facilities shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition at
all times to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The arrangements for toilet/ablution facilities
shall be approved by the Engineer, prior to commencement of base camp establishment.
Toilets shall be of the flush WC type and shall be located in a ventilated weatherproof
enclosure. An adequate water supply for flushing shall be available at all times.
In the event that connection to a municipal sewer is not feasible and, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the soil conditions are suitable, all wastewater arising from toilets, ablution and
other site office facilities shall be discharged to a septic tank connected to a soakaway. In the
event that soil conditions are unsuitable for soakaways to be effective, wastewater discharges
shall be to a cess pit, which shall be pumped out as and when necessary. Rainwater shall be
prevented from entering septic tanks or cesspits.
The use of pit latrines as site toilets is specifically prohibited. Site toilets shall be of the
portable chemical type in a ventilated weatherproof housing, and shall be emptied at least
once a week, well before they become full, by a Contractor who is duly authorised and
licensed to carry out this activity. Separate well labelled facilities shall be provided for male
and female site workers. The numbers of toilets at each worksite shall be in a ratio of not
less than one toilet for every 12 workers, with the proviso that there shall be at least one toilet
reserved for female use, if any female workers are present at the worksite.
The toilets shall have adequate supplies of toilet paper available at all times. Hand washing
facilities including soap and paper towels shall be provided adjacent to each toilet and an
adequate supply of water shall be available at all times. Toilet and hand washing facilities
shall be maintained in clean, tidy and hygienic condition at all times, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
The site toilet arrangements shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

Add new sub-Clauses (m), (n) and (o) as follows:
(m) Access to safe drinking water

The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of drinking water with all necessary
drainage on the site for the use of his staff and workpeople and shall make all the necessary
arrangements thereof with the competent authorities.
(n) Community Liaison and Information

In advance of all works, all residents within 500 metres either side of the project road and in
particular, those operating in concentrated areas such as markets, trading centres, schools and
other businesses, should be informed of the proposed Works Programme and potential
inconvenience. The Contractors Safety Officer shall take particular responsibility for this
issue and will report to the Engineer each month on communications made and responses
received.
The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing and documenting a functional
grievance mechanism arising from works activities for the duration of the contract. This will
be communicated in a language and form largely understood by people living and working in
the project area (i.e within 500 metres either side of the project road) and shall be approved
by the Engineer no later than 4 weeks after the Notice to Commence the works. The
Contractor shall keep a log of all communications made and received and a register of all
grievances, including actions taken to satisfy the complaint. Depending on the nature of the
complaint, the Contractor should address each grievance to the satisfaction of the Engineer
and the Client within 30 days of the receipt of that complaint. The Contractor shall be
responsible for reporting on these issues to the Engineer each month. The Contractors Safety
Officer shall take responsibility for this issue.
(o) First Aid Clinic on Contractor Site Compound

The Contractor shall provide and maintain a first aid clinic in accordance with the provisions
of sub-Clause 1804B(vi) of this Specification. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring an adequate supply of all essential medical and first aid equipment and supplies,
including Malaria testing kits and prophylaxes.
The clinic shall be staffed by a fully qualified nurse provided by the UNRA Nominated
Service Provider described in sub-Clause 1804B(iii) of this Specification. The Contractor
shall be responsible for financing and facilitating all patient transfer and treatment to and at
local clinics and/or hospitals as recommended by the nurse. The nurse’s word is final and
their advice on patient treatment will be accepted by the Contractor without question.

In accordance with the provisions of Clause 1804 of this Specification, the Contractor shall
not be responsible for providing condoms, HIV/AIDS information, education and
communication materials or HIV and STI testing kits which shall be the responsibility of the
UNRA Approved Service Provider.
1804 HIV/AIDS AND STD PREVENTION

1804A DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Section:
 “Nominated Service Provider” means the Employers appointed Sub-Contractor (person
or entity) providing the HIV awareness programme (paid through a provisional sum in
the Contract)
 “Contractor’s Personnel” or “Construction Workers” means, without prejudice to any
other definition contained in the Contract, all personnel who are under the Contractor’s
control and on the Site in connection with the Contract, including any workers who are
under the control of any person or entity to whom the Contractor has sub-contracted any
of his obligations under the Contract other than those responsibilities set out in this
Section
 “Local Community” means the community’s local to the Site most likely to have contact
with the Contractor’s Personnel and, in particular, vulnerable groups and sex workers in
those communities
Abbreviations: STI Sexually transmitted infection
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
NSP Nominated Service Provider

1804B PROMOTION OF AWARENESS, MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT
OF HIV/AIDS AND OTHER SOCIAL SAFEGUARD RISKS
(i) HIV/AIDS considerations
Road construction projects can contribute significantly to the spread of the HIV virus due to
the migrant nature of a large proportion of the workforce. Roads projects also provide an
opportunity to provide focused education to both the workforce and the local community on
HIV/AIDS prevention and risk reduction methods.
This needs to be complemented with measures to help mitigate the impact of the epidemic
and other social risks. The Employer, therefore, will be implementing an HIV/AIDS and
other social risks management programme as part of the framework of this Contract. This
will include activities to increase awareness of the dangers of HIV/AIDs; to promote
appropriate preventative measures, promote early diagnosis, and help reduce the impact on
those already infected or affected, promote child protection, community health and safety and
community awareness on Grievance Management Committees.
The Contractor is required to support and facilitate these activities to ensure maximum
effectiveness and integration with construction activities, aimed at reducing the spread of
HIV/AIDS and other social risks as a result of the project.
(ii) Strategies and objectives

Raising awareness about HIV/AIDS, other social risks and increased understanding about the
disease and the risks, through dissemination of information and by generating discussion.
These strategies are designed to build an HIV resilient workforce as well as communities
associated with the workforce, that is, communities that are able to draw on their own
capacity to prevent further transmission of HIV, minimize the impact of the HIV/AIDS
epidemic and talk about HIV/AIDS and other social risks.
The objectives of these strategies are to:
a) Increase awareness about the risk of contracting HIV/AIDS among construction
workers and the local community
b) Create awareness and promote voluntary and testing among communities and
construction workers
c) Increase awareness about gender-based discrimination and violence in the contractor
workforce and local community in project area
d) Increase awareness about sexual harassment
e) Design and implement counselling programme
f) Promote and mainstream gender in project implementation

g) Identify those who are most at a risk in project area
h) Design mitigation interventions for HIV/AIDS
i) Increase awareness and access to information on children’s rights among the local
community and project workers
j) Promote child protection and reduce the risk of child exploitation in form of child
labour, sexual abuse and other forms of abuse by construction workers, families and
the local community in the project area
k) Provide immediate appropriate referral services to complicated cases
l) Provide Testing, counselling and referral services to affected persons.
m) Raise awareness and increase access to information among the local community on
matters of the project
n) Increase opportunities for face-to-face communication with communities, access and
ease of communication of grievances from communities on matters related to the road
project, and their resolution
(iii) The role of the Employers Sub-Contractor (Nominated Service Provider)

The Employer will provide the Contractor with the name and details of the Sub-Contractor
(Nominated Service Provider (NSP)) that shall be implementing the HIV/AIDS, gender
sensitisation awareness, and other social risks programmes. The methodologies shall be
explained to the Contractor in advance of the main works; this shall demonstrate how the
NSP will work for the prevention and mitigation of HIV/AIDS, raising of gender awareness,
other social risks and how these programmes will facilitate the development of community
level care and support and links to wider service provision. It shall also explain the interface
between Contractor, Engineer and Employer.
(iv) The approach

Upon signing of the works contract, the NSP will sign a contract with the Employer such that
the NSP’s programme is synchronised with that of the Contractor. The NSP works with a
Sociologist from the Consultant’s supervisory staff to visit communities in the area of
influence of the road to be rehabilitated/constructed and to inform community leaders of the
forthcoming project and the potential social benefits and negative impacts associated with it.
The NSP and the Sociologist may be joined and supported by the Contractor Health and
Safety Officer or such other representative on these visits.
The Consultant’s Sociologist will provide an ongoing supervision role, working one week
per month (or as agreed with the Employer) through the construction period, to monitor the
effectiveness of the programme, the Contractor and NSP and ensure effective communication
and responses on emerging HIV/AIDS issues and other social risks. In conjunction with the

NSP, he/she will prepare a report on a monthly basis about all social issues and present this at
the monthly site progress meeting. He/she will collect information from each of the parties
identifying any problems and making recommendations on remedial measures to be
implemented.
On the basis of the information contained in the monthly report, the Consultants Sociologist
will certify monthly payments to the NSP for UNRA approval and ensure payment through
the works Interim Payment Certificate (IPC).
During the course of the project, the Consultants Sociologist and the NSP will work together
to document their experiences and in their final report, will provide a set of recommendations
for UNRA to integrate into the development of a UNRA guidelines manual for the
undertaking of HIV/AIDS and other social risks programmes on road projects in Uganda.
(v) Timing
It is anticipated that the initial sensitisation of local communities will take one month of the
Sociologist and NSP’s time and will be carried out prior to and during the Contractor’s
mobilisation period.
Workshops may be held with the Contractor’s managerial personnel; these will be
programmed when sufficient staff is in place.
Further workshops may be held with the Contractor’s managerial personnel and workforce at
regular intervals during the project works.
Interactive briefing sessions and training shall be held with the Contractor’s workforce every
month during the project works.
(vi) Contractor’s obligations

The Contractor shall develop and implement a workplace HIV/AIDS policy approved by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure that the Engineer, the NSP and the Employer have a copy of the
Contractors workplace HIV/AIDS policy, Child Protection Policy, Gender Policy,
Community/Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Contractor’s Workers Code of
conduct and give any representative of the NSP, the Employer and the Engineer all
reasonable access to the Site in connection with the HIV Awareness and other social risks
awareness programme.
In consultation with the NSP, schedule appropriate timings for the implementation of
HIV/AIDS and other social risk activities as part of the work plan of the workforce and staff
and allow the Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV/AIDS and other social risk awareness
activities in the course of their employment and during their normal working hours (three
hours per month) or any period of overtime provided for in the relevant employment
contracts, but excluding designated rest times such as lunch breaks or pay days (unless
otherwise advised by the Engineer), and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure this
requirement is implemented.
At each monthly site meeting, a draft work plan for HIV/AIDS and other social risk related
activities with timings shall be agreed between the NSP, the Contractor, the Engineer and the
Consultants Sociologist. This activity plan shall be confirmed in writing by the Contractor
the Engineer and communicated to the NSP at least one week in advance of programmed site
activities.
Provide suitable space for the delivery of the HIV/AIDS and other social risk Awareness
programme and encourage Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV/AIDS and other social
risk Awareness activities. This will include at a minimum a secure clinical space in the main
Contractors Compound that is suitably equipped for testing and counselling for HIV/AIDS
and other social risk among project staff and labour. This space will comprise four adjoining
rooms. These include a reception area, a clinical space for medical treatment and testing,
sick bay, a room for HIV/AIDS and other social risk counselling activities and a bathroom
containing separate well labelled male and female toilets and wash basins. The Contractor
shall also provide a separate office for the NSP Sociologist, detached from the clinical
spaces. All the spaces shall be maintained and cleaned by the Contractor who shall ensure a
clean and hygienic environment at all times; in addition, the main clinical area shall be kept
by the Contractor in good clinical sterile condition at all times.
The clinical space shall be connected to a sufficient water and electricity supply. The
Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning and maintaining the offices and toilets and shall
provide soap, towels and all necessary fittings and cleaning materials.
The clinical space shall comprise:
(a) a reception area with a minimum of 2.5m2 floor space and is temperature controlled
with provision of air conditioning which shall always be maintained to a good
working standard .
The reception area shall contain at a minimum:
 1 desk 1.6m x 0.9m with lockable single chest of drawers
 1 Table lamp
 1 Swivel type desk chair
 3 Visitor chairs
 4 wastepaper basket
 1 two drawer lockable filing cabinet
 A television screen (24”) and a DVD/Video player

The reception area shall have two adjoining rooms, the first a clinic space for medical
treatment and testing and the second a room for HIV/AIDS counselling activities.
(b) A Clinical Space for medical treatment and testing which shall also be used for
simple first aid as defined in sub-Clause 1803(o) of these Specifications. It shall have
a minimum floor space of 6m2 and be temperature controlled with provision of air
conditioning which shall always be maintained to a good working standard .
This clinical space shall contain as a minimum:
 1 Examination table
 BP Machine
 Weighing Scale
 Microscopes (1 electric and 1 non-electric)
 Table
 Stethoscope
 Thermometer
 Parretal Machine
 1 medical screen
 1 refrigerator min 0.40m2 (electric frost free)
 2 chairs with arms
 Printed Medical Forms
 Cabinet, reagents and test kits
 2 lockable medical shelves suitable for the storage of drugs
 1 notice board suitable for attaching posters, pictures and other notices
 1 water cooler and dispenser with supply of plastic cups maintained and kept filled
for the duration of the contract
(c) Two fully equipped separate sick bays, one for men and the other for women, each of
which shall:
 Have a minimum floor space of 6m2. It shall be temperature controlled with
provision of air conditioning which shall always be maintained to a good working
standard.
 Each sick bay shall contain as a minimum:
 1 bed/medical couch

 Blanket, bed sheets, pillow
 Medical screen
(d) A room for HIV/AIDS counselling activities which should provide a comforting and
private environment for the discussion of sensitive and confidential personal issues.
It shall have a minimum floor space of 6m 2 and be temperature controlled with
provision of air conditioning which shall be maintained to a good working standard at
all times.
It should contain a minimum of:

 3 chairs with arms (1 for the counsellor and 2 clients)
 1 coffee table
 1 water cooler and dispenser with supply of plastic cups maintained and kept filled
for the duration of the contract.
(e) Office room for the NSP Sociologist:

should provide a comforting work environment for the discussion of sensitive personal
issues. It should contain a minimum of:
 3 chairs with arms (1 for the Sociologist and 2 visitors)
 Desk, minimum 1.5m x 0.75m, with lockable single chest of drawers
(f) A bathroom containing separate male and female toilet facilities, each with a wash
basin. The toilets will be of the WC flush type. The toilet facilities shall always be
provided with adequate supplies of toilet paper. Wash basins shall always be
provided with adequate supplies of water, soap and paper towels. The Contractor
shall supply all necessary fittings and cleaning materials.
The five rooms comprising the clinical space will each be supplied with adequate electric
lighting, enough power points to supply all equipment and water supply.
The Contractor shall also:
 Minimize the number of migrant workers employed on the project and housed in the
site camp.

 In conjunction with the NSP, identify from recruitment records suitable individuals
for key education roles and allow those individuals special additional training of up
to 4 hours each month during normal working hours.
 Encourage voluntary HIV/STI testing.
 Liaise with the NSP to provide information concerning counselling, support and
care.
 Liaise with the NSP regarding the effectiveness of the campaign and notify any
associated problems arising.
 Ensure that the NSP has access to all suitable site locations for the provision of
condoms, both male and female, complying with the requirements of ISO 4074
available free of charge to all Contractor’s employees at readily accessible points on
the site, suitably protected from weather, for the duration of the contract.
 Permit the NSP to place and maintain HIV/AIDS and other social risks awareness
posters of size not less than A1 in areas that are highly trafficked by construction
workers and provide construction workers with a pamphlet, in language largely
understood by construction workers, which reinforces the objectives and expected
outcome of the HIV Awareness programme.
 Allocate a vehicle and fuel, accommodation and security to facilitate the works of
the NSP and Sociologist as may be necessary.
The Contractors Safety Officer or another of the Contractors staff will assist the NSP by
identifying locations where stocks of condoms may be running low or where staff are
requesting specific information regarding HIV/AIDS and STI’s and other social risks. This
individual should work with the NSP to ensure condom stock levels are maintained. If
qualified, the Contractors Safety Officer or other member of the Contractors staff may also
carry out awareness training.
In accordance with the policies and guidelines of Uganda AIDS Commission and Ministry of
Health put in place non-discriminatory workplace measures to protect the employees living
with HIV/AIDS and ensure that they have access to treatment and counselling.
It is not a requirement of the Contract for the Contractor to undertake or pay for treatment or
medication for personnel found to be infected with HIV/AIDS. However, such personnel
shall not be discriminated against.
All provisions with respect to the HIV/AIDS Programme shall be provided free of charge to
all workers.
Any request by the Contractor to the NSP for services not described in this special
specification or in the NSP’s Terms of Reference shall be the subject of an additional

contract agreement between the NSP and the Contractor and shall not paid under the
provisions of this contract.
The Contractor shall support and facilitate all programme activities as described above, but
the NSP shall report directly to the Consultant Sociologist and Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure the prompt and timely payment of the NSP each month. After
payment of the NSP for the month in question, the Contractor shall claim reimbursement of
payment and of management fee through the Interim Payment Certificate. The Contractor
shall submit a receipt from the NSP as evidence of this payment.
(vii) HIV/AIDS and other social risk Programme activities

(a) Activities for HIV/AIDS and other social risk awareness and prevention undertaken by
the NSP should be broad based, targeting individuals, couples and groups, and may
consist of:
 Information Education and Communication (IEC) materials displayed in accessible
public places both on and off the site, such as trading centres, in eating places, bars,
guest institutions like schools and in homes etc.
 Availability of free condoms to both workers and communities in the project area.
 Small focus group discussions and information covering key issues.
 Theatre groups and video presentations.
 Promotional events, such as football matches, to encourage openness and discussion
of HIV / AIDS and other social risks issues.
 Promotional billboards to raise awareness of the integration of road construction and
HIV / AIDS and other social risks activities.
 Inclusion of discussion and analysis of HIV / AIDS and other social risks activities
at site progress meetings.
 Availability of promotional IEC materials such as T-shirts, caps, bumper stickers,
key rings etc.
 HIV Counselling and Testing (HCT) – targeting individuals, couples and families.
 STIs diagnosis and treatment.
 On-going psychosocial support (including prevention and treatment of opportunistic
infections) for workers infected and affected, as well as their families.
b) Education will cover but not limited to the following:

 Stigma and discrimination issues

 Safer sex practices including partner reduction, condom use, undertaking couple
HIV testing and Counselling awareness and importance of treatment of STI’s.
 Undertaking HCT and early initiation of ART
 Skills including negotiating safer sex, correct condom use, acquiring condoms
without embarrassment.
 Referral to local health centres and services available.
(viii) Outcome
The outcome of the HIV/AIDS and other social risks Awareness Programme shall, as a
minimum, result in Contractor’s Personnel exposed to the programme being able to:
 Communicate the existence of the problems associated with HIV and be able to
outline the consequences of transmission of HIV/ to or from the local community.
 Recall and communicate the mode of HIV transmission and preventative measures
including the proper use of the condom.
 Be aware of safer sex practices including the advantages of abstinence.



ITEM UNIT
18.01 PROVIDE QUALIFIED SAFETY OFFICER MONTH
Delete the 1st sentence of the 1st paragraph of item coverage and replace with the following:
The tendered rate for Item 18.01 shall represent full compensation for the provision of a
safety officer (and any additional personnel if required) to carry out the requirements
specified in Sections 1500, 1700 and 1800 relating to traffic, environment, and health and
safety
Delete Item 18.02 and replace with the following new Items 18.02A, 18.02B and 18.02C:
ITEM UNIT
18.02A EMPLOYER’S NOMINATED SERVICE PROVIDER
(a) EMPLOYER’S NOMINATED SERVICE PROVIDER PROVISIONAL SUM
FOR PROVISION OF HIV/AIDS PROGRAMME AND
GENDER SENSITISATION, AWARENESS AND
MONITORING
PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 18.02A(a)
After contract signing and after the receipt of any advance payment, the Contractor shall,
within 14 days and as directed by the Employer, make an advance payment of 20 percent of
the total provisional sum in sub-Item 18.02A(a) to the Employer’s Nominated Service
Provider. This advance will enable the service provider to mobilise and purchase essential
HIV/AIDS supplies. Thereafter the balance of the total will be paid on a monthly basis.
The NSP’s invoices will be submitted to the Employer who will forward them to the
Contractor via the Engineer. The Contractor shall make payment direct to the NSP within 14
days of receiving the invoice. The NSP will issue a receipt direct to the Contractor who will
give a copy to the Engineer as evidence of payment.
ITEM UNIT
18.02B SEXUAL HEALTH AND FIRST AID CLINIC
(a) PROVIDE SEXUAL HEALTH AND FIRST AID CLINIC MONTH
ON THE MAIN SITE COMPOUND FULLY FURNISHED
AND EQUIPPED
(b) MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF SEXUAL MONTH
HEALTH AND FIRST AID CLINIC
The tendered rate for sub-Item 18.02B(a) shall be in full compensation for all the
requirements of sub-Clause 1804B(vi).
The tendered rate for sub-Item 18.02B(b) shall be in full compensation for maintaining the
clinic and re-supplying consumables not provided by the NSP.
ITEM UNIT
18.02C PROVISION OF SAFETY CLOTHING AND MONTH
EQUIPMENT FOR THE WORKFORCE
The tendered rate for sub-Item 18.02C represents full compensation for this part of the
Contractor’s obligations. Payment will be paid as a percentage of the compliance with
provision of personal protection equipment (PPE) to the staff and workforce as reported by
the Consultants Environmentalist or Engineers Representative.
Delete Item 18.03 and the subsequent two paragraphs of item coverage relating to it.
Add the following final paragraph:
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of this Section 1800 will
result in the withholding of monies (BOQ 18.01, 18.02B and 18.02C) due for the month
in question and forfeiture of that amount if after a further month the non-
compliance(s) have not been rectified. In addition, the engineer will deduct UGX
1,000,000 per day for each non-compliance event from monies due in the next interim
payment certificate until such a time as the Contractor is compliant.
The imposition of the aforementioned will not preclude the Engineer from stopping the
Works should the Contractor continuously disregard his instructions, or should he feel the
situation warrants this measure for health and safety reasons. Should the Engineer stop the
Works for any reason related to non-compliance with the Specifications on HIV/AIDS or
Occupational Health and Safety, there will be no compensation for any costs incurred by the
Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will the Contractor be granted any extension of
time as a result.

SERIES 2000 DRAINAGE
SECTION 2100 DRAINS
Delete Items 21.10 and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
21.10 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC AS DEFINED IN CLAUSE 2700 (TYPE SQUARE

SHALL BE DEFINED BY THE ENGINEER) METRE
(m2)

SECTION 2200 PREFABRICATED CULVERTS
2210 LAYING AND BEDDING OF PREFABRICATED CULVERTS
In sub-Clause (a)(i), delete “20 MPa” and replace with “Class 15/40”.

Delete Items 22.07 and 22.08 and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
22.07 CAST IN-SITU CONCRETE AND FORMWORK
(a) CLASS 15/40 CONCRETE IN CLASS A CULVERT CUBIC METRE (m3)
BEDDING, SCREEDS, HAUNCHING AND ENCASING
FOR PIPES INCLUDING FORMWORK
(b) CLASS 25/20 CONCRETE IN FLOOR SLABS FOR CUBIC METRE (m3)
PORTAL OR RECTANGULAR CULVERTS AND IN
CONCRETE LINING TO THE INVERTS OF METAL
CULVERTS, INCLUDING FORMWORK AND CLASS
U2 SURFACE FINISH
(c) CLASS 25/20 CONCRETE IN INLET AND OUTLET CUBIC METRE (m3)
STRUCTURES, CATCHPITS, MANHOLES, THRUST
AND ANCHOR BLOCK, EXCLUDING FORMWORK
BUT INCLUDING CLASS U2 SURFACE FINISH
(d) FORMWORK TO CONCRETE UNDER SUB-ITEM
22.07(c) (CLASS OF FINISH INDICATED)
(d)(i) CLASS F1 SQUARE METRE
(m2)
(d)(ii) CLASS F2 SQUARE METRE
(m2)

SECTION 2300 CONCRETE KERBING, CONCRETE CHANNELLING,
OPEN CONCRETE CHUTES AND CONCRETE LININGS
FOR OPEN DRAINS
ITEM UNIT
23.01 CONCRETE KERBING (CLASS OF CONCRETE
INDICATED FOR IN-SITU KERBING)
(a) PRECAST BARRIER KERBS 200mm x 380mm METRE (m)
(b) PRECAST SEMI-MOUNTABLE KERBS 200mm x METRE (m)
300mm
(c) PRECAST MOUNTABLE KERBS 250mm x METRE (m)
200mm
(d) SPECIFY OTHERS METRE (m)
ITEM UNIT
23.08 CONCRETE LINING FOR OPEN DRAINS
(a)(i) CAST IN-SITU CONCRETE LINING (CLASS OF CUBIC METRE (m3)
CONCRETE) INCLUDING U2 SURFACE FINISH
Delete the 2nd sentence of the 1st paragraph of coverage for Item 23.09 and replace with the
following:
Formwork under sub-Item 23.09(a) shall be measured for all sloping sides to cast in-situ
concrete drains.
ITEM UNIT
23.16 PRECAST CONCRETE CLASS 30/14 SIDE DRAIN NUMBER (no)
CROSSING SLAB (ENTER TYPE)

SECTION 2500 PITCHING, STONEWORK AND PROTECTION
AGAINST EROSION
Delete sub-Item 25.01(b) and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
25.01 STONE PITCHING
(b) GROUTED STONE PITCHING (ENTER
THICKNESS)
(b)(i) 200mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
(b)(ii) 225mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
(b)(iii) 250mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
(b)(iv) 300mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
Delete sub-Item 25.04(d) and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
25.04 CONCRETE PITCHING AND BLOCK
PAVING
(d) PREFABRICATED CONCRETE PAVING
BLOCKS (ENTER THICKNESS)
(d)(i) 50mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
(d)(ii) 80mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
(d)(iii) 100mm SQUARE METRE (m2)
ITEM UNIT
25.06 PROVISION OF HERBICIDE AND ANT
POISON
(a) PROVISION OF MATERIALS PROVISIONAL SUM
(b) CONTRACTOR’S OVERHEADS AND PROFIT SQUARE METRE (m2)
AS A PERCENTAGE OF SUB-ITEM 25.06(a)

SERIES 3000 EARTHWORKS AND PAVEMENT LAYERS
OF GRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONE
SECTION 3100 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL
3102 DESCRIPTION OF WORKS
(b) Area to be cleared grubbed and removed of topsoil
The area to be cleared and grubbed shall extend 3m beyond the top of cut slopes and 3m
beyond the toe of embankment slopes unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Topsoil
shall only be stripped within the road prism unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. The
Engineer may also designate other areas to be cleared and stripped.

Clearing and grubbing on the existing carriageway and shoulders is not required where there
is no vegetation,
(c) Clearing and grubbing

Insert the following at the end of the 2nd paragraph;
Clearing shall also include the removal of loose pavement materials, road signs, right-of-way
markers, kilometre stones, guideposts and other incidentals. On instruction by the Engineer
these items shall be carefully removed to ensure they are not damaged. All signs and markers
etc., shall remain the property of the Employer. They shall be cleaned, loaded into transport,
transported to a designated storage area, off loaded and neatly stacked.
Delete the 1st sentence of the 5th paragraph and replace with the following:
Trees within the road prism with a girth greater than 300mm shall not be cut down or
uprooted without the written instruction of the Engineer If and once so instructed such trees
and other trees, stumps and roots of any size, including matted roots, in the roadway shall be
removed at least to the depth which is the larger of the following:
Insert the following as a final paragraph:
The Contractor shall ensure that his clearing, temporary drainage and other operations do not
in any way alter the drainage regime within the project area except where this is a direct and
unavoidable result of the Permanent Works.
(d) Removal of topsoil

Delete this paragraph and replace with the following:
All topsoil within the limit of the earthworks shall be stripped and stockpiled unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Topsoil will be used in top soiling embankment slopes
and in rehabilitating old roads in accordance with Section 5700. Further topsoil will then be
used in landscaping other areas at the direction of the Engineer. Surplus topsoil shall only be
removed to spoil at the direction of the Engineer. The rates for removal of topsoil shall
include all haulage and the requirements of Clause 1213.
Once the Engineer has directed removal of cut and spoil, it shall be immediately taken to
designated stockpile areas or dump sites approved by the Engineer, and NEMA. The
Contractor shall Manage the excavation, storage, transport, reuse and disposal of spoil to
minimize impacts and meet other environmental and social requirements, including
implementing mitigation measures to manage potential impacts on traffic, temporary access
to homesteads and community facilities and soil and water, dust generation and control,
erosion and sedimentation controls. Spread subsoil shall be de-compacted before covering
with topsoil so as to promote sufficient aeration, drainage and root growth.
(g) Disposal of material

Delete the 2nd paragraph and replace with the following;
All tree trunks and branches in excess of 150 mm in girth shall be cleared of secondary
branches, sawn into suitable lengths and stacked at sites indicated by the Engineer. Such
timber shall not be used by the Contractor and shall remain the property of the owner or legal
occupants of the land unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer.
(h) Re-clearing of vegetation

Delete the 1st paragraph and replace with the following;
When portions of the road reserve or other areas have been cleared in accordance with the
Specifications, but vegetation grows again in the course of time during construction, the
Engineer may, if he/she considers it necessary, order that the area be re-cleared. No
additional payment will be made for such re-clearing.

ITEM UNIT
31.01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL
IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE 3102 OF THE
SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS
(a) CLEARING AND GRUBBING HECTARE (ha)
(b) REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL
(b)(i) REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL AND STOCKPILING FOR RE- CUBIC METRE (m3)
USE
(b)(ii) DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS STOCKPILED TOPSOIL CUBIC METRE (m3)
(PROVISIONAL)
Delete the last sentence of the 1st paragraph of coverage for Item 31.01 and replace with the
following:
The unit of measurement for sub-Item 31.01(b), removal of topsoil as specified or instructed
by the Engineer, shall be the cubic metre measured in the stockpile or spoil area. Topsoil
otherwise wasted will not be paid for.

SECTION 3200 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
Add the following new sub-Item 32.01(f):
ITEM UNIT
32.01 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
(f) REMOVAL OF EXISTING BUILDINGS SQUARE METRE
(m2)

SECTION 3300 BREAKING UP EXISTING PAVEMENT LAYERS
ITEM UNIT
33.04 SCARIFY AND RECOMPACT EXISTING PAVEMENT
LAYERS (STATE SCARIFICATION DEPTH AND
DENSITY OF COMPACTION)
(a) SCARIFY 150mm DEPTH AND COMPACT TO 93% CUBIC METRE (m3)
MDD
(b) SCARIFY 150mm DEPTH AND COMPACT TO 95% CUBIC METRE (m3)
MDD
(c) E.T.C CUBIC METRE (m3)

SECTION 3400 BORROW PIT AND QUARRY ACQUISITION AND
EXPLOITATION
3401 SCOPE
Delete this Clause and replace with the following;
This Section covers the work involved in obtaining borrow materials for work under this
contract, including negotiations with Owners or Legal Occupants of the land on which
borrow areas and quarry sites are situated. Legal Occupants of the land are those occupying
the land under the system that is recognised by the laws of Uganda.
3402 NEGOTIATIONS WITH LANDOWNERS, AUTHORITIES AND LEGAL

OCCUPANTS OF LAND
Delete the 1st paragraph and replace with the following;
As specified in Clause 1215 it is entirely the Contractor's own responsibility to obtain and
pay all royalties in respect of all land required by the Contractor outside the road reserve for
opening of borrow pits and quarries, including access roads and land for stockpiling topsoil
(that will be used for reinstating the Borrow area). Such provision of land shall be
considered part of the Contractor's general obligations as defined in Section 1300.
3403 ACCESS TO BORROW PITS AND QUARRIES

Insert the following 4th paragraph;
The Contractor shall demonstrate and put in place details contained in his Environmental
Management Plan as referred to in Clause 1702 and 3405(a), and as indicated in the EIA
report and seek the Engineer’s approval prior to gaining access to site.
3404 OBTAINING BORROW OR QUARRIED MATERIALS

(a) General
Insert the following as 1st paragraph:
Any borrow pit and quarry plans included in the Soils and Materials Report are issued for
information purposes and supplied in good faith only and do not form part of the Contract
Documents. Borrow pit and quarry site information given, if any, is to describe location and
possible quality of potential materials sources. Any assessment and conclusions made by the
Contractor based on the information provided is at his own risk.
The Contractor shall make his own investigations in view of dedicated borrow pits for:
i. Fills
ii. Subgrade
iii. Subbase

All borrow pits shall be approved by the Engineer whether they are mentioned in the soils
factual report or not. The borrow materials for fills, as practicable, may come from the road
reserve by widening the road prism. When the road reserve is used the excavation after
borrowing materials could not be below the adjacent roadbed level in fills or 50 cm below the
bottom of cuts (bottom of drains levels).
If the closest edge of a borrow area is at least 10m beyond the toe of embankments or beyond
the top of cuts, this borrow pit can be deeper since the drainage is fully ensured to avoid
stagnant water for environmental, health and safety reasons).
Insert the following as 3rd and 4th paragraphs;
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating and obtaining all the construction materials
he requires and shall be responsible for carrying out all materials investigations regarding the
location and use of borrow pits and quarries.
The results of the Contractor’s construction material test results shall be submitted to the
Engineer for information purposes and where necessary the Engineer will comment thereon.
The responsibility for ensuring that all construction materials used on the project conform to
the specified requirements remains with the Contractor and the Engineer will only carry out
quality acceptance control tests on materials after they have been delivered to the site for use
in the Works.
(b) Borrow area and quarry site plans

Add the following final paragraph;
Material required for the construction of pavement layers shall be stockpiled in heaps within
the borrow area. All stockpiles shall be of maximum size and shape required by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall in his programme of works allow for the necessary period for testing
and approval of stockpiled gravel before it may be used on the road.
No separate payment will be made regarding such stockpiling of materials.
(d) Borrow materials obtainable in the road prism or within the road reserve
boundaries
Delete the heading and sub-Clause and replace with the following:
(d) Borrow materials obtainable from the road prism

Approval of a borrow pit and its material product(s) by the Engineer will not alleviate the
Contractor of his obligation to make full and effective use of all suitable materials available
from the cut operations on site.
Should the Contractor spoil excavated material of a quality suitable for use in the
construction of the pavement (including fill) and uses borrow materials instead of suitable
material(s) won from the cut operation within the road prism, the quantity of fill material
measured shall be reduced by the quantity spoiled from cut operations. Material required for
the construction of pavement layers may be stockpiled in heaps within the road reserve. All
stockpiles shall be of maximum size and shape required by the Engineer. No separate
payment shall be made in regard to such stockpiling.
3405 OPENING AND WORKING BORROW PITS

a) Excavating borrow material
Prior to working borrow pits and quarries, the area shall be cleared and grubbed, and topsoil
stripped and stockpiled for subsequent reinstatement. Any overburden shall be removed and
stockpiled separately.
Add the following final paragraph;
Material required for the construction of pavement layers shall be stockpiled in heaps within
the borrow area. All stockpiles shall be of maximum size and shape required by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall in his programme of works allow for the necessary period for testing
and approval of stockpiled gravel before it may be used on the road.
No separate payment will be made regarding such stockpiling of materials.
3406 REINSTATING BORROW AND QUARRY AREAS AND HAUL ROADS

a) Borrow and quarry areas
Spoil from clearing and grubbing operations together with overburden shall be removed from
stockpile and spread over the borrow area. Material excavated under sub-Item 36.01(a)
(excluding perishable or combustible material) may also be spread if approved by the
Engineer. Topsoil shall then be removed from stockpile and spread evenly. Where there is
insufficient topsoil, the area shall be scarified along contours to reduce erosion.
Add the following final paragraph:
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the requirements for reinstating quarry and borrow
areas, the Engineer may arrange for reinstatement by a third party and deduct the costs
thereof from monies due to the Contractor.

At the end of the 2nd paragraph, delete “also for......and quarries” and add the following:
Separate payment will not be made for clearing, grubbing, stripping topsoil and removing
overburden prior to utilising borrow pits and quarries. Nor will separate payments be made
for reinstatement. The bid rates for procuring and utilising materials obtained from borrow
pits and quarries shall include the Contractor’s costs in complying with all such
requirements.
SECTION 3500 SELECTING AND UTILISING MATERIAL FROM
BORROW PITS AND CUTTINGS
3506 COMPACTION OF MATERIAL
Re-number sub Clause (c) to be sub-Clause (b).
Add new sub-Clause (c)
(c) Site trials to confirm compliance with the Specifications
Full-scale laying and compaction trials shall be carried out by the Contractor on all
earthworks and pavement materials to be incorporated into the Works, using the construction
plant and methods proposed by the Contractor. The trials shall be carried out with the
agreement and in the presence of the Engineer's Representative.
The trials shall be carried out to enable the Contractor to demonstrate the suitability of his
mixing and compaction equipment to provide, lay and compact the material to the specified
density and level, and to confirm that the other specified requirements can be achieved.
Each trial area shall be at least 100 metres long unless otherwise specified and to the full
construction width (half road width where appropriate) and shall be laid to the specified
depth for the material. It may form part of the permanent works provided it complies with the
Specifications. Any areas that do not comply with the Specifications shall be reworked or
removed.
The Contractor shall allow in his programme for conducting site trials and for carrying out
the appropriate tests. The trial on each pavement layer shall be undertaken at least 21 days
ahead of the Contractor's intended date for commencing full-scale work on the pavement
layer.
Each site trial section shall be compacted using a range of compactive effort proposed by the
Contractor, and the following data shall be recorded for each level of compactive efforts:
 The relevant construction control tests (refer Series 7000) for the specified
layer/material before the Site trial. This shall include mechanical stabilisation.
 Establish Maximum Dry Density and Optimum Moisture Density as required by the
relevant technical specifications.
 The moisture content at the time of compaction.
 The type, size, tyre pressures, frequency of vibration and the number of passes of the
compaction equipment.
 The density achieved for each specific compaction effort.
 The compacted thickness of the layer, and
 Any other relevant information as directed by the Engineer.
At least eight sets of tests shall be made by the Contractor and the Engineer on each 100
metres for each level of compaction effort. Provided all eight sets of results over the range of
compaction effort proposed by the Contractor meet the specified requirements for the
material, the site trial shall be deemed successful. The above data recorded in the trial shall
become the agreed basis on which the material shall be provided and processed to achieve
the specified requirements.
If during the execution of the Works, the construction control tests indicate that the
requirements for the material are not being consistently achieved, then work on the layer
shall stop until the cause is investigated by the Contractor. Such investigation may include
the effect of using other compaction methods, further laboratory tests and/or site trials on the
material to determine a revised set of data, as above, which when agreed shall become the
basis on which all subsequent material will be provided and processed to achieve the
specified requirements.
Agreement by the Engineer to a set of data recorded in a site trial shall not relieve the
Contractor of any responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Specifications.

SECTION 3600 EARTHWORKS
3601 SCOPE
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph;
The section also covers the widening of existing cuttings, fills and roadbeds.
Delete the requirements for material type “DR” in the 2nd paragraph and replace with the
following;
 DR Dump Rock, waste rock consisting of natural gravel, natural sand, crushed gravel or
crushed rock (other than agrillaceous rock), well graded. Dump Rock used in the
uppermost 2.5m of fill shall comply with the grading limits in Table 3602/2.
3602 MATERIALS
(a) General
In the 3rd paragraph, delete the Typical use of DR “Lower improved subgrade layer and fill”
and replace with “Fill only”
Delete Table 3602/2 and replace with the following;
TABLE 3602/2: REQUIREMENTS FOR DUMP ROCK (DR) IN FILL

Material Class: DR (dump rock)
Depth within DR fill Below 0.3m Upper 0.3m
Sieve size Pecentage Sieve size Pecentage by
(mm) by mass (mm) mass passing
passing
Grading to BS EN 13383-2 500 100 75 100
300 50 - 70
20 0-5 Crusher Run
Los Angeles Lower limit -
Coefficient (to EN
Upper limit 50 50
1097-2: 1998)
Maximum Layer Thickness 750mm in one operation 150mm in one operation
The content of fines in the coarse material below 0.3m shall be sufficiently low so that the larger
particles rest against each other when placed in earthworks layers. The grading of the fine material
in the upper 0.3m shall be such as to effectively blind the lower layer. The Engineer’s decision
shall be the final in cases where doubt or disagreement exists whether the material can be classified
as DR.

(b) Material requirements for fill and improved sub-grade layers
Add the following at the end of this sub-Clause;
Any material which is classified as “unsuitable material” shall not be used in the Works.
Unsuitable material shall be any material which includes or consists of:
 material from swamps, marshes and bogs;
 logs, stumps, roots and vegetable matter;
 perishable or combustible material;
 slurry and mud;
 surface soil and highly organic clay and silt;
3604 PREPARATION OF THE ROADBED

(a) Removing unsuitable material
(i) Poor material quality
Unsuitable soils shall include the following:
 Highly organic soils such as peat materials from swamps, marshes and bogs that contain
excessive number of logs, tree stumps and other perishable material;
 Loose materials from erosion of previous maintenance works
 Material having a liquid limit exceeding 60%;
 Material having a 4 days soaked CBR value less than 3% at 95% MDD determined by
AASHTO T180.
However, the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, instruct other types of materials that he
considers unsuitable to be removed and paid for as unsuitable. Other unsuitable materials
include trash, rubble, wood, debris, non-regulated industrial waste, etc.
(ii) Wet material

No payment will be made for replacing material should the material become unstable after
exposing it to traffic (public or construction traffic).
3605 EMBANKMENTS
(c) Benching
Delete the 3rd paragraph and replace with the following;

The dimension of benches as well as extent to which existing fills have to be cut back to form
benches shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval. The benches shall be wide enough to
accommodate sufficiently effective compaction equipment.
(d) Constructing pioneer layers on unstable ground

Delete the 2nd and 3rd paragraphs of this sub-Clause and replace with the following:
The pioneer layer should be compacted (pushed into the underlying material) by tracking
with heavy equipment such as dozers, tracked excavators or loaded dump trucks until there is
no discernible movement. The pioneer layer shall then be blinded with a finer rock material.
This shall be vibrated into the underlying voids using a heavy vibrating compactor until there
is no discernible movement.
Payment for the pioneer layer and blinding material will be paid for under sub-Items 36.02(h)
and (j) respectively.
(j) Embankment construction in swamps

Delete this sub-Clause from the start of the 1 st paragraph to the 7th paragraph of sub-Clause
(2) ending “.... of the Engineer shall be re-worked” and replace with the following:
It is essential that construction works at swamps is carried out as early as possible in order to
allow settlement and/or consolidation to take place before construction of pavement layers.
Construction of embankments across swamps and other waterlogged or low-lying areas will
require special techniques to create a stable platform prior to placing fill, improved subgrade,
and pavement layers.
Techniques are suggested below but it will be the Engineer’s decision as to how to deal with
such problem areas on site. Trials will be needed to determine the best solution at any given
location. Where trials fail, the Contractor will be reimbursed for labour and machinery under
dayworks and for materials under BoQ Items.
Surcharge to be 1 metre thick for seasonal swamps and 2-metre-thick for permanent swamps.
Swamps can be classified as either seasonal or permanent.
(1) Seasonal swamps

Seasonal swamps can be defined as swamps where there is no standing water during the dry
season. Construction at these locations, and other waterlogged areas should, if possible, be
carried out during the dry season.
The technique suggested for construction at seasonal swamps is the same as for constructing
pioneer layers on unstable ground as detailed in sub-Clause (c) above except that the
Engineer will instruct the removal of unsuitable material. The Engineer may instruct further
trial holes to be excavated to supplement existing information.
If stability is achieved after placing and compacting the pioneer layer, then blinding can be
carried out. However, if there is still discernible movement, the Engineer may instruct that
additional rock be placed and compacted or alternatively that further excavation of unsuitable
material is necessary before placing the pioneer layer.
(2) Permanent swamps

Permanent swamps can be defined as swamps where there is standing water throughout the
year. Details of materials that will be encountered should be available and will be
supplemented by any additional testing instructed by the Engineer in accordance with Section
7100.
The following three operations are suggested as one method of creating a stable platform:
Other methods using geogrids and rockfill can also be used. This alternative usually requires
embankment surcharging.
The first operation is to remove as much poor material (such as black cotton soil) as possible
using a large tracked excavator. Ideally, all poor material should be removed down to a more
stable material. However, this may not be possible given the limitations of the machinery
being used. Where widening an existing embankment, care must be taken not to de-stabilise
the existing road structure by excavating too close to it.
The second operation is to tip dumped rock Class DR. No compaction will be possible until
the top level of the rock is near water level. The rock must then be compacted (pushed into
the underlying material) by tracking with heavy equipment such as dozers, tracked
excavators or loaded dump trucks. Compaction should continue until there is no discernible
movement. More rock can then be dumped and similarly compacted up a top level nominally
0.3m above high-water level. Payment for this rock will be made under sub-Item 36.02(i).
The third operation is to blind the rock with a “crusher run” material so that voids in the top
of the dumped rock are filled. This shall be vibrated into the underlying voids using a heavy
vibrating compactor until there is no discernible movement. Further crusher run can then be
dumped and similarly compacted until the top level is nominally 0.6m above high water
level. Payment for this crusher run will be made under sub-Item 36.02(j). There is no
specified grading for this material other than a maximum particle size of 75mm. The
Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed material to the Engineer for approval prior
to use.
If the Engineer considers it necessary, a geotextile filter fabric may be laid on the blinded
rock prior to filling or pavement construction so that fines are retained. Payment for this
geotextile will be made under sub-Item 36.02(k).

Delete the 3rd sentence of the 8th paragraph of sub-Clause (2) “In such cases.... adjacent
ground level” and replace with the following:
In such cases the existing embankment shall be cut to the top of adjacent rock level.
Delete the 2nd sentence of the 9th paragraph of sub-Clause (2) “The time lap.... settlement in
the surface” and replace with the following:
The time lap between finishing the embankment up to the underside of improved subgrade
layers and placement of improved subgrade layers and pavement layers will depend on the
rate of settlement in the surface
Add the following at the end of the 9th paragraph of sub-Clause (2):
If the Engineer assesses that there is a risk of settlements of fills, he may direct the
Contractor to pre-load the fills for the estimated settlement period, without grant of additional
construction period. The program of works should consider this possibility.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, a risk of continuing differential settlement is still prevalent,
then the Contractor may be instructed to surface the road with surface dressing in lieu of
asphaltic concrete.

The Engineer and Contractor shall jointly survey the ground surface after topsoil strip has
been completed but before removal of any unsuitable material or roadbed preparation. This
survey may be carried out by taking cross-sections at 20m intervals, or closer where needed,
and should include changes of slope such as side ditches. Alternatively, the survey may be
taken using a total station instrument in which case the data does not have to be recorded at
fixed intervals. These data shall be entered in the road design software to produce a ‘stripped
digital terrain model’ which shall be used in calculating bulk earthworks quantities. No
additional payment will be made to the Contractor and his costs in complying are deemed to
be included in his bid rates.
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph of coverage for Item 36.01:
, or under other bill items, and shall only be applicable either for material deemed by the
Engineer to be unsuitable for the Works or surplus material not required for fill or improved sub-
grade construction.
Add the following after the 1st sentence of the 2nd paragraph of coverage for Item 36.01:
It shall include unsuitable material excavated below stripped ground level in fill areas or
below the design excavation level in cut (the underside of improved subgrade layers where
these are to be placed, or formation level where improved subgrade layers are not required).

Delete the 4th paragraph of coverage for Item 36.01 and replace with the following:
Excavation of rock according to the criteria in Table 3603/1 shall only be paid for if the
material is surplus to requirements and taken to spoil.
Add the following after the 1st sentence of the 7th paragraph of coverage for Item 36.01:
The bid rate shall also include full compensation for working in confined locations and/or
with small quantities such as could be encountered in excavating pockets of unsuitable
material. The bid rate shall further include full compensation for the temporary storage of
spoil material next to borrow areas and for the subsequent loading, transporting, offloading
and spreading of spoil material within the borrow areas and for reinstating the temporary
storage site.
ITEM UNIT
36.02 FILL AND IMPROVED SUBGRADE LAYERS
(a) MINIMUM G15 QUALITY MATERIAL IN UPPER CUBIC METRE (m3)
IMPROVED SUBGRADE LAYER
(b) MINIMUM G7 QUALITY MATERIAL IN LOWER CUBIC METRE (m3)
IMPROVED SUBGRADE LAYER
(c) MINIMUM G3 QUALITY MATERIAL IN FILL CUBIC METRE (m3)
(d) FILL USING ROCK CUBIC METRE (m3)
(e) CROSSFILL CUBIC METRE (m3)
(f) SIDE FILL COMPACTED BY DOZERS AS SPECIFIED CUBIC METRE (m3)
(g) EXTRA OVER SUB-ITEMS 36.02(a) TO (e) FOR CUBIC METRE (m3)
CONSTRUCTION OF SAND BLANKET
(h) CLASS DR DUMPED ROCK TO PIONEER LAYER TONNE (t)
(i) CLASS DR DUMPED ROCK TO FILL IN SWAMPS TONNE (t)
(j) CRUSHER RUN IN UPPER 0.3m TONNE (t)
(k) GEOTEXTILE (STATE TYPE AND GRADE) SQUARE METRE
(m2)
(l) GEOGRID (STATE TYPE AND GRADE) SQUARE METRE
(m2)
In the 1st line of coverage for Item 36.02, add “for sub-Items (a) to (g)” after “measurement”.
Delete the final sentence of the 1st paragraph of coverage for Item 36.02 and replace with
the following:

Filling to compensate for excavation of unsuitable material in excess of that instructed by the
Engineer will not be paid for.
Add the following at the end of the 5th paragraph of coverage for Item 36.02:
The bid rate for sub-Items 36.02(a) to (d) shall also include full compensation for filling in
confined locations and/or with small quantities such as could be encountered in backfilling
where pockets of unsuitable material have been excavated.
Delete the final paragraph of coverage for Item 36.02 and replace with the following:
The unit of measurement for dumped rock in pioneer layers and fill to swamps shall be
tonne. The measured quantity shall be determined from weighbridge printouts as described
in sub-Clause 13.02(a). The bid rates shall include for excavation of the material, either from
the road prism or quarry, haulage, placing and compaction in accordance with all the
requirements of Clauses 3605 and 3606 for this material. Where the material is obtained
from the road prism, the bid rate shall also allow for haulage via a quarry for weighing, or for
provision and use of a portable weighbridge which can produce printouts.
The measurement of sub-Items 36.02(k) and 36.02(l) shall be the square metre of area
covered. Bid rates shall include full compensation for supplying the material, cutting,
placing, joining, overlapping and securing the material in position including any wastage.

SECTION 3700 PAVEMENT LAYERS OF NATURAL GRAVEL
MATERIALS
3702 MATERIALS
(d) Grading modulus (GM), grading coefficient (GC) and shrinkage product (SP)
Delete the “GC” equation and replace with the following new formula;
GC = ((%pass26.5mm - %pass2mm) x %pass4.75mm)/100
Where:
 %pass 26.5mm is the percentage of material passing the 26.5mm sieve size (N.B. 26mm
or 28mm standard sieve size can be substituted without significant error);
 %pass 2mm is the percentage of material passing the 2mm sieve size (N.B. 2.36mm
standard sieve size can be substituted without significant error);
 %pass 4.75mm is the percentage of material passing the 4.75mm sieve size.
(i) Material requirements for natural gravel sub-base (G30)

Delete “note 1)” in the bottom row of Tables 3702/2, 3702/3, 3702/4 and 3702/5 and
replace with following:
1) CBR values shall be measured at the minimum specified field density for the layer in
accordance with Table 3704/1.
3706 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Any completed section of subbase works approved by the Engineer must be covered by base
course within fourteen days of completion. If the contractor allows traffic to travel on the
completed subbase, the maximum length of any section of works to be carried out in half
widths at one time shall comply with Clause 1512. No traffic shall be allowed to travel on
completed chemically stabilized subbase before complete curing as per clause 3803(f).
Traffic shall not use the subbase on any one section for more than fourteen days during
which time the surface shall be kept dust free. Before application of the base course, material
from any defects in the subbase, water or traffic damage, settlement or soft patches shall be
excavated, new sub base material applied in accordance with the specification and made
good, all at no additional cost.

ITEM UNIT
37.02 NATURAL MATERIAL FOR SUBBASE
(a) NATURAL GRAVEL CLASS G45 CUBIC METRE (m3)
(b) NATURAL GRAVEL CLASS G30 CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) NATURAL MATERIAL CLASS G15 FOR CHEMICAL CUBIC METRE (m3)
STABILISATION OR MECHANICAL MODIFICATION
(d) NATURAL MATERIAL CLASS G7 FOR CHEMICAL CUBIC METRE (m3)
STABILISATION OR MECHANICAL MODIFICATION
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph of item coverage;
The quantity measured under Item 37.02(c) when chemically stabilised shall be the
compacted volume of the finished stabilised layer. The quantity measured under Item
37.02(c) when mechanically modified shall be the compacted volume of the finished
modified layer LESS the compacted volume of binder paid for under Item 38.05. The
proportions of each shall be determined from Trial Sections specified in Clause 3804.

SECTION 3800 STABILISATION
Delete Section 3800 and replace with the revised Section 3800 as follows:
SECTION 3800 STABILISATION AND MODIFICATION

3801 SCOPE
This Section covers the modification or stabilisation of materials used in the construction of
the earthworks or pavement layers by mechanical modification of the material through
addition of soil binder or by addition of a chemical stabilising agent such as cement or lime.
Treatment of material by chemical stabilising agents or mechanical modification is used to
improve engineering properties of available road-building material that is otherwise marginal
or substandard. The resultant product shall be technically suitable, and more cost-effective
than alternative options.
Addition of a soil binder to natural soils and gravels (mechanical modification) may be
adopted to improve load bearing capacity (CBR strength), plasticity index, grading or other
properties of a natural material.
Such improvements may also be achieved by treatment with suitable chemical agents, in
which the parent material retains its granular nature (not becoming a cemented material)
while typically CBR strength and plasticity index are enhanced (chemical modification).
The term stabilisation is used to denote materials for which the addition of a chemical
stabilising agent causes cementing action and associated strength gain.
The generic term "stabilising agent" used in this section denotes both soil binder and
chemical stabilising agent (such as cement or lime) where specified conditions are applicable
to either method. The generic term "treatment" is used in similar manner.
The scope of work includes the furnishing, spreading and mixing-in of the stabilising agent
and compaction of the treated material. It also includes provision of curing treatment for
chemically stabilised (cemented) material.
Technical suitability of a treatment (fitness-for-purpose) shall be evaluated as follows:
Modification (mechanical and chemical)

Modified materials shall comply with, and shall be used as, material meeting specification
requirements for soil or natural gravel classes defined in sections 3600 or 3700, unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Stabilisation
Chemically treated materials in which cementing action occurs are classified according to
their minimum unconfined compression strength (UCS) as follows:

C1.5: minimum UCS value of 1.5 MPa
CM: minimum UCS value of 0.5 MPa.
UCS value is measured after 7 days airtight curing and 7 days soaking in water at 27 ± 2˚C in
accordance with BS 1924: Part 2. The compaction degree of the specimens shall be 97%
MDD.
Full compliance details for chemically stabilised materials are set out in Table 3802/2.
3802 MATERIALS
Soil binder for mechanical modification
Natural gravel or soil material used as a binder for mechanical modification shall be
classified nominally by CBR strength after 4 days soaking as required for all materials
specified in Sections 3600 and 3700.
Sands and crushed stone materials used as a binder for mechanical modification shall be
classified nominally by a target grading curve and tolerances, with other properties for
cleanliness, strength, durability and soundness as specified in the project Special
Specifications.
In all cases approval for use as a binder material shall be subject to the Engineer's discretion
based on results from trial sections, and compliance of the modified parent material with
specified requirements.
Binder material that is approved for mechanical modification and is in full compliance with a
specified class in either section 3600, 3700 or 3900, or the applicable Special Specifications
shall be thus designated and subsequent compliance checks on binder material shall be based
on the specification requirements.
Binder material that is approved for mechanical modification, but is not in full compliance
with a specified class in either section 3600, 3700 or 3900, or the project Special
Specifications shall require approval of a particular project-specific material specification
that will be used for subsequent compliance checks on binder material.
The particular project-specific binder material specification shall be based on existing project
specification requirements for the nominal class material and shall set out the revised limits
as required for that material classification that differ from the existing requirements.
The acceptance of such project-specific binder material specification shall not relieve the
Contractor of any responsibility in ensuring compliance of the modified material with the
approved specification class.
Chemical stabilisers

The following sub-clauses (a) to (d) set out all the requirements for the application and use of
chemical stabilising agents for treatment of natural road-building materials.
(a) Chemical stabilising agents

The stabilising agent shall be either one or more of the following agents specified on the
Drawings, in the Bill of Quantities or in the Special Specifications or as ordered by the
Engineer.
(i) Hydraulic Road Binder
Hydraulic road binders shall comply with the requirements of US 371:2003,
AASHTO M216-92, and road lime shall comply with US 288: 2001 or AASHTO
M216-92 or equivalent standard on approval of the Engineer.
(ii) Cement
Cement shall comply with the requirements of US 310-1:2001 (CEM I or II),
AASHTO M85-98 or equivalent standard on approval of the Engineer. The use of
rapid-hardening cement shall not be permitted.
(iii) Blast-furnace cement
Blast-furnace cement may be used if specified in the Special Specifications and shall
comply with the requirements of US 310-1:2001 (CEM III), AASHTO M240-97 or
equivalent standard on approval of the Engineer.
(iv) Other chemical stabilising agents
Other chemical stabilising agents such as fly-ash or liquid ionic stabiliser may be
used if allowed for in the Special Specifications or if instructed by the Engineer.
(b) Selection of chemical stabiliser

The most suitable type of stabiliser to use for a particular type of soil shall be as given in the
special specifications, or as directed by the engineer whereby table 3802/1 may be used for
guidance.
TABLE 3802/1: GUIDE TO SELECTION OF CHEMICAL STABILISER.

% passing the 0.075 mm Plasticity Index (%) Best suited stabiliser
sieve - BS 1377-2
BS 1377: Part 2
Less than 25% PI is less than 6 Cement only 1)

or PI x (% passing 0.075
mm) is less than 60

6 – 10 Cement preferred
More than 10 Cement and/or lime 2)
Less than 10 Cement preferred

More than 25% 10 – 20 Cement and/or lime 2)
More than 20 Lime preferred 2)
1) Lime requires presence of clay particles to react and is therefore used for materials with high
PI. Admixture of pozzolans, such as pulverised slag or fuel ash from coal fired power plants,
can make stabilisation with lime possible also for materials with low PI.
2) Cement can be used for stabilisation of material with high PI, but lime is normally preferred for
PI reduction in such cases. To use cement under such circumstances preferably requires that the
workability of the material is improved by a pre-treatment with 2% lime prior to cement
stabilisation which should then provide UCS strength gain (a 2-phase treatment).
(c) Purchase and storage of chemical stabilisers

From the time of purchase to the time of use, all chemical stabilising agents shall be kept
under proper cover and be protected from moisture.
Consignments of these materials shall be used in the same sequence as that in which they are
delivered at the Works. Material that has clearly deteriorated from its original condition shall
not be used in the Works, unless demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer to still be
effective.
Stock which has been stored on the Site for periods longer than three months shall not be
used in the Works, unless authorised by the Engineer.
(d) Requirements for chemical stabilisation

(i) Durability
In order to ensure that an irreversible stabilisation reaction occurs, the amount of
stabiliser added shall not be less than the initial consumption of lime (ICL) as
determined according to BS 1924: Part 2 plus 1%.
(ii) Material requirements
The requirements for materials before and after stabilisation treatment are given in Table
3802/2. The Grading Modulus (GM) is defined in Sub-Clause 3702 (d).
TABLE 3802/2: REQUIREMENTS FOR STABILISED MATERIALS (CEMENTED

LAYERS)

Material Properties Material Class
C 1.5 C 1.0 C 0.7 CM
After stabilisation:
Minimum UCS (MPa) BS 1924 : Part
1.5 1.0 0.7 0.5
2. 1)
Before stabilisation:
Soaked CBR (%) at 95% MDD of Minimum Minimum Minimum Not
BS-Heavy, BS 1377: Part 4 30 20 20 required
Plasticity index (%), BS 1377: Part 2. Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
2) 20 25 25 35
Aggregate strength TFVdry , Minimum
Not required Not required Not required
BS 812: Part 111 50 kN
Grading modulus (GM), BS 1377: Minimum Minimum Minimum
Not required
Part 2 1.5 1.2 1.0
Organic content BS 1377: Part 3 Max 0.5% Max 1.0% Max 1.0% Max 2.0%
Sulphate (SO3) content BS 1377: Part
Maximum 0.25%
3
Max. particle size BS 1377 : Part 2 1/2 of compacted layer thickness but not >50mm.
1) The unconfined compression strength (UCS) shall be measured after 7 days airtight curing and
7 days soaking in water at 27 ± 2˚C in accordance with BS 1924: Part 2. The compaction
degree of the specimens shall be 97% MDD.
For each source of material to be stabilised the unconfined compression strength (UCS) shall
also be determined on specimens cured airtight for 14 days. The ration of UCS measured after
7 days curing and 7 days soaking and the UCS measured on specimen cured for 14 days shall
not be less than 75%. A lower ratio might be a result of to high sulphate content.
2) It is emphasised that the Atterberg limits shall be measured according to BS 1377: Part 2.
Other laboratory test procedures and equipment may not give comparable results and shall not
be used unless proper correlation to BS has been carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3803 CONSTRUCTION
(a) Preparing the layer
The parent material to be treated shall be prepared, broken down and spread to the required
loose thickness as specified in Sections 3600 and 3700, and given at least one pass with a
flat-wheel roller. The material shall be damp.

(b) Applying and mixing in the stabilising agent
Mixing of gravel and soils with approved stabiliser and water in stationary or portable plant
and laying with pavers shall be the preferred method to achieve a homogeneous blend.
Where specified in the Special Specification this method shall be adhered to unless otherwise
Where mixing on the road is employed the approved stabilising agent shall be spread
uniformly over the full area of the prepared layer at the prescribed rate of application by
means of an approved type of mechanical spreader in a continuous process, or it may be
spread by other methods such as motor grader or by hand. Any equipment and method to be
used shall be approved by the Engineer.
Immediately after the stabilising agent has been spread, it shall be mixed with the parent
material to the full depth of treatment by suitable mechanical equipment. Mixing shall be
continued for as long as necessary and repeated as often as required to ensure a thorough,
uniform and intimate mix of the parent material and the stabilising agent over the full area
and depth of the material to be treated. Care shall be taken not to disturb the compacted layer
underneath, nor to mix the stabilising agent in below the desired depth.
Mixing shall be done by motor grader, disc harrow, plough, rotary mixer or equivalent plant
approved by the Engineer, working over the full area and depth of the layer to be treated by
means of successive passes of the equipment.
(c) Watering
Immediately after the stabilising agent has been properly mixed with the parent material, the
moisture content of the mixture shall be determined, and the required amount of water shall
be added.
Each application or addition of water shall be well mixed with the parent material to avoid
concentration of water near the surface or flow of water over the surface of the layer.
Care shall be taken to ensure satisfactory moisture distribution over the full depth, width and
length of the section being treated and to prevent any portion of the work from getting
excessively wet after the stabilising agent has been added.
Any portion of the work that becomes too wet after the stabilising agent has been added and
before the mixture has been compacted, will be nominally rejected, and such portions shall
be allowed to dry out to the required moisture content. Where a chemical stabiilising agent is
used, the sections shall then be scarified and re-stabilised as required. All reworking due to
unsatisfactory moisture content shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
The water supply and watering equipment shall be adequate to ensure that all the water
required will be added and mixed with the material being treated within a short enough
period to enable compaction and finishing to be completed within the period specified in
Sub-clause 3803(g).
(d) Compaction
During compaction the treated layer shall be continuously bladed by motor grader, and loss
of moisture by evaporation shall be corrected by further light applications of water.
During compaction the Contractor shall lightly harrow or scarify the crust before final rolling
if so required by the Engineer, in order to prevent the formation of laminations near the
surface of the layer. Final rolling shall be done with equipment that will give a smooth
surface finish which conforms to the surface tolerances specified. Low patches on the surface
may not be filled after compaction.
The minimum compaction requirements shall be as specified for the particular layer in
Sections 3600, 3700, or in sub-clause (i) of this section of the Specifications according to
treatment.
A sufficient number of compacting units shall be employed on the work to ensure that, from
the time the stabilising agent is first applied to the layer, the mixing process, watering,
compacting, shaping and final finishing will be completed within the periods specified in
Sub-clause 3803(g).
(e) Finishing at junctions
Any finished portion of the treated layer adjacent to new work, which is used as a turn-round
area by equipment in constructing the adjoining section, shall be provided with a protective
cover of soil or gravel of at least 100 mm thick over a sufficient length to prevent damage to
work already completed. When the adjoining section is being finally finished, such cover
shall be removed to permit the making of a smooth vertical joint at the junction of the
different sections. Material in the vicinity of the joint which cannot be processed
satisfactorily with normal construction equipment shall be mixed and compacted by hand or
with suitable hand-operated machines.
(f) Curing the chemically stabilised work
The stabilised layer shall be protected against rapid drying-out for at least seven days
following completion of the layer.
The methods of protection may be any one or more of the following:
(i) The stabilised layer shall be kept continuously wet or damp by watering at frequent
intervals. This method will be permitted for up to a maximum period of 24 hours, but
one of Methods (ii) or (iii) following shall be applied as soon as the moisture content
of the stabilised layer so permits. Work which is not kept continuously wet or damp
but is subjected to consecutive wet-dry cycles, may be rejected by the Engineer
should he/she consider the layer to have been adversely affected.
(ii) The stabilised layer shall be covered with the material required for the following layer
while the stabilised layer is still in a wet or damp condition. The material forming the

protective layer shall be watered at such intervals as may be required to keep the
stabilised layer continuously wet or damp, and in dry weather this shall be done at
least once in every 24 hours.
(iii) The stabilised layer shall be covered with a curing membrane consisting of a spray-
grade emulsion or cutback bitumen applied at the rate specified or instructed by the
Engineer. The provisions of Section 4100 shall apply with changes as required to the
application of a curing membrane. Cutback bitumen may be used instead of bitumen
emulsion if trials show no adverse effect to the stabilised layer, such as loosening of
the surface, and the result is to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
No additional payment will be made for curing as described above, except that the
application of a curing membrane when specified or ordered by the Engineer shall be paid for
separately under Section 4100.
(g) Construction limitations
All cases
In all cases no treatment shall be applied when the moisture content of the parent material
exceeds the optimum moisture content by more than 2% of the dry mass of material, and no
treatment shall be done when weather conditions may adversely affect the operations in the
opinion of the Engineer.
Chemical stabilisation
For cemented layers, the chemical stabilising agent shall be applied only to an area of such
size that all processing, watering, compacting and finishing can be completed within the
period given in Table 3803/1. Excessive drying out or rain falling on the working area during
the process of stabilisation may be sufficient cause for the Engineer to order any affected
areas to be reconstructed at the Contractor's own cost.
TABLE 3803/1: CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS

Stabilising agent and material class Maximum time for completion after stabilising
agent comes in contact with the material to be
stabilised
Cement, C1.5, C1.0, C0.7 and CM 4 hours
Lime, C1.5, C1.0, and C0.7 8 hours
Lime, CM 48 hours
No traffic or any equipment not actually used for processing the layer may be allowed to pass
over the freshly spread stabilising agent. Only equipment required for curing or priming may
be allowed over the treated layers during the specified curing period. Where water spraying
equipment causes damage to the layer, the Contractor shall carry out watering by side-

spraying tankers travelling off the stabilised layer or alternative methods employed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
(h) Quality of materials and workmanship
The Contractor shall keep detailed records of the quantities of stabilising agent applied to the
road and the volume of material stabilised and shall make these records available to the
Engineer. The Contractor shall also monitor the rate of application when using bulk
spreading equipment, by taking a canvas patch or tray test every 200 metres or as required by
the Engineer.
All spreader equipment shall be calibrated and approved by the Engineer before use on the
road.
The requirements for testing compaction control shall be in accordance with Series 7000.
(i) Compaction requirements
The minimum required compacted density for pavement layers made of chemically stabilised
parent material shall comply with a minimum specification limit of 97% of MDD BS-heavy
compaction.
(j) Defective work or materials
Any material or work which does not comply with the requirements specified shall be
removed and replaced with new materials or be repaired as specified to comply with the
specified requirements if the Engineer permits.
(k) Trial sections
Before the Contractor commences with the chemical stabilisation or mechanical modification
of any layer, he shall demonstrate by constructing a trial section that the equipment and
procedure he proposes to use will result in the layer(s) complying in every way with the
specifications.
The trial section shall be at least 3,000 m2 in area and shall be constructed in its position in
the pavement. Only when such a trial section has been satisfactorily constructed and accepted
will the Contractor be permitted to proceed with further stabilised layer or mechanical
modification work. Once approval has been obtained the mixing process and equipment used
shall remain unaltered unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
In the event of the trial section being unsuccessful the Contractor shall remove the trial
section when instructed to do so by the Engineer.
The trial section shall be paid for separately only when it complies with all the requirements
of these Specifications and has been approved by the Engineer.
3804 MECHANICAL MODIFICATION

The minimum CBR is 45.
3805 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
Construction tolerances and testing shall be in accordance with Series 7000.

(a) General
Curing membrane, where required, shall be paid for under Section 4100.
Chemical stabilising agents shall in all cases be paid for separately under Item 38.03.
Mechanical modification shall in all cases be paid as an extra-over rate under Item 38.04.
Soil binder materials used for mechanical modification shall in all cases be paid for
separately under Item 38.05
The process of chemical stabilisation may be paid for in one of the two alternative ways
given below:
(i) As an extra-over rate for admixture of the stabiliser and curing, where all costs for
furnishing the natural gravel layer including compaction has been paid for already
under Section 3600 or Section 3700 of these Specifications as relevant,
or
(ii) As a payment for the full cost of providing the material to be stabilised, admixture of
stabiliser, compaction and curing, however at separate payment for the stabiliser.
(b) Payment for chemical stabilisation as an extra-over rate
ITEM UNIT
38.01 CHEMICAL STABILISATION
(a) EXTRA OVER ITEM 37.02(c) FOR CHEMICAL CUBIC METRE (m3)
STABILISATION
(b) EXTRA OVER ITEM 37.02(d) FOR CHEMICAL CUBIC METRE (m3)
STABILISATION
The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of stabilised material, the quantity of which
shall be determined in accordance with the authorised dimensions of the layers treated as
instructed by the Engineer.
The bid rates for chemical stabilisation under Item 38.01 shall be paid as an extra-over the
rate bid for constructing the un-stabilised layers. The bid rate for chemical stabilisation shall
therefore include full compensation for spreading and mixing the stabilising agent, curing the
stabilised sections, any extra water required, and all supervision, labour, equipment, tools and
incidentals (extra over those provided for in the rates bid for constructing the un-stabilised
layer) necessary for completing the specified work, but excluding the cost of supplying the
stabilising agent. No distinction shall be made in respect of the type of stabilising agent used
or the time for curing.
(c) Payment for chemical stabilisation as a full cost rate
ITEM UNIT
38.02 CHEMICAL STABILISATION: PAYMENT FOR FULL
COST OF PROVIDING:
(a) STABILISED LAYER, MATERIAL CLASS C1.5 CUBIC METRE (m3)
(b) STABILISED LAYER, MATERIAL CLASS C1.0 CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) STABILISED LAYER, MATERIAL CLASS C0.7 CUBIC METRE (m3)
(d) STABILISED LAYER, MATERIAL CLASS CM CUBIC METRE (m3)
The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of stabilised material, the quantity of which
shall be determined in accordance with the authorised dimensions of the layers provided and
treated as instructed by the Engineer.
The bid rates for chemical stabilisation under Item 38.02 shall include full compensation for
providing the material to be stabilised, breaking down, placing, spreading and mixing the
stabilising agent, curing the stabilised sections, any extra water required, and all materials,
supervision, labour, equipment, tools and incidentals compacting, testing the material
including the protection and maintenance of the layer, but excluding the cost of supplying the
stabilising agent
When payment for overhaul is allowed for in the Special Specifications and included in the
Bill of Quantities, the rates shall include a free haulage distance as defined in Section 1600.
When payment for overhaul is not allowed for in the Bill of Quantities, the rates shall include
for all transportation of the materials.
(d) Payment for the chemical stabilising agent
ITEM UNIT
38.03 CHEMICAL STABILISER AGENTS:
(a) ROAD LIME TONNE (t)
(b) COMMON CEMENT TONNE (t)
(c) BLAST-FURNACE CEMENT TONNE (t)
(d) OTHER STABILISING AGENTS (STATE TYPE) TONNE (t)
The unit of measurement shall be the tonne of stabilising agent. When mixtures of slag and
cement or lime are used, the quantity of each constituent shall be measured separately and
not the mixture as a whole. The quantity shall be determined in accordance with the
authorised rate of application within the layer concerned.
The bid rates shall include full compensation for providing the stabilising agent at the Works
irrespective of the rate of application specified or ordered by the Engineer. The rate for
milled blast-furnace slag shall include full compensation for premixing the blast-furnace
granulated slag with other stabilising agents in the required proportion. (e) Payment for
mechanical modification
ITEM UNIT
38.04 MECHANICAL MODIFICATION TO PRODUCE
MATERIAL CLASS G45 BY MIXING A BINDER
(Crushed stone CRR) WITH A NATURAL MATERIAL
(Natural Gravel G30)
(a) EXTRA OVER SUB-ITEMS 38.05(a) AND 37.02(c) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(b) EXTRA OVER SUB-ITEMS 38.05(b) AND 37.02(c) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) EXTRA OVER SUB-ITEMS 38.05(a) AND 37.02(b) CUBIC METRE (m3)
The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of compacted modified material.
The bid rate for mechanical modification under Item 38.04 shall be paid extra-over the rates
bid for the materials used in producing the modified layer. The bid rate shall include full
compensation for all additional work involved in mixing the materials and compaction to the
density specified in Table 3704/1. The measured quantity shall be the compacted volume of
the finished modified layer.
ITEM UNIT
38.05 BINDER MATERIAL USED FOR MECHANICAL
STABILISATION
(a) CRUSHED AGGREGATE CLASS CRR (FINE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(b) SAND CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) OTHER (STATE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)
The bid rate for the binder material under Item 38.05 used in mechanical modification shall
include full compensation for procuring, transporting, placing, watering and compacting the
material to the density specified in Table 3704/1.
The quantity measured under Item 38.05 shall be the compacted volume of the finished
modified layer LESS the compacted volume of natural material paid for under sub-Item
37.02(c) or 37.02(d). The proportions of each shall be determined from Trial Sections
specified in Clause 3804.

SECTION 3900 CRUSHED AGGREGATE ROAD BASE
3902 MATERIALS
(d) Material requirements - class CRR
Delete sub-clause and replace with the following:
Material for basecourse layers of material class CRR crushed aggregate as specified on the
Drawings shall meet the requirements given in Table 3902/2. The grading shall be fine
grading type.
3903 CONSTRUCTION
(c) Spreading and mixing
Delete the last paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the following
CRS and CRR crushed aggregate base material may be laid by grader providing that
tolerances specified in Section 7300 are achieved.
In the event the contractor is unable to lay the crushed aggregate using either grader or self-
propelled mechanical spreader and finisher to the specified tolerance, the contractor may
have to lay the material in two layers and is to allow for this in his rates.
3904 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

No traffic shall be allowed to travel on the finished base course before application and curing
of the bituminous emulsion prime coat.
The primed base course shall be covered by the bituminous surfacing as soon as is practical
but within a period of no more than 30 days.

ITEM UNIT
39.01 CRUSHED AGGREGATE FOR ROAD BASE
(a) CRUSHED AGGREGATE CLASS CRS (COARSE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(b) CRUSHED AGGREGATE CLASS CRS (FINE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) CRUSHED AGGREGATE CLASS CRR (COARSE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(d) CRUSHED AGGREGATE CLASS CRR (FINE TYPE) CUBIC METRE (m3)

SERIES 4000 BITUMINOUS LAYERS AND SEALS
SECTION 4100 PRIME AND CURING MEMBRANES
4102 MATERIALS
(a) Material for Priming
Delete “BS EN 12591: 2000” in the 2nd paragraph of this sub-Clause, and replace with “BS
EN 12591: 2009”
Add new sub-Clause as follows:
(d) General
The Contractor shall submit samples of the bituminous material that he proposes to use,
together with a statement as to its source, character and all laboratory test results as specified
in AASHTO M82, AASHTO M140 and/or AASHTO M208 and written approval shall be
obtained before supplying such material to Site. The Contractor is advised to initiate this
process in due time before the intended start date for use of the material. The actual choice of
material to be used shall be based on the trial sections.
The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous material to
furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the Contract. Only
satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by tests, shall be acceptable.
The furnishing of the manufacturer's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not
be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to
verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project.
4106 APPLICATION OF THE PRIME COAT OR CURING MEMBRANE

Delete the paragraph below Table 4106/1 and replace with the following;
The total width of primed surface shall be 150 mm wider than the specified width of the final
surfacing and the edges of the prime shall be parallel to the centreline of the road or as
prescribed by the Engineer.
4107 MAINTENANCE AND OPENING TO TRAFFIC

Add the following at the end of this Clause;
Where no convenient detour is available for traffic, operation shall be confined to one half
the roadway width at a time. The Contractor shall provide proper traffic control in order that
traffic may proceed without damage to the primed area.

SECTION 4200 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT
CONCRETE SURFACING
4203 MIX DESIGN AND PROPERTIES OF MIXED MATERIAL
Delete the paragraph and replace with the following;
The asphaltic mix design shall be carried out in accordance with the latest edition (28 days prior
to tendering) of the following;
Marshall Mix Design shall be used.
The Asphalt Institute Manual Series, MS-2 shall be used for guidance, the Clause 4203 shall take
precedence for air voids (See table 4203/1 below).
(a) Properties of mixed materials
Delete the paragraph and replace with the following;
The Contractor shall by conducting the necessary tests, prove to the Engineer that he/she will be
able to produce a mixture meeting requirements in TABLE 4203/1 for the respective mixes,
using the aggregate he/she proposed to supply, within the grading limit specified.
Delete Table 4203/1 and replace with the following table
TABLE 4203/1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR AC14 ASPHALT CONCRETE

SURFACING-MARSHALL MIX DESIGN
Property of mixture and laboratory test method Asphalt concrete continuously
graded AC14
Marshall flow (mm) 2-4
Marshall stability at refusal compaction (Newton) Min. 11,000
Marshall Stability (2x75 blows) (Newton) Min. 9,000

Air voids (%) 3-7
Voids in mineral aggregate (%) Min. 15
Voids filled with bitumen (%) 65 - 78
Indirect tensile strength (kPa) AASHTO T 283 Min. 800 tested at 25oC
Core voids (%) Max. 8
Compaction requirement Min. 98% Marshall density
Indirect wet tensile strength (kPa) AASHTO T 283 80% of dry strength

4204 COMPOSITIONS OF MIXTURES FOR BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE
AND SURFACING
Add the following at the end of the 5th paragraph;
The Asphalt Concrete Surfacing shall be a material of designation AC14 and designed
accordingly employing Marshall Mix Design methodology.
The Bituminous Binder for AC14 material shall be Penetration Grade of designation 50/70.
The compaction method for asphalt samples to determine air voids content at refusal shall be
the Extended Marshall Method.
For Asphalt Concrete Surfacing AC14 the requirement for air void content at refusal density
shall be a minimum of 2.5%.
At least 90 days before beginning production of bituminous base and binder course and
having received approval of the aggregates from the Engineer and delivery to site of the
approved bitumen, the Contractor shall make written proposals to the Engineer for the
Job-Mix Formula.
These shall be based on Trial Mixes prepared by the Contractor in the Site Laboratory in the
presence of the Engineer and all other mix design tests specified in this section.
The proposal shall further include information on storage, handling, mixing, paving and
compaction temperatures.
4205 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

(a) General
Delete the last sentence of the 2nd paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the
following:
Obsolete, worn-out or oil/fuel leaking plant will not be allowed on site.
(c) Spreading equipment, pavers

Delete the 1st paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the following:
All asphalt layers shall be paved by an appropriate type of self-propelled mechanical
spreader of a type approved by the Engineer and shall be kept in a good running condition
and adjusted correctly according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
4207 PRODUCING AND TRANSPORTING THE MIXTURE

(c) Transporting the mixture
Add the following at the end of this sub-Clause

The mix at delivery to the paver shall be not more than 10 oC below discharge temperature at the
mixing plant. The minimum temperature for the commencement of breakdown rolling shall be
determined on trial sections.
Mix loads of temperature less than the minimum temperature shall be disposed of.
If there is consistent failure to meet the temperature requirement the paving operations shall
be suspended until suitable measures are taken by the Contractor to ensure that the
temperature requirements are met. Should the Engineer stop the works for any reason related
to non-compliance with the specifications, there will be no compensation for any costs
incurred by the Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will there be any extension of time
granted as a result.
4208 SPREADING THE MIXTURE

(a) General
(i) The paver, general
Delete the 3rd paragraph of this sub-Clause and replace with the following;
The asphalt plant mixing capacity, the asphalt haulage fleet, the operating speed of the
asphalt paver, the number of rollers, etc shall be so coordinated to ensure continuous paving
to avoid intermittent stopping of the paver.
(ii) Workmanship
The roughness index shall be monitored to comply with IRI, ≤4.
4209 JOINTS
Add the following at the end of the 1 st paragraph;
All joints shall be cut vertical in full layer depth.
4210 COMPACTION
Add the following at the end of the 5 th paragraph;
An adequate number of roller passes shall be used to provide the specified pavement density. The
density shall be uniform over the whole area of the layer, as well as at the joints after
approximately 100 mm back cutting of tentative free edges.
The tyre pressure of pneumatic-tired rollers shall be adjusted to the maximum that the mixture
can withstand without excessive displacement of the asphalt layer.
The Contractor shall, when necessary, only employ approved slippage agents for the rollers.
Diesel will under no circumstances be accepted.

Delete 42.01 Asphalt concrete surfacing and replace with the following;
ITEM UNIT
42.01 ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACING
ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACING,

(a) (I) CUBIC METER
AC14, PG 50/70 AND COMPACTED
LAYER THICKNESS 50MM (M3)
(B) BITUMEN FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE TONNES (T)

SURFACING (PERFORMANCE GRADE
BITUMEN PG 50/70) 5%
SECTION 4500 DOUBLE SURFACE DRESSINGS

4501 SCOPE
Delete the first paragraph of clause 4501 and replace with the following;
This section covers the supply and furnishing of all materials for the construction of a
bituminous double seal for resealing or new construction. The seal shall be constructed using
nominal 20mm plus nominal 14mm aggregate.
4502 (b) AGGREGATES

Add the following at the end of Sub-clause 4502(b):
For double surface dressing to main carriageways, nominal aggregate sizes shall be 20mm
for the first seal and 14mm for the second seal with grading as indicated in Table 4502/1.
For double surface dressing to shoulders, nominal aggregate sizes shall be 20mm for the first
seal and 10mm for the second seal with grading as indicated in Table 4502/1.
Inset the following below the table 4502/2;
The percentage of friable particles, clay lumps and other deleterious matter shall not exceed
1% as determined by AASHTO T112. Content of washable particles of mineral origin, in %
by mass shall not exceed 2.5% when tested with ASTM C117.
The aggregate shall comply with the following requirements:
Ten Percent Fines (TFV), Dry, min.160kN
Ten Percent Fines, Wet, min 75% of corresponding TFV; Dry
Flakiness Index (BS812), max. 25
Sodium Sulphate Soundness (AASHTO T104), max 12
Polished Stone Value (BS 812 or SABS Method 848), max 50
4503 CONSTRUCTION
(e) Second layer of double surface dressings
(i) Nominal rates of binder and aggregate
TABLE 4503/2 : SECOND LAYER OF DOUBLE SURFACE DRESSING: NOMINAL RATES OF

BINDER AND AGGREGATE APPLICATION
Nominal size Nominal rates of application

of aggregate
Binder, hot bitumen Aggregate
(mm)
(litre/ m2) (kg/m2)
AADT
<200 200-1000 >1000
14 1.2 1.0 0.9 14
10 1.2 1.0 0.9 11
7 0.9 0.8 0.7 7
(h) Initial rolling of second layer

Steel wheeled rollers may only be used if approved by the Engineer and only steel wheeled
rollers weighing less than 8 tonnes total weight may be accepted.
Rolling shall begin immediately after chippings have been spread and in no case, later than 2
minutes after the application of the binder.
Rolling shall continue until all chippings are firmly embedded into the binder. The number of
passes shall be as agreed with the Engineer, but as a rule all chippings shall receive at least
six passes of the pneumatic tyre roller.
Excessive rolling resulting in crushing of chippings shall be avoided. The roller speed shall
not exceed 8 km/hr, unless otherwise agreed with the Engineer.
(i) Broom drag and final rolling of second layer

Brooming of chippings after spreading to effect redistribution will not be permitted. Any
excess of chippings shall be removed by hand and any insufficiently chipped area shall be
chipped by hand to obtain adequate coverage.
The road shall not be opened to traffic until the binder has attained sufficient viscosity to
prevent the chipping being whipped off. Vehicle speed shall be restricted to a maximum of
30 km/hr until there is sufficient adhesion to ensure that chippings will not be dislodged by
fast moving vehicles.

ITEM UNIT
45.01 DOUBLE SURFACE DRESSING USING:
(a) 20mm AND 14mm AGGREGATE IN 1ST AND 2ND SQUARE METRE
LAYER RESPECTIVELY (STATE TYPE OF BINDER (m2)
AND HOT BINDER APPLICATION RATE FOR EACH
LAYER IN LITRES PER SQUARE METRE
(b) AS SUB-ITEM 45.01(a) USING 20mm AND 10mm SQUARE METRE
AGGREGATE IN 1ST AND 2ND LAYER RESPECTIVELY (m2)
(c) AS SUB-ITEM 45.01(a) USING 14mm AND 7mm SQUARE METRE
AGGREGATE IN 1ST AND 2ND LAYER RESPECTIVELY (m2)
Add the following to Item 45.01 coverage:

The quantity of bituminous binder and the quantity of aggregates specified to be applied
including agreed variation in application shall be checked by weighing test trays before and
after application of bituminous binder and aggregates respectively.

SERIES 5000 ANCILLARY ROADWORKS
SECTION 5100 MARKER AND KILOMETRE POSTS
5102 MATERIALS
Add the following Sub-clause:
(c) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

The reflective posts shall be manufactured from flexible PVC material.

ITEM UNIT
51.01 MARKER POSTS
(a) FLEXIBLE REFLECTIVE POSTS (750MM X 210MM X NUMBER (no)
80MM)
(b) RENOVATING AND RE-ERECTION OF EXISTING NUMBER (no)
MARKER POSTS
(c) ROAD RESERVE MARKER POSTS NUMBER (no)
In the 2nd paragraph of item coverage, add ”with white reflective road paint” after “painting
the marker posts”.
ITEM UNIT
51.02 KILOMETRE POSTS
(a) NEW KILOMETRE POSTS NUMBER (no)
(b) RENOVATING AND RE-ERECTION OF EXISTING NUMBER (no)
KILOMETRE POSTS
(c) CULVERT MARKER POSTS NUMBER (no)
In the 2nd paragraph of item coverage, add ”with white reflective road paint” after “painting
the kilometre posts”.

SECTION 5200 GUARDRAILS
5502 MATERIALS
(a) Guardrails
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
Guardrails shall be provided as per EN 1317-1:2010 to correspond to H1, H2 and H3 -high
containment or Test level 3 containment as per the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware
(MASH). All guardrails and pedestrian railings shall be provided with reflectors.

Re-number Item 52.9 as Item 52.09

SECTION 5400 ROAD SIGNS
5403 MATERIALS
Delete the 3rd paragraph and replace with the following:

Sign plates shall be manufactured from a self-coloured grey Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP)
material not less than 3.2mm thick. The GRP sheet shall meet the impact requirements of
EN12899-1.
Delete the 2nd sentence of the 4th paragraph and replace with the following:
All signs shall be fully reflective in all colours with the exception of any part coloured black
and shall have a photometric performance in accordance with BS8408:2005. The reflective
sheeting is to be non-metallised designed for use on permanent static road traffic signs.
Stiffening channels shall be made from extruded aluminium channel in accordance with
EN12899-1 and painted to match the GRP plate.
5404 CONSTRUCTION
Delete the 1st 3 paragraphs and replace with the following:
Sign plates shall be stiffened when the maximum dimension of the sign exceeds 400mm.
The vertical channel spacing shall be in accordance with the sheeting manufacturer’s
recommendations but should not exceed 400mm.
Stiffening channels shall be secured using a self-pierce rivet system with a maximum rivet
spacing of 150mm and a maximum edge clearance of 30mm.
Add the following at the end of the 6th paragraph:
Each steel tube shall be filled from ground level upwards with lean concrete or grout to
prevent theft and if instructed by the Engineer, drilled with four holes each 8mm diameter at
a height 300mm above ground level to provide a safety break point in the case of vehicle
collision.

ITEM UNIT
54.01 GRP ROAD SIGNS ON STEEL POSTS
(a) ROAD SIGNS ON SINGLE POST, PLATE AREA ‘A’
(a)(i) A<= 0.5m2 NUMBER (no)
(a)(ii) A > 0.5m 2
NUMBER (no)
(b) ROAD SIGNS ON MULTIPLE POSTS, PLATE AREA
‘A’
(b)(i) A<= 1.5m2 NUMBER (no)
(b)(ii) 1.5m < A < 2.5m
2 2
NUMBER (no)
(b)(iii) A > 2.5m2 NUMBER (no)

SECTION 5500 ROAD MARKINGS
5502 MATERIALS
(a) Paint for road marking
(ii) Reflectorization
Delete the sub-clause and replace with the following:

In accordance with EN 1436 or ASTM E1710, the minimum retroreflective requirements for
road markings shall be 100 mcd/lux/m² (R3) in dry weather conditions and 35 mcd/lux/m²
(RW2) in wet and rainy conditions.
5509 ROAD STUDS

Road studs shall be prismatic retroreflective type two- way markers conforming to ASTM D
4280.

ITEM UNIT
55.03 ROAD MARKINGS USING THERMO-PLASTIC
ROAD MARKING MATERIALS
(a) WHITE LINES (BROKEN OR UNBROKEN) 100mm METRE (m)
WIDTH
(i) WHITE LINES UNBROKEN, 100mm WIDE, TYPE METRE (m)
M21
(ii) WHITE LINES BROKEN, 100mm WIDE, TYPE M22 METRE (m)
(iii) WHITE LINES BROKEN, >100mm WIDE, TYPE METRE (m)
M23, M22, M32
(b) YELLOW LINES (BROKEN OR UNBROKEN) METRE (m)
(i) YELLOW LINES UNBROKEN, 100mm WIDE, METRE (m)
TYPE M01
(ii) YELLOW LINES BROKEN, 100mm WIDE, TYPE METRE (m)
M03
(c) WHITE LINES (BROKEN), 100MM WIDE, TYPE METRE (m)
M24 ACOUSTIC EDGE LINE
(d) WHITE LINES > 100mm WIDTH, LETTERING SQUARE METRE
AND SYMBOLS (m2)
(e) YELLOW LINES > 100mm WIDTH, LETTERING SQUARE METRE
AND SYMBOLS (m2)
ITEM UNIT
(f) TRAFFIC ISLAND MARKINGS (ANY COLOUR) SQUARE METRE
(m2)
Add the following at the end of the 1st paragraph of coverage to Item 55.03:
All lines wider than 100mm in Give Way markings, Pedestrian Crossings etc. will be
measured under sub-Items 55.03(d) or (e)

SECTION 5600 LANDSCAPING AND GRASSING
Delete sub-Item 56.03(c) and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
56.03 PREPARING THE AREAS FOR GRASSING
(c) TOPSOILING WITHIN THE ROAD RESERVE WHERE HECTARE (ha)
THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS ARE USED
(c)(i) TOPSOIL STOCKPILED UNDER SUB-ITEM 31.01(b)(i) CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c)(ii) TOPSOIL OBTAINED FROM OTHER SOURCES BY CUBIC METRE (m3)
THE CONTRACTOR
Add the following final paragraph in coverage for Item 56.04:

The rate per unit area of grassing, irrespective of the method of grassing, shall include full
compensation for any necessary watering at whatever stage and mowing of grass. Items
56.05, 56.06 and, 56.07 shall not be measured separately for payment.
ITEM UNIT
56.10 EXTRA WORK FOR LANDSCAPING
PROVISIONAL SUM
PROVISIONAL SUM FOR TREE PLANTING ALONG
(a) THE EDGE OF THE ROAD RESERVE BY A
GREENING RIGHT OF WAY TEAM (GROW) TEAM
NOMINATED BY UNRA)
(b) CONTRACTORS MARK-UP/OVERHEADS AND PERCENT (%)
PROFIT AS A PERCENTAGE OF THAT PART OF SUB-
ITEM 56.10 (a) USED FOR PAYMENT FOR
LANDSCAPING WORK DONE BY A GROW TEAM
NOMINATED BY UNRA
Add the following final paragraph in item coverage:
This Provisional Sums may also be used should the Engineer instruct the Contractor to
appoint the Forestry Department (of the Government of the Republic of Uganda) to plant
grass, trees, shrubs or hedges. In this instance the Forestry Dept shall water and maintain the
grass, trees, shrubs or hedges which they plant and will in effect become a nominated sub-
contractor to the Contractor.

SECTION 5700 FINISHING THE ROAD AND ROAD RESERVE AND
TREATING OLD ROADS
Delete the 1st paragraph of coverage to Item 57.01 and replace with the following:
The unit of measurement shall be the area in Hectares of old road or temporary diversion
treated.

SECTION 5800 ROAD LIGHTING
5801 SOLAR LED ROAD LIGHTING
This section lists the typical technical specifications and recommended documentation
requirements for solar‐powered LED road lighting. Requirements for the different key parts
are listed separately. For solar, the key concerns include ensuring the highest efficiency of
each part, and how the parts are connected to each other in the most efficient manner, thereby
losing the least amount of energy.
5802 LUMINAIRE AND LED DRIVER

The following are the applicable luminaire standards
 IEC/EN 60598‐1,
 IEC/EN 60598‐2‐3,
 IEC/EN 62471,
 IEC 62471‐2,
 IEC 62778,
 EN 62493,
 EN 55015,
 EN 61547,
 EN 61000
The applicable LED Driver Test Standards are the following:
 IEC 61347‐1,
 EN 61347‐2‐13,
 EN 62384,
 EN 55015,
 EN 61547,
 EN 61000.
The Luminaire and LED driver for the solar road lighting system supplied must comply with
the specifications provided in the table below.

TABLE 5802/1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLAR ROAD LIGHTING
No. Parameters Specifications Proof of Technical Compliance
Light Quality and

LM79 Test Report, Data Sheet,
1 Overall Uniformity As per CIE standard for road type
Luminaire Supplier Declaration
Ratio
2 System Efficacy ≥100 lm/W LM79 Test Report
CCT and Colour 4000 ± 500 K (Neutral White) LM79 Test Report, LED
3
Consistency <7SDCM Manufacturer Declaration
LM79 Test Report, LED

4 Colour Rendering Index ≥70
Manufacturer Declaration
High pressure die‐cast aluminium Luminaire Manufacturer’s

5 Housing w/ heat management system in Declaration, Visual inspection
light gray colour of sample
Luminaire Manufacturer’s
6 Cover Tempered glass cover declaration, Visual inspection
of sample
Tool‐less opening Replaceable

7 Maintenance Visual inspection of sample
gear tray
9,000 lumens < 7 kg 12,000

8 Weight lumens < 9 kg 19,000 lumens < Visual inspection of sample
15 kg
≥ IP66 without glue (for luminaires

with lumen package of >7000
lumens)
9 IP Rating IEC 60598‐2‐3 Test Report
≥ IP65 without glue (for luminaires
with lumen package of <7000
lumens)
IK Test Report, IEC 60598

10 IK Rating ≥IK08
Vibration Test Report
Electrical Protection for

11 Surge Protection of 2KV Device 3rd party lab report / datasheet
Luminaire
Rated lifetime and LM80 LED Lumen

12 L70 at 50,000 hours or better
Lumen Maintenance maintenance report
Input Voltage of LED Datasheet, Luminaire Supplier

13 12V (<6000lm) or 24V (≥6000 lm)
Driver Declaration

No. Parameters Specifications Proof of Technical Compliance
14 Operating Temperature 40°C to 45°C IEC 60598 Test Report
15 Electrical Insulation Class I IEC 60598‐2‐3 Test Report
16 Termination Type Plug & play terminal blocks IEC 60598‐2‐3 Test Report
Electrical Protection for Output Short Circuit Output

17 IEC 61347‐2‐13 Test Report
LED Driver Overload Input reverse protection
5803 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES

The applicable test standards for the solar photovoltaic module are IEC 61215 and IEC
61730. The solar photovoltaic module must comply with the specifications provided in the
table below.
TABLE 5803/1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SOLAR PHOTOVALTIC MODULE
No Parameters Specifications Proof of Technical Compliance
1 General Solar PV Modules made of poly or  Data sheet

Requirements mono‐crystalline silicon solar cells,
 Panel supplier declaration
equipped with weatherproof
connectors  Certificate of testing showing
product conforming to relevant
IEC standards.
2 Rated Output 250Wp with tolerance of  Data sheet

Power
±5W  PV panel supplier Declaration
 IEC61215 Test Report
3 Voltage at Rated 17.5V for each module  Test report

Output Power
 Data sheet
4 Open Circuit 22.0V for each module  Test report

Voltage
 Data sheet
5 IP Rating IP 65 for junction box IP67 for  Test report

cable connector
5804 CHARGE CONTROLLER

The applicable test standards for the charge controller are the following:
I. EN 62109‐1,
II. EN 55015,
III. EN 61547,

IV. EN 61000.
The Charge Controller is considered the “heart of the system” that regulates the flow of
current in the system and starts the light when it detects darkness. It controls power
harvested from the PV panel to charge the battery, with the intent of safely and reliably
maintaining battery life and a high state of charge. Multiple stages of battery charging
protect the battery from over‐discharging, thereby extending battery life. The charge
controller also controls the power available from the battery, with the intent of limiting the
depth of battery discharge to prolong battery life. The charge controller must comply with
TABLE 5804/1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CHARGE CONTROLLER
Proof of Technical
No Parameters Specifications
Compliance
 Designed to match the proposed  Test certificates from

solar PV module, battery, and international accredited
General LED drivers. testing and certification
1
Requirements  To have a clear and reliable LED organization providing
or Liquid Crystal Display that multiple stages of battery
indicates operating status. charging.
Nominal Charge
2 12/24V DC Auto  Datasheet
Voltage
Operating
3
Temperature ‐40°C to 60°C  Datasheet
4 IP Rating IP 66  Datasheet
 Load disconnect/ reconnect

voltage
 Battery overvoltage protection
Protection  Short circuit Reverse polarity
5  Datasheet
Class
 Over Charge, Over Discharge,
Overload, Short circuit, Reverse
current, polarity reverse
connection, Surge
5805 BATTERIES
The applicable test standard for the batteries is IEC 61427. The batteries must comply with

TABLE 5805/1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE BATTERIES
Proof of Technical
No Parameters Specifications
Compliance
1 General Shall be sealed maintenance‐free  Test certificates from
Requirements lead‐ acid or gel type battery. international accredited
testing and certification
Fully sealed Maintenance‐free gel
organization
battery
 Datasheet
2 Rating Capacity Maximum capacity 12V/250Ah or  Datasheet
24V/250Ah
Average Self‐ ≤3% per month at 25°C  Data sheet/ test report
3 Discharge Rate
4A Protection Class Batteries to be supplied in a box with  3rd party test report /
(Under or above protection Class of at least IP68, certification
ground) which ensures batteries not damaged
if 1.3m underwater for 30 days.
4B Protection Class Batteries to be supplied in a box or a  3rd party test report /
(on the pole) suitable enclosure with protection certification
Class of at least IP21
5 Operating Charge (‐22°C to 55°C) Discharge (‐  Datasheet
Temperature 10°C to 55°C) Storage (‐22°C to
55°C)
6 Cycle Life Cycle life of the battery must exceed  Graphical information on
700 cycles when discharged down to cycle life versus depth of
an average depth of discharge discharge (at specified
(DOD) of 50% temperatures)
 Datasheet

5806 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 5806/1 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
No Proof of Technical
Parameters Specifications Compliance
1 Accessory Shall be provided with complete set of  3rd party lab report/
wiring and terminals with a minimum of certification
IP67 protection class, mast‐ arms, and
brackets.
2 Wind Load Any system equipment/component in the  3rd party lab
Rating pole shall withstand a max wind load of report/certification
2.0Pa (57 m/s).
3 Warranty Min. of 2 years from date of delivery.  Warranty paper
Warranty should be for the full system
(luminaire, charge controller, PV panel,
battery, and other accessories.

The unit of measurement shall be the number of solar road lighting provided.
Add the following new Items 58.01 relating to road lighting
ITEM UNIT
58.01 SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF STEEL SOLAR ROAD NUMBER
LIGHTING COLUMN WITH PLANTED BASE 8M HIGH
COLUMN WITH SINGLE BRACKET ARM 1.0M LONG WITH 5
DEGREE TILT TO THE HORIZONTAL PLACED AT 20M
SPACING (COMPLETE INCLUDING FOUNDATIONS, SOLAR
POWERED EQUIPMENT - PANELS, BATTERIES, WIRING,
E.T.C) AS PER TYPICAL DRAWING

SECTION 5900 BUS STOP SHELTERS
5901 SCOPE
The Contractor shall be entitled to payments in respect of the number of Bus Stop Shelters
installed.
Add the following new Items 59.01 relating to provision of Bus Stop Shelters.

ITEM UNIT
59.01 SUPPLY AND INSTALL BUS STOP SHELTERS AS NUMBER
DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS

SERIES 6000 STRUCTURES
SECTION 6100 FOUNDATIONS FOR STRUCTURES
6107 UTILIZATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
Delete second paragraph and substitute with this:
Excavated material used for backfilling or not taken to spoil but used in the construction of
embankments or other parts of the work, as directed by the engineer, will be paid under the
relevant item purpose of which it is used.
Delete the third paragraph and replace with this:
No overhaul shall be paid for the excavated and imported fill material.

In Item 61.28 delete “EXTRA OVER ITEM 61.30” and replace with “EXTRA OVER
ITEM 61.27"
Delete “ITEM 61.30” in the item coverage and replace with “ITEM 61.27”.
Re-number Item 61.32 as Item 61.29

SECTION 6200 FALSEWORK, FORMWORK AND CONCRETE FINISH
ITEM UNIT
62.01 FORMWORK TO PROVIDE SURFACE FINISH:
(a) CLASS F1 TO CONCEALED SURFACES SQUARE METRE (m2)
(b) CLASS F2 TO EXPOSED SURFACES SQUARE METRE (m2)
(c) CLASS F3 TO EDGE BEAMS SQUARE METRE (m2)
Delete the 3rd paragraph “Note” in item coverage after Item 62.04 and replace with the
following:
The rates entered under Item 62.01 shall include for formwork at any angle including vertical
and horizontal to soffits.

SECTION 6300: STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR STRUCTURES
6302 MATERIALS
(a) Steel bars
Delete and replace with the following:

Steel reinforcing bars shall be high yield stress deformed bars complying with the
requirements of US 155:1995, BS 4449:1997 or equivalent on the approval of the Engineer
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. For each consignment of steel reinforcement
delivered on the site, the Contractor shall submit a certificate issued by a recognised testing
authority to confirm that the steel complies with the specified requirements.

SECTION 6400 CONCRETE FOR STRUCTURES
6402 MATERIALS
(a) Cement
Delete (i) and replace with this:
(i) Cement for the concrete and mortar works unless otherwise indicated in the drawings shall
be Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) complying with requirements of US 310-1:2001/EAS
18-1, or BS EN 197-1:2000 or equivalent standard on approval of the Engineer.
6404 CONCRETE QUALITY

TABLE 6404/2 CLASSES OF CONCRETE
Minimum cement Minimum
content / m3 strength
Class of concrete
Characteristic
Cements (kg)
resisting (kg)
Type of construction
Common
Sulphate
(MPa)
(MPa)
Mean
30/14 All precast work 390 360 30 45
25/20 Normal RC structures 360 330 25 40
20/40 Pipe Culvert protection; benching in manholes and 270 290 20 35
chambers; blinding concrete; mass concrete
structures
15/40 Blinding and other unreinforced concrete works 270 290 15 20
30/20 Concrete for box culvert 270 350 30 40
7/40 Kerb foundation or haunch; filling to overbreak 270 290 7 11.6

ITEM UNIT
64.01 CAST IN-SITU CONCRETE (CLASS OF CONCRETE AND
PART OF STRUCTURE OR USE INDICATED)
(a) CLASS 15/40 IN BLINDING AND OTHER CUBIC METRE (m3)
UNREINFORCED CONCRETE
(b) CLASS 25/20 IN REINFORCED CONCRETE CUBIC METRE (m3)
(c) CLASS 30/14 IN PRECAST MEMBERS CUBIC METRE (m3)
(d) CLASS 30/20 CONCRETE FOR BOX CULVERT CUBIC METRE (m3)
SURROUNDING
(d) CLASS 20/40 FOR PIPE CULVERT SURROUNDING CUBIC METRE (m3
(e) KERB FOUNDATION OR HAUNCH; FILLING TO CUBIC METRE (m3
OVERBREAK

SECTION 6600 NO-FINES CONCRETE; JOINTS; BEARINGS;
PARAPETS AND DRAINAGE FOR STRUCTURES
Delete Item 66.03 and 66.09 and replace with the following:
ITEM UNIT
66.03 PROPRIETARY EXPANSION JOINTS
(a) PRIME COST PER METRE FOR PURCHASING AND METRE (m)
TAKING DELIVERY OF PROPRIETARY EXPANSION
JOINTS
ITEM UNIT
66.09 PROPRIETARY BEARINGS
(a) PRIME COST PER BEARING FOR PURCHASING AND NUMBER (no)
TAKING DELIVERY OF PROPRIETARY BEARINGS
Introduce the Table below under 66.24
ITEM UNIT
66.24 ANCILLARIES FOR PROTECTION
(a) POROUS FILTER MATERIAL BEHIND STRUCTURES AS M3
SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER
(b) PROVIDE JERSEY BARRIERS FOR PROTECTION OF NUMBER (NO)
GUARD RAILS
(c) SUPPLY AND INSTALL BOLLARD FENDERS ON LAND NUMBER (NO)
(d) SUPPLY AND INSTALL FENDERS IN WATER NUMBER (NO)

SERIES 7000 TOLERANCES, TESTING AND QUALITY
CONTROL
SECTION 7100 TESTING OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
Re-number this Clause as Clause 7126
Add the following new Clauses 7118 to 7126:
7118 INITIAL SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS AT THE

START OF THE PROJECT
Clauses 7119 to 7125 and Items 71.02 to 71.08 in Clause 7126 relate to initial additional
geotechnical investigations at the start of the project. Fieldwork is to be completed within
six (06) months of the Commencement Date. Failure to complete this work within this
specified time may lead to a 3,000,000 UGX per day deduction which shall be deducted
from monies due in the next interim payment certificate.
7119 SCOPE OF INITIAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS

(a) Trial Pit and DCP Investigations
In order to verify and supplement the information available regarding the general nature of
material that will be encountered in roadbed and shallow cuttings, Trial pit and DCP
investigations shall be carried out.
Where the new alignment is on embankment, trial pits 2.5m in depth shall be excavated at
2.5km intervals with DCP testing at 0.5km intervals in between trial pits, of less if the types
of materials are changing.
Where the new alignment is in cutting, trial pits 1.5m in depth shall be excavated at 0.5km
intervals except where deep cut investigations are to be carried out.
(b) Bridge/Structure Foundation Investigations

In order to verify the assumptions made in the design of foundations for new bridges, box
culverts and other structures such as retaining walls, an investigation is required to determine
the nature and depth of materials under the foundations. Geotechnical testing is required to
establish soil properties for the design of spread foundations or piles as appropriate for each
site. The contractor shall submit the results of these investigations in time to allow the
engineer at least 8 weeks to review the foundation design.
The load bearing capacity of the bridges (two in number) shall be checked by loading test.
The testing requires loaded trucks placed and moved over the deck slab and checking the
deflection.
In addition, concrete core tests may be required to verify the concrete strength used in the
construction of the two bridges.
(c) Investigations in Deep Road Cuttings

In order to verify the assumptions made in the design of deep road cuttings, the Engineer will
require ground investigations to determine the type of material that will be encountered in
road cuttings in excess of 3m depth. The extent of these investigations will be instructed by
the Engineer.
The Contractor may carry out the investigations using an excavator where there is sufficient
space and there is no danger to vehicles, pedestrians or adjacent property. Where space is
limited, depth excessive, or otherwise unsafe, the investigations shall be carried out by
borehole.
The contractor shall ensure that any excavated trial hole is made safe for operatives and the
general public, backfilled, compacted and restored upon completion.
(d) Investigation in Swamps

In order to verify the depth and properties of soils within swamps, trial auger holes up to a
depth of 3m or penetrometer readings to a depth of 10m will be carried out. The Engineer
may also instruct borehole investigations.
The investigations as per the above items a, b, c, and d, will be paid to the Contractor under
item 71.01 a & b.
(e) Investigation at Quarries

In order to verify the suitability of rock in potential quarries, the Engineer may instruct
borehole investigation. Rotary drilling shall extend at least 5m into the rock after first
refusal.
For the approval of the stone quarry, the Contractor will perform, at his own expenses, all
preliminary investigations he deems necessary, to prove the quality of the stone in
accordance with the Specifications, the homogeneousness of the quarry, along with the
available quantities.
(f) Water for Construction

Samples of river water shall be taken from the river at each bridge site to test the quality for
suitability for use in the works.
(g) Limitations on Additional Geotechnical Investigations

Ground investigations undertaken at the instruction of the Engineer shall be deemed to
provide information required by the Engineer. The information so obtained will be available

to the Contractor but costs of carrying out any additional soil investigation or obtaining
information on borrow areas or quarries required by the Contractor shall be deemed to be
included within the Contractor’s obligations in Clause 1205 of the Specifications.
7121 PARTICULAR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A method statement and risk assessment for the investigations shall be submitted to UNRA
for approval. Working practices shall comply with current Ugandan Health and Safety
Legislation.
The Contractor’s investigation team shall be led by a qualified Geologist or Materials
Engineer to supervise the works and ensure compliance with all specified sampling and
testing, describe materials, prepare exploratory logs and produce a Factual Report.
Access to either side of the existing highway and to new alignment sections may be possible
and shall be assessed at the time of the investigative works.
• All personnel working on the site shall wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment
to include as a minimum hard hat, site safety boots with steel toe caps, high-visibility
vest and gloves (as appropriate).
• The Contractor is responsible for locating any services in the vicinity. Where services
are known to exist, a hand dug inspection pit shall be excavated to positively locate the
service before investigation commences.
• Appropriate signage and barriers should be erected during the works at each exploratory
hole to prevent vehicles and public from entering the work area.
• All field work is to be undertaken in accordance with British Standards BS 5930:1999
‘Code of Practice for Site Investigation 1999’ or alternative code as approved by the
Engineer.
• Laboratory testing is to be undertaken in accordance with British Standard BS
1377:1990 ‘Methods of test for soils for civil engineering purposes’ or alternative code
as approved by the Engineer
It is recommended that the ground investigation contractor undertakes a site visit prior to the
works to ensure that the full scope, programme of works and site access is understood.
7122 PARTICULAR BOREHOLE REQUIREMENTS

The boreholes shall be sunk using one of the following methods: -
(1) Auger (with recovery)
(2) Rotary drilling (with recovery)
(3) Dynamic sampling (with recovery) e.g. shell and auger / cable percussion
For bridges, generally two boreholes are required with one on either side of the river.
Boreholes should be positioned as near as possible to the proposed bridge centreline.
Boreholes shall extend below soft strata in order to identify the depth and nature of any rock.
When rock is encountered, boring should continue at least 1m deeper to ensure that the rock
is not an isolated boulder. Termination of boreholes shall be instructed by the Engineer. The
location of boreholes for other structures, if required, will be advised by the Engineer.
For deep cuts, a borehole will be required at 100m spacing along the road, or as otherwise
directed by the Engineer, offset from the road centreline at the point of deepest cut.
If required by the Engineer, the samples from the boreholes shall be photographed with
appropriate labels so that they can be referenced.
Where instructed by the Engineer, a standpipe shall be installed in the boreholes. The
standpipe shall be dipped during the fieldwork to determine the standing water level. If the
groundwater level is obvious, for example where there are ditches/ponds close by, the
standpipe shall not be required.
7123 PARTICULAR SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS

The contractor shall take samples from excavations and boreholes at vertical intervals of
2.0m or at major changes in strata. These samples will be transported to the site laboratories
and tested as specified in Clause 7124.
Samples shall be stored in appropriate containers as required by the Engineer.
• Containers for small disturbed samples shall be either glass or plastic jars/tubs and shall
be capable of holding a sample of weight 1 kilogram (kg). The lids shall be watertight to
preserve moisture content.
• Bulk samples (up to 25kg) shall be placed in strong PVC bags and sealed to preserve
moisture content.
• If undisturbed samples are feasible with the plant used, then the Engineer will advise on
storage and preservation. As a minimum, samples should be sealed to avoid moisture
loss and stored/ transported such that the soil sample is not damaged or disturbed.
• Water sampling, testing and reporting shall be in accordance with BS EN 1008:2002
(Mixing water for concrete - Specification for sampling, testing and assessing the
suitability of water, including water recovered from processes in the concrete industry,
as mixing water for concrete). A minimum of 3 number water samples of 5 litres each
shall be taken at each bridge site.

7124 PARTICULAR LABORATORY TESTING REQUIREMENTS
The Engineer will schedule laboratory testing based on the draft logs supplied by the
contractor.
(a) Laboratory testing should include the following:

 Natural Moisture Content
 Atterberg Limits
 Particle Size Distribution
 pH, sulphate, resistivity (ohm-cm), Water-soluble sulphates (WS) (g/l as SO4),
chloride ion (ppm) and oxidisable sulfides (OS) (% as SO4) and organic content
determinations.
 Consolidation testing in an oedometer (where undisturbed samples available)
 Undrained shear strength testing in a Triaxial Cell (where undisturbed samples
available)
 Drained shear strength testing in a shear box or Triaxial Cell (where undisturbed
samples available)
 Unconfined compressive strength of rock
(b) Laboratory testing for trial pits and deep cuttings should include the following:
 CBR
 Linear shrinkage
(c) Laboratory testing for swamps should include the following:

(d) Laboratory testing for quarries should include the following:

 Los Angeles Abrasion
 10% Fines value dry
 10% Fines value wet
 Aggregate crushing value
 Sodium sulphate soundness
 Bitumen affinity
(e) Laboratory testing for water should include the following:

 pH value
 Sulphates content
 Chlorides content
7125 PARTICULAR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Draft logs for all trial holes and boreholes etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer within 48
hours after completion of the individual investigation.
The contractor shall prepare a draft Factual Report describing the works undertaken and will
include copies of the exploratory logs. This shall be submitted within 14 days of completion
of the fieldwork phase. The results of laboratory testing shall be included in a Final Factual
Report which shall be issued within 4 weeks of receiving the final laboratory test schedule
from the Engineer. An electronic version of the report shall also be issued.
Final factual results of boreholes and sample testing for bridges/structures shall be submitted
to the Engineer no later than 8 weeks prior to the date of commencement of proposed bridge
construction works.

ITEM UNIT
71.01 SPECIAL TESTS INSTRUCTED BY THE ENGINEER
(a) SPECIAL TESTS PROVISIONAL SUM
Add the following new Items 71.02 to 71.08 relating to Initial Additional Geotechnical
Investigations
ITEM UNIT
71.02 INVESTIGATION BY DYNAMIC CONE NUMBER (No)
PENETROMETER

ITEM UNIT
71.03 INVESTIGATION BY TRIAL PIT: DEPTH 1.5m NUMBER (No)
ITEM UNIT
71.04 INVESTIGATION BY HAND AUGER
(a) IN SWAMPS TO DEPTH ‘D’
(a)(i) 0.0m < D <= 3.0m NUMBER (No)
ITEM UNIT
71.05 INVESTIGATION BY EXCAVATOR
(a) AT BRIDGE/STRUCTURE SITES TO DEPTH ‘D’
(a)(i) 0.0m < D <= 2.5m METRE (m)
(a)(ii) 2.5m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(b) AT DEEP CUTS TO DEPTH ‘D’
(b)(i) 0.0m < D <= 2.5m METRE (m)
(b)(ii) 2.5m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
ITEM UNIT
71.06 INVESTIGATION BY MOBILE PLATFORM
PENETROMETER
(a)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(a)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(b)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(b)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(c) AT SWAMPS TO DEPTH ‘D’
(c)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(c)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
ITEM UNIT
71.07 INVESTIGATION BY ROTARY OR SHELL AND
AUGER BOREHOLE DRILLING
(a)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(a)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(a)(iii) 10.0m < D <= 15.0m METRE (m)
(a)(iv) 15.0m < D <= 20.0m METRE (m)
(b)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(b)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(b)(iii) 10.0m < D <= 15.0m METRE (m)
(b)(iv) 15.0m < D <= 20.0m METRE (m)
(c) AT SWAMPS TO DEPTH ‘D’
(c)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(c)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(d) AT QUARRIES TO DEPTH ‘D’
(d)(i) 0.0m < D <= 5.0m METRE (m)
(d)(ii) 5.0m < D <= 10.0m METRE (m)
(d)(iii) 10.0m < D <= 15.0m METRE (m)
(d)(iv) 15.0m < D <= 20.0m METRE (m)
(e) EXTRA OVER SUB-ITEMS 71.05 (a) TO (d) FOR METRE (m)
ROTARY DRILLING IN ROCK
ITEM UNIT
71.08 LABORATORY TESTING AND REPORTING
(a) SET OF LABORATORY TESTS ON NUMBER (no)
BRIDGE/STRUCTURE FOUNDATION SAMPLES AS
PER SUB-CLAUSE 7124(a)
(b) SET OF LABORATORY TESTS ON TRIAL PIT AND NUMBER (no)
DEEP CUT SAMPLES AS PER SUB-CLAUSE 7124(b)
(c) SET OF LABORATORY TESTS ON SWAMP SAMPLES NUMBER (no)
AS PER SUB-CLAUSE 7124(c)
(d) SET OF LABORATORY TESTS ON QUARRY NUMBER (no)
SAMPLES AS PER SUB-CLAUSE 7124(d)
(e) SET OF LABORATORY TESTS ON WATER SAMPLES NUMBER (no)
AS PER SUB-CLAUSE 7124(e)
ITEM UNIT
71.09 A CONCRETE CORING AND TESTING NO

71.09 B BRIDGE LOAD TESTING NO
Fieldwork specified in Clauses 7118 to 7125 shall be completed within six (06) months of
the issue of the Notice to Commence the Works.
The Contractor shall allow for all the requirements specified in Clauses 7118 to 7126 and for
the following:
(a) All plant, transport, labour and equipment for investigations and sampling. The
Contractor shall further allow for hire of any plant, transport and equipment if his
own is not mobilised in time. If the mobile platform penetrometer supplied to the
Engineer’s laboratory proves capable of carrying out the required testing, the
Contractor may opt to use this equipment but will be required to maintain it in full
working order with replacement parts as required.
(b) Setting up penetrometer and drilling rigs at each investigation site and removal after
completion including reinstatement of the site to a safe condition.
(c) Constructing stable platforms for penetrometer or borehole investigations in swamps
and other waterlogged or unstable areas as necessary where ground conditions so
dictate.
(d) The bid rates for Items 71.02 and 71.06 shall include for interpretation of results.
(e) Pay items have not been included for miscellaneous works such as inspection pits for
locating services, borehole standpipes etc. and the Contractor shall include for these
in his bid rates.
(f) The Contractor shall include in his bid rate for all costs in carrying out testing at a
commercial laboratory if the site laboratory is not complete and functioning.
(g) The Contractor shall also include in his bid rates for all reporting including the
Factual Report.
Payment under Item 71.06 shall be made according to the number of complete sets of tests
undertaken by the Contractor.

SERIES 8000 DAYWORKS
SECTION 8100 LABOUR
The Contractor shall be entitled to payments in respect of the total time that labour is
employed on Dayworks calculated from the rates entered by him in the Schedule of
Dayworks, Section 8100: Labour”. Hourly labour rates shall include for all transport to and
from the place of work. Only time engaged in working on the particular work task ordered
by the Engineer will be paid.
Payment shall only be made for the time each class of labour is working on Dayworks
instructed by the Engineer.
The rates for labour shall include for the cost of the following:
i. Supervision and transport of staff;
ii. Any special allowance to such labour in respect of subsistence, overtime, bonuses,
feeding, housing, holiday, transport to and from the place of Daywork, overhead
charges in respect of recruitment, camp administration and welfare and insurances;
iii. Supply, transport about the Site, used, maintenance and renewal of small tools used
on Dayworks, such as picks shovels, barrows, trowels, hand saws, buckets, trestles,
hammers, chisels and all items of a like nature and not specifically referred to in the
items for construction plant and protective clothing; and,
iv. All other costs which the Contractor may incur in the employment of labour including
overheads, profit and any other costs or allowances.

SECTION 8200 MATERIALS
The Contractor shall be entitled to payments in respect of materials used for Dayworks at the
rates entered by him in the “Schedule of Dayworks, Section 8200: Materials”. Materials unit
rates shall include for all transport of materials to the location where they are to be
incorporated into the Works.
Payment shall only be made for materials instructed by the Engineer for use on Dayworks.
The net weights, volumes and areas as appropriate, verified by the Engineer in accordance
with his instructions, shall be measured.
The rates for materials shall include for the cost of the following:
i. purchase or provision of the material,
ii. transport to Site and place of Dayworks,
iii. storage, insurance, handling, placing,
iv. supervision, overheads, profit and any other costs or allowances.

SECTION 8300 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall be entitled to payments in respect of equipment already on site and
employed on Dayworks calculated from the rates entered by him in the “Schedule of
Dayworks, Section 8300: Equipment”. Hourly equipment rates shall include for all transport
of the equipment to and from the place of work. Only time engaged in working on the task
ordered by the Engineer will be paid.
Payment shall only be made for the time each item of plant is working on Dayworks
instructed by the Engineer. Idle time, where due solely to the nature of the dayworks activity
or authorized method of procedure, shall be paid for at 50% of the bid rate. Idle time due to
breakdowns, inefficiency or incompleteness of the plant shall not be paid.
The rates for plant shall include for:
i. Supervision and transport of supervisory staff;
ii. Transporting or travelling of each time of plant to and from the place of Dayworks
activity;
iii. Operators, drivers and turnboys, including overtime;
iv. Power, water, fuel, oil, grease and other consumables and equipment
v. Power cables, delivery or suction pipes and fittings, steam or air hoses and tackle and
all other appurtenances of whatever nature required for the safe and efficient
operation of the plant;
vi. Maintenance, spare parts, drill bits and chisel points and all costs of repairs; and,
vii. Depreciation, insurance, overheads, profit and any other costs or allowances.

SERIES 9000 UPGRADING OF SELECTED TOWN ROADS,
AND CONSTRUCTION OF FERRY LANDING PLATFORMS
The Engineer shall identify approximately 6km of town roads and supply a detailed design
for implementation by the Contractor based on the rates under Bill 1 to 8.
In addition, the Contractor shall construct Ferry Landing platforms on Lake Bunyonyi at the
locations below;
 Kakoko (1No.)
 Kyevu (1No.)
 Bwama (1No.)
 Murandi (1No.)
The Contractor shall be entitled to payments based on the rates provided under Bills 1 to 8.
ITEM UNIT
20.01 PROVISIONAL SUM FOR MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE PROVISIONAL
WORKS TO BE CARRIED OUT ON TOWN ROADS AT THE SUM
DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER
30.01 PROVISIONAL SUM FOR MISCELLANEOUS EARTHWORKS PROVISIONAL
AND PAVEMNET LAYER TO BE CARRIED OUT ON TOWN SUM
ROADS AT THE DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER
40.01 PROVISIONAL SUM FOR MISCELLANEOUS SURFACING PROVISIONAL
WORKS TO BE CARRIED OUT ON TOWN ROADS AT THE SUM
DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER
60.01 PROVISIONAL SUM FOR FERRY LANDING PLATFORMS PROVISIONAL
CONSTRUCTION (4No.) AT THE DIRECTION OF THE SUM
ENGINEER

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL (ES)
REQUIREMENTS
A. ENVIRONMENTAL RISK MANAGEMENT

1. General
The Contractor shall first try to avoid impacts to environmental resources, the community, and
historic, cultural, and archaeological resources. If impacts are unavoidable, the Contractor shall make
every effort to minimize and manage the unavoidable impacts. Where impacts have occurred, the
contractor shall undertake to restore or compensate/offset for the damage or loss.
The Contractor shall have an Environmental, Social, Health and Safety Management System,
including policies and procedures that address project related risks, training programmes, monitoring
and evaluation programmes, and the necessary organisation and human resources to maintain the
systems; which are in line with ISO 14001, ISO 26000 and OHSAS 18001; and approved by the
Engineer and the Employer, before commencement of construction works.
The Contractor shall foster good relationships with the relevant ministries, regional, and local
agencies, and local stakeholders, as documented in the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP)
developed as part of ESIA and RAP processes, by ensuring that the commitments the Employer has
made are reflected in the project’s final design and fulfilled during construction. The Contractor shall
accomplish this by meeting or exceeding all environmental requirements listed in the contract as well
as those listed in the Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP). The Contractor shall
comply with all federal, regional and local laws, regulations, and ordinances (throughout this chapter
referred to as regulations) and receive no violations in law.
The Employer shall provide the successful bidder with an Environmental and Social Impact
Statement (ESIS) prepared in accordance with the National Environment Act, No.5 of 2019; that
reports on the findings, conclusions and recommended actions, supported by summaries of the data
collected, Employer’s commitments to the World Bank as documented in the ESCP, and citations for
any references used in interpreting those data.
The successful bidder shall familiarise himself with the ESIS and ESCP provided including by
undertaking the necessary field visits and shall provide to the Engineer an ESIS review report. Where
the ESIS provided by the Employer is one already approved by NEMA, only changes that will result
in enhancement in environmental quality and social-wellbeing may be proposed by the Contractor for
consideration by the Engineer. The proposed changes shall not be effected in the approved ESIS,
however shall be used in the preparation of the Contractor’s Environmental and Social
Implementation Plan (ESIP) for project construction activities.

The successful Bidder will be required to carry out the works in accordance with NEMA Approval
Conditions of the ESIS, NEMA Environmental Guidelines, ESCP, Environmental and Social
Management Framework (ESMF) for access roads to refugee settlements and Project Associated
Facilities, Government’s Gender Policy, Ugandan/UNRA environmental and social requirements,
UNRA Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy provided as well as the site-specific
Environmental and Social Implementation Plan (ESIP) which will be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall demonstrate how Environmental and Social considerations including gender and
vulnerable groups specific needs have been considered in the all designs and construction activities.
The Contractor shall develop adequate environmental and social plans for the approval by the
Engineer before sites are opened up for project construction activities.
The Contractor shall not undertake the exploitation of a quarry or borrow pit without previous
approval of NEMA and the Engineer. The Contractor shall carry out appropriate ESIA for quarries
and borrow areas following the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) prepared
for these facilities and access roads to refugee settlements. The ESIAs prepared by the contractor
shall be submitted to the Employer through the Engineer before they are considered for submission to
NEMA. Copies of the permits and licences from NEMA and other relevant lead agencies shall be
forwarded to the Engineer prior to seeking his approval for use of a quarry or borrow pit, which
approval will be obtained in writing before exploitation commences.
Prior to entering into an agreement with Environmental Practitioners (who have experience in
implementing World Bank Projects) for Environmental and Social Implementation Plan (ESIP),
Environment and Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs), Environmental Compliance Audits and Final
Mitigation Plans for all Auxiliary facilities (such as proposes camp sites, asphalt plants, batching
plants, fuel storage and dispensing facilities, and borrow areas; including sand quarries, stone quarries
and gravel sources), the Contractor through the Engineer, shall submit to the Employer the list of
consultants and their curriculum Vitae (CVs) for review and approval. Upon completion of the
Scoping exercise, and detailed studies for Environmental and Social Impact Assessments,
Environmental and Social Audits and Final Mitigations, the Contractor shall submit the scoping
reports, the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Statements (ESIS), the Audit Reports or
Mitigation Reports to the Employer for a “No objection" to the report(s) before submission to NEMA.
The Contractor shall not commence operation of any dumpsites or borrow pits, e.g. for sand, rock or
gravel, without compensating the affected persons, in line with the compensation guidelines as
provided for by the Chief Government Valuer.
The Contractor shall prepare and implement a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) before commencing
operating a quarry or any facility that is likely to result in displacement of persons. The asset
inventory for the RAP shall be prepared by a Registered Valuer, and the RAP will be shall be
approved by the Engineer and the employer before submission to the Chief Government Valuer.
The Contractor shall ensure that Quarry sites have or are connected to reliable water source, adequate
to supply water for among other uses, wet crushing.
The contractor shall prepare site layout plans for all operational sites such as the quarry, camp,
asphalt plant, and batching plant. The layout plans shall form part of the ESIA for the respective
facility and shall be approved by the Engineer and district authorities before implementation.

All quarries, borrow pits and temporary dumpsites shall be fenced off to restrict access by people and
animals. This shall be in addition to implementation of all Conditions of Approval from NEMA for
respective sites.
Suitably qualified environmental and social managers must form part of the Contractors team. Their
primary responsibility will be the preparation of the Contractors Environmental and Social
Implementation plan and providing guidance and instruction to the Contractor on the implementation
of this plan and the management of instructions which may be issued from time to time by the
Engineer or the Engineer’s Environmental Specialist and Sociologist. At the end of the project, the
Environmental and Social Managers will be responsible, on the behalf of the Contractor, for
producing an approved Final Environmental and Social Mitigation Report.
Both the Environmental and Social Managers shall be full time members of the Contractor’s staff and
are expected to be available at all reasonable times for meetings, discussions and site inspections with
both the Engineer and representatives of any relevant Government of Uganda Agency, including
District Environmental Inspectors/Officers. Other general responsibilities of the Environmental and
Social Managers include:
1. Monitoring and ensuring compliance of all the Contractors workers to the requirements of
this specification and the suite of documents which comprise this contract;
2. Monitoring and ensuring compliance to all Government of Uganda orders, rules, laws and
regulations including certificates, permits and consents with respect to environmental and
social matters;
3. Day to day monitoring of environmental and social matters – this will include wider
environmental aspects including matters not directly concerned with the actual construction
such as Contractors camps, off-site temporary storage and temporary works areas;
4. Working with the Contractors Health and Safety Officer to manage community liaison issues
and oversee the effective management of the project grievance mechanism as defined in
Section 1800 of this special specification;
5. Working with the Contractors Health and Safety Officer and the Clients nominated Sub-
contractor to facilitate the successful delivery of the project HIV/AIDS Programme as
defined in Section 1800 of this special specification.
6. Working closely with the Engineer's Environmental and Social Safeguards Specialists and in
consultation with the UNRA Environmental and Social Development Specialist to ensure full
compliance with all environmental and social aspects of Environmental and Social
Implementation plan, the contract documents, UNRA Environmental and Social Safeguards
Policy, relevant UNRA Environmental and Social guidelines and any other Government of
Uganda rules, regulations, orders including project certificates, permits and consents or
community requests as necessary and as required.
7. Awareness raising and training of Contractor staff with respect to environmental issues; this
will include notification of the severe penalties for non-compliance.
8. Preparation of a monthly and quarterly environmental and social monitoring report in a
format to be agreed with the Engineer and UNRA Environmental Specialist and Sociologist.

The monthly and quarterly reports will be submitted to the Engineer, who will forward to the
UNRA Environmental and Sociologist Development Specialists and for approval and will
provide the basis for payment against pay item 17.01. Monthly monitoring and reporting
shall commence as soon as the construction contract is signed with the submission of an
environmental and social inception report. This report will be also be forwarded to the
Employers Environmental Specialist and Sociologist for review.
9. The Environmental and Social Managers will attend all monthly site meetings and will be
expected to report on their findings – problems, issues and corrective action taken – all of
which will be included in the monthly report format.
10. Any other matters or issues relating to environmental and social aspects of the works as
The Contractor shall, before commencement of works, present to the Engineer the equipment, with
their calibration certificates, for determining environmental monitoring parameters, which at a
minimum shall include air quality meter, noise meter, vibration meter and meters for measuring field
testing of water quality (Turbidity, EC, pH, DO). The Contractor shall also provide adequate
facilitation to safety, environment and social personnel including dedicated transport and laptops.
The Contractor shall submit a detailed monthly environmental and social monitoring report with
supporting drawings and maps to the Engineer. This report shall be discussed at the monthly site
meeting and in line with the provisions of this specification shall form the basis for monthly payment
against environmental and social performance.
The Contractor will be wholly responsible for the conduct of his workforce in relation to
environmental and protection matters. This will specifically include the prohibition of trapping or
killing of any wildlife (except vermin), unnecessary felling of trees, the pollution of land and water
resources, entry to any protected areas etc and to require disciplinary action for offenders.
Before the start of any field activity, a plan for emergency situations will be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for his approval. It will be elaborated according to the best
practices used for this sector. Individual plans for emergency situations will be designed for various
operational aspects for example accidents and spills of chemicals. The approach with respect to
notification and response to emergence will be based on the Constructor’s Environmental and Social
Management Systems in line with ISO 14001, ISO 26000 and OHSAS 18001.
Add the following before the second last paragraph:
The Contractor shall prepare and implement a human resource policy and manual in line with
national human resource laws, and be approved by the Engineer and UNRA; which defines terms of
employment or engagement for all categories of workers, whether casual, temporary or permanent;
whether non-skilled, semi-skilled or skilled.
The Contractor shall provide to every worker; whether casual, temporary or permanent; whether non-
skilled, semi-skilled or skilled with a contract; which spells out terms of employment including
duties, work hours, salary or wage, method of calculation of overtime, rest breaks and days, annual
leave, maternity leave, compensation terms when injured during activities connected to performing
duties, right to copy of pay slip or paid timesheet, rewards and sanctions, and shall attach workers’

code of conduct. The workers’ contract shall be prepared in consultations with the District Labour
Officer, in line with UNRA guidelines, and approved by the Engineer.
Wages paid to workers shall be based on a rate determined by conducting a salary and wages survey
using a method approved by the Engineer in consultations with UNRA. In addition, the determined
wages shall factor in the cost of living in the project area and shall be reviewed annually.
The contractor shall provide adequate safe drinking water; facilitate access to safe food and
movement to and between sites by providing transport from suitable locations designated with the
approval of the Engineer, and accommodation. Where food, accommodation and transport from
designated locations are not provided by the Contractor, salaries or wages paid to workers shall
include a breakdown of monies paid to the workers for these requirements.
The Contractor shall conduct joint inspections with officials of the districts traversed by the project, at
least on a bi-annual basis. At a minimum, the district environmental officer, labour officer, and
district community development officer or the delegated representatives shall participate in the joint
inspections.
The contractor’s performance in Health, Safety, Environmental and Social Management shall be rated
by the Engineer and the Employer during joint compliance monitoring and assessments, with the
Contractor, in line with UNRA procedures and guidelines. The rating shall take into consideration the
contractor’s compliance with requirements at mobilization, execution of works, restorations and
compensation of affected persons, works completion and fulfilment of the Engineer’s notices for
corrective actions. The Contractor’s overall performance in the management of Environmental and
Social Safeguards, averaged over the contract period, shall be included on the Final Acceptance
Certificate for the contract.
In accordance with Government of Uganda legal requirements, the National Environment
Management Agency (NEMA) will be informed of any significant environmental incident as defined
by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall comply strictly with all environmental protection and waste disposal
specifications and instructions from the Engineer. It shall be solely the Engineer’s decision as to
whether or not a matter affects the environment. In the case of non-compliance on matters relating to
environmental protection, the Contractor shall immediately rectify any problems identified by the
Engineer. Failure to comply will result in the imposition of penalties detailed in Clause 1714.
The imposition of financial penalties will not preclude the Engineer from stopping the works until the
matter is rectified should the Contractor continuously disregard his instructions, or should he feel the
situation warrants this measure for safety reasons. Should the Engineer stop the works for any reason
related to non-compliance with the specifications on environmental protection, there will be no
compensation for any costs incurred by the Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will there be
any extension of time granted as a result.

2. Environmental and Social Commitment Plan
The Project shall be implemented in accordance with the Bank Environmental and Social Standards (ESSs). This Environmental and Social Commitment Plan
(ESCP) sets out a summary of the material measures and actions to facilitate compliance with the ESSs.
Summary of the Material Measures and Actions to Timeframe Responsibility / Authority and Resources/Funding Committed
Mitigate the Project’s Potential Environmental and
Social Risks and Impacts
REGULAR REPORTING: Prepare and submit Quarterly throughout the Responsibility: UNRA will consolidate all project monthly environmental,
to the Bank regular monitoring reports on the Project Implementation social, health and safety reports and submit a quarterly report to the Bank.
environmental, social, health and safety (ESHS) Period Resources: In-house team UNRA Environmental and Social Safeguards
performance of the Project, including but not Department, supported by Project Environment and Social Risks Management
limited to the implementation of the ESCP, Specialists listed under Section 1.1 below. The team will guide reporting of the
status of preparation and implementation of implementation of ESCP and general ESHS performance through guidance and
Environmental and Social (E&S) documents instructions to the Supervising Consultant, the Contractor and the Nominated
required under the ESCP, stakeholder Service Providers (NSPs).
engagement activities, functioning of the Funding committed: Project management component and Contractor’s contract.
grievance mechanism(s).
INCIDENTS AND ACCIDENTS Promptly - within 24 Responsibility: UNRA
NOTIFICATION: Promptly - within 24 hours of hours - after learning of Resources: UNRA will appoint a safeguards team (Environmental Specialist
learning of the incident or accident - notify the the incident or accident. and Sociologist). These will receive/ investigate all incidents/ accidents.
World Bank on any incident or accident related to Information may be received directly from the Contractor and the Nominated
(or having an impact on) the Project which has, or Service Providers (NSPs).
is likely to have, a significant adverse effect on Funding committed: Project management component and Contractor’s
the environment, the affected communities, the Contract.
public or workers including child abuse. Provide
sufficient detail regarding the incident or Root-cause analysis of
accident, indicating immediate measures taken or the incident or accident
that are planned to be taken to address it, and any along with measures to
information provided by any contractor and prevent recurrence, if
supervising entity, as appropriate. requested, to be provided
Subsequently, as per the World Bank’s request, within fifteen days.
prepare a report on the incident or accident and
propose any measures to prevent its recurrence.
Section VII: Works’ Requirements ______________ Page | 346

ESS 1: ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISKS AND IMPACTS
1.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE: Establish Project Environmental Responsibility: UNRA

an organizational structure with qualified staff to and Social Management Resources: Three headquarter based DESS Staff (one Health and safety Officer, one
support management of E&S risks [including] team to be in place Environmental Specialist, and one Sociologist) will be assigned to oversee management of
[where relevant, identify specific before effectiveness of environmental aspects of the project. For day-to-day running of the project, additional
positions/resources for E&S management that are the Financing field-based staff will be hired for management of EHS risks on the project as follows:
a part of the organizational structure]. Maintain Agreement. qualified Environmental and Social Specialists and a Health & Safety
throughout Project implementation. Specialist. Equally, the Supervision Consultants and Contractor/s shall be
required to deploy on a full-time basis qualified Environmental, Social and
Health & Safety Specialists to provide the required technical support during
project implementation. The respective District Local Governments shall also
be involved in monitoring project activities, and where necessary, a Nominated
Service Provider/ Third Party Audit Consultant shall be hired to undertake
monitoring or implementation of specific project aspects. Implementation of
environmental aspects shall be supported by Component 2 of the Project.
Funding committed: Project Management Budget under Safeguards
Department.
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL Responsibility: UNRA
ASSESSMENT AND ANNUAL Resources: UNRA has hired an ESIA/RAP Consultant supported by in-house
IMPLEMENTATION AUDITS: Carry out Implementation phase, safeguards staff and Technical Assistants NEMA Registered Environmental
environmental and social assessment of auxiliary before commencement Practitioners to undertake Independent Annual Audits.
facilities pursuant of ESMF and during project of linear road civil Funding commitment: Contractor’s Contract and project management budget
implementation, incorporate the linear Road’s works, and operation of under UNRA Safeguards Department.
ESIA-ESMP recommendations in the any auxiliary
Contractor’s ESMP during implementation and facility/installation.
duly comply with any applicable requirements in
the ESMF during project implementation such as
(a) following the guidance on COVID-19 aspects
of the Project implementation; (b) carrying out
environmental and social risks assessments,
preparing, consulting upon, adopting, publicly
disclosing and implementing the respective RAPs

and/or ESMPs before carrying out the associated

activities (e.g. access roads to refugees
settlements), all in a manner acceptable to the Annually
World Bank.
Carry out annual Environmental and Social

implementation audits. These shall be reviewed
and cleared by UNRA and the World Bank.
1.3 MANAGEMENT TOOLS AND Generic plans to be Responsibility: Developed by the Contractor, reviewed by Supervising
INSTRUMENTS: Develop, consult on, submit included in the bids Consultant and approved by UNRA.
to the Bank for approval, adopt, publicly disclose submitted by contractors. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
and implement the following: Plans to be customized Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
a. Occupational Health and Safety Plan further after award of and Social Management team.
b. Labor Influx Management Plan contract for civil works. Funding committed: Contractor Contract.
c. Waste Management Plan Letters of Clearances for
d. Noise Control Plan works within the 3 CFRs
e. Dust Control Plan Sections shall be
f. Emergency Preparedness Plan obtained by UNRA after
g. Gender Action Plan NEMA’s Approval of
h. Explosives Management Plan ESIA. This requirement
i. Community Health and Safety Plan shall be included in the
j. Workers Accommodation Management Plan ESMF by UNRA.
k. Chance Finds Procedures/Physical Cultural
Resources Management Plan
l. Requirements of Forestry Management Plan
for the Central Forest Reserves (CFRs) and
NFA’s Clearance for works along sections
across the 3 CFRs sections and Biodiversity
Management Plans for the sections through
the wetlands.
1.4 MANAGEMENT OF CONTRACTORS: Responsibility: UNRA
Incorporate the relevant aspects of the ESCP, Prior to the preparation Resources: UNRA Safeguards Department, Project Engineers and Supervision
including the relevant E&S documents and/or of procurement Consultants.

plans, and the Labor Management Procedures, documents. Funding commitment: None (part of in-house day-to-day assignments)
into the ESHS specifications of the procurement
documents with contractors.
Thereafter ensure that the contractors comply Supervise contractors

with the ESHS specifications of their respective throughout Project
contracts. implementation.
1.5 PERMIT, CONSENTS AND Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor

AUTHORIZATIONS: Obtain or assist in Prior to initiating Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
obtaining, as appropriate, the permits, consents activities that require Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
and authorizations that are applicable to the permits, consents and and Social Management team and consultants to be outsourced. These should
Project from relevant national authorities. These authorizations also be submitted to the Bank for information.
include the following: Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor.
a. NEMA approval of ESIA certificates
(campsites, batching plants, burrow pits,
quarries, etc.)
b. Water Abstraction Permits
c. Wetlands Resource Use permit
d. Hazardous waste storage, transportation and
disposal license.
e. Permission to construct road across rivers.
f. Permission/clearance from NFA for road
works in 3 CFRs section.
g. Permit for Use of Explosives
h. Explosives Magazine License Throughout Project
i. Explosive Transportation Permits implementation.
j. Blasting Certificate
k. Petroleum station construction permit and
petroleum station operating license
Comply or cause to comply, as appropriate, with

the conditions established in these permits,

consents and authorizations.

1.6 THIRD PARTY MONITORING: A stakeholder After award of contract Responsibility: UNRA
and/or third parties will be engaged to for civil works and Resources: Nominated Service Providers and Independent NEMA registered
complement and verify the monitoring of throughout the project Environment Auditors.
environmental and social risks and impacts of the implementation period as Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor.
Project, specify the identity and the tasks to be need arises.
conducted.
ESS 2: LABOR AND WORKING CONDITIONS

2.1 LABOR MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES: Update LMP in a manner Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
Develop labor management procedures satisfactory to the Bank Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
when further information Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
becomes available, and and Social Management team.
no later than 2 months Funding commitment: Contractor contract
after hiring of the
Contractor and
Supervision Consultants.
Implement the Labor Management Procedures
that have been developed for the Project Throughout Project
implementation
2.2 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM FOR Grievance mechanism Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
PROJECT WORKERS: Develop, adopt operate operational before hiring Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
and maintain a grievance mechanism for Project project workers and Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
workers consistent with ESS2. maintained throughout and Social Management team.
Project implementation. Funding commitment: Contractor contract.

2.3 OHS MEASURES: Develop, adopt and Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
implement occupational, health and safety (OHS) construction works. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
measures under 1.3 (a) above and overall project Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
ESMP. and Social Management team.
Funding commitment: USD 220,000
2.4 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
RESPONSE: As part of the OHS measures construction works. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
specified in 2.3, include measures on emergency Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
preparedness and response, and ensure and Social Management team.
coordination with measures under 4.5. Funding commitment: Contractor’s contract.
2.5 PROJECT WORKERS TRAINING: Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
Implement training of Project Workers designed construction works, with Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
to heighten awareness of E&S risks and to regular refresher Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
mitigate impacts on local communities. training. and Social Management team.
Funding commitment: Contractor’s contract
ESS 3: RESOURCE EFFICIENCY AND POLLUTION PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT

3.1 MANAGEMENT OF WASTE AND Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Develop, adopt Develop and adopt Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
and implement measures and actions to manage measures and actions Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
waste and hazardous materials under 1.3 (c) prior to initiating and Social Management team. NEMA certified waste handlers to be contracted.
above and overall project ESMP. construction works. Funding commitment: Contractor’s contract
Implement such
measures and actions,
once adopted,
throughout Project
implementation.
ESS 4: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY
4.1 TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY: Develop, Develop and adopt Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor

adopt and implement measures and actions measures and actions Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
satisfactory to the Bank to assess and manage prior to initiating Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
traffic and road safety risks. construction works. and Social Management team. Flag personnel to be deployed to guide traffic.
Traffic control devices (e.g. cones, etc.) to be deployed. Liaison with Traffic
Implement such Police to control traffic in busy urban areas.
measures and actions, Funding commitment: Project Management component and contractor contract.
once adopted,
throughout Project
implementation.
4.2 COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY: Develop and adopt Responsibility: UNRA, Contractor and Nominated Service Providers (NSPs).
Develop, adopt and implement measures and measures and actions
actions satisfactory to the Bank (to be submitted prior to initiating Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
to the Bank for approval)to assess and manage construction works. Management team and NSP staff with support from UNRA appointed project
specific risks and impacts to the community Implement such Environmental and Social Management team.
arising from Project activities, including in measures and actions,
relation to Project Workers and any risks of once adopted, Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
related to labor influx. throughout Project
implementation.
4.3 GBV AND SEA RISKS: Develop, adopt and Develop and adopt Responsibility: UNRA and Nominated Service Providers (NSPs).
implement measures and actions satisfactory to measures and actions
the Bank (to be submitted to the Bank for prior to mobilizing Resources: NSP staff with support from UNRA appointed project
approval) to assess and manage the risks of workers for Construction Environmental and Social Management team and local NGOs..
gender-based violence (GBV) and sexual works.
exploitation and abuse (SEA). Implement such Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
once adopted,
throughout Project
implementation.
4.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE MEASURES: Develop and adopt the Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
Develop, adopt and implement plans satisfactory plan(s) prior to initiating Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s safeguards team with support from
to the Bank (to be submitted to the Bank for construction works. UNRA appointed project Environmental and Social Management team.
approval) to address emergency events, and Implement such plan(s) Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
ensure coordination with measures under 2.4. if emergency event

occurs.
4.5 SECURITY PERSONNEL: Develop, adopt and Develop and adopt the Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
implement measures and actions satisfactory to measures and actions Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
the Bank (to be submitted to the Bank for Prior to mobilizing both Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
approval) to assess and manage the risks to the contractor and the and Social Management team and security agencies and structures within the
human security of project-affected communities supervising consultant. districts (e.g. RDCs, DISOs, etc.).
and project workers that could arise from the use Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
of security personnel. Implement such
once adopted,
throughout Project
implementation.
4.6 TRAINING FOR THE COMMUNITY: Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
Conduct training for the community designed to construction works in the Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
heighten awareness of E&S risks and to mitigate community’s location, Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
impacts specified in this section. with regular refresher and Social Management team and security agencies and structures within the
training afterwards. districts (e.g. RDCs, DISOs, etc.).
Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
ESS 5: LAND ACQUISITION, RESTRICTIONS ON LAND USE AND INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT

5.1 RESETTLEMENT PLANS: UNRA to comply RAP implemented prior Responsibility: UNRA
with guidelines and requirements provided in the initiating activities that Resources: Contractor, supervised by UNRA and Supervision Consultants.
approved RAP for the main road corridor during involve involuntary Funding commitment: Project management component and Contractor
implementation. resettlement. Contract.
Contractor to develop, adopt, submit to the Bank

for approval (to be submitted to the Bank for
approval) and implement resettlement plans
[RAPs] consistent with the requirements of the
ESS5 for ancillary facilities acquired from
individual landowners, such as stone quarries,
camps or gravel borrow pits areas.

5.2 MONITORING AND REPORTING: Ensure Quarterly progress Responsibility: UNRA

that monitoring and reporting on land acquisition reports, completion Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP implementation with support
and resettlement activities are conducted reports tied to the release from in-house safeguards staff and Technical Assistants.
separately or as part of regular reporting. of land for construction Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor’s
and a RAP completion contract.
report upon completion
of the RAP.
5.3 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM: Develop and Prior to commencement Responsibility: UNRA

implement the arrangements for the grievance of resettlement activities Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP implementation (includes
mechanism for resettlement (if established GRM) with support from in-house safeguards staff and Technical Assistants.
separately from the grievance mechanism under Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor’s
ESS10). contract.
ESS 6: BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION AND SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF LIVING NATURAL RESOURCES

6.1 BIODIVERSITY RISKS AND IMPACTS: Developed as part of Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
Develop, adopt and implement measures and ESIAs and ESMPs Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
actions satisfactory to the Bank (to be submitted before and during Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
to the Bank for approval) to assess and manage implementation, in any- and Social Management team and in-house specialists as well as working with
risks and impacts on biodiversity, including case before National Forestry Authority (NFA).
identification of different types of habitat that commencement of Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor contract.
may be affected, under Section 1.3 (l) above and activities that may affect
as part of overall project ESIA/ESMPs. habitats in the project
area
6.2 Undertake and submit to the Bank for approval Prior to commencing Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
(to be submitted to the Bank for approval) rapid project construction Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
biodiversity assessment of Ofua wetland during works and Social Management team and in-house specialists.
the rainy season. Funding commitment: Project Management component and contractor contract.

ESS 7: INDIGENOUS PEOPLES/SUB-SAHARAN AFRICAN HISTORICALLY UNDERSERVED TRADITIONAL LOCAL COMMUNITIES

Not Applicable
ESS 8: CULTURAL HERITAGE

8.1 CHANCE FINDS: Develop, adopt and During project Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
implement a chance finds procedure outlined in implementation. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
the ESIA incorporating its requirements in the Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
contractor’s C-ESMP. and Social Management team and Archaeologist from Department of Museums
and Monuments.
Funding commitment: Project management component and the Contractors
contract.
8.2 CULTURAL HERITAGE: Incorporate into the Prior to disturbance of Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
contractor’s ESMP and implement measures to site Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
address risks and impacts on cultural heritage Management team with support from UNRA appointed project Environmental
contained in the project ESIA. and Social Management team and archaeologist from Department of Museums
and Monuments.
Funding commitment: Project management component and contractor’s
contract.
10. SEP IMPLEMENTATION: Update in a manner Throughout Project Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor
1 satisfactory to the Bank (to be submitted to the implementation Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Environmental and Social
Bank for approval) , adopt and Implement the Management team, UNRA appointed project Environmental and Social
SEP consistent with ESS10, in a manner Management team and Nominated Service Providers.
acceptable to the World Bank. Funding commitment: Project management component and contractors’
contract.
10. PROJECT GRIEVANCE MECHANISM: Prior to commencement Responsibility: UNRA, Consultant and Contractor.
2 Develop, adopt, maintain and operate an of RAP implementation Resources: UNRA to hire a Consultant for RAP implementation (including
accessible grievance redress mechanism to until the end of GRM) with support from in-house safeguards staff and Technical Assistant.
receive and facilitate resolution of concerns and construction. Funding Commitment: Project management component and contractor.
grievances in relation to the Project, consistent
with ESS10, in a manner acceptable to the World
Bank.
CAPACITY SUPPORT

Specify Training to be provided Timeframe Specify Targeted Groups and Timeframe for Delivery
There will be need to conduct induction-training Throughout Project Targeted Group: Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA), National
sessions for CLOs, Technical Advisers, and Implementation Environment Management Authority (NEMA), Ministry of Gender, Labor and
project Technical officers on the following area: Social Development (MoGLSD), Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban
a. General ESF requirements; Development (MoLHUD), District Local Governments in the host Districts of
b. Gender and GBVs aspects in the project; Kabale and Kisoro, Supervision Consultants, Contractors, Sub-Contractors,
c. Child labor awareness; participating NGOs in project area, Nominated Service Providers.
d. Vulnerability awareness and sensitization
drives; Funding Commitment: Project management component and contractor.
e. Climate change mainstreaming;
f. Compensation aspects in the project;
g. Livelihoods ventures;
h. HIV/AIDS, STIs and Hepatitis B control;
i. UNRA EMS provisions and its
requirements;
j. Training on road safety in towns and
villages, particularly for schoolchildren;
k. Awareness on National Environment Act
2019 its provisions relating to the road
project;
l. Health and safety management (among
others covering emergency response
procedures, first aid administration, road
safety in towns and villages, particularly
for schoolchildren);
m. Waste management; and
n. Management and use of security forces.

3. Mandatory Standards
Implement the environmental and social commitments of the Project in accordance with the relevant
environmental regulations as well as the requirements of the standards and publications listed below.
The Legislative Framework
Constitution of Republic of Uganda, 1995
National Environmental Act, Cap 153
Local Government Act, Cap 243
Land Act, Cap 227
Land Acquisition Act, Cap 226
Roads Act, Cap 358
Access to Roads Act, Cap 350
Water Act, Cap 152
Mining Act, 9/2003
Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006
Workers’ Compensation Act, Cap 225
Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 200
Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013
Petroleum (Refining, Conversion, Transmission and Midstream Storage) Act, 2013
National Forestry and Tree Planting Act, 2003
Physical Planning Act, 2010
Tobacco Control Act, 2015
Explosives Act, Cap 298
Public Health Act, cap 281
Children’s Act, Cap 59
NSSF Act, Cap 222
Historical Monuments Act, Cap 46
Immigrations Act, Cap 63
Public Holiday Act
Rivers Act, Cap 357
Fish Act Cap, 197
Traditional ruler’s Act, Cap 247
Regulatory Framework
Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 1998
National Environment (Waste Management) Regulations 1999
National Environment (Wetlands, River Banks and lakeshores Management) regulation S.I No.
2/2000
National Environment (Minimum Standards for Discharge of Effluents into Water or Land)
Regulations, 1999
National Environment (Noise Standards and Control) Regulations, 2003
Draft National Air Quality Standards, 2006
Water Resources Regulations, 1998
National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006
International Conventions and/or Agreements to which Uganda is Party
The Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and
Their Disposal
Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, 2001
The Strategic Approach to International Chemicals Management (SAICM)
The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
(CITES)
The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 1971
African Convention on the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, 1982
The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate change (UNFCCC), 1992
Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage, 2003
International Convention on Economical Social and Cultural Rights
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory species of Wild animals
Convention on Protection of Migrant Workers
Convention on Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women
United Nations Conventions on the Rights of the Child and its Optional Protocols and
Declarations on Children
The UN Conventions on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, 2008
World Heritage Conventions
 International Human Rights Instruments

 The UNESCO Convention on the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural
Heritage (1972)
 The UNESCO convention for safeguarding of intangible cultural heritage, 2003
Financing Ageement between Uganda and World Bank
The Uganda Roads and Bridges in Refugee Hosting Districts Project Environmental and Social
Commitment Plan
The World Bank Environmental and Social Framework, 2017
Environmental and Social Commitment Plan
Environmental and Social Management Framework for Access Roads and A
4. Performance Requirements
The Contractor shall prepare and implement an Environmental Compliance and Monitoring Plan,
which shall be incorporated in the Quality Management Plan that identifies key personnel roles and
responsibilities, identifies procedures for environmental compliance, establishes procedures for
identifying and correcting non-compliance and establishes procedures for emergency response.
The Environmental Compliance Plan shall include the following plus others deemed appropriate by
the Contractor in order to achieve environmental compliance:
 Commitment Implementation
 Environmental Plans and Strategies
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws. Work conducted in potentially
environmentally sensitive areas not identified in the Environmental Assessment will require that the
Contractor obtain appropriate regulatory studies approvals to identify the environmental issues and
impacts caused by the additional Work. The Contractor is responsible for Environmental Assessment
re-evaluation required for the proposed Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer copies of
all environmental reports.
The Contractors Safegurads performance of this contract shall be assessed on a quarterly basis against
proposed criteria confirmed at the negotiation stage. The performance below agreed scores shall
invoke involvement of UNRA management and or suspension until improvements are observed. The
Contractor shall bear the cost while project is under suspension. The performance assessment shall
be used by UNRA to assess additional work scope and or future contracts. Where score are poor the
Contractor shall be black listed. The Resident Engineer shall coordinate the performance review and
ensure the presence of all the required persons are present and sign off the report. The Performance
scorecard shall form part of the Project progress report.

Table 1: Safeguards Performance Score card
Contractor Name:__________________________
Contract No.:________________________________
Review Period:_____________________________
Date:______________________________________
SN Performance Criteria Total Actual Score card Evidence

Score Score /Remarks
1 HSE instructions issued to 4 4 More than 80 percent

Contractor that were instructions are
closed out within the responded too and
review period records maintained in
an accessible manner
2 : Less than 50
percent instructions
implemented; some
records of instructions
0: no instructions
implemented in the
period and no record
of instructions
maintained
2 Safeguards fines issued 6 6: No fines invoked

and invoked in this due to good
contract (Cost and No performance
4: zero to two fines in
period
2: more than two fines-
0: no fines invoked
despite poor
performance
3 Progress in implementing 6 6: ≥80% compliance

requirement of the ESCP
4: 60-80 % compliance
2: 40-60% compliance

0: 0-40 % compliance
4 Grievance resolution rate 6 6: ≥80% resolution

4: 60-80 % resolution
2: 40-60% resolution
0: 0-40 % resolution
5 HSE and S Compliance 4 0: 1 progress report

progress reporting in line submitted
with Contractual
2: 2 progress reports
requirements
submitted
4: All reports
submitted
6 Violations related to 6 0: Accident not report

incident/accident report at all
1-2: Some accident
report but not in line
with required
procedures
2-4 : Most accidents
reported on time and in
line with required
processes
4-6 All accidents
recorded / reported on
time
6 Implementation of Quality 6 0: No quality

assurance framework assurance frame work
(Internal and external provided
audit)
1-2: Framework in
place not implemented
or regularly updated/
Minimal
implementation
3-4: Framework
partially implemented
and corrective actions

as well
4-6: Full implemented
including Corrective
actions
7 Continuous 4 0: No Management
updates/improvements in system in place
the HSE and Social
0-2: MS in place with
Management System of
required Manual and
the Contractor in line with
framework but not
the international
fully upto date
requirements
2-4 key components
upto date and
implemented
Total 42 100%
Sign off
Name & Designation Signature Date
1 UNRA Representative:
2 Resident Engineers Representative:
3 Contractors Representative:

5. Design and Construction Criteria (Commitments)
1. Landscape Preservation
I. General
The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve the natural landscape and shall conduct his construction
operations so as to prevent any unnecessary destruction, scarring, or defacing of the natural
surroundings in the vicinity of the work. Except where clearing is required for permanent works,
approved construction roads, earthworks operations; all trees, native shrubbery, and vegetation shall
be preserved and shall be protected from damage by the Contractor's construction operations and
equipment. The edges of clearings through trees, shrubbery, and vegetation shall be irregularly
shaped to soften the undesirable visual impact of straight lines. Movement of labour and equipment
within the right-of-way and over routes provided for access to the work shall be performed in a
manner to prevent damage to grazing land, crops, or property.
All unnecessary destruction, scarring, damage, or defacing of the landscape resulting from the
Contractor's activities shall be reinstated, replanted, reseeded or otherwise corrected as directed by the
Engineer.
Trees to be felled to clear right of way for approved construction shall be counted prior to clearance
and replaced in consultations with the Engineer and the competent Authority such as Uganda Wildlife
Authority, National Forest Authority or relevant local Government.
Contractor will undertake a baseline of the project area to identify potential high risk areas spots that
may be prone damage from construction activities and propose and implement mitigation measures as
part of the CSEMP or ESCP (revised).
II. Haul Roads
The location and alignment of haul roads shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. When no
longer required these roads shall, if required by the Engineer, be restored to the original contour and
made impassable to vehicular traffic. The surfaces of such roads shall be scarified as necessary to
create a condition, which will facilitate natural re-vegetation, provide for proper drainage, and prevent
erosion. Where community roads are used as access roads, the Contractor, in addition to maintaining
the roads, shall ensure control of dust including by watering/wetting and observing speed limits
recommended by the Engineer.
III. Contractor’s Facilities
Workshop, office, storage and plant areas shall be located and arranged in a manner that will preserve
trees and vegetation to the maximum practicable. On abandonment, all temporary buildings,
including concrete footings and slabs, and all construction materials and debris shall be removed from
the Site and disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The area shall be re-graded, as required so
that all surfaces drain naturally, blend with the natural terrain, and are left in a condition that will
facilitate natural re-vegetation, provide for proper drainage, and prevent erosion.

Planning for contractor’s facilities shall integrate safeguards requirements as detailed in the
Environment and Social Assessment. Site layout and plans for facilities shall be reviewed and
approved by Engineers Safeguards Specialists to meet requirements of the Law and World Banks
EHS Guidelines.
Competent personnel shall be assigned to ensure that utilities are installed and kept in a safe manner.
Screening to identify appropriate locations shall be undertaken with consideration for safeguards
before a site is chosen. The Contractors Safeguards teams shall propose screening criteria that will be
approved by Resident Engineer.
Commissioning of facilities for operation shall be undertaken after safeguards sign off inspection by
UNRA, Engineer and Contractor that includes safeguards staff.
IV. Blasting Precautions
In addition to strict adherence to the requirements of national and local regulations and or World
Banks EHS Guidelines or whichever is more stringent, the Contractor shall adopt precautions when
using explosives, which will prevent scattering of rocks, stumps, or other debris outside the work
area, and prevent damage to surrounding trees, shrubbery and vegetation. The Contractor shall not
commence blasting before:
 Accurately determining the bounds of the blast area,
 Providing effective access controls to risk areas,
 Providing adequate blasting shelters and
 Putting in place an efficient communications mechanism.
V. Quarries, Borrow Pits, Plant and Storage Areas etc.
When they are no longer required, all quarry sites, borrow pits and areas used for the disposal or
storage of surplus materials and asphalt plants, shall be reinstated in line with approved
decommissioning and restoration plans. Contractors shall be required to develop the plan for review
and no object by UNRA and World Bank and seek NEMA approval prior to its implementation. by
landscaping including the replacement and spreading of topsoil as directed by and to the satisfaction
of the Engineer. Decommissioning and restoration of these locations shall include but is not limited
to the following activities: Dismantling and removal of equipment and plant, demolition of structures,
restoration of quarry face, waste storage, collection and disposal, landscaping, site drainage
restoration, relegation and monitoring of site recovery.
Contractor to propose Best Available Technology for plant and equipment that minimises
environment, social and safety risks. Equipment options to be assessed by UNRA to meet minimum
HSE requirements prior to being accepted. Hazard identification and risk assessment during the ESIA
process to ensure that Best Available Technologies is used. Automated dust /PM detection that
optimises water use to reduce emissions. In order minimise dust emissions from crushers crushing
and screening machines shall be fitted with filter systems. All equipment and plant used for handling
bitumen/ asphalt or other hydrocarbon products must conform to the Petroleum Act, 2014. The
storage of petroleum products must be in double walled tanks and secondary containment clearly
described as part of the ESIS.

The bidder shall identify potential sites for these facilities to minimize risk to community and
environment prior to carrying ESIA at the guidance of safeguards staff from the Contractor and
Site commissioning and sign off that includes HSE staff to be undertaken after all preliminary
requirements have been fulfilled. Sites shall only be commissioned after ESIA approvals have been
received from the National Environment Management Authority. ESIA study will be undertaken in
line with NE ESIA regulations, 2020 and the teams undertaking studies shall be approved by UNRA.
The Contractor shall also be required to undertake annual environment and social audits for all
facilities permitted by NEMA to them as the Developer in line with the NEA, 2019 and the National
Environment Audit regulations, 2020..
2. Temporary Soil Erosion Control
I. General
These Works shall consist of temporary control measures to control soil erosion and water pollution
by use of berms, dikes, silt fences, brush barriers, dams, sediment basins, filter mats, netting, gravel,
mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. Appropriate control
measures will be required to avoid emission of high concentration of sediments into wetlands,
swampy areas and other particular sensitive areas.
The temporary erosion control provisions shall be coordinated with permanent erosion control
measures to ensure economical, effective and continuous erosion control throughout the period of the
Works.
In order to ensure that damage to property and assets is avoided and or minimised, the Contractor
shall undertake a baseline of the area to identify high risk areas prior to commencement of works. The
findings of this baseline shall be included in the CSEMP with appropriate mitigation measures to
minimise damage to property from erosion and run off during construction. This will inform the
measures to be applied at temporary or permanent basis.
II. Construction
A schedule of proposed temporary (and permanent) soil erosion control Works shall be developed by
the Contractor at the commencement of the Contract, in consultation with the Engineer and to his
satisfaction.
The Contractor shall carry out (and maintain) temporary erosion control to prevent soil erosion that
will adversely affect construction operations, damage adjacent properties, or cause contamination of
adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, swamps or other areas of water impoundment
and community water sources. Such Works may involve construction of temporary berms, dikes,
dams, sediment basins, slope drains or use of temporary mulches, mats, seeding or other control
devices or methods as necessary to control erosion. The slopes of cuttings and embankments shall be
seeded and mulched as the work proceeds, to the extent considered desirable and practicable by the
Engineer.

Temporary erosion control may include construction outside the right-of-way where such work is
necessary, as a result of roadway construction, such as borrow pit and quarry operations, haul roads
and equipment storage areas.
The Contractor shall incorporate all permanent erosion control features as described in the Contract
into the Works at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his schedule, to minimize the need for
temporary erosion control measures.
Where erosion is a problem, clearing and grubbing operations shall be so scheduled and performed
that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter if
conditions permit; otherwise, temporary erosion control measures may be required between
successive construction stages.
The Engineer will limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and embankment
operations in progress commensurate with the Contractor’s capability and progress in keeping the
finished grading, mulching, seeding and other permanent erosion control measures current in
accordance with the schedule. Should, seasonal limitations make such co-ordination unrealistic,
temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified.
The Engineer may increase or decrease the amount of surface area of erodible earth material to be
exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and fill operations as determined
by his analysis of project conditions.
In the event that temporary erosion control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence,
carelessness or failure to install permanent controls as part of the Works, scheduled or ordered by the
Engineer, such Works shall be carried out by the Contractor.
3. Preservation of Trees and Shrubbery
I. Preservation
All trees and shrubbery which are not specifically required to be cleared or removed for construction
purposes shall be preserved and shall be protected from any damage that may be caused by the
Contractor's construction operations and equipment. Special care shall be exercised where trees or
shrubs are exposed to damage by construction equipment, blasting, excavating, dumping, chemical
damage, or other operations, and the Contractor shall adequately protect such trees by use of
protective barriers or other methods approved by the Engineer. The removal of trees or shrubs will be
permitted only after prior approval by the Engineer.
The layout of the Contractor's construction facilities such as workshops, warehouses, storage areas,
and parking areas; location of access and haul routes; and operation in borrow and spoil areas shall be
planned and conducted in such manner that all trees and shrubbery not approved for removal by the
Engineer shall be preserved and adequately protected from either direct or indirect damage by the
Contractor's operations.
Except in emergency cases or when otherwise approved by the Engineer, trees shall not be used for
anchorages. Where such use is approved, the trunk shall be wrapped with a sufficient thickness of
approved protective material before any rope, cable, or wire is placed.
II. Repair or Treatment of Damage

The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to trees and shrubs caused by his operations. The
term "damage" shall include, without limitation, bruising, scarring, tearing, and breaking of roots,
trunk or branches. All damaged trees and shrubs shall be repaired or treated without delay. The
Engineer will determine the method of repair or treatment to be used for damaged trees and shrubs as
recommended by an experienced horticulturist or tree surgeon provided by the Contractor. All repairs
or treatment of damaged trees shall be performed under the direction of an experienced horticulturist
or tree surgeon provided by the Contractor.
III. Replacement
Trees or shrubs that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are beyond saving shall be removed and replaced
early in the next planting season. The replacement shall be of the same species, or other approved
species, and of the maximum size that is practicable to plant and sustain growth in the particular
environment. Replacement trees and shrubs shall be stayed, watered, and maintained for a period of
one year. Any replacement tree or shrub that dies shall be removed and replaced, as directed by the
Engineer, with such replacements being maintained for a period of one year from the date of
replacement.
4. Prevention of Water Pollution
I. General
The Contractor's construction activities shall be performed by methods that will prevent the entry, or
accidental spillage, of solid matter, contaminants, debris, and other pollutants and wastes into
streams, flowing or dry watercourses, lakes, and underground water sources. Such pollutants and
wastes include, but are not restricted to, refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sanitary waste, industrial
waste, radioactive substances, oil and other petroleum products or contaminated wastes, aggregate
processing tailings, mineral salts and thermal pollution.
Dewatering work for structure foundations or earthwork operations adjacent to, or encroaching on,
streams or watercourses shall be conducted in a manner to prevent muddy water and eroded materials
from entering the streams or watercourses by construction of intercepting ditches, bypass channels,
barriers, settling ponds, or by other approved means. Excavated materials or other construction
materials shall not be stockpiled or deposited near or on stream banks, lake shorelines, or other
watercourse perimeters where they can be washed away by high water or storm runoff or can in any
way encroach upon the watercourse itself.
Increases in turbidity in a stream or other bodies of water that are caused by construction activities
shall be strictly controlled. When necessary to perform required construction work in a stream
channel, the turbidity may be increased, as approved by the Engineer for the shortest practicable
period required to complete such work. This required construction work may include such work as
diversion of a stream, construction or removal of cofferdams, specified earthwork in or adjacent to a
stream channel, pile driving, and construction of turbidity control structures. Mechanized equipment
shall not operate in flowing water except as necessary to construct crossings or to perform the
required construction. All construction activities in flowing water bodies denoted as sensitive
ecosystem shall only be undertaken after being permitted by the appropriate government Lead
Agency or National authority and subsequently the Engineer.

Wastewater from aggregate processing, concrete batching, or other construction operations shall not
enter streams, watercourses, or other surface waters without the use of such turbidity control methods
as settling ponds, gravel-filter entrapment dikes, approved flocculating processes that are not harmful
to fish, recirculation systems for washing of aggregates, or other approved methods. Any such
wastewater discharged into surface waters shall contain the least concentration of settle able material
possible. For the purpose of this Specification, settle able material is defined as that material which
will settle from the water by gravity during a one hour quiescent detention period.
II. Compliance with Laws and Regulations
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Ugandan laws, orders, regulations, and water quality
standards concerning the control and abatement of water pollution.
No waste water from construction activities of facilities operation shall be discharged on land or
water outside the requirements of the National Environment (Minimum Standards for Discharge of
Effluents into Water or Land) Regulations, 2020. The Contractor will ensure that all waste water
discharged from their facilities meets the standards set in these regulation and permit for discharge
obtain from NEMA as necessary..
5. Abatement of Air, Dust, Noise and Light Pollution
Monitoring and measurement of environment aspects to be undertaken to check the levels of

pollutants in the atmosphere shall comply with World Bank ESHGs and the National Laws or
whichever is stringent.
The Contractor shall procure measurement equipment for air quality, water quality, noise and
vibrations that conforms to requirements . Monitoring shall be carried out in line with the plan
proposed in the approved CSEMP and UNRA requirements.
Where offsite measurements/ testing is required, the Contractor shall identify and use only facilities
or laboratories or service providers approved by the Lead Agencies or designated by the Law in the
NEA, 2019.
I. Abatement of Air Pollution
The Contractor shall comply with applicable Ugandan laws and regulations regulations and or WB
EHS Guidelines or whichever is stringent concerning the prevention and control of air pollution.
Notwithstanding the above in conduct of construction activities and operation of equipment, the
Contractor shall utilize methods and devices as are, reasonably available to control, prevent, and
otherwise minimize emissions or discharges of air contaminants.
The emission of dust into the atmosphere shall be strictly controlled during the production, handling,
transportation and storage of concrete and road aggregates, and the Contractor shall use such methods
and equipment as are necessary for the collection and disposal, or prevention, of dust during these
operations. The Contractor’s methods of storing and handling cement and pozzolans shall also
include means of eliminating atmospheric discharges of dust.
Contractor shall develop and implement maintenance plan for all equipment, plant and vehicles.
Equipment and vehicles that show excessive emissions of exhaust gases due to poor engine
adjustments, or other inefficient operating conditions, shall not be operated until corrective repairs or

adjustments are made. All maintenance records shall be maintained on site and easily accessible to
the Engineer. Manufacturer’s manuals shall be kept on site for reference during compliance checks
on maintenance plans. Schedules for maintenance (Planned, un planned and routine) for future and
past activities to be kept on record detailing tasks undertaken by equipment and dates. Only
competent personnel shall be utilised to undertake maintenance of the plant, equipment and vehicles.
II. Dust Abatement
During the performance of the work required by this Contract or any operations appurtenant thereto,
whether within the right-of-way provided by the Contracting Authority or elsewhere, the Contractor
shall furnish all the labour, equipment, materials, and means required, and shall carry out proper and
efficient measure, wherever and as often as necessary to reduce the dust nuisance, and to prevent dust
which has originated from his operations from damaging crops, orchards, cultivated fields, and
dwellings, or causing a nuisance to persons. The Contractor will be held liable for any damage
resulting from dust originating from his operations under this Contract on the right-of-way or
elsewhere. The Engineer may direct sprinkling or other measures for dust abatement if necessary to
obtain adequate control. In particular in towns and villages water sprinkling will be required as often
as necessary to reduce the dust nuisance.
To reduce the dust problem the Engineer may direct the Contractor to install temporary speed and
retardant measures and limit traffic signs on those sections ofsections of the road where dust
development is considerable.
III. Noise Abatement
The Contractor shall comply with applicable Ugandan laws, orders, and regulations and or World
Banks EHSGs or whichever is stringent concerning the prevention, control, and abatement of
excessive noise.
Blasting, the use of jack hammers, rock crushing, or other operations producing high intensity impact
noise shallmay not be performed during the hours of darkness except upon the specific approval of
the Engineer NEMA and subsequently the Engineer.
6. Preservation of Historical, Archaeological and Cultural Remains
If the Contractor discovers evidence of possible scientific, historical, archaeological or cultural

interest or value during the execution of the works, he shall immediately notify the Engineer giving
the nature and location of his findings. Written confirmation shall be forwarded within 2 days. The
Contractor shall exercise care so as not to damage artefacts or fossils uncovered during excavation
operations and shall provide such cooperation and assistance as may be necessary to preserve the
findings for removal or other disposition by the Contracting Authority.
Where appropriate by reason of a discovery, the Employer may order delays in the execution of, or
changes in the methods of, executing the work, or both. The Contractor shall include this requirement
in any sub-contracts for the construction of part of the works that he may enter into.
Where mitigations to abate impacts to possible chance finds are recommended the Contractor shall
work with UNRA to implement the recommendations.

7. Pesticides
Pesticides include herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, etc., surface disinfectants, animal repellents,
and insect repellents. Should the Contractor find it necessary to use pesticides in work areas of this
Contract, he shall submit his plan for such use to the Engineer for written approval. The Contractor
shall read and comply with all labelling requirements when using pesticides. Engineer shall ensure
that the use of Pesticides conforms to the requirement of the World Banks EHSGs and are not
prohibited under the National Laws.
8. Cleanup and Disposal of Waste Materials
I. General Requirements
Contractor shall develop a Project Waste Management plan that demonstrates conformance to the NE
Waste Management Regulations, 2020 and World Banks ESHGs. The plan must be approved by the
Engineer prior to project start. Contractor should demonstrate willingness to implement all the
requirements of the plan (providing and planning for the necessary resources) through project cycle.
All waste generated on the project shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.
WMP will clearly identify all waste produced by project. Waste shall be segregated in to Hazardous
and Non Hazardous waste in line with schedules 2 3 nd 4 of the Waste Management regulations.
Designated storage areas shall be provided, collection points and receptacles in line with the approved
WMP.
Handling of waste shall be undertaken by NEMA licenced waste handlers.
Domestic waste to be handled in way approved by the Engineer in line with Local authority bye laws.
Contractor to ensure that waste is treated and disposed off at approved sites only.
Contractor to demonstrate measures to manage waste in line with GIIP –ESHGS and National
Environment Waste Management Regulations, 2020. All measures proposed must confirm to the
Waste Management Hierarchy as indicated in the National regulations.
Maintenance of waste management records; production, transportation, storage and disposal from
cradle to grave shall be undertaken. Contractor to plan for obtaining liscences if they intend to store,
transport or engage in waste management activities as detailed in the NE Waste Management
Regulations.
II. Cleanup
The Contractor shall, at all times, keep the construction area, including storage areas used, free from
accumulations of waste materials or rubbish. All waste water and sewage from office, residential and
mobile camps shall be piped to soak pits or other disposal areas constructed in accordance with local
regulations, and, where and when such regulations require it, the Contractor shall obtain a permit or
other appropriate documentation approving the disposal methods being used.

All used fuels, oils, other plant or vehicle fluids, and old tiers and tubes shall be collected to a central
disposal point, on a regular basis and disposed of as specified below.
All household, office, workshop and other solid waste shall be collected to a central disposal area, on
a daily basis and disposed of in a manner approved by the Engineer.
Servicing of plant, equipment and vehicles shall, whenever possible, be carried out at a workshop
area. This workshop area shall be equipped with secure storage areas for fuels, oils and other fluids
constructed in such a way as to contain any spillages which may occur, and similar storage where
used fluids can be stored securely prior to their disposal. Service bays shall be constructed of hard
standing with mansonry concrete of strength xx that is able to contain all spilled material and prevent
them form getting in contract with the ground.
When the servicing of plant, equipment and vehicles is carried out away from the workshop area it
shall be done at locations and in such a manner as to avoid spillage and contamination of streams and
other drainage courses. Any spillages shall be cleaned up by either burning in place or collecting the
contaminated soils and burning them at the central disposal area, all to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.The Contractor shall make available drip pans of adequate size and number both at service
bays and to mobile service units or places where oil from maintenance may be generated.
The storage of oil contaminated wastes or used oil from vehicle, equipment and plant maintenance
activities shal be undertaken in a facility duly constructed to contain the materials stored there in. The
containment facility shall provide 110% volume of the material to be stored, shoud have bund walls
(foot high, a sump (closed or connection to oil and water interceptor), roofed and labelled in line with
the NE Waste Management Regulations 2020. Drawings of these facilities that intergrate
environment and safety considerations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their construction.
The drawings and final facility shall be in line with the ESIS recommendations.
Prior to completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the work all plant
facilities, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete formworks, and other similar material,
belonging to him or used under his direction during construction, All work areas shall be graded and
left in a neat manner conforming to the natural appearance of the landscape.
Any residue deposited on the ground from washing out transit mix trucks or any similar concrete
operations shall be buried or cleaned up in a manner manner commensurate with the approved Waste
Management Plan and acceptable to the Engineer.
In the event of the Contractor's failure to perform the above work, the work may be performed by the
Contracting Authority, at the expense of the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable thereof.
III. Disposal of Waste Material
Waste materials including, but not restricted to, refuse, garbage, sanitary wastes, industrial wastes,
and oil and other petroleum products, shall be disposed of by the Contractor using services of NEMA
licensed service providers.
IV. Disposal of Material by Burying

Only materials approved by the Engineer may be buried. Burial shall be in pits and the location, size
and depth of which shall be approved by the Engineer. The pits shall be covered by at least 600mm of
earth material prior to abandonment.
V. Disposal of Material by Burning
All materials to be burned shall be piled in designated burning areas in such a manner as will cause
the least fire hazards. Burning shall be thorough and complete and all charred pieces remaining after
burning, except for scattered small pieces, shall be removed from the construction area and disposed
of as otherwise provided in this Section.
The Contractor shall, at all times, take special precautions to prevent fire from spreading beyond the
piles being burned and shall be liable for any damage caused by his burning operations. The
Contractor shall have available, at all times, suitable equipment and supplies for use in preventing and
suppressing fires and shall be subject to all laws and regulations locally applicable for pre-
suppression, suppression, and prevention of fires.
VI. Disposal of Material by Removal
Material to be disposed of by removal from the construction area shall be removed from the area prior
to the completion of the work under the Contract.
Materials to be disposed of by dumping shall be hauled to an approved dump. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to make any necessary arrangements with private parties and with
local officials pertinent to locations and regulations of such dumping.
Spoil and construction waste may be disposed off on or offsite. Where offsite disposal is opted for the
site must be approved by the Engineer in line with National requirements proposed in the Waste
Management Plan. Dumping of spoil must take into account the nature of the spoil and the area where
it is to be dumped in order to avoid the introduction of alien or invasive species or changes in the soil
structure.
Site screening for early identification of dump sites will be undertaken by the Contractor and the
Engineer in order to avoid dumping in sensitive ecosystems.
6. Measurement and Payment
ITEM UNIT
17.01 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPLEMENTATION LUMP SUM
PLAN, SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN,
DECOMMISSIONING PLANS, FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL
MITIGATION REPORTS AND OTHER REPORTS
(i) 10% of the lump sum will be paid upon approval of the Contractor’s Environmental and
Social Implementation Plan;
(ii) 20% of the lump sum will be paid upon completion of the construction and equipping of all
site facilities, including workers site accommodation and toilet facilities in line with the
provisions of this specification and to the satisfaction of the engineer.

(iii) 20% of the lump sum will be paid upon decommissioning of all site facilities in line with an
approved decommissioning plan and a mitigation report to the satisfaction of the Engineer
and the Employer, the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA).
(iv) The balance of the lump sum (50%) will be paid in monthly instalments over the duration of
the contract as part of the Interim Payment Certificate. The instalments will only be paid
following the approval of monthly environmental and social compliance reports by the
UNRA Environmental Specialist and Sociologist.
(v) Failure to comply with the environmental and social conditions of contract and the
provisions contained in the Approved Contractor’s Environmental and Social
Implementation Plan will result in the Employer deducting USh 1,000,000 per day for
each non-compliance event which shall be deducted from monies due in the next interim
payment certificate until the non-compliance(s) is corrected.
(vi) In the case of non-compliance on matters other than environmental and social protection (e.g.
dust control, blasting precautions, likely breach of the law etc.) the Contractor shall rectify
any problems identified by the Engineer within a maximum of 24 hours of receiving the
instruction, or other such time period as the Engineer shall reasonably require. Should the
Contractor not comply with the instructions of the Engineer, a penalty as specified in
paragraph (v) above for payment item 17.01 will apply.
(vii) Notwithstanding the aforementioned penalties, failure or refusal by the Contractor to comply
with any safety, environmental and social conditions of this contract, requirements of
statutory authorities, or the instructions of the Engineer to rectify non-compliance, shall be
sufficient cause for the suspension of a portion of the Works associated with the breach or as
determined by the Engineer, until all provisions prescribed have been complied with, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Should the Engineer stop the works for any reason related to
non-compliance with the specifications on environmental and social protection, there will be
no compensation for any costs incurred by the Contractor as result of such stoppage, nor will
there be any extension of time granted as a result.
7. Submittals
Submit the following information and documentation, at a minimum, to the Engineer:
 Environmental Policy
 Social Policy
 Occupational Health and Safety Policy
 HIV/AIDs workplace policy
 Drug and Alcohol Policy
 Policy on Gender Promotion and protection of women against Gender Based Violence
including Sexual Harassment
 Child Protection Policy

 Human Resource Management Policy
 Anti-Retalation Policy
 Environmental and Social Implementation Plan with associated plans
 Emergency Response Plan
 Accident/Incident Reporting and Investigation
 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan/ Sampling and Testing Protocols /Procedures
 Environmental and Social Monitoring Reports
 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
 Chance finds, Archaeological Survey and Monitoring Plan
 Wetlands delineations
 Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan with associated plans
 Gender Mainstreaming Plan
 Stakeholder Engagement Plan
 Grievance Redress Mechanism
 Waste Management Plan
 Spill Prevention and Clean-up Plan
 Traffic Management Plan
 Training and Inductions Plan with Budgets (HSE Plan)
 Final Environmental and Social Mitigation Report
 ESMS Framework / Manual in line with ISO 14001 and OSHAS 45001
 Borrow Pit Identification, operation and decommissioning procedures/criteria
 Facility layouts (meeting the HSE requirements)
 Fleet Management Procedures
 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Plans
 Guidelines’ Prequalifications of sub-Contractors
 Sanitation and Hygiene Policy
 Communication of EHS within the organization
 Corrective action and preventive action management plan/procedures
 HSE and Auditing and quality assurance plan (Internal and External)

Full list of submittals shall match the Contractor’s EHS and S Management system requirements
and the project risks identified. The documents will be live documents that are to be updated
regularly in line with the Contractors’ Document Control and Records Management Procedures.

B. SOCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(GENERAL STD AND HIV/AIDS, GENDER BASED
VIOLENCE, SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE, CHILD
ABUSE, GENDER INCLUSION, AND LOCAL
PARTICIPATION)
1. Scope
This section covers the social risk management measures matters which relate to the General STD
and HIV/AIDS alleviation, COVID-19 pandemic, gender based violence/sexual exploitation and
abuse, gender exclusion, child abuse measures to be undertaken under this contract by the Contractor
so as to mitigate risks of HIV and AIDS, Protect children, and other social risks on the project to all
the workers and the community along the road corridor that will be undertaken under this contract by
the contractor. .
The Contractor shall hire a Employer will provide the Contractor with the name and details of the
Sub-Contractor (Nominated Service Provider (NSP)) that shall implement a programme for
awareness creation, mitigation and management of HIV/AIDS, COVID 19 Pandemic, gender
exclusion, child protection GBV, VAC and other social safeguard risks across the contractor’s
workforce and general community. The Contractor will cooperate with the NSP willto design and
implement Social Risk Awareness and Mitigation programmes within the contractor’s workforce and
in project affected communities along the project roads to:- (i) mitigate the potential spread of HIV
and other sexually transmitted infections (ii) promote community Health and Safety interventions in
line with UNRA Environmental and Social Safeguards policy, (iii) support the protection of
children’s rights and (iv) protect the rights of women against gender based violence including sexual
harassment.
The methodology shall be explained to the Contractor in advance of the main works; this shall
demonstrate how the NSP will work for the prevention and mitigation of HIV / AIDS and how the
programme will facilitate the development of community level care and support and links to wider
service provision. It shall also explain the interface between Contractor, NSP and the Engineer.
The Social Safeguards programme Awareness creation programme aims to:
 Increase awareness about the risk of contracting HIV/AIDS and COVID19 among
construction workers and the local community
 Create awareness and promote voluntary and testing among communities and construction
workers
 Increase awareness about gender-based discrimination and violence in the contractor
workforce and local community in project area
 Increase awareness about sexual harassment
 Promote and mainstream gender in project implementation
 Identify those who are most at a risk in project area and provide special support
 Design mitigation interventions for HIV/AIDS and COVID19
 Increase awareness and access to information on children’s rights among the local
community and project workers
 Promote child protection and reduce the risk of child exploitation in form of child labour,
sexual abuse and other forms of abuse by construction workers, families and the local
community in the project area
 Design and implement counselling programme
 Provide immediate appropriate referral services to complicated cases
 Provide Testing, counselling and referral services to affected persons.
 Raise awareness and increase access to information among the local community on matters of
the project
 Increase opportunities for face-to-face communication with communities, access and ease of
communication of grievances from communities on matters related to the road project, and
their resolution.
The scope of the services that will be provided by NSP shall be to:
 Review of Contractor’s HIV/AIDS Workplace Policy, Child Protection Policy, Gender
Policy, Community/Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Review of Contractors’
Workers Code of conduct;
 Carry out Baseline Assessment of conditions in the project area with respect to HIV/AIDS,
protection of children’s rights, gender based violence and gender mainstreaming Community
Health and Safety;
 Identify gaps and potential risks for the project in terms of HIV/AIDS, Gender inequalities
and GBV, Child Protection, Community Health and Safety, HIV/AIDS and design mitigation
measures to manage such risks);
 Develop a Monitoring Framework for the HIV/AIDS, Child Protection, Gender,
Community/Occupational Health and Safety;
 Implement HIV/AIDS and COVID19 awareness and mitigation programme in the contractor
workforce and project affected communities and provision of all associated materials such as
condoms, testing kits, information posters and leaflets;
 Carry out activities that increase gender awareness and equity protection against GBV, Child
Protection, promote Community Health and Safety in project implementation;
 Open and operate a clinic on site for contractor personnel. The clinic shall also be used for
general first aid. It shall not be the responsibility of the NSP to provide the clinic building or
to equip this clinic for anything other than the requirements of the HIV/AIDS and sexual
health programme, but the fully qualified nurse that shall be provided by the NSP shall be

expected to work full time and to provide essential first aid services to the contractor’s
personnel (in addition to HIV/AIDS testing services);
 Identify and operate a mobile clinic for provision of HIV/AIDS and other social services of
the project affected communities and
 Provide support to the Construction Supervision Consultants and contractor’s sociologists in
sensitising communities on potential project impacts – this may include wider issues of
contractor-community relations and project works.
It is anticipated that the initial sensitisation of local communities by the NSP will be conducted for a
period oftake one month of the Sociologist and NSP’s time and will be carried out prior to and during
the Contractor’s mobilisation period. Community sensitisation shall be continued upon
commencement of civil works and will take place throughout the contract period.
Workshops will be held with the Contractor’s managerial personnel; these will be programmed when
sufficient staff is in place.
Further workshops will be held with the Contractor’s managerial personnel and workforce at regular
intervals during the project works.
Interactive briefing sessions and training shall be held with the Contractor’s workforce every month
during the project works.
2. Performance Requirements: Contractor’s Obligations

The Contractor shall:
 Develop and implement a workplace HIV/AIDS policy, Child Protection Policy, Gender
Policy, Community/Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Contractors’ Workers Code
of conduct and Sexual Harassment Policy approved by the Engineer;
 Ensure that the Engineer, the NSP and the Employer have copies of the Contractors
workplace HIV/AIDS policy Child Protection Policy, Gender Policy,
Community/Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Contractors’ Workers Code of
conduct and Sexual Harassment Policy;
 Give any representative of the NSP, the Employer and the Engineer all reasonable access to
the Site in connection with the awareness programme on HIV/AIDS, COVID19, Gender
inequalities and GBV, Child Protection, Community Health and Safety and General ESHS
complaince;
 In consultation with the NSP, schedule appropriate timings for the implementation of social
risk management activities as part of the work plan of the workforce and staff and allow the
Contractor’s Personnel to attend the Awareness programme on: HIV/AIDS, Gender
inequalities and GBV, Child Protection, Community Health and Safety, HIV/AIDS in the
course of their employment and during their normal working hours (three hours per month) or
any period of overtime provided for in the relevant employment contracts, but excluding
designated rest times such as lunch breaks or pay days (unless otherwise advised by the
Engineer), and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure this requirement is implemented;

 At each monthly site meeting a draft programme of HIV/AIDS, COVID 19, Gender
inequalities and GBV, Child Protection, Community Health and Safety, related activities with
timings shall be agreed between the NSP, the Contractor, the Engineer and the Consultants
Sociologist and UNRA. This programme shall be confirmed in writing by the Contractor
and the Engineer and communicated to the NSP at least one week in advance of programmed
site activities;
 Provide suitable space for the delivery of the HIV/AIDS Awareness programme and
encourage Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV/AIDS Awareness programme. This will
include at a minimum a secure clinical space in the main Contractors Compound that is
suitably equipped for screening and diagnosis of HIV/AIDS cases of the project staff and
labour. This space will comprise four adjoining rooms. These include a reception area, a
clinical space for medical treatment and testing, sick bay, a room for HIV/AIDS counselling
activities and a bathroom containing separate male and female toilets and wash basins. The
Contractor shall also provide a separate office for the NSP Sociologist, detached from the
clinical spaces. All the spaces shall be maintained and cleaned by the Contractor who shall
ensure a clean and hygienic environment at all times; in addition the main clinical area shall
be kept by the Contractor in good clinical sterile condition at all times. The clinical space
shall be connected to a sufficient water and electricity supply. The Contractor shall be
responsible for cleaning and maintaining the offices and toilets and shall provide soap, toilet
paper, towels and all necessary fittings and cleaning materials.
The Contractor shall also:
 Minimize the number of migrant workers employed on the project and housed in the site
camp;
 In conjunction with the NSP, identify from recruitment records suitable individuals for key
education roles and allow those individuals special additional training of up to 4 hours each
month during normal working hours;
 Encourage voluntary HIV / STI testing;
 Liaise with the NSP to provide information concerning counselling, support and care;
 Liaise with the NSP regarding the effectiveness of the campaign and notify any associated
problems arising;
 Ensure that the NSP has access to all suitable site locations for the provision of condoms,
both male and female, complying with the requirements of ISO 4074 available free of charge
to all Contractor’s employees at readily accessible points on the site, suitably protected from
weather, for the duration of the contract;
 Permit the NSP to place and maintain Gender inequalities and GBV, Child Protection,
Community Health and Safety, HIV/AIDS awareness posters of size not less than A1 in areas
that are highly trafficked by construction workers and provide construction workers with a
pamphlet, in language largely understood by construction workers, which reinforces the
objectives and expected outcome of the HIV, Gender Awareness, Child Protection and
general Community Health and Safety Awareness programme.

The Contractors Safety Officer or another of the Contractors staff will assist the NSP by identifying
locations where stocks of condoms may be running low or where staff are requesting specific
information regarding HIV/AIDS and STI’s. This individual should work with the NSP to ensure
condom stock levels are maintained. If qualified, the Contractors Safety Officer or other member of
the Contractors staff may also carry out awareness training.
In accordance with the policies and guidelines of Uganda Aids Commission and Ministry of Health
put in place non-discriminatory workplace measures to protect the employees living with HIV/AIDS
and ensure that they have access to treatment and counselling.
It is not a requirement of the Contract for the Contractor to undertake or pay for treatment or
medication for personnel found to be suffering from HIV / AIDS. However, such personnel shall not
be discriminated against. All provisions with respect to the HIV/AIDS Programme shall be provided
free of charge to all workers.
Any request by the Contractor to the NSP for services not described in this Statement of
Requirements or in the NSP’s Terms of Reference shall be the subject of an additional contract
agreement between the NSP and the Contractor and shall not be paid under the provisions of this
contract.
The Contractor shall support and facilitate all programme activities as described above, but the NSP
shall report directly to the Consultant Sociologist and Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure the prompt and timely payment of the NSP each month. After payment
of the NSP for the month in question, the Contractor shall claim reimbursement of payment. The
Contractor shall submit a receipt from the NSP as evidence of this payment.
3. HIV / AIDS Programme activities

Activities undertaken by the NSP should be broad based, targeting both individuals and groups, and
may consist of:
 Information posters in public places both on and off the site, in eating places, bars, guest
houses etc.
 Availability of free condoms
 Small focus group discussions and information covering key issues.
 Theatre groups and video presentations
 Promotional events, such as football matches, to encourage openness and discussion of HIV /
AIDS issues
 Promotional billboards to raise awareness of the integration of road construction and HIV /
AIDS activities
 Inclusion of discussion and analysis of HIV / AIDS activities at site progress meetings
 Availability of promotional material such as T-shirts, caps, bumper stickers, key rings etc.
 Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) and STD diagnosis and treatment.

 Psychosocial support (including prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections) for
workers infected and affected, as well as their families
Education will cover:
 Stigma and discrimination issues
 Preventative behaviours including partner reduction, condom use, awareness and importance
of treatment of STIs
 Skills including negotiating safer sex, correct condom use, acquiring condoms without
embarrassment.
 Referral to local health centres and services available.
The outcome of the HIV/AIDS and other social risks Awareness Programme shall, as a minimum,
result in Contractor’s Personnel exposed to the programme being able to:
 Communicate the existence of the problems associated with HIV/AIDS and other social risks
and be able to outline the consequences of transmission of HIV to or from the local
community;
 Recall and communicate the mode of HIV transmission and preventative measures including
the proper use of the condom and
 Be aware of the advantages of abstinence / avoidance.
4. GBV/VAC activities
There will be an Independent GBV/SEA/VAC Service Provider. The NSP will be deployed on the
project to spearhead implementation of prevention and response to Gender Based Violence /Sexual
Exploitation and Abuse (GBV/SEA/Sexual Harassment and Violence against Children) to the
Consultant’s staff, Contractor’s staff and the local community. The Nominated Service Provider will
have the overall responsibility of designing and implementing a program for the protection of
communities (both host communities and refugees) including project workers against risks of
GBV/SEA and VAC. This will include prevention, and response services for the target population at
risk consisting of women, adolescents, children and project workers.
Specific responsibilities of the Service Provider will include:
1 Design and conduct a GBV/SEA and VAC risk assessment (based on primary data that will be
collected during the baseline survey and secondary data from the districts and earlier studies
(including the ESIA and RAP) to establish the existing prevalence of GBV/SEA and VAC in the
project area
2 Design and implement well targeted GBV/SEA and VAC prevention interventions aimed at
increased knowledge and attitude change towards GBV/SEA amongst the target population. This
should include:
i) Develop and distribute appropriate, well targeted GBV/SEA and VAC Information,
Education and Communication (IEC) materials translated in local languages of project
location and refugees with prior approval of messages by UNRA in consultation with
MoGLSD, OPM and the WB

ii) Design and conduct appropriate mass media campaign on GBV/SEA and VAC targeting the
local community and refugees. This will include radio and TV programs. The Child Toll
Free Help Line of MGLSD 116 and UNRA Toll Free Line 0800 100 811/0800 100 812
will also be widely disseminated.
iii) Design and conduct a GBV/SEA and VAC sensitization programme for the Project
Implementation Unit (PIU), Contractor and Consultants management teams, Project
workers (both Contractor and Consultant staff), conduct sensitization meetings with the
contractor’s sub-contractor and service providers’ staff targeting both linear road and
auxiliary sites as well as staff residential areas targeting Land Lords and LCs.
iv) Develop a GBV/SEA and VAC common messages guide to be used in all sensitizations.
v) Review the Contractor’s and Consultant’s Workers’ Code of Conduct (CoC) to ensure
they provide for appropriate behavioral conduct, responsibilities, and penalties for non-
compliance with required GBV/SEA/SH/VAC conduct. The review should also establish if
the CoC provides a clear accountability and response framework and procedures and
processes on how alleged incidents of SEA/SH/VAC will be verified/investigated. This
should include responsible persons within and outside the project with time frames for
completion of the investigations and how the issues will be escalated.
vi) Work closely with the Contractor and Consultant to ensure effective implementation of the
CoC including its translation in local languages understood by workers, support induction of
staff on CoC and undertake regular sensitizations through toolbox and staff meetings. All
workers should sign the CoC and this is a responsibility of the Contractor and Consultant.
vii) Design and implement GBV/SEA/VAC Outreach for targeted schools within the
project. This will include developing common outreach messages, and in consultation with
schools’ plan and conduct continuous GBV/SEA/VAC sensitisation targeting teachers,
parents and students.
viii) Develop and implement a community sensitization programme on GBV/SEA/VAC risks
for local communities and community leadership structures targeting both refugees
and host communities. This will include developing materials and messages; orientation of
GRM leaders and local child protection structures on GBV/SEA risks, response including
reporting mechanisms. The NSP shall select and train community champions (including
males) as focal points /change agents for sensitizations on behavior change. He shall
conduct continuous broader community outreaches on GBV/SEA/VAC risks on the entire
road corridor working closely with GRM leaders, local child protection structures and male
champions
ix) Design and implement Sensitization of Out- of - School Adolescents. This shall include
formation of adolescent / peer clubs, conducting peer educators’ training and continuous
support activities for the clubs in skills development and mentorships.
x) Equip adolescent girls at risk with life skills through adolescent clubs and link them to
livelihood opportunities aimed at reducing vulnerability and exposure to GBV/SEA/SH and
VAC. The NSP will not implement livelihood projects but rather link the girls to existing
livelihood initiatives in the project area under the Government or other humanitarian
agencies/NGOs.
3 Design/review and implement a complaint lodging and referral mechanism that is sensitive and
responsive to GBV/SEA/VAC reporting and which project workers and communities have
confidence in. This will include: -
i) Develop / review and refine specific GBV/SEA procedures for reporting, verification and

follow up of cases within the GRM and existing project reporting protocols that are safe,
ethical and sensitive to GBV/SEA/VAC
ii) Identify and train GBV/SEA focal points within communities (including GMC Focals) as
the first line of community contacts for reporting GBV/SEA cases and referral to NSP and
or any other relevant stakeholders
iii) Disseminate GBV/SEA/VAC reporting and referral procedures integrated within various
training and sensitization meetings for various community / Education institutions/project
target groups, refugees and district level stakeholders including mass media channels
iv) Reporting,escalation and referral of any identified GBV/SEA/VAC cases in line with
established GRM procedures and project GBV/SEA/VAC reporting protocols
v) Working in collaboration with Police, judiciary and other relevant institutions at the district
and lower levels to follow up on progress with investigations, prosecution, and other
remediation of reported cases
vi) Compile monthly case management matrix updates for each of the GBV/SEA case reported
while ensuring the safe, ethical and confidential processes in line with survivor centred
approaches
4 Design and implement well targeted GBV/SEA Response mechanisms

This will include strengthening existing referral system/pathways and working with MGLSD and
other response service providers to design and implement a project specific plan for supporting
survivors of GBV/SEA/VAC
Strengthening Refining Referral System / Pathways: Work closely with key actors to refine and
clearly document GBV/SEA/VAC referral pathways (reporting, psychosocial/ counselling, health
care, investigations and legal aid) as main mechanism for responding to GBV/SEA/VAC survivors’
services working closely with key actors in the sector
GBV/SEA Response Services for Survivors

i) Update the existing GBV/SEA services/referral pathways and identify gaps / in terms of quality
and availability of services.
ii) Based on the gaps identified, the NSP shall design and implement a project specific plan/model
for addressing a comprehensive package (psychosocial, health including emergencies, legal,
nutrition, shelter, livelihoods) for GBV/SEA response services for survivors taking into account
the strength and gaps of the existing referral system /pathways for GBV/SEA services in the
project areas. This will be done in collaboration with the MGLSD and other relevant
stakeholders.
iii) Develop and agree the selection and support criteria where direct project support services to
survivors applies as opposed to reliance on existing referral system / pathways based on existing
international GBV standards and guidelines and best practice.
iv) Provide direct project support to GBV/SEA/VAC survivors in accordance with agreed criteria
5 Support capacity building of local systems and enhance partnerships and coordination to prevent and
respond to GBV/SEA/VAC with other service providers/GBV actors ((MoGLSD,UNHCR, district
structures, police, CSOs, CBOs). This will include: -
i) Developing a capacity building plan for strengthening local systems for GBV/SEA/VAC
Working closely with UNRA and MoGLSD to support establishment of a formal
GBV/SEA/VAC Survivors’ Support Protocol / MoUs with Project districts, UNHCR and other
relevant stakeholders operating within the KYM project areas.

ii) Strengthening/ training district level structures including community Services Department
(Community Development, Gender, Probation, Labour) Police, Medical, Education, DISO,
Judiciary, DoVCCs/SOVCCs on GBV/SEA prevention, response strategies, reporting
mechanisms & strengthening procedures of local systems at community level
iii) Working with MoGLSD and, UNHCR, districts and other project level actors to strengthen
survivor centred referral and response services
iv) Undertaking exposure learning visits to UNRA / MoGLSD / other relevant projects to learn
more about GBV/SEA/VAC prevention and response strategies and best practices
v) Strengthening coordination mechanisms for better services with local/national GBV/SEA
service providers
6 Support capacity building of local systems, partnerships to prevent, respond and coordinate
GBV/SEA (UNHCR, district structures, police, CSOs, CBOs). This will include
i) Develop a capacity building plan for strengthening local systems for GBV/SEA/VAC
ii) Working closely with UNRA to support establishment of a formal GBV/SEA Survivors’ Support
Protocol / MoUs with Project districts, UNHCR and other relevant stakeholders operating within
the KYM project areas
iii) Strengthen/ train district level structures including community Services Department
(Community Development, Gender, Probation, Labour) Police, Medical, Education, DISO,
Judiciary, DoVCCs/SOVCCs on GBV/SEA prevention, response strategies, reporting
mechanisms & strengthening procedures of local systems at community level
iv) Working with MoGLSD and, UNHCR, districts and other project level actors to strengthen
survivor centred referral and response services
v) Undertaking exposure learning visits to UNRA / MoGLSD / other relevant projects to learn
more about GBV/SEA prevention and response strategies and best practices
vi) Strengthening coordination mechanisms for better services with local/national
GBV/SEA/VAC service providers
7 Monitoring, Evaluation, Learning and Reporting Activities for GBV/SEA and VAC
i) Establish mechanisms to monitor the GBV/SEA/SH/VAC risks and hotspots in the project area
and use feedback sessions to enhance performances on a regular basis.
ii) Design monitoring, evaluation and reporting system with key performance indicators to guide
enhance continuous measurement of achievements against the SEA/SH and VAC prevention and
response action plan planned deliverables and outcomes. The system should be informed by the
GPN on SEA/SH in major civil works.
iii) Assist the project to put in place a safe and ethical reporting system for regularly
sharing/reviewing monitoring data.
iv) Compile and submit reports on ongoing progress, lessons learnt during implementation in
accordance with agreed report formats and schedules.
v) Participate in project inspections and meetings with project actors as scheduled from time to time
and share GBV/SEA/SH/VAC implementation briefings
Although management of GBV/SEA and VAC services is contracted to the independent Service
Provider, it is integral to the Contract/ project management of the project. The Contract/Project
Management including UNRA, Contractor and Consultant will integrate the GBV/SEA interventions
and Service Provider into the overall project management framework for the project. The Service

Provider will be managed directly by UNRA through the Employer’s PIU. However, for effective
management the day to-today implementation of project activities will be closely coordinated with
the Contractor and Supervising Consultant as an integral part of the project. The Service Provider’s
overall workplans, weekly work plans/ reports, monthly reports to are form part of the overall Civil
works reporting mechanisms.
The Contractor, supervising consultant and UNRA will also integrate the Service Provider into core
project management activities including participation into monthly site inspections and meetings,
internal and external project review missions and reporting.
The Contractor will be required to closely work with the GBV/SEA and VAC service provider to
ensure panned interventions effectively reach out to the targeted project workers and communities
within the agreed road corridor.
The contractor will allow required space and time including availing workers time to participate in
planned GBV/SEA and VAC activities such as sensitisation meetings, compliance monitoring,
The Contractor and other project management teams will work with the Service Provider during the
meetings with workers to emphasize prevention and response of GBV/SEA/VAC in the road Project
Area.
The contractor will be responsible for acting on escalated GBV/SEA and VAC incidences or reports
such as violations of code conduct by workers as appropriate
The Contractor and other Project Management will be required to participate in review and /or
coordination meetings related to project implementation involving key stakeholders within project
area at request of the GBV/SEA and VAC service provider
5. COVID-19 activities
The NSP contracted to undertake HIV/AIDS mitigation activities will be responsible for carrying out
sensitisation and awareness creation on Corvid 19 both among the project staff (Contractor and
Consultant) and the community. The NSP will also conduct COVID 19 knowledge attitude and
practices ( KAP) Baseline survey among the project staff both within the main road, camps and
quarries. In addition, the contractor will undertake the following;
 Develop Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) in line with the MoH guidelines for the
planned activities to be approved by the Supervision Engineer before implementation. This
should include among others temperature checks at all sites for staff and visitors, hand
washing facilities and alcohol based sanitizers in all active sites and offices, record keeping of
all those tested and contact tracing for those found positive
 In corroboration with the Ministry of Health, District COVID taskforces and other relevant
bodies adopt rapid testing of workers for Covid-19 on a regular basis and put in place
emergency response/management measures
 Design and conduct sensitization sessions on COVID 19 for workers in all linear and
auxiliary sections of the project.

 Provide appropriate Corvid 19 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for all project personnel
and visitors and observe social distancing.
 Provide Temporary isolation centers for suspects of COVID – 19
 Conduct sensitization sessions on COVID 19 for all project workers and communities within
vicinity of project sites
 Under the supervision of the Engineer ensure all approved SOPs are implemented on all
project sites
 Adopt virtual meetings and electronic or online or virtual methods of consulting stakeholders.
 Where physical engagements can’t be avoided ensure social distancing is observed and
appropriate PPE (masks and sanitizers) used.
 Temperature checks and record keeping for contact tracingthose found positive as well as
their contacts. New workers and visitors accessing the work sites should also be subjected to
rapid covid-19 tests.
6. Grievances Management Committees (GMC) activities

6.1 Introduction
The Project will provide economic and social benefits to both the immediate community and the
general public. However, the operations may also result in several negative environmental and social
impacts such as fatalities, blocked access, cracked houses, the spread of diseases, interruption of
utility services, child abuse, sexual violence, accidents, exposure to health and safety hazards,
workers, labor-related concerns, among others. It is these negative impacts that escalate into
grievances.
Project grievances range from engineering, survey, environmental, social, land acquisition, or
resettlement coupled with health and safety-related complaints. These grievances trigger public
outcry, community uprisings, and resistance to project activities, which defame the institutional
image. It is upon this background that UNRA developed a grievance redress mechanism (GRM) for
dealing with grievances which may arise from time to time during project preparation, execution, and
Defect Liability Period.
6.2 Grievance Management Committees (GMCs) at Community Level
To operationalize the GRM, UNRA will establish GMCS on the Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi / Kisoro-
Mgahinga Road Project at the community level and in schools/or institutions along the road. The
GMCs are not formal government established structures, but rather a stakeholder engagement
arrangement for facilitating the rapid resolution of issues that may arise within the community due to
a road project implementation. The GMCS act as a link between the community and UNRA. Their
role is to receive, record, and generally manage grievances that occur during the process of road
development voluntarily.
The GMCs formed by UNRA will be directly monitored and supported by the individual consultant-
Community Liaison and Client Care Officers hired by UNRA. Besides, the Supervising Consultant's
Sociologist on the project will also offer support. The team will receive all grievances registered by

the GMCS sort, escalate, and provide feedback on issue status to the complainants. All complaints are
to be reported in the monthly E&S reports including those to be addressed by the Contractor. UNRA
will introduce the GMCs to the Contractor and therefore the Contractor is responsible for the
following.
 The Contractor will not be in direct contact with UNRA's community and school GMCS,
however, he is responsible for addressing all grievances that will be escalated to him by the
Supervising Consultant, in an agreed manner and timeframe. Feedback should be officially
submitted with a resolution status to the Consultant.
 The Contractor is required to develop a grievance management log whose status should be
updated every month and submitted to the Supervising Consultant.
 The Contractor is required to pay a monthly facilitation allowance of 30,000shs to each GMC
member as established on the project. Each GMC comprises of at least 6 members. Payment
should be prompt and goes for a period of 36months.
 The UNRA Individual Consultant - Community Liaison Officer and Contractor's Sociologist
will support the facilitation of GMCs and provide accountability. The GMC facilitation
allowance shall be catered for in the works contract.
6.3 Project Level GRM
Whereas UNRA established channels of grievance management at the community and institutional
level, the contractor will develop an abridged version of the grievance redress mechanism linking
with UNRA GRM for management of workers and community grievances for sites that he is directly
responsible for i.e, auxiliary sites (camps, quarries as well as borrow and dump sites as well as works
activities on the road. The GRM should provide for a feedback mechanism
6.4 Grievance handling at Community Level
The Contractor is required to receive, address, and follow up on all grievances from the community
caused by project activities. The Contractor's GRM should therefore clearly indicate the receiving and
feedback channels through which aggrieved parties in the community can submit their grievances and
the process followed until resolution. Suggested channels may be telephones, suggestion box,
Customer care Office, toll-free lines, etc.
The grievance mechanism is expected to address concerns promptly and effectively, in a transparent
manner that is culturally appropriate, in preferred language of the complainant and should be readily
accessible to all project-affected parties, at no cost and without retribution. The mechanism will also
allow for anonymous complaints to be raised and addressed.
The mechanism, process, or procedure will not prevent access to judicial or administrative remedies.
The Contractor will inform the project-affected parties about the grievance process during its
community engagement activities as a way of publicizing it. Methods like Leaflets, website links,
posters in administrative offices and public places, or suggestion boxes at strategic locations may be
used. This encourages grievance submission from the community. The Contractor is required to
publicise the following.
 Grievance procedure/or process,

 Set out length time for acknowledgment, response, and resolution of their grievances.
 Governing structure and decision-makers
 An appeal process including the national judiciary to which unsatisfied grievances may be
referred when the resolution of grievance has not been achieved.
 Mediation procedures as an option where users are not satisfied.
The contractor is required to document and report the status of all grievances in the monthly E&S
report indicating the number of grievances received resolved, escalated, and those pending and why.
Grievance log where grievances are registered in writing and maintained as a database should be
developed.
The Contractor is to appoint a sociologist responsible for engaging with local communities and
addressing grievances arising from the work of the contractor. In that perspective, the contractor's
sociologist works closely with the E&S project team in implementing actions to resolve grievances.
The contractor will further notify the resident engineer and UNRA's grievance officer immediately of
any grievances that require investigation or intervention by the police or other relevant authorities.
Monitoring and Workplan tools should be prepared by the Contractor and shared with the Supervising
Consultant.
6.5 Workers grievances
The Contractor should establish the Workers' Grievance Management Procedure that will also embed
the establishment of the Worker’s Council before mobilization and at the very latest before the
commencement of works. The grievance mechanism will be provided for all workers whether direct
or contracted, to raise workplace concerns. The system should capture all grievances, either bottom-
up or top-down.
The Worker's grievance redress mechanism should achieve the following:
 Provide project workers with accessible means to raise workplace concerns.
 Promote the fair treatment, non-discrimination, anti-relation and equal opportunity of project
workers.
 Support the principles of freedom of association and collective bargaining of project workers
in a manner consistent with national law. That is:
o Project workers will be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of
recruitment and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its
use. The Contractor therefore should prepare an anti-retaliation policy which should
be signed and published by the employer. This encourages reporting, fairness, and
hence grievance resolution.
o Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to
all such project workers with stipulated timeframes.
o It will be designed to address concerns promptly, using an understandable and
transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language

they understand, without any retribution, and will operate independently and
objectively.
o The grievance mechanism will not impede access to other judicial or administrative
remedies that might be available under the law or through existing arbitration
procedures, or a substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective
agreements like the worker's union.
o Gender differences should be taken into consideration when handling grievances. It is
always important to note that women and men might report different issues and
Contractor staff responsible for handling the complaints should avoid subjective
judgments that may lead to trivializing some complaints based on gender.
o The Contractor is required to prepare terms of reference and establish the Workers
Council and Disciplinary Committee for project workers. Membership should be for
both employers, employees, and gender representation is encouraged.
6.6 Quarry Grievances
The quarry community is usually a sensitive area commonly with a lot of complaints from the quarry
operations. The Contractor should manage all complaints promptly by establishing a quarry GMC.
 The contractor will establish a quarry GMC following the same procedure described in the
UNRA harmonized GRM.UNRA and the consultant will, however, support the process to
ensure its compliance with the Grievance Redress Mechanism.
 The quarry GMCs will be responsible for registering, mediating, escalating, and providing
feedback on complaints caused by the Contractor operations at the quarry.
 The Contractor will be in direct contact with the Quarry GMCs, their training, facilitation,
documentation, and recording of their grievances. The contractor should provide stationery,
training aids, transport refund, grievance logbooks (UNRA'S format) meals, and refreshments
during the training. The quarry GMC will act as a link between the Contractor and the quarry
community.
6.7 Key documents to be prepared by the Contractor.
Therefore, the Contractor is required to prepare the following documents.
 Grievance Redress Mechanism
 A quarterly Grievance management plan
 Quarry GMC establishment plan
 Terms of Reference for Workers Council
 Structure of the grievance management process.
 Methods of popularising the GRM.
 Grievance logbook
 Grievance Reporting template/log

 Quarterly Grievance monitoring and evaluation tools
 Database of project grievance
 Anti-Retaliation Policy
As an outcome, effective GRM will contribute to mitigating adverse impacts of the project on
communities and minimize conflicts as well as building relationships between UNRA, Contractor,
and the Stakeholders.
7. Facilities provided by the Contractor

Services to be provided to the NSP for HIV/AIDS and COVID 19 by the Contractor include:
 provision of dedicated vehicles, office space and venues for workers’ meetings
 provide time –off for the workers’ meetings
 Space for the staff clinic that should provide required privacy of cancelling services and
gender disaggregated services
 Timely provision of drugs for staff clinic
 Provide temporary Isolation centres for COVID 19 suspected cases
 Full time ambulances at active sites particularly the camp and quarry sites

GUIDELINES
1. Guidelines for mainstreaming gender, HIV/AIDS and needs of vulnerable groups
in UNRA projects
i. Feasibility studies, ESIAs, briefing notes and other relevant documents, will include
detailed descriptions of the way in which needs of vulnerable groups will be addressed
during project design and implementation.
ii. The Head of the Design team will ensure that all project designs take into consideration
issues of gender, HIV and AIDS, children, PWD and Elderly and the needs of other
vulnerable Groups. This may be through increasing the size of the walkways and
pavements, providing roadside shelters for pedestrians, etc
iii. All bidding documents will reflect clauses that cater for the issues of gender, HIV and
AIDS, children, PWD and Elderly and the needs of other vulnerable Groups.
iv. All works contracts documents will contain clauses that cater for the issues of gender,
HIV and AIDS, children, PWD and Elderly and the needs of other vulnerable Groups.
v. The Supervising Consultant and Contractor will develop various Policy documents
including a Gender Policy, Human Resource Policy, Waste Management Policy, which
will be consistent with the UNRA E&S Policy and procedures and MoWT Gender Policy
Statement. These policies will allow the Contractor to operationalize his plans. These will
clearly stipulate how issues of gender, HIV and AIDS, children, PWD and Elderly and
the needs of other vulnerable Groups will be incorporated in the day-to –day activities of
the Contractor. This will include the Gender Policy, Human Resource Policy, HIV and
AIDS policy, No sexual harassment policy, Child Protection Policy and any other
necessary ones.
vi. The Supervising Consultant and Contractor shall develop various planning documents
including a (Gender Action, Environmental and Social Implementation Plan, HIV/AIDS
Plan, Stakeholder Engagement Plan, Occupational Health and Safety Plan and Human
Resources Management Plan to guide the delivery of the identified mitigations of the
various policies mentioned in (3). These plans will show how the issues of Gender,
Children, PWD and HIV/AIDS will be incorporated in the day-to-day implementation of
the Contractor’s activities.
vii. The Supervising Consultant shall review the Contractors planning documents and ensure
that the Contractor has sufficiently mainstreamed issues of gender, HIV and AIDS,
children, PWD and Elderly and the needs of other vulnerable Groups in all project
activities and facilities.
viii. The Supervising Consultant shall forward to UNRA theirs and the Contractor’s planning
documents for review by the Head of DESS to ensure that mainstreaming has been
sufficiently undertaken.

ix. The Supervising Consultant shall accept the Contractor’s planning documents after
incorporating the comments of the Head DESS, and ensure that Contractor implements
the planned mainstreaming measures.
x. The Supervising Consultant and Contractor will recruit personnel (as specified in the
contract) with competence and knowledge on how to incorporate issues of gender, HIV
and AIDS, children, PWD and Elderly and the needs of other vulnerable Groups in
project activities. Where they do not have the skills, the Contractor will provide training
for these staff to ensure that these issues are handled.
xi. The Supervising Consultant will include in their monthly reports to the Contract Manager
the progress in the implementation of activities that handle issues of Gender, Child
protection, PWD, Elderly and HIV/AIDS the success and challenges in achieving it,
recommendations and any support required in order to ensure compliance. Reports will
also include statistics on the gender makeup of the workforce, including the respective
numbers of men and women, sexual harassment cases, HIV and AIDS, child protection
issues, community engagements, PWDs and PLAs who are in management positions and
who are employed in skilled and unskilled labour positions.
xii. Contractors will include in their monthly reports to the Supervising Consultant, the
progress in the implementation of activities that handle issues of Gender, Child
protection, PWD, Elderly and HIV/AIDS the success and challenges in achieving it,
recommendations and any support required in order to ensure compliance. Reports will
also include statistics on the gender makeup of the workforce, including the respective
numbers of men and women, sexual harassment cases, HIV and AIDS, child protection
issues, community engagements, PWDs and PLAs who are in management positions and
who are employed in skilled and unskilled labour positions.
xiii. The Supervising Consultants will summarize Contractor employment statistics and
activities by gender, PWD, PLA and include in their monthly reports to UNRA a
summary of their findings.
Table 1: Checklist for Mainstreaming Gender, HIV/AIDS and Needs of Vulnerable Groups in UNRA
Projects
Road Construction Gender Requirement Done/ Evidence

Stages Not
Done
Project Conception How will the intended road project address the
issues of Gender, HIV/AIDS, children, PWD,
Elderly and other vulnerable groups?
-Is every department participating in the
preparation of road construction (Design
department, Roads and Bridges department,
Procurement department) trained in mainstreaming

Road Construction Gender Requirement Done/ Evidence
Stages Not
Done
Elderly and other vulnerable groups and how it is
linked to their area of expertise?
Project Screening -Do the ESIA and Briefing notes describe issues of
Gender, HIV/AIDS, children PWD, Elderly and
other vulnerable groups and how they will be
addressed? What are those particular needs that
can be addressed by the road design? Are they
listed?
Design -Does the road design take into consideration the
Elderly and other vulnerable groups (e.g. the size
of the walkways, pavements, etc.? Are there
shelters along the road where people (esp. women,
children, elderly and PWD can rest as they travel
along the roads)?
-Do all the bidding and works contract documents
contain sections stipulating management of issues
of gender, HIV/AIDS, children, PWD, Elderly and
other vulnerable groups?
-What gender, HIV/AIDS, children, PWD, Elderly
and other vulnerable groups impacts (both
environmental and social) are likely to arise during
the construction of the road and what mitigations
can be put in place?
(Land Acquisition) -Is land acquisition of the road done with
Compensation and consideration to the issues of Gender, HIV/AIDS,
Resettlement children, PWD, Elderly and other vulnerable
groups?
Table 2: Checklist for Mainstreaming Gender, HIV/AIDS and Needs of Vulnerable Groups in Projects at
Construction Level
Thematic Areas Gender Requirement Met/Not Evidence

Met
ESIA,ESIP -Do they define the concepts Gender, HIV/AIDS,
children, PWD, Elderly and other vulnerable groups
related to the project; including a situational analysis
of these issues associated with the project, affirmative
action and other measures to show how these issues

Met
will be addressed throughout the project cycle.
-Do the Contractor’s planning documents (e.g.
ESIA,ESIP) contain strategies on how to manage any
social issues on the project (e.g. Gender related
issues, HIV/AIDS, Child protection, PWD and
Elderly issues)
Gender Action -From the, ESIP, did the Contractor produce various
Plan, HIV/AIDS Policies and plans (Human Resource Policy/Plan,
Plan, No Sexual Gender Policy/Plan, No Sexual Harassment
Harassment Plan, Policy/Plan, etc) that will guide the day-to-day
Human Resource implementation of mainstreaming issues of gender,
Management Plan, HIV/AIDS, children, PWD, Elderly and other
Operational Health vulnerable groups?
Management Plan,
Grievance
Management Plan
No Sexual -Does the Contractor have a No Sexual Harassment
Harassment Policy that clearly defines No sexual harassment, its
forms, penalties and redress mechanisms?
-Does the Contractor record all cases of sexual
harassment?
-Does the Contractor provide necessary avenues of
receiving sexual harassment complaints that are
confidential and provide anti-retaliation?
-How many sexual harassment cases are handled to
conclusion and reports filed?
HIV/AIDS -Does the Contractor have an HIV/AIDS Policy and
Plan?
-Did the HIV/AIDS Service Provider carry out a
baseline survey to assess the HIV/AIDS risks
associated to the project?
-Is there a fully furnished clinic with qualified staff
that offers HCT, condoms, STI screening and
treating?
Is the HIV/AIDS Service provider fully facilitated to
sensitize workers and communities on HIV/AIDS
related issues?

Met
-Does the Contractor allow workers time to
participate in HIV/AIDS sensitizations?
Child Protection -Does the Contractor’s ESIP clearly define how the
project will ensure child protection?
-Does the contractor’s Human Resource Policy/Plan
clearly stipulate that children will not be employed on
the project in accordance with the existing Labour
Laws? -
Are the Contractor’s workers sensitized on child
protection, its crimes, its laws and penalties?
-Are all contractor’s workers found guilty of violating
child protection, involved in crimes connected to
violating child protection prosecuted in accordance
with existing child protection laws?
Human Resource - Does the Contractor recruit men, women, PWDs?
How many male, female and PWD staff have been
recruited? Is there a database showing the number of
workers that is disaggregated by gender and
disability?
-Is Affirmative action carried out to encourage
women and PWD to participate in the project?
-Are female and PWD employees given equal
appropriate training so that they can stand an equal
chance to be promoted to higher positions on the
projects?
-Are there enough separate wash rooms and changing
rooms that provide adequate privacy for men, women
and PWD in the project?
- Are female and PWD employees given contracts
clearly stipulating their terms of employment,
maternity leave, over time, flexible working hours
and equal pay for the same work done?
-Does the Contractor have staff that act as Senior
Women and Men to handle unique issues of men and
women?
Reporting -Does the Contractor report monthly on the progress
of gender and issues of vulnerable groups on the

Met
project?
-Does the Contractor have feedback meetings with
staff to share ideas on how to improve gender
mainstreaming and issues of vulnerable groups on the
project?
-Does the Contractor have a list of gender
disaggregated data on gender and PWDs e.g no of
staff by sex, disability, age, gender of staff holding
various positions, no of toilets and washrooms per
gender,

2. Guidelines for considering environmental and social requirements in design
change
Summary of Key Principle of Design Change Guidelines
The intent of the Procedures for considering E&S requirements in design change includes the
following key principles:
i. The Procedures for considering E&S requirements in design change will be integrated
by UNRA into the overall DC management procedures of the Project.
ii. The Procedures will be applied to assess E&S implications of design change
proposals presented during the construction phase.
iii. Relevant proposed DCs must be reviewed for their E&S-significance, and appropriate
mitigation measures must be developed.
iv. Proposed DCs that are not relevant / insignificant get flagged in the internal “pre-
screening” by UNRA and are not included in the further Procedures.
v. DC with potentially significant E&S implications undergo formal Screening and
further DC Review/evaluation (with UNRA staff, consultants and other experts as
necessary) as warranted on case-by-case basis.
vi. All DC screening results are logged and available for review.
vii. The first preference for minimization of potential negative E&S impacts will be to
review the proposed DC for alternative designs to avoid the impacts.
viii. For significant DCs for which additional mitigation measures are warranted, the need
for an update to the ESIA will be considered and discussed with NEMA.
ix. Specific stakeholders will be directly informed in writing where the design change
process was initiated by them.
x. On case-by-case basis, further public information and consultations will be
implemented.
xi. Where the proposed DCs is likely to result in significant environmental or social
impacts, the NEMA approved ESIA must be updated and resubmitted to NEMA for
approval if the approval conditions in the Certificate of Environmental and Social
Impact Assessment requires.
xii. In addition to the above, the responsible Contract Manager will ensure that monthly
environmental and social reports cover the DCs (and related Screening Results and
DC Impact Updates etc).

Triggers/Sources for Consideration of Design Change
Potential DCs triggered during the construction stage are usually as a result of:
i. Basic design refinement or value engineering, e.g.by the Supervising Consultant or
Contractor, or at the request of the client
ii. Detailed design development, e.g. by the Contractors on approved designs,
iii. Design reviews, including by the Supervising Consultant
iv. Field obstacles during construction which might result in Change of alignment,
v. Results of further field surveys (e.g. archaeology) and monitoring,
vi. Comments/concerns submitted by public/stakeholders,
vii. Changes in regulations/comments by regulatory bodies.
Regardless of the trigger source, any potential DC must formally be processed through the
DC management procedures.
Stage one: screening
Pre-Screening
“Pre-Screening” of any proposed DCs will be performed under the -responsibility of the
Contract Manager- and safeguards teams. This means that proposed DCs that are clearly of
no relevance with respect to environmental or social topics - or having very minor-
implications for the Project implementation - will not be subject to further Screening. The
change will be processed as a Technical Engineering Design Change, ie only considering
technical, construction and/or financial issues.
Formal Screening Review

A desk-based “Screening-Review” will be performed for any proposed DCs that in the
opinion of the responsible Contract Manager and safeguard teams have the potential to give
rise to new or additional significant impacts (positive or negative) which differ to those as
presented in the ESIA. The Screening will cover the following criteria inter alia:
i. Compliance with national legislation and regulation, Good International Industry
Practice, Lenders environmental and social requirements (as appropriate);
ii. Compliance with relevant health & safety regulations and standards;
iii. Compliance with approval\permitting\consent conditions;
iv. Impact on environmental and social features, including biodiversity, cultural heritage,
water resources, sensitive receptors such as hospitals, schools, residential properties
etc;

v. Any impacts on additional s socio-economic setup (i.e. beyond that already
considered in the ESIA/RAP);
vi. Any expansion of Project footprint requiring additional land take and expropriation or
(i.e. beyond that already reflected in the ESIA/RAP); and
vii. Any new/different ESIA-related item/topics that were not already appropriately
addressed in the ESIA.
The Screening will be performed by/under the direction of the Head of Environment and
Social Safeguards, with the involvement, as warranted, of other internal Safeguards staff
and/or the external Consultants. Screening results will be logged and recorded in the
screening matrix The Screening results will be available for review as appropriate and as a
record of the findings of the screening.
The potential outcomes of the DC Screening can be grouped as follows:
a. No Significant Environmental and/or Social Impacts – where there are no
significant implications or additional negative impacts identified as compared to the
items addressed in the ESIA and a change does not trigger additional/new mitigation
measures. As such, the screening results will be recorded and the DC will be further
evaluated and processed on the basis of - technical, cost and other non-ESIA factors.
Significant Environmental and/or Social Impacts - where there are significant or
potentially significant implications with respect to ESIA-related topics that cannot be
readily quantified or mitigated and were not already addressed in the ESIA (and/or
pose significant reputational exposure). In this case the screening results will be logged
and a “DC ESIA Review” will be undertaken.
Step Review and Redesign Change process

For proposed DCs for which the Screening suggests significant/potentially significant ESIA-
related impacts, UNRA’s Head of Environment and Social Safeguards will undertake
appropriate consultations internally and with appropriate Consultants as necessary regarding
any further mitigation or other measures (including further design development) needed to
achieve no additional or worse impact than predicted in the ESIA. The determination of
“significance” of a potential impact will be largely based on the impacts analysis definitions
in the original ESIA for the relevant environmental and social topics.
If the suitable mitigation can be incorporated into the design and no further residual
significant environmental and social impact is predicted, the change will be processed as a
Technical Design Change (Stage 4A) although if further information is required or if residual
impacts are still considered likely, further assessment is required (Stage 4B).
Stage two: ESIA and Disclosure
Inform specific stakeholders

The UNRA Head of Design will be responsible for informing relevant stakeholders
(Development Partners, NEMA, and Lead Agencies etc.), about the decision and why the
design change process was initiated, potential impacts and their mitigation.
Disclose Results and Consult Affected Stakeholders (if warranted)

If the DC results in significant environmental and/or social impacts that cannot be readily
quantified or mitigated and/or affect additional stakeholders (as compared to stakeholders
already involved in the ESIA process), and Head Design still want to proceed with change
then further disclosures on the Project web-site (plus local postings, flyers etc. as
appropriate), local public consultations may be undertaken. To clarify the impacts adequately
to inform the consultation, ESIA of the DC may be required. Following consultation with
NEMA, update of approved ESIA may also be required to achieve consent for the DC.
The type and extent of disclosure/consultations will depend on the severity and scope of the
DC impacts, with the intent being to ensure that the objectives and intentions of the public
engagement of the original ESIA process are maintained. A time-line of not more than 15
days will be proposed for receipt/inclusion of any feedback from consultation (unless the
ESIA is required for NEMA consent, in which case statutory limits will apply) as appropriate
on a case-by-case basis.
Any obligatory regulatory consent and other formal procedures will also be completed during
this stage.
Submission of updated ESIA to NEMA for Approval

If the DC results are in update of the project’s NEMA-approved ESIA, then the updated
ESIA will be submitted to NEMA for approval, in line with the conditions of approval of the
ESIA. If the DC is not related to a NEMA approved ESIA, then UNRA will adapt the DC
Impact Assessment Update to the current design and further proceed as per the internal
design process.
Stage three: Finalization of Design Change
The Head of Design with the assistance of the Design Change and safeguards Teams, will
review and compile any feedback received from Stakeholders and the Public consultation and
will ensure this is given due consideration in finalizing the design and deciding whether to
implement the DC. On a case-by-case basis, further discussions of the intended mitigation
measures may be needed with stakeholders during the finalization process.
As applicable and appropriate, specific feedback can be given to the stakeholders that have
raised queries comments with respect to the DC.
Finally, UNRA will implement the agreed DCs.
Table 3: Screening Matrix for finalization of Design Change
Question to be considered Identified Impact

significant? (Yes
impacts
or No)
Is the scale of DC large to enough to cause
impacts may not have been identified in
approved ESIA?
Is the DC likely to affect people in a manner not
captured in approved ESIA?
Is DC likely to result in use of new materials or
methods that result in contamination or change
in physical environment not identified in
approved ESIA?
Is the DC likely to affect important, sensitive or
protected physical or biological resources?
Is the DC likely to lead to new interactions with
existing or planned activities leading to
cumulative, additive or interactive impacts?
Is the DC likely to result in trans boundary
impacts?

3. Guidelines for reporting on environment and social performance: environment
and social performance measurement data
Table 4: Environment and Social Performance Measurement Data
Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
Performance Indicator # Description
No: Units
COMPLIANCE
A Consents/ Permits/Licenses/Certificates of Approval

Contractual requirements 1 Certificate of Approval of EIA for Road Project
2 Certificate of Approval of EIA for Camp
3 Certificate of Approval of EIA for Quarry
4 Certificate of Approval of EIA for Burrow pit
5 Magazine licenses (explosives)
6 Workplace Registration- Camp
7 Workplace Registration- Quarry
8 License for storage of hazardous waste
9 License to transport hazardous waste
10 License to operate a fuel station
11 Water Abstraction permit
12 Wastewater discharge permit
Compliance Status to the consent conditions
14 Number of Non-compliances Total No.
15 Noncompliance percentage %
Contractual E & S safeguard requirements
ESIP Conditions

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
Noncompliance notices
20 Notices issued by the SE Total No.
21 Notices issued by UNRA Total No.
22 Notices issued by Other Govt Agencies Total No.
23 Notices issued by the Local Govts Total No.
ENVIRONMENTAL
1 Input diesel estimate for power (engines) Tonnes

Direct energy consumption
A 2 Grid electricity GJ
segmented by primary source
3 Energy from renewables GJ
4 Mains/Metered m3
B Total water usage 5 Ground Abstraction m3
6 Fresh Water body i.e. lake, river m3
Other Source of GHG 7 Total Fuel Use (engines) Tonnes

C
Emissions 8 CO2 emissions Tonnes
10 Fuel use (engine) Tonnes
11 NOx Tonnes
12 N2O Tonnes
Direct non-CO2 GHG and
D 13 SO2 Tonnes
Other Gases
14 CO Tonnes
15 CH4 Tonnes
16 VOCs Tonnes
E Hazardous Waste by 17 Landfill Tonnes

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
18 Recycled Tonnes
Disposal Route 19 Reused Tonnes
20 Incineration Tonnes
21 Treated Tonnes
22 Landfill Tonnes
Non-hazardous Waste by 23 Recycled Tonnes

Disposal Route 24 Reused Tonnes
25 Incineration Tonnes
26 Number of significant spills (greater than 50 litres) Total No.
27 Total Number of Spills Total No.
F Oil/Fuel/Chemical spills 28 Total amount spilled m3
29 Volume of spill recovered m3
30 Has the environment been significantly impacted Y/N
Regulatory actions & fines 31 No of regulatory actions taken against Contractor Total No.
G
for non-compliance 32 Fines UGX
H 33 No of borrow pits Total No.

Gravel
34 Amount of gravel excavated Tonnes
35 No of quarry sites Total No.
Aggregates 36 Amount of aggregates sourced Tonnes
37 Explosives used Tonnes
Spoil 38 No of damp sites Total No.
39 Amount damped Tonnes
40 Area covered m3

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
41 Total area of the road Km sq
Area of road traversing through protected areas or

42 Km sq
areas of high biodiversity
I Biodiversity 43 Area of land cleared Km sq
44 Any significant impacts on these areas? Y/N
45 Area of habitat protected or restored Km sq
46 Number of trees planted Total No.
SOCIAL
GENDER DISTRIBUTION
1 Male Total No.
2 Female Total No.
NATIONALITY
A No of Employees 3 Foreigners Total No.
4 Ugandans Total No.
LOCALS
5 Male Total No.
6 Female Total No.
B Workers welfare 7 No of employees without work contracts Total No.
8 Percentage of employees without work contracts %
9 No of workers with I. Ds Total No.
10 % of workers with IDs %
11 No of workers that receive monthly pay slips Total No.
12 % of workers with IDs %

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
13 No of workers that have NSSF remittance Total No.
14 % No of workers that have NSSF remittance %
15 No of workers that joined workers union Total No.
16 % No of workers that joined workers union %
17 Is a worker leave roaster in places? Y/N
18 No of worker that had annual leave Total No.
No of workers that had annual leave/no in leave

19 %
roaster)
20 Number received Total No.
C Grievances 21 Number resolved Total No.
22 Number pending Total No.
23 No of External meetings held Total No.

D Stakeholder Meetings
24 No of Internal meetings held Total No.
25 STD Total No.
26 HIV/ADIS Total No.

Community awareness
E 27 Sexual harassment Total No.
meetings
28 Road Safety Total No.
29 Others (specify Total No.
30 Locally UGX
Procurement/National
F 31 Nationally UGX
Content
32 Regionally $
33 No of PAPs not compensated Total No.

G Compensation
34 % of PAPs not compensated %
OCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
1 Man days Days
A Risk Exposure 2 Man Hours Hours
3 Vehicle Mileage Km
4 Near misses Total No.
5 First Aid Cases Total No.
6 Medical Cases Total No.
7 Lost Time Injuries Total No.
8 Fatalities Total No.
B Incident 9 Lost Time Injuries Frequency Rate (LTIF) %
10 Vehicle Incidents Total No.
11 Vehicle Incident Frequency Rate %
No of workers assessed for compensation by Labour

12 Total No.
Officer
No of injured workers that have received

13 Total No.
compensation
Emergency Response 14 Emergency drills Total No.

C
Preparedness 15 Training Total No.
MONITORING & SUPERVISION
1 SE Environmentalist Man days Days
2 SE Sociologist Man days Days

A Supervision
3 Contractor Environmentalist Man days Days
3 Contractor Sociologist Man days Days
B Monitoring 4 No of internal inspections Total No.
5 No of internal Audits Total No.

Project:
Location:
Ref Reporting
No: Units
6 Annual Regulatory Environmental Audits Total No.
7 UNRA, SE & Contractor joint Inspection Total No.
8 Other Gov’t agencies inspections Total No.
9 Total Number of employees Total No.
10 No of international employees with work Permits Total No.
11 Percentage of employees without work permits %
12 Number of employees with contracts Total No.
13 Percentage of employees without work contracts %
14 No of local employees offered accommodation Total No.
15 No of locals offered food Total No.
16 No of skills enhancement training conducted Total No.
17 No of welfare meetings Total No.
18 Do welfare committees exist? Yes/No

4. Guidelines for the preparation of environmental and social implementation plan
(ESIP)
Purpose of the Guidelines
Works contracts have required Contractors to prepare and submit for approval an
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) to set out the method of implementing
the Environmental and Social Requirements on a project. Historically the documents that
have been submitted have been large, unwieldy and lacking in specifics of the measures to be
followed on site to ensure compliance with the Environmental and Social Requirements of
the contracts. They have often been prepared without reference to the Contractor’s precise
working methods, and contain a repetition of the ESMPs prepared at the time of the ESIA
purely setting out the generic mitigation requirements and aims.
To help recognize the different information that is expected to be provided by the Contractor,
the Contractor’s ESMP (C-ESMP) has been re-branded to an Environmental and Social
Implementation Plan (ESIP) and this Guidance note has been prepared to describe the
required content of an ESIP.
In overview, the ESIP sets out the precise measures that the contractor will take to implement
the Environmental and Social Requirements of the contract, identifying the tools, equipment
and working methods that will be adopted. It is a short, specific document that identifies the
key environmental and social issues, and the precise measures to be taken during works to
mitigate impacts. Where necessary, it cross refers to the additional detailed work plans that
may be required with regard to particularly detailed and unique events.
These guidelines set out the structure and minimum content of the ESIP, and as such aim to
ensure a better guiding document for the Contractor that addresses all Environment and
Social Requirements throughout the project works.
Scope
These guidelines have been prepared describing the actions to be taken to ensure compliance
with Environmental and Social Requirements during project implementation. The
Environmental and Social Requirements include the relevant legal and regulatory framework
(for example with respect to consent requirements and legal limit values), Contract
Requirements (in particular Technical and Special Specifications), Contractor management
proposals as submitted as part of tender documents, mitigation and monitoring as set out in
the ESIA and relevant measures for construction from the ESMP, conditions of consents,
permits or approvals, Good International Industry Practice (GIIP), and UNRA’s
Environmental and Social Safeguards Policy.
Contents of an ESIP
Section 1-Introduction

The introduction will contain concise text, lists and bullets (guideline is one to two
paragraphs of text under each heading) to provide:
i. Project Overview
ii. Description of the main work activities to be undertaken (outline of the works to be
undertaken)
iii. The key reference documents and summary of the key requirements (e.g. ESIA,
ESMP, relevant Technical and Special Specifications, Legal limit values,
Consent/Permit Conditions)
iv. The main environmental and social features present (e.g. from ESIA protected
habitats or species, forests, agricultural land, watercourses, aquifers, wells, ponds,
lakes, swamps, towns and villages, schools, hospitals, places of worship, cemeteries
etc.)
v. Contractor’s Organization and capacity for delivering the ESIP (a chart showing the
organization of the personnel responsible for the ESIP, including its implementation)
Section 2-Consents and Permits Required
A table of the consents and permits that the Contractor intends is required to have in order to
ensure legal compliance during the work. This should include consents for quarries, borrow
pits, deposit sites, asphalt plants, batching plants, water abstraction, water discharge, traffic
diversions, hazardous waste storage, fuel storage & dispensation, explosives handling, work
place registration etc.
Table 5: Consents and Permits required for the Contractor to achieve legal compliance with Environment
and Social requirements.
Consent/Permit required Location Responsibility Target Date
Section 3-Contractor’s Implementation Procedures
The Contractor shall prepare and implement specific procedures so as to manage project
aspects including:
i. Land take minimization and vegetation protection
ii. Minimise land take at camps, quarries and other associated facilities, including
how layouts will protect trees and shrubs
iii. Manage wastes, including hazardous wastes
iv. Minimize air pollution and dust, and complying with limit values
v. Minimize noise and vibration, and complying with limit values

vi. Ensure safe storage and use of chemicals, fuels, oils and other hydrocarbons and
all other hazardous or potentially polluting materials
vii. Avoid pollution to soils and to groundwater during works
viii. Avoid pollution to surface water during works
ix. Protect biodiversity (flora and fauna)
x. Protect archaeology and physical cultural resources
xi. Preserve, store, and reuse topsoil
xii. Local communities’ social cohesion preservation
xiii. Promoting gender equity
xiv. Promoting Public Health
xv. Local content promotion
xvi. Promoting Occupational Health& safety
xvii. HIV/.Aids sensitisation Campaign& other Social risks
Section 4- Emergency Response and Protection Plan
As a minimum, The Contractor shall set out the emergency response, investigation, remedial
procedures and reporting actions in the event of:
i. Accident or incident on site, including where the accident or incident also
involves a member of the public
ii. Emergency response plan which will include emergency evacuation, emergency
contact numbers, drills, setting up of emergency response teams (fire, first aid,
chemical spill)
iii. Pollution response in the event of an environmental pollution event
Section 5- Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan
A table specifying the protocols, parameters, and expected frequencies for monitoring
compliance with legal and regulatory limit values, for example with respect to noise and
vibration, air quality, water quality and soil contamination. There will also be text to detail
the equipment to be used (and how this equipment will be maintained and calibrated), the
evaluation and interpretation that will be done, by whom, and how the results will be
reported. The proposals for monitoring will be aligned with the construction schedule to
ensure that the monitoring is undertaken at locations to monitor active works, and that the test
results are obtained in time for remedial measures to be incorporated into the works activities.
Table 6: Protocols, Parameters, and expected frequencies for Monitoring Compliance with Legal and
Regulatory Limit Values

Location and Targets and
Equipment to be
Parameter to be
Responsible
Frequency
feature to be
monitored
Standards (limit-
Duration
Method
Person
used
monitored values)
Section 6- Plan for site restoration/remediation of land post works
Document the procedures that will be followed for restoration of all disturbed areas during
project works, including quarries; borrow pits, deposit areas, asphalt plants and batching
plants. It is expected that the detail of the site restoration will not be known in all cases at the
time of first preparation of the ESIP and therefore it is expected for either the procedures to
include for the preparation of separate plans regarding the restoration of individual sites or to
recognize that this section of the ESIP will be updated when the details have been developed
(and prior to the restoration). The restoration proposals will need to incorporate the
conditions attached to any consents for any ancillary features as well as the main works.
Section 7- Links with other plans
Provide a statement committing the Contractor to the preparation and implementation of

other plans as necessary to ensure the Environmental and Social Requirements are delivered,
and identifying any links or cross overs of these plans to the ESIP. The timescale for the
preparation of the plans (which will need to have been prepared, submitted and received with
no objection from the Supervising Consultant prior to the start of any works for which the
plan is needed) should be set out in tabular form. Plans which are required as a minimum
are:
i. Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan (including Community Health and
Safety)
ii. Traffic Management Plan
iii. Stakeholder Engagement Plan (including details of how the local communities will be
informed of the Works programme, the emergency response plan etc.)
iv. Grievance Redress Mechanism
v. Community sensitization (EHS, employment, HIV/AIDS, Child protection etc.)
vi. Gender& Equity Action Plan
vii. Labour management plan (including workers’ code of conduct and as necessary
Worker Accommodation plan)
viii. Security/crime management plan

Section 8- Induction, Training and Awareness raising
This section shall set out the training that the Contractor shall provide to ensure that the
works are undertaken in accordance with the measures set out in the ESIP. It is expected that
the Contractor shall establish a training matrix and keep all records of the trainings
conducted, including records of the induction training that all new joiner/new employees and
visitors shall receive.
Section 9- Review and update of ESIP
Describe the programme and approach to the review and update of the ESIP, for example in
response to feedback from inspections, audits, unforeseen conditions, new regulation or
legislation, advances in GIIP, patterns of non-compliance and changing work activities,
including the roles and responsibilities of the relevant personnel. The ESIP shall be reviewed
and updated at a minimum of at least once a year.

5. Guidelines for works completion and site restoration
1. The general principles are for the permanent works to be completed (works completion)
as per the consented design and contract requirements, with a clear understanding of and
commitment to the ongoing maintenance, and for the temporarily acquired land to be
restored (site restoration) to its former condition, with a clear understanding of any
residual liabilities and risks. It is expected for a minimum standard of Good International
Industry Practice to apply.
2. The responsible parties shall be required to consider how the site will be left from the
outset, i.e. prior to the start of any land take or damaging activities. This enables decisions
regarding temporary impacts or construction methodologies to be made in the knowledge
of how easy or difficult it will be to restore temporarily acquired land to its former
condition, or deliver the finishes specified by the Contract requirements.
3. Progressive or concurrent rehabilitation will be expected, and it will not be acceptable to
leave sites or parts of sites unrestored or finished for long periods of time: waiting until
works are complete before beginning restoration of earlier disturbances will not be
considered Good International Industry Practice.
4. The effort, cost and likely success in restoring temporarily acquired land shall be taken
into account prior to taking of land, to ensure that adequate effort and resources is
allocated prior to any impact occurring.
5. The site restoration requirements may differ, depending on site characteristics. For
example, restoring forest will take much longer (while the trees establish and grow) than
restoring ponds or wetlands, and restoring grasslands may require not only consideration
of the species of grass to be established but also how it will be managed so it does not
succeed into shrub.
6. Prior to taking land temporarily, the requirement for restoration to its former condition
will require the Contractor to:
a. Take photos of the areas that are temporarily acquired for works and record the
condition to enable demonstration of the restoration requirements.
b. Minimize land-take and prevent further land degradation to that absolutely necessary
for the works;
c. Ensure that works do not stray outside of the boundaries, including as a result of wind
throw of trees on new woodland edges, site run-off or soil slumping or erosion.
d. Raise design concerns with the Supervising Consultant, for example where drainage
design will lead to discharge direct to adjacent property, thereby degrading the property;
e. Minimize impacts on habitats and landforms that are most complicated and difficult to
restore. Early consideration on achieving this may should influence decisions on siting
of facilities and working widths in the first place;

f. Put in place pollution control measures, including impermeable pads for the storage of
hazardous materials such as fuels, oils, asphalt plants, and batching plants, in order to
minimize clean up and restoration requirements; and
g. Take due care to salvage and store top soils and other materials that will be used in the
restoration of sites.
7. Requirements for planting or seeding and for other finishes with respect to works
completion are to be as specified by the Contract requirements and/or shown on the final
designs, and to the satisfaction of the Supervising Consultant.
8. Site restoration proposals shall consider not only Contract requirements where applicable,
but also conditions of consents, agreements with third parties and UNRA’s requirements,
which will include consideration of any liabilities or reputational risks. If the site
previously had tree species, seed of these species can be successfully used to directly seed
the site as part of the restoration process. This can be combined with some strategic
advice of the National Forestry Authority, (NFA) on the direct planting of advanced
seedlings, although planting of saplings would be preferred where possible and available.
Planting and seeding shall remain the Contractor’s responsibility until they are
established.
9. In addition, they will consider the surface type and condition, the condition of any natural
regeneration, how the restoration fits in the surrounding landscape, and any comments or
considerations from the landowner or neighboring land users.
10. Where the site’s ground layer has been greatly modified the introduction of topsoil will be
required prior to planting. Subsoil should be ripped to ensure that topsoil adheres to the
surface. Any topsoil brought into the site must be of the same soil type as that of the site,
with similar chemical characteristics, e.g. sourced from a nearby area and with the
appropriate chemical analysis undertaken. Wherever possible, it should be the same
topsoil that was removed from the site at the inception of works and saved for the
duration of construction.
11. Social issues will also be considered and will include: the status of resolution of injurious
affection claims, compensation for disturbance and impact to community resources.
12. A geo-referenced photographic record of the condition of the site both before and after
restoration/finish shall be provided to the Supervising Consultant.
13. Litter, construction waste materials and contamination (for example from oil spills) will
not be tolerated on sites due to be handed back following works completion or site
restoration.
14. With respect to restoring quarries and borrow pits to their former condition, the
contractor(s) shall be required to undertake:
a. Clean-up of pit area especially where pit activities have been concentrated; this would
include the removal of any contaminated ground;
b. Re-contouring and slope stability to prevent slumping;

c. Provide appropriate drainage and erosion control;
d. Topsoil replacement to enable landscaping;
15. All buildings and surface infrastructures such as administrative, accommodation, service
buildings, asphalt processing plants, crushers, and fuel storage units among others, must
be dismantled unless otherwise agreed with UNRA;
16. The restoration of temporary access roads includes:
a. Removal of all bridges and culverts, and infilling of temporary ditches;
b. Reinstatement of natural stream flows and of natural stream/river banks, using
vegetation of the same mix and type as occurs naturally. New drainage ditches will be
stabilized by appropriate planting and seeding/re-vegetation.
17. Should the Contractor(s) reach agreement with a landowner regarding the deposit of
material in a place or form not part of the approved design, the Contractor shall be
required to present a written statement from the landowner that provides for alternative
restoration of a facility on that person’s land; any such alternative to the approved design
must be submitted to the Supervising Consultant for consideration of the variation. The
Supervising Consultant shall undertake their own checks of the agreement and consult
with UNRA Contract Manager prior to accepting or rejecting the Contractor’s proposal.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any consent or permit necessary for legal
compliance of the alternative restoration.
18. Any Contractor(s) or other parties that may have dumped into a wetland shall remove the
material with immediate effect, and may be subjected to environmental restoration
order(s) issued by the responsible authorities. In such cases, the Contractor will consult
with the Ministry of Water and Environment or NEMA for required restoration activities.

6. Sample contractor and supervising consultant code of conduct
Adherence to this Code is considered a condition of employment. Violating any
requirement will result in disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.
Applicability
This code of conduct applies to all permanent and temporary workers and to all visitors to
Company premises or project sites.
Uganda Law
Workers may not violate the laws, rules, and regulations of Uganda, including those that deal
with drugs, prohibited materials, violence, harassment, anti-retaliation, fraud, and corruption.
Conflicts of Interest
No worker or supervisor may award benefits, contracts, or employment, or provide any sort
of preferential treatment or favours, to any person with whom they have financial, family or
personal connection. Supervisors may not solicit or accept, and workers may not offer, any
financial or other favours in return for preferential treatment.
Duty to Perform
Workers must obey the reasonable instructions of their supervisor unless it would cause a
violation of this Code of Conduct or their employment contract. Workers may not take
actions that prevent other workers from performing their work on time and in a professional
manner.
Relations with Others
Interactions with community members and other workers must convey an attitude of respect
for others and must be culturally and gender sensitive. No worker may use language, wear
clothing, or behave in a way that is obscene or abusive, or that could be considered to
intimidate or be offensive to another person.
Sexual Harassment and Misbehavior
Workers, including supervisors, may not engage in or benefit from sexual exploitation
(includingprostitution) and may not sexually force, coerce, abuse, or harass any person. This
includes unwelcome sexual advances as well as actions, speech, or displays that may be
sexually explicit or suggestive or that otherwise may offend, humiliate, or intimidate any
other person.
Protection of Children
Workers may not absue, defile, or otherwise behave in unacceptable ways with children, and
must limit their interactions with children when no family member is present.

Personal Relationships
Personal relationships between staff must not interfere with efficient conduct of their
assigned work.
Alcohol and Drugs
Alcohol is not permitted in work areas and project sites, and drinking alcohol is not allowed
during work hours or on project sites. Use or possession of illegal drugs is strictly prohibited
on company premises and project sites. Workers under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs,
intoxicants, or legal drugs that affect work performance are subject to immediate dismissal.
Smoking
Workers may smoke only in designated areas.

Non-Discrimination
Supervisors and workers may not make work-related decisions that discriminate against
another worker or other person based on such factors as family status, ethnicity, race, gender,
religion, color, language, marital status, birth, age, disability, or political conviction.
Respecting Environmental and Social Obligations
Workers must perform their duties in accordance with the environmental and social
requirements of Uganda law and in in accordance with any written or verbal instruction
regarding environmental and social matters. Workers may not cut trees or otherwise damage
or destroy plants and vegetation outside the project area, and may not harass wild or domestic
animals in any location. Workers who are not accommodated in their own homes may not
hunt or take wild animals.
Personal Protective Equipment
Workers must wear and use the correct personal protective equipment at all times they are in
work areas. The correct personal protective equipment will be as determined by the relevant
Health and Safety officer.
Sanitation
Workers must use sanitary facilities provided by their employer and not public facilities or
the bush.
Fair Treatment
Workers may not offer and supervisors may not accept money or other favors in return for
preferential treatment or work-related benefits.
Duty to Report
Workers must inform their supervisor or another senior manager if they see or know of
violations of this Code by any other person.

Non-retaliation
No supervisor or other person may take action or cause action to be taken against a worker
who reports that another worker has committed a violation of the Code or of the Contract, if
that report is made in good faith. Workers may report violations anonymously.

DRAWINGS AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
A set of reduced scale drawings are issued as Volume 2 of the bidding

documents. These drawings are for bidding purposes only. The Contractor will
be supplied with two (2) full size paper prints of each of the approved
Construction Drawings at contract commencement
Bidders will also be provided with a factual materials report for information
purposes only and shall not form part of the bidding documents. The Employer
will not be responsible for the accuracy of the information provided or any
deduction made by the bidder.

PART 3: CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
& CONTRACT FORMS
Conditions of Contract ______________ Page | 423

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GC)

[Name of Employer]
Civil Works for the Upgrading of the Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and Kisoro-Mgahinga
Roads (33.2km) from Gravel to Paved (Bituminous) Standard
[Name of Contract]
Red Book
© FIDIC 2017. All rights reserved.
The Conditions of Contract are the “General Conditions” which form part of the “Conditions of
Contract for Construction for Building and Engineering Works Designed by the Employer (“Red
book”) Second edition 2017” published by the Federation Internationale Des Ingenieurs – Conseils
(FIDIC) and the following “Particular Conditions” which comprise of the AfDB’s COPA and the
amendments and additions to such General Conditions.
An original copy of the above FIDIC publication i.e. “Conditions of Contract for Building and
Engineering Works Designed by the Employer” must be obtained from FIDIC.
International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC)

FIDIC Bookshop – Box- 311 – CH – 1215 Geneva 15 Switzerland
Fax: +41 22 799 49 054
Telephone: +41 22 799 49 01
E-mail: fidic@fidic.orgwww.fidic.org
FIDIC code: ISBN13: 978-2-88432-084-9
Section VIII General Conditions of Contract ______________ Page | 424

Section IX - Particular Conditions
The following Particular Conditions shall supplement the GC. Whenever there is a conflict, the
provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GC.
Section IX: Particular Conditions _______________ Page | 425

Particular Conditions
Part A – Contract Data
Conditions Sub-Clause Data

Executive Director
Plot 3-5 New Port Bell Road, Nakawa UAP Business
Park, Block C & D
P.O. Box: 28487
Employer’s name and address 1.1.31 Kampala, Uganda
Telephone: +256-414 318260 / +256 312 233100
Facsimile number: +256-414 232807 / 347616
Electronic mail address: procurement@unra.go.ug
executive@unra.go.ug
Engineer’s name and address 1.1.35 To be advised……………..

Bank’s name 1.1.89 The African Development Fund
The Republic of Uganda represented by the Ministry of
Borrower’s name 1.1.90 Finance, Planning and Economic Development
(MoFPED)
1095 days
Time for Completion 1.1.84
Also, refer to Table: Summary of Sections below
Defects Notification Period 1.1.27 365 days. (one year)
A Section for the purpose of Take-Over of the main
road(s) shall be in excess of 10 kilometers of a
Sections 1.1.73
continuous route
Upgrading from gravel to paved standard of Kabale-
Lake Bunyonyi (15.1km) connecting Kabale town to
the shores of Lake Bunyonyi, via Kachwekano village
and Kisoro-Mgahinga (18.1km) road connecting
Kisoro town to the main entrance of the Mgahinga Park
Site 1.1.74
in Ntebeko. Town roads as identified by the Engineer.
Proposed ferry landing platforms; Roadside markets at
Lake Loop Area and Kachwekano; Power connection
to Bwama Island; Farm produce holding/storage
facilities (2No.)
Electronic transmission system 1.3 (a) (ii) Not Applicable
Address of Employer for 1.3(d) Executive Director

communications: Uganda National Roads Authority

Plot 3-5 New Port bell Road, Nakawa UAP Business
Park, Block C & D
P.O. Box: 28487
Kampala, Uganda
Telephone: +256-414 318260 / +256 312 233100
Facsimile number: +256-414 232807 / 347616
Electronic mail address: procurement@unra.go.ug
executive@unra.go.ug
Address of Engineer for

1.3(d) To be advised……………..
communications:
Address of Contractor for
1.3(d) To be advised……………..
communications:
Governing Law 1.4 Laws of the Republic of Uganda
Ruling language 1.4 English
Language for communications 1.4 English
Time for the Parties to sign a Within 28 days after receipt of the Letter of
1.6
Contract Agreement Acceptance
Number of additional paper

copies of Contractor’s 1.8 Three (3)
Documents
Total liability of the Contractor

The product of 1.2 times the Accepted Contract
to the Employer under or in 1.15
Amount
connection with the Contract
(d) Maximum numbers of members in the Joint

Venture, Consortium or Association (JV) shall not
exceed Two (02)
Joint and Several Liability 1.14
(e) Minimum share of a member of Joint Venture,
Consortium or Association (JV) in the contract
shall not be less than 30% percent of the total value
of the contract.

The Employer shall on the Commencement Date give
right of access and possession of the existing road
prism for the full length of the existing road.
In addition, the Employer shall also give right of access
and possession of 30% of the Site required for
Time for access to the Site 2.1 permanent works on the Commencement Date and the
remaining parts in approximately 3km sections over a
period of 546 days from Commencement.
Access and possession shall be taken into account by
both parties in the preparation of the Works
Programme in accordance with Sub-Clause 8.3.
All variations resulting in an increase in the Accepted

Engineer’s Duties and Contract Amount, Contract Duration and modification
3.2
Authority of the Works shall require the approval of the
Employer.
The only acceptable form of performance security shall
be: an UNCONDITIONAL BANK GUARANTEE
(“on-demand bank guarantee”) in the amount(s) of
8.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount and in the
same currency (ies) of the Accepted Contract Amount
The Performance Security shall be issued by any

recognized commercial bank located in Uganda or a
Performance Security 4.2 foreign bank through a correspondent commercial bank
located in Uganda.
Bidders who use Banks domiciled outside the

Employers country shall secure along with the
Performance Security, a declaration from a
correspondent commercial bank in Uganda that it shall
honour the Performance Security on behalf of the
issuing Bank.
Environmental and Social (ES) 4.2 The ES Performance Security will be in the form of an
Performance Security unconditional on-demand Bank Guarantee in the
amount(s) of 1.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount
and in the same currency (ies) of the Accepted Contract
Amount.
The ES Performance Security shall be issued by any

recognized commercial bank located in Uganda or a
foreign bank through a correspondent commercial bank
located in Uganda.

Employers country shall secure along with the ES
Performance Security, a declaration from a

correspondent commercial bank in Uganda that it shall
honour the ES Performance Security on behalf of the
issuing Bank
Period for notification of errors

4.7.2 (a) Up to 63 Days after commencement date
in the items of reference
Period of payment for

4.19 60 Days
temporary utilities

4.20 Two (2)
copies of progress reports
Maximum allowable
accumulated value of work
subcontracted (as a percentage
of the Accepted Contract 5.1(a) 30%
Amount or volume of work-as
per provision made under BDS
of ITB 34.2)
Prior approval of the works to be sub-contracted shall
Parts of the Works for which
5.1(b) be obtained from the Engineer with consent of the
subcontracting is not permitted
Employer
Monday to Friday 08-00 to 17-00, 08-00 to 13-00 on
Normal working hours 6.5
Saturday
8.3 Two (2)
copies of program
0.05% of the Accepted Contract Amount, less

Delay damages payable for
8.8 provisional sum, for DAAB.
each day of delay
Maximum amount of delay 10% of the Accepted Contract Amount less provisional
8.8
damages sum for DAAB
Percentage rate to be applied to

Provisional Sums for overhead 13.4 (b)(ii) Contractor’s overheads and profits against Provisional
charges and profit Sums shall be as quoted in the Bills of Quantities
Adjustment for changes in cost shall apply

Adjustments for changes in
13.7 The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwise
cost
payable to the Contractor, as valued in accordance with
the appropriate Schedule and certified in Payment

Certificates, shall be determined from formulae for
each Bill of Quantity item. No adjustment is to be
applied to work valued on the basis of Cost or current
prices
Unit of measurement for “n” is 1 calendar month
Each of the following categories of works (Bill Items)

shall have a separate price adjustment formula
Bill No. 2: Drainage

Bill No. 3: Earthworks and Pavement Layers of Gravel
or Crushed Stone
Bill No. 4: Bituminous Pavement and Seals
Bill No. 5: Ancillary Road Works
Bill No. 6: Structures
The Formulae are of the form

Pn=a+b*LLn/LLo+c*Cn/C0+d*Sn/So+e*Bn/Bo+
f*Fn/Fo+ g*Mn/Mo+h*Xn/Xo for Local Currency
components
Where,
“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the
estimated value of work category in the relevant
currency of the work carried out in period “n”.
a” is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table of
adjustment data, representing the non-adjustable
portion in contractual payments;
“b”, “c”, “d”, etc. are coefficients representing the
estimated proportion of each cost element related to the
execution of the Works, as stated in the relevant table
of adjustment data;
“LLn”, “Cn”, “Sn” etc. are the current cost indices or
reference prices for period “n”, expressed in the
relevant currency of payment, each of which is
applicable to the relevant tabulated cost element on the
date 49 days prior to the last day of the period (to
which the particular Payment Certificate relates); and
“LLo”, “C0”, “So” etc. are the base cost indices or
reference prices, expressed in the relevant currency of
payment, each of which is applicable to the relevant
tabulated cost element on the Base Date.
The indices are for various items as below
LL-Local labour, EL-Expatriate Labour, C-Cement, S-
Steel, B-Bitumen, F-Fuel and lubricants, M-Metal
Products and X–Explosives, etc

If a price adjustment factor is applied to payments

made in a currency other than the currency of the
source of the index for a particular indexed input, a
correction factor Zo/Zn will be applied to the
respective component factor of Pn for the formula of
the relevant currency. Zo is the number of units of
currency of the country of the index, equivalent to one
unit of the currency of payment on the date of the base
index, and Zn is the corresponding number of such
currency units on the date of the current index.
Price adjustment shall commence 18 months from the

Date of Contract Signature
Price Adjustment shall NOT apply to the following bill

items: Bill No. 01: General Items; Bill No. 07:
Tolerances, testing and Quality Control; Bill No. 8:
Dayworks and Bill No. 9: Upgrading of Town Roads
15% Percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount

payable in the currencies and proportions in which the
Accepted Contract Amount is payable and paid against
an approved on-demand bank guarantee.
The advance payment guarantee in the amounts and in

currencies of equivalent to the advance payment shall
be issued by any recognized commercial Bank located
Total advance payment 14.2
in Uganda or a foreign Bank through a correspondent
commercial Bank located in Uganda.

Employer’s country must secure along with the
advance payment guarantee a declaration from a
correspondent Bank in Uganda that it will honour the
guarantee on behalf of the issuing Bank

Deductions shall be made at the amortization rate of

25% of each Interim Payment Certificate (IPC)
(excluding the advance payment and deductions and
release of retention moneys) to commence in the IPC in
which the total of all certified interim payments in the
Repayment of Advance 14.2.3 currency as the advance payment (excluding the
payment advance payment and deductions and release of
retention moneys) exceeds 10% of the portion of the
Accepted Contract Amount payable in that currency
less Provisional Sums, and the amount shall be fully
recovered when 80% of the Accepted Contract Amount
less Provisional Sums has been certified for payment.

14.3(b) Two (2)
copies of Statements
Percentage of retention 14.3(iii) 10% of each Interim Payment Certificate
Limit of Retention Money (as

a percentage of Accepted 14.3(iii) 10% of the Accepted Contract Amount
Contract Amount)
If Sub-Clause 14.5 applies:

Plant and Materials for payment when shipped: Not
14.5(b)(i)
Applicable
Plant and Materials
Plant and Materials for payment when delivered to the

14.5(c)(i)
Site: Not Applicable
Minimum Amount of Interim

14.6.2 1.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount.
Payment Certificates
Period of payment of Advance 42 days after the Employer receives the Advance
14.7(a)
Payment to the Contractor Payment Certificate

Period for the Employer to

make interim payments to the
14.7b(i) 60 days after the Employer receives the IPC
Contractor under Sub-Clause
14.6 (interim Payment)

make interim payments to the
14.7b(ii) 60 days after the Employer receives the FPC
Contractor under Sub-Clause
14.13 (Final Payment)

make final payment to the 14.7(c) 60 days after the Employer receives the FPC
Contractor
financing charges for delayed Financing charges for delayed payment shall be
payment (percentage points calculated at the annual Simple interest as follows:
above the average bank short- 14.8 (i) Local Currency: 1% above the prevailing Bank of
term lending rate as referred to Uganda Lending Rate to Commercial Banks.
under sub-paragraph (a)) (ii) Foreign Currency: 2% above LIBOR

14.11.1(b) Two (2)
copies of draft Final Statement

insurance required for the Works: US$ 1,000,000

insurance required for Goods: None
insurance required for liability for breach of

professional duty: US$ 50,000
insurance required against liability for fitness for

purpose (if any is required): US$ 20,000
Permitted deductible limits 19.1 insurance required for injury to persons and
damage to property: US$ 100,000 per occurrence
with the number of occurrences unlimited
insurance required for injury to employees: US$
100,000 per occurrence with the number of
occurrences unlimited
other insurances required by Laws and by local

practice: None
Additional amount to be
insured (as a percentage of the
19.2.1(b) 0%
replacement value, if less or
more than 15%)
List of Exceptional Risks

which shall not be excluded
19.2.1(iv) None
from the insurance cover for
the Works
Extent of insurance required

for Goods
19.2.2 Full replacement value
Amount of insurance required
for Goods
Amount of insurance required

US$ 100,000 per occurrence with the number of
for injury to persons and 19.2.4
occurrences unlimited
damage to property
Other insurances required by

Laws and by local practice None
(give details)

Time for appointment of 42 days after signature by both parties of the Contract
21.1
DAAB Agreement
One sole member nominated by Employer and

approved by Contractor.
Provide provisional sum of UGX 200,000,000 for

The DAAB shall be comprised employer’s costs only. Contractor to incorporate own
21.1
of 50% contribution.
Contractor to pay DB and claim 50% of bill for the

Employer’s share + 15% of the DB invoices for
Contractor’s overhead and profit
List of proposed members of FIDIC Presidents list of adjudicators,

21.1
DAAB www.fidic.org/
The President of Ugandan Institution of Professional

Appointment (if not agreed) to
21.2 Engineers or a person appointed by the President,
be made by
within 14 days, on request of either party.
Sub-Clause 21.6(a) of PART B – Specific Provisions

Rules of arbitration 21.6(a)
shall apply.
Sub-Clause 21.6(b) of PART B – Specific Provisions

21.6 (b)
shall apply.
Place of arbitration 21.6(a) The place of arbitration to be agreed upon by both

parties of the Contract Agreement.

Table: Summary of Sections (if any)
Description of parts of
the Works that shall be
designated a Section Time for Completion Delay Damages
for the purposes of the (Sub-Clause 1.1.84) (Sub-Clause 8.8)
Contract
(Sub-Clause 1.1.73)
30% of the road length shall be 60% of the Time for 0.05 % of the Contract Price
complete except for minor defects and Completion of the whole per day up to a maximum
available for public safe use as part of of the Works amount of 5%
the through route
*These percentages shall also be applied to each half of the Retention Money under Sub-Clause 14.9

Part B - Specific Provisions
Sub-Clause 1.1.10 “the Contractor’s Proposal” is deleted.

Contract
Sub-Clause 1.1.49 The Sub-Clause is replaced with:

Laws “Laws” means all national (or state) legislation, statutes,
ordinances and other laws, and regulations and by-laws of any
legally constituted public authority.”
Sub-Clause 1.1.74 The Sub-Clause is replaced with:

Site “Site” means the places where the Permanent Works are to be
executed, including storage and working area, and to which Plant
and Materials are to be delivered, and any other places specified in
the Contract as forming part of the Site.”
Sub-Clause 1.1.77 On the second line after “Payment Certificate under…”, add “Sub-
Statement Clause 14.2.1 [Advance Payment Guarantee] (if applicable),”.
Sub-Clause 1.1.81 “the Contractor’s Proposal” is deleted.

Tender
Sub-Clause 1.1.89 to 1.1.91 are added after Sub-Clause 1.1.88
Sub-Clause 1.1 89 Bank “Bank” means the financing institution (if any) named in the
Contract Data.
Sub-Clause 1.1.90 “Borrower” means the person (if any) named as the borrower in
Borrower the Contract Data.
Sub-Clause 1.1.91 “ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual

ES Exploitation and Assault (SEA)).
Sub-Clause 1.1.92 “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” and Sexual

Sexual Exploitation and Harassment (HS) mean the following:
Abuse (SEA), and Sexual
Harassment (SH) Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted
abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust,
for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting
monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation
of another.

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical
intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal
or coercive conditions; and
“Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome
sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or
physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s
Personnel with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel.
Sub-Clause 1.2 Sub-paragraph (a) is replaced with the following:

Interpretation
(a) “Words indicating one gender include all genders;
“he/she” is replaced with:” it”;
“him/her” is replaced with “it”;
“his” and “his/her” are replaced with: “its”;
“himself/herself” are replaced with: “itself”.”
Further, “and” is deleted from the end of sub-paragraph (i) and

added at the end of sub-paragraph (j).
sub-paragraph (k) is added:
(k) “The word “tender” is synonymous with “bid” or “proposal”,

the word tenderer with “bidder” or “proposer” and the
words “tender documents” with “request for bids
documents” or “request for proposal documents”, as
applicable.”
Sub-Clause 1.5 The following documents are added in the list of Priority
Priority of Documents Documents after (e):
“(f) the Particular Conditions Part C- Fraud and Corruption;
(g) the Particular Conditions Part D- Environmental and Social

(ES) Metrics for Progress Reports;”
and the list renumbered accordingly.
Delete Sub paragraph (a) to (k) and replace with :

(a) The Contract Agreement
(b) The Letter of Acceptance annexing any minutes of the pre-
contract award meeting.
(c) The Letter of Bid
(d) The Particular Conditions Part A – Contract Data

(e) The Particular Conditions Part B – Special Provisions
(f) The General Conditions
(g) The Particular Conditions Part C – Fraud and Corruption
(h) The Particular Conditions Part D – Environmental and Social
(ES) Metrics for Progress Reports
(i) The Contract Specific Special Specifications
(j) The UNRA Supplementary Specification
(k) The General Specifications
(l) The Scope of Works plus addenda and clarifications
(m) The Drawings
(n) The Priced BoQ and Schedules
(o) The JV Undertaking (if the Contractor is a JV)
(p) Any other documents forming part of the Contract including
but not limited to:
(i) The ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans;
and
(ii) Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)
Sub-Clause 1.6 The last paragraph is replaced with:

Contract Agreement
“If the Contractor comprises a JV, the authorised representative of
the JV shall sign the Contract Agreement in accordance with sub –
clauses 1.14 (Joint and Several Liability).”
Sub-Clause 1.8 Add the following at the end of Sub-Clause 1.8

Care and Supply of ‘Two copies of the typical Drawings, on the basis of which
Documents construction of the Works is to be carried out, shall be given to the
Contractor by the Engineer progressively according to the work
programme submitted by the Contractor pursuant to Sub-Clause
8.3.
Drawings of a particular activity shall be issued to the Contractor at

least 35 days in advance of the scheduled date of the start of the
activity.
After careful study of the typical Drawings issued by the Engineer,

the Contractor shall prepare 6 sets of detailed
Construction/Working Drawings with necessary field/ construction
information and shall submit the same to the Engineer for approval
along with general description of the methods, which the contractor
intends to adopt at least 21 days in advance of the Scheduled date
of start of the activity.
After reviewing the Construction /Working Drawings the Engineer
shall issue 2 copies of such Drawings to the Contractor duly
stamped ‘Good for Construction’ along with Drawing Number,
Revision Number and date at least 14 days prior to the schedule
date of the start of the activity.

Detailed Construction/Working Drawings, supported by design
calculations, of Temporary Works shall be prepared by the
Contractor at his own cost and forwarded, in 6 copies, to the
Engineer at least 28 days in advance of actual requirements for
construction. The Engineer will scrutinize and return two copies of
the same for the Contractor’s use with comments, if any, within 14
days of submission. Such review shall not relieve the Contractor of
any of his responsibilities in connection with the Works. The
Contractor will supply 4 copies of the approved Drawings for the
Engineer’s use within 7 days of receiving the approved drawings
from the Engineer.
The cost of preparing all such Construction/ Working Drawings

shall be deemed to have been included in the respective rates/prices
of items quoted by the Contractor in the Bill of Quantities.
On the Completion of Works, the Contractor shall arrange to

furnish to the Employer two (2) bound sets of all ‘As Built’
Drawings for every component of the Works at his own cost, all
such copies being on Polyester film of quality to be approved by
the Engineer or his Representive. 'As Built' drawings shall be
signed by both contractor and Engineer. The Taking-Over
Certificate of the Works, as per the provision of Clause 10 hereof,
shall not be issued by the Engineer in the event of the Contractor’s
failure to furnish the aforesaid ‘As Built’ drawings for the entire
Works.
Sub-Clause 1.12 The following is added at the end of the second paragraph: “The
Confidentiality Contractor shall be permitted to disclose information required to
establish its qualifications to compete for other projects.”
“or” at the end of (b) is deleted.
“or” at the end of (c) is added.
The following is then added as (d): “is being provided to the

Bank .”
Sub-Clause 1.17 The following Sub-Clause is added after Sub-Clause 1.16:

Inspections & Audit by the
Bank “Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Particular Conditions - Part C-
Fraud and Corruption, the Contractor shall permit and shall cause
its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants,
service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank
and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the
accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement
process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such
accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors
appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’
and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 15.8 (Fraud

and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to
materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit
rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract
termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant
to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).”
Sub-Clause 2.4 The first paragraph is replaced with:

Employer’s Financial
Arrangements “The Employer shall submit, before the Commencement Date,
reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made
for financing the Employer’s obligations under the Contract.”
The following sub-paragraph is added at the end of Sub-Clause 2.4:

“In addition, if the Bank has notified to the Borrower that the Bank
has suspended disbursements under its loan, which finances in
whole or in part the execution of the Works, the Employer shall
give notice of such suspension to the Contractor with detailed
particulars, including the date of such notification, with a copy to
the Engineer, within 7 days of the Borrower having received the
suspension notification from the Bank. If alternative funds will be
available in appropriate currencies to the Employer to continue
making payments to the Contractor beyond a date 60 days after the
date of Bank notification of the suspension, the Employer shall
provide reasonable evidence in its notice of the extent to which
such funds will be available.”
Sub-Clause 2.6 [If Employer- Supplied Materials are listed in the Employer’s
Employer-Supplied Requirements for the Contractor’s use in the execution of Works,
the following provisions may be added]:
Materials and Employer’s
Equipment The following is added after the last paragraph of Sub-Clause 2.6:
“The Employer shall supply to the Contractor the Employer-

Supplied Materials listed in the Specification, at the time(s) stated
in the Specification (if not stated, within the times that shall be
required to enable the Contractor to proceed with execution of the
Works in accordance with the Programme).
When made available by the Employer, the Contractor shall

visually inspect the Employer-Supplied Materials and shall
promptly give a Notice to the Engineer of any shortage, defect or
default in them. Thereafter, the Contractor shall rectify such
shortage, defect or default to the extent instructed by the Engineer.
Such instruction shall be deemed to have been given under Sub-
Clause 13.3.1 [Variation by Instruction].
After this visual inspection, the Employer-Supplied Materials shall

come under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The
Contractor’s obligations of inspection, care, custody, and control
shall not relieve the Employer of liability of any shortage, defect or
default not apparent from a visual inspection.”

[If Employer’s Equipment are listed in the Specification for the
Contractor’s use in the execution of Works, the following
provisions may be added]:
The following is added after the last paragraph of Sub-Clause 2.6:
“The Employer shall make the Employer’s Equipment listed in the

Specification available to the Contractor at the time(s) stated in the
Specification (if not stated, within the times that shall be required to
enable the Contractor to proceed with execution of the Works in
accordance with the Programme).
Unless expressly stated otherwise in the Specification, the

Employer’s Equipment shall be provided for the exclusive use of
the Contractor.
When made available by the Employer, the Contractor shall

visually inspect the Employer’s Equipment and shall promptly give
a Notice to the Engineer of any shortage, defect or default in them.
Thereafter, the Contractor shall rectify such shortage, defect or
default to the extent instructed by the Engineer. Such instruction
shall be deemed to have been given under Sub-Clause 13.3.1
[Variation by Instruction].
The Contractor shall be responsible for the Employer’s Equipment

while it is under the Contractor’s control and/or any of the
Contractor’s Personnel is operating it, driving it, directing it, using
it, or in control of it.
The Contractor shall not remove from the Site any items of the
Employer’s Equipment without the consent of the Employer.
However, consent shall not be required for vehicles transporting
Goods or Contractor’s personnel to or from the Site.”
Sub-Clause 3.1 The following is added at the end of the first sub-paragraph:
The Engineer “The Engineer’s staff shall include suitably qualified engineers and
other professionals who are competent to carry out these duties.”
Sub-Clause 3.2 The Engineer shall obtain the consent in writing of the Employer
Engineer’s Duties and before taking action under the following Sub-Clauses of these
Authority Conditions:
(a) Sub-Clause 13.1: Right to vary - instructing a variation,

except;
(i) in an emergency situation as determined by the

Engineer; or
(ii) (if such a Variation would increase the Accepted
Contract Amount by less than the percentage
specified in the Contract Data.

(b) Sub-Clause 5.1: Consenting to the proposed subcontracting
of any part of the works
(c) Sub-Clause 8.1: Issuing the Notice to Commence the Works
(d) Sub-Clause 8.5: determining an extension of time
(e) Certifying payment if the Contract Price will be exceeded
(f) Authorizing the use of Provisional Sums
(g) Issuing any Taking-Over Certificate
(h) Issuing a Performance Certificate
Notwithstanding the obligation, as set out above, to obtain consent

in writing, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency occurs
affecting the safety of life or of the Works or of adjoining property,
it may, without relieving the Contractor of any of his duties and
responsibility under the Contract, instruct the Contractor to execute
all such work or to do all such things as may, in the opinion of the
Engineer, be necessary to abate or reduce the risk. The Contractor
shall forthwith comply, despite the absence of consent of the
Employer, with any such instruction of the Engineer. The Engineer
shall determine an addition to the Contract Price, in respect of such
instruction, and EOT if any, in accordance with Clause 13 and shall
notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.
Sub-Clause 3.4 The following is added at the end of the second paragraph:
Delegation by the Engineer
“If any assistants are not fluent in this language, the Engineer shall
make competent interpreters available during all working hours, in
a number sufficient for those assistants to properly perform their
assigned duties and/or exercise their delegated authority.”
Sub-Clause 3.6 In the first paragraph, “42 days” is replaced with: “21 days”;
Replacement of the Engineer In the third para, “shall” is replaced with: “should”.
Sub-Clause 4.1 Add after paragraph 5, the following:

Contractor’s General “The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown of his
Obligations rates at the Pre Award meeting or if requested by the Engineer”
The following is inserted after the paragraph “The Contractor shall

provide the Plant (and spare parts, if any) …”:
“All equipment, material, and services to be incorporated in or

required for the Works shall have their origin in any eligible
source country as defined by the Bank.”
The following is inserted after the paragraph “The Contractor
shall, whenever required by the Engineer...”
The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site (e.g. limited

clearance for haul roads, site accesses and work site establishment,
geotechnical investigations or investigations to select ancillary
features such as quarries and borrow pits) unless the Engineer
gives consent, a consent that shall not be unreasonably delayed,
that appropriate measures are in place to address environmental
and social risks and impacts, which at a minimum shall include
applying the Management Strategies and Implementation Plans
(MSIPs) and Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel
submitted as part of the Bid and agreed as part of the Contract.
The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer for Review any

additional MSIPs as are necessary to manage the ES risks and
impacts of ongoing Works (e.g. excavation, earth works, bridge
and structure works, stream and road diversions, quarrying or
extraction of materials, concrete batching and asphalt
manufacture). These MSIPs collectively comprise the Contractor’s
Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The
Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less
than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that
it contains measures appropriate to the Works. The updated C-
ESMP shall be submitted to the Engineer for Review
The C-ESMP shall be part of the Contractor’s Documents. The

procedures for Review of the C-ESMP and its updates shall be as
described in Sub-Clause 4.4.1 [Preparation and Review].
The following is added as (g); (g) and (h) of the Sub-Clause are
then renumbered as (h) and (i) respectively.
(g) if so stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall:
(i) design structural elements of the Works taking into

account climate change considerations;
(ii) apply the concept of universal access (the concept of

universal access means unimpeded access for people
of all ages and abilities in different situations and
under various circumstances;
(iii) consider the incremental risks of the public’s
potential exposure to operational accidents or natural
hazards, including extreme weather events; and
(iv) any other requirement stated in the Specification.”
The following is added at the end of the Sub-Clause:
“The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related

information, as the Employer and/or Engineer may reasonably
request to conduct Stakeholder engagements. “Stakeholder”
refers to individuals or groups who:

(i) are affected or likely to be affected by the Contract; and
(ii) may have ab interest in the Contract.
The Contractor may also directly participate in Stakeholder

engagements, as the Employer and/or Engineer may reasonably
request.”

Performance Security and ES
Performance Security “The Contractor shall obtain (at its cost) a Performance Security for
proper performance and, if applicable, an Environmental and Social
(ES) Performance Security for compliance with the Contractor’s ES
obligations, in the amounts stated in the Contract Data and
denominated in the currency(ies) of the Contract or in a freely
convertible currency acceptable to the Employer. If amounts are not
stated in the Contract Data, this Sub-Clause shall not apply.”
In the following Sub-Clauses of the General Conditions, the term

“Performance Security” is replaced with: “Performance Security
and, if applicable, an Environmental and Social (ES) Performance
Security”:
2.1- Right of Access to the Site;
14.2- Advance Payment;
14.6- Issue of IPC;
14.12- Discharge;
14.13- Issue of FPC;
14.14 Cessation of Employer’s Liability;
15.2- Termination for Contractor’s Default;
15.5- Termination for Employer’s Convenience.
Sub-Clause 4.2.1 The first paragraph is replaced with:

Contractor’s
obligations “The Contractor shall deliver the Performance Security and, if
applicable, an ES Performance Security to the Employer within 28
days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance and shall send a copy
to the Engineer. The Performance Security shall be issued by a
reputable bank or financial institution selected by the Contractor
and shall be in the form annexed to the Particular Conditions, as
stipulated by the Employer in the Contract Data, or in another form
approved by the Employer. The ES Performance Security shall be

issued by a reputable bank selected by the Contractor and shall be
in the form annexed to the Particular Conditions, as stipulated by
the Employer in the Contract Data, or in another form approved by
the Employer.”
Thereafter, throughout Sub-Clause 4.2 “Performance Security” is

replaced with: “Performance Security and, if applicable, ES
Performance Security.”
Sub-Clause 4.2.2 The first paragraph is replaced in its entirety with: “The Employer
Claims under the Performance shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for
Security amounts for which the Employer is entitled under the Contract.”
Sub-Clause 4.2.3 In sub-paragraph (a) “21 days” is replaced with: “28 days”.
Return of Performance
Security
Sub-Clause 4.3 The following is added at the end of the last paragraph: “If any of
Contractor’s Representative these persons is not fluent in this language, the Contractor shall
make competent interpreters available during all working hours in a
number deemed sufficient by the Engineer.”
“The Contractor shall ensure that his authorized represantive

attends all periodic/specially called progress review meetings
notified by the Engineer and/or Employer and / or their
representative(s).”
Sub-Clause 4.6 On the second-last line of the first paragraph before “Contractor’s”,
Co-operation add “of the”.
The following is added after the first paragraph:
“The Contractor shall also, as stated in the Specification or as

instructed by the Engineer, cooperate with and allow appropriate
opportunities for the Employer’s Personnel to conduct any
environmental and social assessment.
Sub-Clause 4.7 Add the following paragraph after the 1st paragraph:
Setting out “The Contractor shall give to the Engineer not less than 48 (forty
eight) hours’ notice of his intention to set out or give levels for any
part of the Works so that timely arrangement may be made for
checking or issuing instructions.”
In the second bullet-point of sub-paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause

4.7.3:
- before “if the items of reference”, add: “when examining the

items of reference within the period stated in sub-paragraph
(a) of Sub-Clause 4.7.2”
- On the second and third lines, the following is deleted “and
the contractor’s Notice is given after the period stated in sub-
paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 4.7.2”.
Sub-Clause 4.8 The following are included after deleting “and” at the end of (f)
Health and Safety Obligations and replacing “.” with “;” at the end of (g):
“
(h) provide health and safety training of Contractor’s
Personnel as appropriate and maintain training records;
(i) actively engage the Contractor’s Personnel in
promoting understanding, and methods for,
implementation of health and safety requirements, as well
as in providing information to Contractor’s Personnel,
training on occupational safety and health, and provision
of personal protective equipment without expense to the
Contractor’s Personnel;
(j) put in place workplace processes for Contractor’s
Personnel to report work situations that they believe are
not safe or healthy, and to remove themselves from a
work situation which they have reasonable justification to
believe presents an imminent and serious danger to their
life or health.
(k) Contractor’s Personnel who remove themselves from
such work situations shall not be required to return to
work until necessary remedial action to correct the
situation has been taken. Contractor’s Personnel shall not
be retaliated against or otherwise subject to reprisal or
negative action for such reporting or removal;
(l) subject to Sub-Clause 4.6, collaborate with the entities
and Personnel under paragraph (a) , (b) and (c) of Sub-
Clause 4.6, in applying the health and safety
requirements. This is without prejudice to the
responsibility of the relevant entities for the health and
safety of their own personnel; and
(m) establish and implement a system for regular (not less
than six-monthly) review of health and safety
performance and the working environment.”
The second and third paragraphs are replaced with the following:
“Subject to Sub-Clause 4.1, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer for Review a health and safety manual which has been
specifically prepared for the Works, the Site and other places (if
any) where the Contractor intends to execute the Works. The
procedures for Review of the health and safety manual and its
updates shall be as described in Sub-Clause 4.4.1 [Preparation
and Review].
The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other

similar document required under applicable health and safety
regulations and Laws.
The health and safety manual shall set out all the health and safety
requirements under the Contract,
(a) which shall include at a minimum:
(i) the procedures to establish and maintain a safe
working environment without risk to health at all
workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes
under the control of the Contractor, including
control measures for chemical, physical and
biological substances and agents;
(ii) details of the training to be provided, records to
be kept;
(iii) the procedures for prevention, preparedness and
response activities to be implemented in the case
of an emergency event (i.e. an unanticipated
incident, arising from both natural and man-made
hazards, typically in the form of fire, explosions,
leaks or spills, which may occur for a variety of
different reasons including failure to implement
operating procedures that are designed to prevent
their occurrence, extreme weather or lack of early
warning);
(iv) the measures to be taken to avoid or minimize the
potential for community exposure to water-borne,
water-based, water-related, and vector-borne
diseases,
(v) the measures to be implemented to avoid or
minimize the spread of communicable diseases
(including transfer of Sexually Transmitted
Diseases or Infections (STDs), such as HIV
virus) and non-communicable diseases associated
with the execution of the Works, taking into
consideration differentiated exposure to and
higher sensitivity of vulnerable groups. This
includes taking measures to avoid or minimize
the transmission of communicable diseases that
may be associated with the influx of temporary or
permanent Contract-related labour;
(vi) the policies and procedures on the management
and quality of accommodation and welfare
facilities if such accommodation and welfare
facilities are provided by the Contractor in
accordance with Sub-Clause 6.6; and
(b) any other requirements stated in the Specification.

The paragraph starting with: “In addition to the reporting
requirement of…” is deleted and replaced with the addition to GC
Sub-Clause 4.20 in Sub-Clause 4.20 of the Special Provisions.
Sub-Clause 4.10 Add the following after the first paragraph:

Use of Site Data “The Employer shall not be held responsible for any assessments
made nor for any conclusion that the Contractor may draw from the
information provided including any estimation of quantities. Any
differences observed between data presented in any report and the
test results and investigation data obtained during the construction
period will not entitle the Contractor to any additional payment.”
Sub-Clause 4.15 The following is added at the end of Sub-Clause 4.15:

Access Route “The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid
the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party
associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads
or other public infrastructure.
The Contractor shall monitor road safety incidents and accidents to
identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement
necessary measures to resolve them.”
Sub-Clause 4.18 Sub-Clause 4.18 Protection of the Environment is replaced with:

Protection of the Environment “The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:
(a) protect the environment (both on and off the Site); and
(b) limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting
from pollution, noise and other results of the Contractor’s
operations and/ or activities.
The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges,

effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities
shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Specification, nor
those prescribed by applicable Laws.
In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or

nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s
operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Engineer the
appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the
damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall
implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall adhere to the measures prescribed in the

Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to
manage the (ES) risks.”
Sub-Clause 4.20 Replace “4.20 (g) with: “the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics
Progress Reports set out in Particular Conditions - Part D”

“In addition to the reporting requirement of this sub-paragraph (g)
of Sub-Clause 4.20 [Progress Reports] the Contractor shall inform
the Engineer immediately of any allegation, incident or accident,
which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the
environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s
Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not
limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious
injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; or
any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while
maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation
(sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender
and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should
be included in the information.
The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or
accident, shall also immediately inform the Engineer of any such
incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises
relating to the Works which has or is likely to have a significant
adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the
public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’
and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient
detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall
provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Engineer
within the timeframe agreed with the Engineer.
The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers (other
than Subcontractors) to immediately notify the Contractor of any
incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause.”
Sub-Clause 4.21 Sub-Clause 4.21 Security of the Site is replaced with:

Security of the Site “Sub-Clause 4.21 Security of the Site
The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site, and:
(a) for keeping unauthorised persons off the Site;
(b) authorised persons shall be limited to the Contractor’s

Personnel, the Employer’s Personnel, and to any other
personnel identified as authorised personnel (including the
Employer’s other contractors on the Site), by a Notice from
the Employer or the Engineer to the Contractor.
Subject to Sub-Clause 4.1, the Contractor shall submit for the

Engineer’s No-objection a security management plan that sets out
the security arrangements for the Site.
The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on

any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security
personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained)

in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate
conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and
affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act
within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the
Specification.
The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security

personnel in providing security except when used for preventive
and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the
threat.
In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall also comply
with any additional requirements stated in the Specification.”
Sub-Clause 4.22 On the third line of the second paragraph before “4.17”, “Sub-
Contractor’s Operations on Clause” is added.
Site
Sub-Clause 4.23 The first paragraph is replaced with the following:
Archaeological and Geological “All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups
Findings of structures, and other remains or items of geological,
archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural or religious
interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody
of the Employer. The Contractor shall:
(a) take all reasonable precautions, including fencing-off the

area or site of the finding, to avoid further disturbance and
prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from
removing or damaging any of these findings;
(b) train relevant Contractor’s Personnel on appropriate actions
to be taken in the event of such findings; and
(c) implement any other action consistent with the
requirements of the Specification and relevant Laws.”
Sub-Clause 4.24 4.24.1 Forced Labour

Suppliers (other than The Contractor shall take measures to require its suppliers (other
Subcontractors) than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour
including trafficked persons as described in Sub-Clause 6.21. If
forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall
take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to
remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the
Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier
with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.
4.24.2 Child labour

The Contractor shall take measures to require its suppliers (other
than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labour as
described in Sub-Clause 6.22. If child labour cases are identified,
the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take
appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not
remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable
period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage

such risks.
4.24.3 Serious Safety Issues

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all
applicable safety obligations, including as stated in Sub-Clauses
4.8, 5.1 and 6.7. The Contractor shall also take measures to require
its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and
mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to
their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the
Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take
appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not
remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable
period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage
such risks.
4.24.4 Obtaining natural resource materials in relation to

supplier
The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials from
suppliers that can demonstrate, through compliance with the
applicable verification and/ or certification requirements, that
obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant
conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats
such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand
extraction from river beds or beaches.
If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such

materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or
significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor
shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a
supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly
adversely impacting the habitats.
Sub-Clause 4.25 The Contractor shall have a Code of Conduct for the Contractor’s
Code of Conduct Personnel.
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each
Contractor’s Personnel is made aware of the Code of Conduct
including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands
the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors.
These measures include providing instructions and documentation
that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to
obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such
instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate.
The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly
displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place
where the Works will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the
Site accessible to the local community and project affected people.
The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages
comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel

and the local community.
The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans

shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify
compliance with these obligations.
Sub-Clause 5.1 The following is added at the beginning of the second paragraph.
Subcontractors
“The Contractor shall require that its Subcontractors execute the
Works in accordance with the Contract, including complying with
the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in Sub-
Clause 4.25 above.”
The following is added at the end of the last paragraph of Sub-
Clause 5.1:
“All subcontracts relating to the Works shall include provisions

which entitle the Employer to require the subcontract to be
assigned to the Employer under sub-paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause
15.2.3 [After Termination].
Where practicable, the Contractor shall give fair and reasonable
opportunity for contractors from the Country to be appointed as
Subcontractors.”
Sub-Clause 5.2.2 In sub-paragraph (a), on the first line before “Subcontractor”,

Objection to Nomination “nominated” is added.
In sub-paragraph (c):
“and” is deleted from the end of (i);
“.” at the end of (ii) is replaced with: “, and”.
The following is then added as (iii):
“(iii) be paid only if and when the Contractor has received from
the Employer payments for sums due under the Subcontract
referred to under Sub-Clause 5.2.3 [ Payment to nominated
Subcontractors].”
Sub-Clause 6.1 The following paragraphs are added at the end of the Sub-Clause:
Engagement of Staff and
Labour The Contractor shall provide the Contractor’s Personnel
information and documentation that are clear and understandable
regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The
information and documentation shall set out their rights under
relevant labour Laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel
(which will include any applicable collective agreements),
including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime,
compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any

requirements in the Specification. The Contractor’s Personnel shall
be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions
of employment occur.
“The Contractor is encouraged, to the extent practicable and

reasonable, to employ staff and labour with appropriate
qualifications and experience from sources within the Country.”
Sub-Clause 6.2 The following paragraphs are added at the end of the Sub-Clause:
Rates of Wages and
Conditions of Labour “The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:
(a) any deduction to their payment and the conditions of such

deductions in accordance with the applicable Laws or as
stated in the Specification; and
(b) their liability to pay personal income taxes in the Country
in respect of such of their salaries, wages, allowances and
any benefits as are subject to tax under the Laws of the
Country for the time being in force.
The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such

deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such Laws.
Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the

Specification, the Contractor shall provide the Contractor’s
Personnel written notice of termination of employment and details
of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor shall
have paid the Contractor’s Personnel (either directly or where
appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements
including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension
contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/
employment.”
Sub-Clause 6.5 Working The following is inserted at the end of the Sub-Clause:
Hours
“The Contractor shall provide the Contractor’s Personnel annual
holiday and sick, maternity and family leave, as required by
applicable Laws or as stated in the Specification.”
Sub-Clause 6.6
Facilities for Staff and The following is added as the last paragraph:
Labour
“If stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall give access to or
provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural
needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also
provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in

the Specification.”
Sub-Clause 6.7 In the second paragraph, “The Contractor” is replaced with:

Health and Safety of
Personnel “Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor…”
Sub-Clause 6.9 The Sub-Clause is replaced with:

Contractor’s Personnel “The Contractor’s Personnel (including Key Personnel, if any) shall
be appropriately qualified, skilled, experienced and competent in
their respective trades or occupations.
The Engineer may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be

removed) any person employed on the Site or Works, including the
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel (if any), who:
(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care;

(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently;
(c) fails to comply with any provision of the Contract;
(d) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or
the protection of the environment;
(e) based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged
in Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the Works;
(f) has been recruited from the Employer’s Personnel in breach of
Sub-Clause 6.3 [Recruitment of Persons];
(g) undertakes behavior which breaches the Code of Conduct for
Contractor’s Personnel (ES).
If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause

to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and
experience. In the case of replacement of the Contractor’s
Representative, Sub-Clause 4.3 [Contractor’s Representative] shall
apply. In the case of replacement of Key Personnel (if any), Sub-
Clause 6.12 [Key Personnel] shall apply.
Subject to the requirements in Sub-Clause 4.3 [Contractor’s

Representative] and 6.12 [Key Personnel], and notwithstanding any
requirement from the Engineer to remove or cause to remove any
person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in
response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate
action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the
Site or other places where the Works are being carried out, any
Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g)
above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above.”
Sub-Clause 6.12 The following is inserted at the end of the last paragraph:
Key Personnel
“If any of the Key Personnel are not fluent in this language, the
Contractor shall make competent interpreters available during all
working hours in a number deemed sufficient by the Engineer.”

The following Sub-Clauses 6.13 to 6.27 are added after sub-clause 6.12
Sub-Clause 6.13 Apart from the proposed Key Staff, the contractor may bring in the
Foreign Personnel country foreign personnel to take up positions only for those which
local staff are not readily available, having provided evidence to the
Engineer. The Contractor shall ensure that these personnel are
provided with the required residence visas and work permits. The
Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use its best
endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the
Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national, or government
permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s personnel.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the return of these

personnel to the place where they were recruited or to their
domicile. In the event of the death in the Country of any of these
personnel or members of their families, the Contractor shall
similarly be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements
for their return or burial.
Sub-Clause 6.14 The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply
Supply of Foodstuffs of suitable food as may be stated in the Specification at reasonable
prices for the Contractor’s Personnel for the purposes of or in
connection with the Contract.
Sub-Clause 6.15 The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on
Supply of Water the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use
of the Contractor’s Personnel.
Sub-Clause 6.16 The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to
Measures against Insect and protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect
Pest Nuisance and pest nuisance, and to reduce the danger to their health. The
Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health
authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.
Sub-Clause 6.17 The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the
Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs Laws of the Country, import, sell, give, barter or otherwise dispose
of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation,
sale, gift, barter or disposal thereto by Contractor’s Personnel.
Sub-Clause 6.18 The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to
Arms and Ammunition any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow
Contractor’s Personnel to do so.
Sub-Clause 6.19 The Contractor shall respect the Country’s recognized festivals,
Festivals and Religious days of rest and religious or other customs.
Customs
Sub-Clause 6.20 The Contractor shall be responsible, to the extent required by local
Funeral Arrangements regulations, for making any funeral arrangements for any of its

local employees who may die while engaged upon the Works.
Sub-Clause 6.21 The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or
Forced Labour engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or
service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an
individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of
involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour,
bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.
No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to

trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment,
transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means
of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction,
fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability,
or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the
consent of a person having control over another person, for the
purposes of exploitation.
Sub-Clause 6.22 The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or
Child Labour engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies
a higher age (the minimum age).
The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or

engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a
manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the
child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical,
mental, spiritual, moral, or social development.
The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or

engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after
an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the
Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be
subject to regular monitoring by the Engineer that includes
monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work.
Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature

or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to
jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work
activities prohibited for children include work:
(a) with exposure to physical, psychological or sexual abuse;

(b) underground, underwater, working at heights or in confined
spaces;
(c) with dangerous machinery, equipment or tools, or
involving handling or transport of heavy loads;
(d) in unhealthy environments exposing children to hazardous
substances, agents, or processes, or to temperatures, noise
or vibration damaging to health; or
(e) under difficult conditions such as work for long hours,

during the night or in confinement on the premises of the
employer.
Sub-Clause 6.23 The Contractor shall keep complete and accurate records of the
Employment Records of employment of labour at the Site. The records shall include the
Workers names, ages, genders, hours worked, and wages paid to all workers.
These records shall be summarised on a monthly basis and
submitted to the Engineer. These records shall be included in the
details to be submitted by the Contractor under Sub-Clause 6.10
[Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment].
Sub-Clause 6.24 In countries where the relevant labour laws recognise workers’
Workers’ Organisations rights to form and to join workers’ organisations of their choosing
and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor
shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of
legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’
representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with
information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner.
Where the relevant labour laws substantially restrict workers’
organisations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the
Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their
rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The
Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative
means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the
Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in
such organisations and collective bargaining or alternative
mechanisms. Workers’ organisations are expected to fairly
represent the workers in the workforce.
Sub-Clause 6.25 The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment
Non-Discrimination and Equal or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal
Opportunity characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The
Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on
the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not
discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment
relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation
(including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of
employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion,
termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary
practices.
Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past

discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent
requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The
Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to
ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for
specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant
workers and children (of working age in accordance with Sub-
Clause 6.22).
Sub-Clause 6.26 The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for Contractor’s

Contractor’s Personnel Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in
Grievance Mechanism Sub-Clause 6.24, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance
mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and
impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns
promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that
provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they
understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an
independent and objective manner.
The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance

mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the
measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its
use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance
mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel.
The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial

or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for
grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements.
The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance

mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and
implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible
to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be
supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements.
Sub-Clause 6.27 The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant

Training of Contractor’s Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including
Personnel appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA, and health and
safety training referred to in Sub-Clause 4.8
As stated in the Specification or as instructed by the Engineer, the

Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the
relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the
Contract by the Employer’s Personnel.
The Contractor shall provide training on SEA, including its
prevention, to any of its personnel who has a role to supervise other
Contractor’s Personnel.
Sub-Clause 7.3 Inspection The following is added in the first paragraph after “Employer’s
Personnel” “(including the Bank staff or consultants acting on the
Bank’s behalf, stakeholders and third parties, such as independent
experts, local communities, or non-governmental organizations)”
The following is added as (b) (iv):

“(iv) carryout environmental and social audit, and”
Sub-Clause 7.7 The following is added before the first paragraph:

Ownership of Plant and “Except as otherwise provided in the Contract,”
Materials

Sub-Clause 8.1 The Sub- Clause is replaced in its entirety with the following:
Commencement of Work
“The Engineer shall give a Notice to the Contractor stating the
Commencement Date, which shall be between 90 day and 180 days
after the Contractor received the Letter of Acceptance. In the
intervening period the Contractor will be required to carry out any
operation except any temporary or permanent construction work on
the Site.
The Notice shall be issued promptly after the Engineer determines

the fulfilment of the following conditions:
(a) signature of the Contract Agreement by both Parties, and if

required, approval of the Contract by relevant authorities of
the Country;
(b) except if otherwise specified in the Contract Data, effective
access to and possession of the Site given to the Contractor
together with such permission(s) under (a) of Sub-Clause
1.13 [Compliance with Laws] as required for the
commencement of the Works;
(c) receipt by the Contractor of the Advance Payment under
Sub-Clause 14.2 [Advance Payment] provided that the
corresponding bank guarantee has been delivered by the
Contractor;
(d) constitution of the DAAB in accordance with Sub-Clause
21.1 and Sub-Clause 21.2 as applicable.
Subject to Sub-Clause 4.1 on the Management Strategies and

Implementation Plans and the C-ESMP and Sub-Clause 4.8 on the
health and safety manual, the Contractor, shall commence the
execution of the Works as soon as is reasonably practicable after
the Commencement Date, and shall then proceed with the Works
with due expedition and without delay.”
Sub-Clause 8.3 Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause:

Programme “No time delays will be approved during the period(s) not covered
by an approved Contractor’s programme. The Contractor’s
attention is particularly drawn to the need to familiarize himself
with customs procedures of the Republic of Uganda in connection
with importation, and to allow sufficient time in its programme for
these to be completed.”
Sub-Clause 10.2 Add to the end of the first paragraph:

Taking Over parts “The Employer shall only include individual lengths of through
route of 10 km.”
Sub-Clause 11.7 In the second paragraph, “Whenever the Contractor intends to

Right of Access after Taking access any part of the Works during the relevant DNP:” is replaced
Over with:

“Whenever, until the date 28 days after issue of the Performance
Certificate, the Contractor intends to access any part of the Works:”
Sub-Clause 13.3.1 Subparagraph 13.3.1 (a) is replaced with: “a description of the

Variation by Instruction varied work performed or to be performed, including details of the
resources and methods adopted or to be adopted by the Contractor,
and sufficient ES information to enable an evaluation of ES risks
and impacts;”
Sub-Clause 13.4 The following is inserted as the penultimate paragraph:

Provisional Sums
“The Provisional Sum shall be used to cover the Employer's share
of the DAAB members’ fees and expenses, in accordance with
Clause 21. No prior instruction of the Engineer shall be required
with respect to the work of the DAAB. The Contractor shall submit
the DAAB members’ invoices and satisfactory evidence of having
paid 100% of such invoices as part of the substantiation of those
Statements submitted under Sub-Clause 14.3.
Sub-Clause 13.5 Add the following; ‘The rates to apply to Construction of Town
Roads and Ferry Landing Platforms shall be those from Bill 1-8 for
the applicable items as instructed by the Engineer’
Sub-Clause 13.6 The following paragraph is added at the end of the Sub-Clause:
Adjustments for Changes in
Laws “Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be entitled
to an extension of time if the relevant delay has already been taken
into account in the determination of a previous extension of time
and such Cost shall not be separately paid if the same shall already
have been taken into account in the indexing of any inputs to the
Table of Adjustment Data in accordance with the provisions of
Sub-Clause 13.7 [Adjustments for Changes in Cost].”
Sub-Clause 13.7 Add the following paragraph at the end only if Contract Data
Adjustments for changes specifies adjustment shall apply. Otherwise, prices shall be fixed
in Cost during the duration of the Contract:
Schedule of Cost Indexation: Formula for Adjustment for Change
in Cost:
Pn = a + b Ln/ Lo + c En/Eo + d Mn/Mo + ...... where:
“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the estimated
contract value in the relevant currency of the work carried out in
period “n”, this period being a month unless otherwise stated in the
Contract Data;
“a” is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table of adjustment
data, representing the non-adjustable portion in contractual
payments;

“b”, “c”, “d”, … are coefficients representing the estimated
proportion of each cost element related to the execution of the
Works, as stated in the relevant table of adjustment data; such
tabulated cost elements may be indicative of resources such as
labour, equipment and materials;
“Ln”, “En”, “Mn”, … are the current cost indices or reference
prices for period “n”, expressed in the relevant currency of
payment, each of which is applicable to the relevant tabulated cost
element on the date 49 days prior to the last day of the period (to
which the particular Payment Certificate relates); and
“Lo”, “Eo”, “Mo” … are the base cost indices or reference prices,
expressed in the relevant currency of payment, each of which is
applicable to the relevant tabulated cost element on the Base Date.
The cost indices or reference prices stated in the table of adjustment
data shall be used. If their source is in doubt, it shall be determined
by the Engineer. For this purpose, reference shall be made to the
values of the indices at stated dates (quoted in the fourth and fifth
columns respectively of the table)
If the currency in which the Contract price is expressed is different
from the currency of the country of origin of the indices, a
correction factor will be applied to avoid incorrect adjustments of
the Contract price. The correction factor shall be: Z 0 / Z1, where,
Z0 = the number of units of currency of the origin of the indices

which equal to one unit of the currency of the Contract Price
on the Base date, and
Z1 = the number of units of currency of the origin of the indices

which equal to one unit of the currency of the Contract Price on the
Date of Adjustment.
As the proposed basis for price adjustment, the Contractor shall
have submitted with his bid the tabulation of Weightings and
Source of Indices in the Appendix to Bid, which shall be
appropriate for their purpose and shall relate to the Contractor’s
proposed source of supply of inputs on the basis of which his
Contract Price and expected foreign currency requirements shall
have been computed
“Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b), Contractor's

Equipment, including essential spare parts therefore, imported by
the Contractor for the sole purpose of executing the Contract shall
Sub-Clause 14.1 be temporarily exempt from the payment of import duties and taxes
The Contract Price upon initial importation, provided the Contractor shall post with the
customs authorities at the port of entry an approved export bond or

bank guarantee, valid until the Time for Completion plus six
months, in an amount equal to the full import duties and taxes
which would be payable on the assessed imported value of such
Contractor's Equipment and spare parts, and callable in the event
the Contractor's Equipment is not exported from the Country on
completion of the Contract. A copy of the bond or bank guarantee
endorsed by the customs authorities shall be provided by the
Contractor to the Employer upon the importation of individual
items of Contractor's Equipment and spare parts. Upon export of
individual items of Contractor's Equipment or spare parts, or upon
the completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare, for
approval by the customs authorities, an assessment of the residual
value of the Contractor's Equipment and spare part to be exported,
based on the depreciation scale (s and other criteria used by the
customs authorities for such purposes under the provisions of the
applicable Laws. Import duties and taxes shall be due and payable
to the customs authorities by the Contractor on (a) the difference
between the initial imported value and the residual value of the
Contractor's Equipment and spare parts to exported; and (b) on the
initial imported value of the Contractor's Equipment and spare parts
remaining in the Country after completion of the Contract. Upon
payment of such dues within 28 days of being invoiced, the bond or
bank guarantee shall be reduced or released accordingly; otherwise
the security shall be called in the full amount remaining.”
Sub-Clause 14.2.1 The first paragraph is replaced with:

Advance Payment Guarantee
“The Contractor shall obtain (at the Contractor’s cost) an Advance
Payment Guarantee (unconditional on-demand bank Guarantee) in
amounts and currencies equal to the advance payment, and shall
submit it to the Employer with a copy to the Engineer. This
guarantee shall be issued by any recognised commercial Bank
located in Uganda or a foreign Bank through a correspondent
commercial Bank located in Uganda selected by the Contractor and
shall be based on the sample form annexed to the Particular
Conditions or in another form agreed by the Employer (but such
agreement shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation
under this Sub-Clause).”
Sub-Clause 14.3 The following is inserted at the end of (vi) after: [Agreement or
Application for Interim Determination]: “any reimbursement due to the Contractor under
Payment the Dispute Avoidance/ Adjudication Agreement. (Appendix
General Conditions of Dispute Avoidance/ Adjudication
Agreement).”
Sub-Clause 14.6.2 “and/or” from subparagraph (b) is deleted.

Withholding (amounts in) an
IPC The following is then added as subparagraph (c) and sub-
paragraph (c) of the Sub-Clause is renumbered as (d):
“(c) if the Contractor was, or is, failing to perform any ES

obligations or work under the Contract, the value of this
work or obligation, as determined by the Engineer, may be
withheld until the work or obligation has been performed,
and/or the cost of rectification or replacement, as
determined by the Engineer, may be withheld until
rectification or replacement has been completed. Failure to
perform includes, but is not limited to the following:
(i) failure to comply with any ES obligations or work

described in the Works’ Requirements which may
include: working outside site boundaries, excessive
dust, damage to offsite vegetation, pollution of water
courses from oils or sedimentation, contamination of
land e.g. from oils, human waste, damage to
archaeology or cultural heritage features, air pollution
as a result of unauthorized and/or inefficient
combustion;
(ii) failure to regularly review C-ESMP and/or update it in

a timely manner to address emerging ES issues, or
anticipated risks or impacts;
(iii) failure to implement the C-ESMP e.g. failure to

provide required training or sensitization;
(iv) failing to have appropriate consents/permits prior to

undertaking Works or related activities;
(v) failure to submit ES report/s (as described in Particular

Conditions - Part D), or failure to submit such reports
in a timely manner;
(vi) failure to implement remediation as instructed by the

Engineer within the specified timeframe (e.g.
remediation addressing non-compliance/s).”
Sub-Clause 14.7 At the end of sub-paragraph (b): “and” is replaced with “or” and the
Payment following inserted as (iii):
“(iii) at a time when the Bank’s loan or credit (from which part of
the payments to the Contractor is being made) is suspended, the
amount shown on any statement submitted by the Contractor within
14 days after such statement is submitted, any discrepancy being
rectified in the next payment to the Contractor; and”
At the end of sub-paragraph (c): “.” is replaced with “;” and the
following inserted:
“or, at a time when the Bank’s loan or credit (from which part of
the payments to the Contractor is being made) is suspended the
undisputed amount shown in the Final Statement within 56 days

after the date of notification of the suspension in accordance with
Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor].”
Sub-Clause 14.9 The following is added at the end of Sub-Clause 14.9:

Release of Retention Money
“Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, when the Taking-Over
Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the
Retention Money has been certified for payment by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall be entitled to substitute a guarantee, in the
form annexed to the Particular Conditions or in another form
approved by the Employer and issued by a reputable bank or
financial institution selected by the Contractor, for the second half
of the Retention Money. The Contractor shall ensure that the
guarantee is in the amounts and currencies of the second half of
the Retention Money and is valid and enforceable until the
Contractor has executed and completed the Works and remedied
any defects, as specified for the Performance Security and, if
applicable, an ES Performance Security in Sub-Clause 4.2. On
receipt by the Employer of the required guarantee, the Engineer
shall certify and the Employer shall pay the second half of the
Retention Money. The release of the second half of the Retention
Money against a guarantee shall then be in lieu of the release after
the latest of the expiry dates of the Defects Notification Periods.
The Employer shall return the guarantee to the Contractor within
21 days after receiving a copy of the Performance Certificate.
If the Performance Security and, if applicable, an ES Performance

Security required under Sub-Clause 4.2 is in the form of a demand
guarantee, and the amount guaranteed under them when the
Taking-Over Certificate is issued is more than half of the
Retention Money, then the Retention Money guarantee will not be
required. If the amount guaranteed under the Performance Security
and, if applicable, an ES Performance Security, when the Taking-
Over Certificate is issued is less than half of the Retention Money,
the Retention Money guarantee will only be required for the
difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount
guaranteed under the Performance Security and, if applicable, an
ES Performance Security.”
Sub-Clause 14.12 On the seventh line of the first paragraph, “Sub-Clause 21.6
Discharge [Arbitration]” is replaced with: “Clause 21 [Disputes and
Arbitration]’.
Sub-Clause 14.15 Throughout Sub-Clause 14.15, “Contract Data” is replaced with:

Currencies of Payment “Schedule of Payment Currencies”.
Sub-Clause 15.1 “and” is deleted from (b) and

Notice to Correct
“.” is replaced by: “; and” in (c).

The following is then added as (d)
“(d) specify the time within which the Contractor shall respond to
the Notice to Correct.”
In the third para., “shall immediately respond” is replaced with:

“shall respond within the time specified in (d)”. Further, in the third
para., “to comply with the time specified in the Notice to Correct.”
is replaced with: “to comply with the time specified in (c).”
Sub-Clause 15.2.1 Sub-paragraph (h) is replaced with: “based on reasonable evidence,

Notice has engaged in Fraud and Corruption as defined in paragraph 2.2 of
the Particular Conditions - Part C- Fraud and Corruption, in
competing for or in executing the Contract.”
Sub-Clause 15.8 The following new Sub-Clause is added:

Fraud and Corruption
“
15.8.1 The Bank requires compliance with it’s Integrity
Framework comprising the African Development Bank
Group’s Sanctions Procedures, the Bank’s Whistleblowing
and Complaints Policy, the Bank’s Procurement Policy
under the Procurement Framework and any other
applicable Policies and Procedures including their
updates , as set forth in Particular Conditions - Part C-
Fraud and Corruption.
15.8.2 The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any

commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be
paid to agents or any other party with respect to the
bidding process or execution of the Contract. The
information disclosed must include at least the name and
address of the agent or other party, the amount and
currency, and the purpose of the commission, gratuity or
fee.”
Sub-Clause 15.9 The following new Sub-Clause is added:

Eligibility
“The Contractor and its Subcontractor or Suppliers shall have the
nationality of an eligible country of the Bank in accordance with
the Bank’s Procurement Policy for the Bank Group Funded
Operation described under the Bank’s Procurement Framework,
and as listed in Section V, Eligible Countries. The Contractor shall
be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Contractor is
constituted, incorporated or registered in and operates in
conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as
evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents
of constitution or association) and its registration documents, as the
case may be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of
the nationality of proposed subcontractors or subconsultants for any

part of the Contract including related Services. All materials,
equipment and services to be supplied under the Contract shall have
their country of origin in an eligible country of the Bank in
accordance with the Bank’s Procurement Policy for Bank Group
Funded Operations described under the Bank’s Procurement
Framework, and as set forth in Particular Conditions -Part E-
Section V, Eligible Countries.”
The following paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph:

Sub-Clause 16.1
Suspension by Contractor “Notwithstanding the above, if the Bank has suspended
disbursements under the loan or credit from which payments to the
Contractor are being made, in whole or in part, for the execution of
the Works, and no alternative funds are available as provided for in
Sub-Clause 2.4 [Employer’s Financial Arrangements], the
Contractor may by notice suspend work or reduce the rate of work
at any time, but not less than 7 days after the Borrower having
received the suspension notification from the Bank.”
Sub-Clause 16.2.1 Sub-paragraph (j) is deleted in its entirety.

Notice
At the end of sub-paragraph (i): “; or” is replaced with: “.”
sub-paragraph (f) is replaced with:
“(f) the Contractor does not receive a Notice of the

Commencement Date under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of
Works] within 180 days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance,
for reasons not attributable to the Contractor.”
Sub-Clause 16.2.2 The following is added at the end of Sub-Clause 16.2.2:

Termination “In the event the Bank suspends the loan or credit from which
part or whole of the payments to the Contractor are being
made, if the Contractor has not received the sums due to him
upon expiration of the 14 days referred to in Sub-Clause 14.7
[Payment] for payments under Interim Payment Certificates,
the Contractor may, without prejudice to the Contractor's
entitlement to financing charges under Sub-Clause 14.8
[Delayed Payment], take one of the following actions, namely
(i) suspend work or reduce the rate of work under Sub-Clause
16.1 above, or (ii) terminate the Contract by giving notice to
the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer, such termination
to take effect 14 days after the giving of the notice.”
Sub-Clause 16.3 [If the Employer has made available any Employer- Supplied
Contractor’s Obligations Materials and/or Employer’s Equipment in accordance with Sub-
After Termination Clause 2.6, include the following:]

“and” is deleted from the end of sub-paragraph (b), sub-paragraph
(c) deleted and the following added:
(c) deliver to the Engineer all Employer- Supplied

Materials and/or Employer’s Equipment made
available to the Contractor in accordance with Sub-
Clause 2.6 [Employer-Supplied materials and
Employer’s Equipment]; and
(d) remove all other Goods from the Site, except as
necessary for safety, and leave the Site.”
Sub-Clause 17.1 On the fourth and fifth lines of the first paragraph, replace “Date of
Responsibility for Care of Completion of the Works” with “issue of the Taking- Over
the Works Certificate for the Works”.
[If Employer- Supplied Materials are listed in the Specification for

the Contractor’s use in the execution of Works, include the
following provision. See also Sub-Clause 2.6 [Employer-Supplied
Materials and Employer’s Equipment]]
After the two instances of “Goods” in the last paragraph, the

following is added: “Employer- Supplied Materials”.
[If Employer’s Equipment are listed in the Employer’s

Requirements for the Contractor’s use in the execution of Works,
include the following provision. See also Sub-Clause 2.6
[Employer-Supplied Materials and Employer’s Equipment]]
After the two instances of “Goods” in the last paragraph, the

following is added: “, Employer’s Equipment,”.
Sub-Clause 17.3 On the first line of the second paragraph, replace “notice” is
Intellectual and Industrial replaced with “a Notice”.
Property Rights
Sub-Clause 17.7 The following Sub-Clause is added as 17.7:

Use of Employer’s
Accommodation/Facilities “The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the
Employer-provided accommodation and facilities, if any, as
detailed in the Specification, from the respective dates of hand-over
to the Contractor until cessation of occupation (where hand-over or
cessation of occupation may take place after the date stated in the
Taking-Over Certificate for the Works)
If any loss or damage happens to any of the above items while the
Contractor is responsible for their care arising from any cause
whatsoever other than those for which the Employer is liable, the
Contractor shall, at its own cost, rectify the loss or damage to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.”

Sub-Clause 18.1 Sub-paragraph (c) is substituted with:
Exceptional Events
“(c) riot, commotion, disorder or sabotage by persons other than
the Contractor’s Personnel and other employees of the
Contractor and Subcontractors;”
Sub-Clause 18.4 The following is added at the end of sub-paragraph (b) after
Consequences of an deleting the “.”:
Exceptional Event
“, including the costs of rectifying or replacing the Works and/or
Goods damaged or destroyed by Exceptional Events, to the extent
they are not indemnified through the insurance policy referred to in
Sub-Clause 19.2 [ Insurance to be provided by the Contractor].”
Sub-Clause 18.5 In sub-paragraph (c), “and necessarily” is inserted after ““was

Optional Termination reasonably”.
Sub-Clause 19.1 The following paragraphs are added after the first:
General Requirements
“Wherever the Employer is the insuring Party, each insurance shall
be effected with insurers and in terms acceptable to the Contractor.
These terms shall be consistent with terms (if any) agreed by both
Parties before the date of the Letter of Acceptance.
This agreement of terms shall take precedence over the provisions

of this Clause."
Sub-Clause 19.2 The following is inserted as the first sentence in Sub-Clause 19.2:
insurance to be provided by
the Contractor “The Contractor shall be entitled to place all insurances relating to
the Contract (including, but not limited to the insurance referred to
Clause 19) with insurers from any eligible source country.”
Sub-Clause 19.2.1 On the last line of the second paragraph, “Clause 12 [Tests after
The Works completion]” is deleted.
Sub-Clause 19.2.5 The second paragraph is replaced with:

Injury to employees
“The Employer and the Engineer shall also be indemnified under
the policy of insurance, against liability for claims, damages, losses
and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from
injury, sickness, disease or death of any person employed by the
Contractor or any other of the Contractor’s Personnel, except that
this insurance may exclude losses and claims to the extent that they
arise from any act or neglect of the Employer or of the Employer's
Personnel.”
Sub-Clause 20.1 In a): “any additional payment” is replaced with “payment”.

Claims

Claims for Payment and/or “If either Party considers that it is entitled to claim under 20.1 (a) or
EOT (b), the following claim procedure shall apply:”
Sub-Clause 21.1 In the second paragraph, at the end of the first sentence after
Constitution of the DAAB deleting: “.”, the following is added: “, each of whom shall meet
the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3.3 of Appendix- General
Conditions of Dispute Avoidance/ Adjudication Agreement.”
After the second paragraph insert the following paragraph: “If the
Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DAAB members shall not
have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor.”
Sub-Clause 21.2 For both (a) and (b): “by the date stated in the first paragraph of
Failure to Appoint DAAB Sub-Clause 21.1 [Constitution of the DAAB]” is replaced with:
Member (s) “within 42 days from the date the Contract is signed by both
Parties”
Sub-Clause 21.6 In the first paragraph, delete starting from: “international

Arbitration arbitration” up to the end of (c), and replace with the following:
“ arbitration. Arbitration shall be conducted as follows:
(a) if the contract is with foreign contractors, unless otherwise

specified in the Contract Data; the dispute shall be finally
settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International
Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed
in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall
be the neutral location specified in the Contract Data; and the
arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language defined
in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language].
(b) If the Contract is with domestic contractors, arbitration with
proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the
Employer’s country.”
Appendix- General Conditions of Dispute Avoidance / Adjudication

Agreement
Title “General Conditions of Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication

Agreement” is replaced with “General Conditions of DAAB
Agreement”.

1. Definitions
Sub-Clause 1.2: In both the first and third lines, “DAA
Agreement” is replaced with “DAAB Agreement”.
Sub-Clause 1.3:
- In the first line, “Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication
Agreement” or “DAA Agreement” means” is replaced with:
- “DAAB Agreement” is as defined under the Contract and is”.
- In the first line of sub-paragraph (c), “DAA Agreement” is

replaced with “DAAB Agreement”.
- In sub-paragraph (c)(ii), “chairman” is replaced with

“chairperson”.
Sub-Clause 1.3 “DAAB Activities” is replaced with Sub-Clause 1.4

“DAAB Activities” and the subsequent Sub- Clauses under Clause
1 “Definitions” renumbered:
Sub-Clause 1.7 to 12: Replace all instances of “DAA Agreement”

with “DAAB Agreement”.
In Sub-Clause 1.8 a(i):” authorised representative of the contractor

or of the Employer” is replaced with: “Contractor’s Representative
or authorised representative of the Employer”.
Sub-Clause 2.2 is deleted in its entirety.
2. General provisions
1. Warranties Sub-Clause 3.3 is deleted and replaced with the following:
“When appointing the DAAB Member, each Party relies on the

DAAB Member’s representations, that he/she;
a) has at least a bachelor’s degree in relevant disciplines such
as law, engineering, construction management or contract
management;
b) has at least ten years of experience in contract
administration/management and dispute resolution, out of
which at least five years of experience as an arbitrator or
adjudicator in construction-related disputes;
c) has received formal training as an adjudicator from an
internationally recognized organization;
d) has experience and/or is knowledgeable in the type of work
which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract;
e) has experience in the interpretation of construction and/or
engineering contract documents;
f) has familiarity with the forms of contract published by
FIDIC since 1999, and an understanding of the dispute
resolution procedures contained therein; and

g) is fluent in the language for communications stated in the
Contract Data (or the language as agreed between the
Parties and the DAAB).”
7. Confidentiality In Sub-Clause 7.3: “or” is deleted after sub-paragraph (b),

and the following added:
“or (d) is being provided to the Bank.”
9. Fees and Expenses In Sub-Clause 9.1 (c): “business class or equivalent” is replaced
with: “in less than first class”.
In Sub-Clause 9.4: “and air fares” and “other” are deleted from the
first and second sentences respectively.
10. Resignation & In Sub-Clause 10.3: “the DAA Agreement” is replaced with: “a
Termination DAAB member’s DAAB Agreement”.
Annex- DAAB Procedural Rules

Rule 4.2 On the fourth line, “chairman” is replaced with “chairperson”.
Rule 8.3 On the sixth line, “chairman” is replaced with “chairperson”.
Form of Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication Agreement

All instances of “DAA Agreement” are replaced with: “DAAB Agreement”.
In C (b): “chairman” is replaced with “chairperson”.

Part C- Fraud and Corruption
1. Purpose
1.1 The Bank’s Integrity Framework and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank
Investment Project Financing operations.
2. Requirements
2.1 The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders
(applicants), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, subconsultants,
service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe
the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of
Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
2.2 To this end, the Bank:
a. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
i. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or

indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
ii. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that
knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial
or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
iii. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to
achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of
another party;
iv. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm,
directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly
the actions of a party;
v. “obstructive practice” is:
(a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material

to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to
materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt,
fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harass or
intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters
relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
(b) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and
audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
b. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual
recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-
contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or
indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in
competing for the contract in question;
c. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other
appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any
time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of
the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices

during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question,
without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank
to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a
timely manner at the time they knew of the practices;
d. Pursuant to the Bank’s Integrity Framework, and in accordance with the Bank’s
prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either
indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or
individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed
contract, financially or in any other manner 1; (ii) to be a nominated 2 sub-contractor,
consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm
being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan
made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation
of any Bank-financed project;
e. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in
contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants), consultants,
contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers,
suppliers, agents personnel, permit the Bank to inspect 3 all accounts, records and other
documents relating to the submission of bids and contract performance, and to have them
audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.
1
For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i)
applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-
contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such
contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
2
A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider
(different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in
its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to
meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
3
Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by
the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the
veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is
not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as
relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format)
deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant
individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

Part D- Environmental and Social (ES)
Metrics for Progress Reports
Metrics for regular reporting:
a. environmental incidents or non-compliances with contract requirements, including contamination,

pollution or damage to ground or water supplies;
b. health and safety incidents, accidents, injuries that require treatment and all fatalities;
c. interactions with regulators: identify agency, dates, subjects, outcomes (report the negative if none);
d. status of all permits and agreements:

i. work permits: number required, number received, actions taken for those not received;
ii. status of permits and consents:
- list areas/facilities with permits required (quarries, asphalt & batch plants), dates of
application, dates issued (actions to follow up if not issued), dates submitted to resident
engineer (or equivalent), status of area (waiting for permits, working, abandoned without
reclamation, decommissioning plan being implemented, etc.);
- list areas with landowner agreements required (borrow and spoil areas, camp sites), dates of
agreements, dates submitted to resident engineer (or equivalent);
- identify major activities undertaken in each area in the reporting period and highlights of
environmental and social protection (land clearing, boundary marking, topsoil salvage, traffic
management, decommissioning planning, decommissioning implementation);
- for quarries: status of relocation and compensation (completed, or details of activities and
current status in the reporting period).
e. health and safety supervision:

i. safety officer: number days worked, number of full inspections & partial inspections, reports to
construction/project management;
ii. number of workers, work hours, metric of PPE use (percentage of workers with full personal
protection equipment (PPE), partial, etc.), worker violations observed (by type of violation, PPE or
otherwise), warnings given, repeat warnings given, follow-up actions taken (if any);
f. worker accommodations:
i. number of expats housed in accommodations, number of locals;
ii. date of last inspection, and highlights of inspection including status of accommodations’
compliance with national and local law and good practice, including sanitation, space, etc.;
iii. actions taken to recommend/require improved conditions, or to improve conditions.

g. Health services: provider of health services, information and/or training, location of clinic, number of
non-safety disease or illness treatments and diagnoses (no names to be provided);
h. gender (for expats and locals separately): number of female workers, percentage of workforce, gender
issues raised and dealt with (cross-reference grievances or other sections as needed);
i. training:
i. number of new workers, number receiving induction training, dates of induction training;
ii. number and dates of toolbox talks, number of workers receiving Occupational Health and Safety
(OHS), environmental and social training;
iii. number and dates of communicable diseases (including STDs) sensitization and/or training, no.
workers receiving training (in the reporting period and in the past); same questions for gender
sensitization, flag person training.
iv. number and date of SEA prevention sensitization and/or training events, including number of
workers receiving training on Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (in the reporting period
and in the past), etc.
j. environmental and social supervision:

i. environmentalist: days worked, areas inspected and numbers of inspections of each (road section,
work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, swamps, forest crossings, etc.),
highlights of activities/findings (including violations of environmental and/or social best practices,
actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
ii. sociologist: days worked, number of partial and full site inspections (by area: road section, work
camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, clinic, HIV/AIDS center, community
centers, etc.), highlights of activities (including violations of environmental and/or social
requirements observed, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social
specialist/construction/site management; and
iii. community liaison person(s): days worked (hours community center open), number of people met,
highlights of activities (issues raised, etc.), reports to environmental and/or social specialist
/construction/site management.
k. Grievances: list new grievances (e.g. number of allegations of SEA) received in the reporting period
and number of unresolved past grievances by date received, complainant’s age and sex, how received,
to whom referred to for action, resolution and date (if completed), data resolution reported to
complainant, any required follow-up (Cross-reference other sections as needed):
i. Worker grievances;
ii. Community grievances
l. Traffic, road safety and vehicles/equipment:

i. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving project vehicles & equipment: provide
date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;

ii. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving non-project vehicles or property (also
reported under immediate metrics): provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
iii. overall condition of vehicles/equipment (subjective judgment by environmentalist); non-routine

repairs and maintenance needed to improve safety and/or environmental performance (to control
smoke, etc.).
m. Environmental mitigations and issues (what has been done):

i. dust: number of working bowsers, number of waterings/day, number of complaints, warnings
given by environmentalist, actions taken to resolve; highlights of quarry dust control (covers,
sprays, operational status); % of rock/ spoil lorries with covers, actions taken for uncovered
vehicles;
ii. erosion control: controls implemented by location, status of water crossings, environmentalist
inspections and results, actions taken to resolve issues, emergency repairs needed to control
erosion/sedimentation;
iii. quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, asphalt plants, batch plants: identify major activities
undertaken in the reporting period at each, and highlights of environmental and social protection:
land clearing, boundary marking, topsoil salvage, traffic management, decommissioning planning,
decommissioning implementation;
iv. blasting: number of blasts (and locations), status of implementation of blasting plan (including
notices, evacuations, etc.), incidents of off-site damage or complaints (cross-reference other
sections as needed);
v. spill clean-ups, if any: material spilled, location, amount, actions taken, material disposal (report
all spills that result in water or soil contamination;
vi. waste management: types and quantities generated and managed, including amount taken offsite
(and by whom) or reused/recycled/disposed on-site;
vii. details of tree plantings and other mitigations required undertaken in the reporting period;
viii.details of water and swamp protection mitigations required undertaken in the reporting period.
n. compliance:
i. compliance status for conditions of all relevant consents/permits, for the Work, including quarries,
etc.): statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach
compliance;
ii. compliance status of C-ESMP/ESIP requirements: statement of compliance or listing of issues and
actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
iii. compliance status of SEA prevention and response action plan: statement of compliance or listing
of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
iv. compliance status of Health and Safety Management Plan re: statement of compliance or listing of
issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance

v. other unresolved issues from previous reporting periods related to environmental and social:
continued violations, continued failure of equipment, continued lack of vehicle covers, spills not
dealt with, continued compensation or blasting issues, etc. Cross-reference other sections as
needed.

Part E- Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual
Harassment Performance Declaration for Subcontractors
[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in
the Contract]
Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration
We:
 (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH
obligations.
 (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.
 (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An
arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.
 (d) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations
for a period of two years. We have subsequently demonstrated that we have adequate capacity
and commitment to comply with SEA /SH obligations.
 (e) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for
a period of two years. We have attached specific evidence demonstrating that we have adequate
capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH obligations.
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues
underlying the disqualification.]
[If (d) or ( e) above are applicable, provide the following information:]
Period of disqualification: From: _______________ To: ________________
If previously provided on another Bank financed works contract, details of evidence that demonstrated
adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA/SH obligations (as per (d) above)
Name of Employer: ___________________________________________
Name of Project: _____________________________________
Contract description: _____________________________________________________
Brief summary of evidence provided: ________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________
Contact Information: (Tel, email, name of contact person): _______________________
______________________________________________________________________
As an alternative to the evidence under (d), other evidence demonstrating adequate capacity and
commitment to comply with SEA/SH obligations (as per (e) above) ) [attach details as appropriate].
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Name of the Subcontractor
Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______
Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor ______________________
Signature of the person named above ______________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Section X - Contract Forms
Table of Forms
Notification of Intention to Award......................................................................................................479

Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.............................................................................................482
Letter of Acceptance...............................................................................................................................484
Contract Agreement................................................................................................................................485
Performance Security: Option 1: Demand Guarantee....................................................................487
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security...................................................................488
Advance Payment Security...................................................................................................................489
Retention Money Security.....................................................................................................................491
Section X: Contract Forms _______________ Page | 481

Notification of Intention to Award
[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid.]
[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information
Form]
For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative
Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]

Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]
[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to Bidders. The Notification
must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the
same time as possible.]
DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)
Notification of Intention to Award

Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]
Project: [insert name of project]
Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]
Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]
RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]
This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the
above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the
Standstill Period you may:
a) request a debriefing in relation to the evaluation of your Bid, and/or
b) submit a Procurement-related Complaint in relation to the decision to award the contract.
1. The successful Bidder

Name: [insert name of successful Bidder]
Address: [insert address of the successful Bidder]
Contract price: [insert contract price of the successful Bid]
2. Other Bidders [INSTRUCTIONS: insert names of all Bidders that submitted a Bid. If the
Bid’s price was evaluated include the evaluated price as well as the Bid price as read out.]

Evaluated Bid price
Name of Bidder Bid price
(if applicable)
[insert name] [insert Bid price] [insert evaluated price]
3. Reason/s why your Bid was unsuccessful

[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT
include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is
marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.]
4. How to request a debriefing

DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local
time).
You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you
decide to request a debriefing your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days
of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award.
Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the
request for debriefing as follows:
Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]
Agency: [insert name of Employer]
Email address: [insert email address]
Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used
If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide
the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to
provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5)
Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you
and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end.
The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall
promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time.
If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case,
we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15)
Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice.
5. How to make a complaint

Period: Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award shall be
submitted by midnight, [insert date] (local time).
Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the
Procurement-related Complaint as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]
Title/position: [insert title/position]
Agency: [insert name of Employer]
Email address: [insert email address]
Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used
At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint
challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a
debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill
Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends.
Further information:
For more information see Part B of the Operations Procurement Manual. In summary, there are
four essential requirements:
1. You must be an ‘interested party’. In this case, that means a Bidder who submitted a Bid in
this bidding process, and is the recipient of a Notification of Intention to Award.
2. The complaint can only challenge the decision to award the contract.
3. You must submit the complaint within the period stated above.
4. You must include, in your complaint, all necessary information
6. Standstill Period
DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time).
The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification
of Intention to Award.
The Standstill Period may be extended as stated in Section 4 above.
If you have any questions regarding this Notification, please do not hesitate to contact us.
On behalf of the Employer:
Signature: ______________________________________________
Name: ______________________________________________
Title/position: ______________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________

Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM
This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful
Bidder. In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each
member. The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be
current as of the date of its submission.
For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who
ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following
conditions:
 directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares

 directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the voting rights
 directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of
directors or equivalent governing body of the Bidder
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]

In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of
Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as
applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]
(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information.

Details of beneficial ownership
Identity of Beneficial Directly or indirectly Directly or Directly or indirectly

Owner holding 25% or more indirectly holding having the right to
of the shares 25 % or more of appoint a majority of
the Voting Rights the board of the
(Yes / No)
directors or an
(Yes / No)
equivalent governing
body of the Bidder
(Yes / No)
[include full name

(last, middle, first),
nationality, country
of residence]

OR
(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following
conditions:

 directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors
or equivalent governing body of the Bidder
OR
(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of
the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on
why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]

 directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors
or equivalent governing body of the Bidder]”
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert
complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity
are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*
In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the
Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this
Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.
**
Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with
the Bid Schedules.

Letter of Acceptance
[letterhead paper of the Employer]
[date]
To: [name and address of the Contractor]

This is to notify you that your Bid dated [date] for execution of the [name of the Contract and
identification number, as given in the Contract Data] for the Accepted Contract Amount [amount in
numbers and words] [name of currency], as corrected and modified in accordance with the
Instructions to Bidders, is hereby accepted by our Agency.
You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security and an Environmental and Social
Performance Security [Delete ES Performance Security if it is not required under the contract]
within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using, for that purpose, one of the
Performance Security Forms and the ES Performance Security Form, [Delete reference to the ES
Performance Security Form if it is not required under the contract] and (ii) the additional
information on beneficial ownership in accordance with BDS ITB 47.1, within eight (8) Business
days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, Contract Forms, of the
bidding document.
Authorized Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Agency:
Attachment: Contract Agreement

Contract Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT made the ________ day of ________________________, _____, between

_____________________of ______________ (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and
_______________of ___________________ (hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:
WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as _______________________________

should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution and
completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein,
The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:
1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively
assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.
2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this
Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.
(a) The Contract Agreement
(b) The Letter of Acceptance annexing any minutes of the pre-contract award meeting.
(c) The Letter of Bid
(d) The Particular Conditions Part A – Contract Data
(e) The Particular Conditions Part B – Special Provisions
(f) The General Conditions
(g) The Particular Conditions Part C – Fraud and Corruption
(h) The Particular Conditions Part D – Environmental and Social (ES) Metrics for Progress
Reports
(i) The Contract Specific Special Specifications
(j) The UNRA Supplementary Specification
(k) The General Specifications
(l) The Scope of Works plus addenda and clarifications
(m) The Drawings
(n) The Priced BoQ and Schedules
(o) The JV Undertaking (if the Contractor is a JV)
(p) Any other documents forming part of the Contract including, but not limited to:
(i) The ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans; and
(ii) Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)
3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as specified in this
Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute the Works and to
remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.
4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and
completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other
sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner
prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance
with the laws of _____________________________ on the day, month and year specified above.

Signed by __________________________________________________ (for the Employer)
Signed by __________________________________________________ (for the Contractor)

Performance Security: Option 1: Demand Guarantee
Beneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]

Date: ________________ [Insert date of issue]
Performance Guarantee No.: _________________
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ________________ (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered into
Contract No. _____________ dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of
_____________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract"). Furthermore, we understand that,
according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
At the request of the Applicant to issue this guarantee, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake
to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________ (
),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is
payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s
statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying
the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the
Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall expire, no later than the …. Day of ……, 2… 2, and any demand for payment
under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC
Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
_________________
[signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted
from the final product.
1 1
The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount specified in the
Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in the currency(cies) of the Contract or a
freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.
2 2
Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion date as described in GC Clause 11.9. The Employer
should note that in the event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to
request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to
the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the
following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this
guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such
extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security
ES Demand Guarantee
Beneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]

Date: [Insert date of issue]
ES PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]
We have been informed that ________________ (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered into
_____________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract"). Furthermore, we understand that,
according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (
),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is
payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s
the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its Environmental and/or Social (ES) obligation(s)
under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or
the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall expire, no later

…. Day of ……, 2… than the
2, and any demand for payment
2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.
under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.
_____________________
[signature(s)]
1 1
The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount specified in the
Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in the currency (cies) of the Contract or a
freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.
2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date. 2
Insert the date twenty-eight days after the
expected completion date as described in GC Clause 11.9. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of
this date for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the
Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee.
In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the
penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six
months] [one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to
the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

Advance Payment Security
Demand Guarantee
Beneficiary: ___________________ [Insert name and Address of Employer]

ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]
We have been informed that ________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into
_____________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in
the sum ___________ ( ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (
)1 upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s
the demand, stating either that the Applicant:
a) has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization in respect of
the Works; or
b) has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions,
specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.
A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a
certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been
credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________.
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance
payment repaid by the Applicant as specified in copies of interim statements or payment certificates
which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of a copy of
the interim payment certificate indicating that ninety (90) percent of the Accepted Contract Amount,
less provisional sums, has been certified for payment, or on the ___ day of _____, 2___, 2 whichever is
earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this
office on or before that date.
1 1
The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the
currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the
Employer.
2 2
Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an
extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee
from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in
the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end
of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed
[six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented
to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

____________________
[signature(s)]

Retention Money Security
Demand Guarantee
Beneficiary: ___________________ [Insert name and Address of Employer]

RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]
We have been informed that ________________ [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a
joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered
into Contract No. _____________ [insert reference number of the contract] dated ____________
with the Beneficiary, for the execution of _____________________ [insert name of contract and
brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, the Beneficiary retains
moneys up to the limit set forth in the Contract (“the Retention Money”), and that when the Taking-
Over Certificate has been issued under the Contract and the first half of the Retention Money has been
certified for payment, payment of [insert the second half of the Retention Money or if the amount
guaranteed under the Performance Guarantee when the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than
half of the Retention Money, the difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount
guaranteed under the Performance Security and, if required, the ES Performance Security] is to be
made against a Retention Money guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant to issue this guarantee, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake
to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ [insert
amount in figures] ( ) [amount in words]1 upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s
complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a
separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in
breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your needing to prove or show grounds for your
demand or the sum specified therein.
A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a
certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the second half of the Retention Money as referred
to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at
_________________ [insert name and address of Applicant’s bank].
1 1
The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the second half of the Retention Money or if the
amount guaranteed under the Performance Guarantee when the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than half of the
Retention Money, the difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount guaranteed under the Performance
Security and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the second half of the Retention Money as specified in the
Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.

This guarantee shall expire no later than the …. Day of ……, 2… 2, and any demand for payment
under it must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.
____________________
[signature(s)]
2 2
Insert the same expiry date as set forth in the performance security, representing the date twenty-eight days after the
completion date described in GC Clause 11.9. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of this date for
completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such
request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this
guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph:
“The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in
response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the
expiry of the guarantee.”

Kabale Bidding Document Issued 15TH July 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kabale Bidding Document Issued 15TH July 2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kabale Bidding Document Issued 15TH July 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Republic of Uganda

Employer: Uganda National Roads Authority

Project: Kabale-Lake Bunyonyi and Kisoro-

Contract title: Civil Works for the Upgrading of

Issued on: 15 JULY 2021

Part 1: Bidding Procedures.........................................................................................................3

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 4

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 5

1.2 Throughout this bidding document:

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 6

3. Fraud and Corruption

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 7

(a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 8

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 9

B. Contents of Bidding Document

PART 1 Bidding Procedures

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 10

7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 11

8. Amendment of Bidding Document

10. Language of Bid

11. Documents Comprising the Bid

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 12

12. Letter of Bid and Schedules

13. Alternative Bids

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 13

14. Bid Prices and Discounts

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 14

15. Currencies of Bid and Payment

16. Documents Comprising the Technical Bid

17. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 15

18. Period of Validity of Bids

(a) an unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or non-bank financial

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 16

19.7 The Bid Security amount may be forfeited:

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 17

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 18

(a) in an envelope marked “ORIGINAL”, all documents comprising the Bid,

(a) bear the name and address of the Bidder;

23. Late Bids

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 19

25. Bid Opening

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 20

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 21

27. Preliminary Examination & Clarification of Bids

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 22

(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Bidding

(a) if accepted, would:

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 23

30. Nonmaterial Nonconformities

31. Correction of Arithmetical Errors

32. Conversion to Single Currency

33. Margin of Preference

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 24

35. Evaluation of Bids

Section I: Instructions to Bidders _____________ Page | 25

36. Comparison of Bids